Association for Behavior Analysis International

The Association for Behavior Analysis International® (ABAI) is a nonprofit membership organization with the mission to contribute to the well-being of society by developing, enhancing, and supporting the growth and vitality of the science of behavior analysis through research, education, and practice.

Search

49th Annual Convention; Denver, CO; 2023

Program by Day for Sunday, May 28, 2023


 

Noteworthy Activity #123B
Nursing Room
Sunday, May 28, 2023
7:00 AM–8:00 PM
Convention Center Lactation Room in Lobby A

The nursing room is next to the “Lobby A “offices and near the 100’s Meeting Rooms.

The room must be accessed with a keycard. To access the room, please find a Convention Center Staff Member or an ABAI team member, and they will be able to let you inside. The room comes equipped with a mini fridge inside.

 
 
Noteworthy Activity #123B
Speaker Ready Room
Sunday, May 28, 2023
7:00 AM–7:00 PM
Convention Center 202

If you would like to test your presentation on the same setup you will have in your presentation room, stop by the speaker ready room. The room is first-come-first-served. Please be respectful of your fellow attendees.

 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #123
CE Offered: BACB
Why Animals Fight? Using Principles From Behavioral Ecology to Understand Aggression
Sunday, May 28, 2023
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Convention Center Four Seasons Ballroom 2/3
Area: AAB; Domain: Theory
Chair: Erica N. Feuerbacher (Virginia Tech)
CE Instructor: Gareth Arnott, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: GARETH ARNOTT (Queen’s University Belfast)
Abstract:

Contest behaviour is a feature throughout the animal kingdom. Animals compete for access to resources including food, territories and mates. These resources impact fitness in terms of survival and reproduction. As such, contests are important drivers of natural selection. Given the fundamental role of animal contests, behavioural ecologists are interested in the factors that drive and shape these aggressive encounters. Game theory has provided a useful framework to model these interactions and develop predictions and theory to explain them. This presentation will explore the dynamics of animal contest behaviour including the information gathering and decision making strategies used to resolve aggressive encounters. It will examine the assessment strategies used by animals in contests, including recent research detailing how this is linked to cognitive ability and affective state. It will also discuss the role of early life factors in shaping the development of aggression, including the role of play behaviour. Finally, it will illustrate how this understanding can be used in an applied animal welfare context to address issues of aggression in managed animals.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

General

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Gain an understanding of the reasons why animals engage in contests; (2) Develop knowledge and understanding of contest theory; (3) Gain knowledge of how contest theory can be used to understand aggression from an animal welfare perspective.
 
GARETH ARNOTT (Queen’s University Belfast)

Dr Gareth Arnott is a Reader (Associate Professor) in Animal Behaviour and Welfare within the School of Biological Sciences at Queen’s University Belfast. He is a behavioural biologist, with research interests spanning a number of topics in a range of animal species. He has a research track record studying animal contest behaviour and the strategies animals use to resolve aggressive encounters. He has studied contest behaviour from a fundamental behavioural ecology perspective, while also translating these principles to applied settings to address animal welfare issues related to aggression. In addition, he conducts animal welfare research in both farmed and companion animals. Gareth is also passionate about science communication and has previously written a feature article on animal contests for Scientific American magazine. He currently serves as an editor for Animal Behaviour and is the academic lead of the Animal Welfare Research Network (https://awrn.co.uk/). Gareth is also the Director of Postgraduate Research for his school and joint Programme Director for an MSc in Animal Behaviour and Welfare.  

 
 
Invited Paper Session #123A
CE Offered: BACB
Cutting the Red Tape: Cultural Barriers to Implementing ABA Services in Brazil
Sunday, May 28, 2023
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Convention Center Four Seasons Ballroom 1
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Paula Kenyon (Northeastern University and Grupo Método)
CE Instructor: Susan Wilczynski, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: MECA ANDRADE (Grupo Metodo)
Abstract: Having 10 years of experience in Brazil, starting with public services and evolving to private practice, the author will identify some critical different between Brazil and the United States that affect regulation, cultural practices, and values. The history of Behavior Analysis in Brazil points to a solid experimental base developed in the 60s and 70s with strong Brazilian scientists and collaboration with such people as Fred Keller and Murray Sidman, to name a few. The incredible amount of knowledge produced during these years was unfortunately restricted to universities, with a focus on experimental, theoretical, and philosophical practice. Applied Behavior Analysis services, as we know them, did not arrive in Brazil until mid-late 90s. The author received all ABA training in the United States and came back to Brazil in 2012, having training in both experimental and applied settings. Having had her BCBA for 10 years at the time, she quickly understood that there were cultural barriers to implementing ABA services in Brazil. With that knowledge, she allowed her certification lapse with the understanding that regulation in Brazil would not work with American governance, as Brazilian professions are regulated by the federal government, with branches such as CFP and CRP, which do not require specialization in ABA, allowing any psychologist to implement ABA without training. Participants attending this talk will have the opportunity to learn about the importance of creating practices that are culturally appropriate when entering countries outside the United States.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Practitioners of ABA

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Understand the history of behavior analysis in a developing country, and how it guides practice; (2) Identify critical practices that may not be readily available in developing countries and how to adapt to such reality; (3) Describe cultural sensitive practices when entering countries different than the US
 
MECA ANDRADE (Grupo Metodo)
Meca Andrade is a Psychologist in Brazil. She was a Board-Certified Behavior Analyst from 2001 to 2013. Throughout her career, she led important projects delivering ABA services in the US, Uganda, and Brazil. Meca published in Brazilian and American Journals. She also co-authored the National Guidelines for Autism Services along with Federal Regulators and other Health professionals in Brazil. Meca is the founder of one of the largest ABA companies in Brazil, serving students in five clinics in São Paulo, and one in Porto Alegre, in addition to providing telehealth services across 17 other States in Brazil. She has developed the first physical management program in the country and ran an important project in the State Hospital in São Paulo, and trained State employees on Autism Care.
 
 
Panel #124
CE Offered: BACB
Understanding Non-Compliance Through a Self-Advocacy Lens
Sunday, May 28, 2023
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 4A/B
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Cody Morris, Ph.D.
Chair: Cody Morris (Salve Regina University )
AMY GRAVINO (Rutgers Center for Adult Autism Services/A.S.C.O.T Consulting)
ALEX KISHBAUGH (Melmark New England)
HALEY STEINHAUSER (Melmark New England; Regis College)
Abstract: Recent criticism has been directed toward Applied Behavior Analysis, or ABA. Of these, there has been criticism that ABA based services overly emphasize the compliance of autistic learners. Receiving such criticism can be difficult; however, we can improve our research and clinical practices by genuinely listening to concerns, considering how they apply to our work, and adjusting our perspectives and practices. This criticism, in particular, has led behavior analysts and others to reconsider “non-compliance”, rethinking it as a target for deceleration and considering it as an essential skill related to self-advocacy (Kishbaugh et al., 2022). Goals to decrease non-compliance can have unintended effects, such as an individual being overly willing to follow any instruction. To account for this, we must teach our learners important self-advocacy skills, such as communicating “no”, negotiation, and problem-solving. Similarly, this area lends to a discussion of assent in research, reframing non-compliance as a potential sign of withdrawing assent, and arranging educational and clinical contexts that learners opt into (Morris et al., 2021; Rajaraman et al., 2022). This panel will involve a discussion of how we can reframe non-compliance, embed teaching and promoting self-advocacy skills, and integrate assent into our clinical and research practices.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience: Audience members who are practicing behavior analysts or applied researchers with experience developing behavior and/or skill objectives for autistic learners will benefit most from the content of this panel discussion.
Learning Objectives: (1) Describe how "non-compliance" can be understood through a self-advocacy lens. (2) Identify ways self-advocacy skills can be taught and promoted for autistic learners. (3) Outline methods for incorporating assent considerations into educational, clinical, and research practices.
Keyword(s): assent, non-compliance, self-advocacy
 
 
Symposium #125
CE Offered: BACB
Unique Applications of Telehealth
Sunday, May 28, 2023
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 4E/F
Area: AUT/CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Tracy Raulston (Texas State University)
Discussant: Wendy A. Machalicek (University of Oregon)
CE Instructor: Tracy Jane Raulston, Ph.D.
Abstract: Telehealth research and practice have increased in recent years, and even more so during and after the COVID-19 pandemic. Healthcare providers and patients may feel more comfortable utilizing technology to access treatment than before the pandemic. In this symposium, two papers that extend the applications of telehealth will be presented. In the first study, Ousley and colleagues coached parents of young children on the autism spectrum in Naturalistic Developmental Behavioral Interventions during playtime routines. A multiple baseline across five parent-child dyads design was employed to evaluate the effects of strengths-based video feedback delivered online and the additive effects of additional online coaching for three dyads. The second study by Wicker and colleagues evaluated the effects of technician-delivered telehealth to teach vocational skills within workplace settings for adults with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). The study includes two multiple baseline across three skill-set designs. Both studies utilized Zoom as the platform to deliver intervention online. A discussion on the utility of telehealth, common barriers, and considerations will conclude this symposium.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): autism, NDBIs, telehealth, vocational skills
Target Audience: Intermediate
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe ways to coach families using online platforms (2) describe ways to utilize video feedback in an online platform (3) describe ways technicians can coach adult online
 
Effects of a Parent-Implemented Intervention Using Strength-Based Video Feedback Coaching During Playtime
CIARA OUSLEY (The University of Nebraska - Lincoln), Tracy Raulston (Texas State University), Christina Gilhuber (Penn State University)
Abstract: Young children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) often experience difficulties in social communication, potentially exasperating the likelihood of difficulties forming friendships and living independently in the future. Parent-implemented interventions are evidence-based practices that have successfully been incorporated within home settings; however, the time-intensity of interventions can be a barrier to families of children with ASD, particularly when there are several training and coaching sessions. Recent research has demonstrated that parents can implement Naturalistic Developmental Behavioral Interventions (NDBIs; interventions that blend applied behavior analysis with developmental psychology), during naturally occurring routines (e.g., playtime) when on-going coaching is provided. Therefore, we evaluated the effects of a telepractice-based NDBI with a single training session and once-weekly strength-based video feedback coaching. A concurrent multiple-baseline single case design across five parent-child dyads (i.e., two mothers, three fathers; five sons with ASD) during playtime was employed. An additional coaching package was introduced to three parents and maintenance data was collected for four dyads. Visual analysis and supplemental standardized mean difference effect sizes revealed a functional relation and strong effects on parent strategy use, suggesting that the use of strength-based video feedback may be an effective coaching tool for parents of young children with ASD.
 

Evaluation of Technician-Delivered Telehealth to Teach Vocational Skills Within the Workplace to Adults With Autism Spectrum Disorder

MACKENZIE RAYE WICKER (Baylor University), Julia M Hrabal (Baylor University), Tonya Nichole Davis (Baylor University), Renming Liu (Baylor University), Kristina McGinnis (Baylor University)
Abstract:

The number of individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) entering the workforce is increasing, yet vocational rehabilitation support and services remain scarce. The telehealth model to deliver behavior analytic interventions has been demonstrated as effective, efficient, resourceful, and socially valid. To date, telehealth is most commonly used to coach caregivers and practitioners to implement interventions. Recently, two studies evaluated technician-delivered telehealth in which the therapist directly teaches individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities, without the facilitation of a caregiver or practitioner. The purpose of this study was to evaluate technician-delivered telehealth to provide vocational skills training to two adults with ASD within their place of employment. Participants identified three job-specific skills they wished to acquire. We developed a task analysis of each skill to measure the percent of steps of the skill completed independently. All sessions were conducted via Zoom. During baseline, participants were provided with written instructions to complete the task. During intervention, we implemented a total-task chaining procedure with least-to-most prompting. Both participants demonstrated low levels of independent responding during baseline. Following intervention, both participants met mastery criteria and had maintained skills three weeks later. The participants and their caregivers expressed positive experiences with the procedures and use of the technician-delivered telehealth model.

 
 
Panel #126
CE Offered: BACB
From Individuals to Systems: Supporting Caregivers With Compassion
Sunday, May 28, 2023
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 1E/F
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Karen Nohelty, M.Ed.
Chair: Karen Nohelty (Center for Autism and Related Disorders-CARD®)
ADAM DELINE HAHS (Hopebridge Autism Therapy Centers)
EMILY CALLAHAN (Centria Healthcare)
KAREN NOHELTY (Center for Autism and Related Disorders-CARD®)
Abstract:

The goal of applied behavior analysis (ABA) is to effect socially significant outcomes. How ABA is implemented and how we interact with caregivers is just as critical as the specific strategies used during intervention. Collaborative relationships with caregivers can be fostered by approaching interactions with empathy and compassion. While social validity is a valuable aim in and of itself, engaging compassionately with caregivers has the potential to improve outcomes. This panel will explore definition and measurement of compassionate behavior, review empirically supported strategies in the space from within and outside of ABA, share pilot data, and propose future directions. A method of improving treatment planning will be shared which begins with a values alignment conversation and continues with alignment of therapeutic services with the identified values. While engaging compassionately with caregivers on an individual level is impactful, those interactions are just one part of a broader system. Thus, varied perspectives of compassionate care from multiple levels will be explored. Methods to promote compassionate organizational systems will be offered, including leveraging protective factors against burnout and discounting.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Participants should have experience conducting caregiver training.

Learning Objectives: 1) Participants will be able to define elements of compassionate care as it pertains to caregivers. 2) Participants will be able to identify how to link identified caregiver values to elements of the treatment plan. 3) Participants will be able to identify at least 2 empirically supported strategies to use to increase compassion with caregivers.
Keyword(s): caregivers, compassion, systems, values
 
 
Symposium #127
CE Offered: BACB/QABA/NASP
Clinical Evaluations of PEAK Relational Training System and Related Assessments
Sunday, May 28, 2023
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 3C
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Allyssa Minick (Endicott College)
CE Instructor: Amanda N. Chastain, M.A.
Abstract:

The PEAK Relational Training System is a standardized behavior-analytic comprehensive treatment model that has been supported by over 70 published peer-reviewed studies. This symposium will present three papers extending previous work on PEAK by examining the impact of treatment dosage, exploring a play-based assessment for early-childhood learners, and evaluating its assessment tool in classifying autism symptom severity. Specifically, the first paper will present the outcome of a systematic literature review on using play-based unstructured assessment in early-childhood intervention and preliminary results on a new play-based assessment. The second paper will focus on parameters, such as dosage, that predicted the treatment outcome of PEAK-based intervention. The third paper will examine convergent validity on the PEAK Comprehensive Assessment’s (PCA) ability in classifying autism symptom severity. Implication on the assessment and treatment delivery of PEAK will be discussed.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Assessment, PEAK, Psychometrics, Symptom Severity
Target Audience:

It would be helpful for audience members to have a basic understanding of complex language and cognition from a behavior-analytic perspective (e.g., derived relational responding, equivalence, relational frame theory, PEAK).

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe factors impacting the treatment outcome of PEAK; (2) describe the differences between play-based and structured behavior-analytic skill assessment; (3) describe convergent validity between the PCA and common instruments for autism symptoms.
 

Play-Based Assessments in Early-Childhood Applied Behavior Analysis Intervention

JENNIFER POSEY (Endicott College), Mark R. Dixon (Endicott College)
Abstract:

This presentation seeks to examine the efficacy of play-based assessments as compared to highly structured skill-based assessments when identifying treatment areas for learners enrolled in early childhood ABA programs. In order to provide the most effective treatment, it is essential that providers accurately identify the skill repertoire of their learners to include foundational skills such as early communication and learner readiness, as well as more advanced social communicative repertoires that include derived relational responding. Young learners enrolled in early intervention programs may lack necessary prerequisite skills to engage in highly structured assessments and may be more appropriately assessed in a play based format. As such, it is essential that an assessment of skills is not only robust, but adequately engages the learner. Through a systematic literature review, the current paper argues that there is a lack of empirically validated play-based assessment tools available to behavior analysts. In addition to reviewing current research surrounding play-based behavior-analytic assessments, this presentation will also provide data supporting the use of play-based assessment according to learner repertoires and provide evidence that a new play-based behavior analytic tool is both effective and utilitarian to practitioners of early childhood behavior analytic programming.

 
Evaluating the Relationship between Dosage and Outcomes for Children with Autism Receiving PEAK Intervention
LINDSEY NICOLE HOLTSMAN (Emergent Learning STL Center), Mark R. Dixon (University of Illinois at Chicago), Zhihui Yi (Univeristy of Illinois at Chicago)
Abstract: Applied behavior analysis (ABA) has received wide support in its effectiveness in promoting socially significant changes. The intensity of such intervention is often left to the hands of clinicians. Although it is often assumed that a more intense intervention started at early stages of life would lead to better long-term outcome, very few study examined the relationship between the intensity of ABA treatment and learner outcome. The current study examined the relationship between dosage of ABA services and learner’s progression during standardized behavior-analytic testing. Using a cohort of 26 participants who all received center-based ABA services, the current study presents post-hoc analyses of learner’s data on parameters predicting learner’s progress. Results show that the weekly average of ABA services predicted learner’s improvements in the PEAK Comprehensive Assessment (PCA) through 6-month of PEAK-based intervention. Other parameters were also analyzed for potential predictors of treatment success. Implications for optimizing dosage for PEAK treatment delivery was discussed.
 
Evaluating Relationships Between the PEAK Comprehensive Assessment and Measures of Autism Symptomology
AMANDA N. CHASTAIN (University of Illinois, Chicago), Zhihui Yi (Univeristy of Illinois at Chicago), Meredith T. Matthews (University of Illinois at Chicago), Mark R. Dixon (University of Illinois at Chicago)
Abstract: The Autism Diagnostic Observation Schedule Second Edition (ADOS-2) is often used as a diagnostic tool used for evaluating symptoms of autism spectrum disorder (ASD). The ADOS-2 is used in combination with other, often subjective, measures, such as Child Autism Rating Scale questionnaire for parents and caregivers (CARS-2), to formally diagnose an individual with ASD. The PEAK Comprehensive Assessment (PCA) is a standardized objective measure of language and cognition and includes the PEAK Autism Symptoms and Behavioral Observation Summary (PAS-BOS). The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the relationship between scores on the PAS-BOS, ADOS-2, PCA, and CARS. Results indicate statistically significant correlations between the CARS-2 parent questionnaire and PAS-BOS, as well as between the CARS-2 and total PCA score. Analyses were also conducted evaluating the relationship between the above variables and the ADOS-2 autism classification. Implications and findings in PCA’s ability in classifying autism symptom severity will be discussed.
 
 
Symposium #129
CE Offered: BACB
Diversity submission From the Tyranny of the Few to Survival of All: Culturo-Behavior Science for All
Sunday, May 28, 2023
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 2B
Area: CSS/PCH; Domain: Translational
Chair: Nanni Presti (Kore University)
Discussant: Anthony Biglan (Oregon Research Institute)
CE Instructor: Anthony Biglan, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Periodically, social upheavals challenge well established cultural rules and practices. A sampling of current tensions includes what is observed between those who accept social stratification as inevitable and those who labor for social justice, between conservative, progressive, and libertarian agendas, between those who would grant remarkable power to businesses and those who would limit those powers in favor of public health and climate justice. Culturo-behavior scientists have advanced a number of strategies grounded in evolutionary, prevention, and behavior sciences, Skinner’s philosophy of science, and contemporary approaches to language and cognition. Advances in conceptual and empirical evidence for the planned use of interlocked behavior contingencies suggest that it is not too late to create a sustainable economy in which all humans matter, all voices are heard, and all can access basic goods and services. In this symposium, Giovambattista Presti, Francisco Perez, Thomas Szabo, Yukie Kurumiya, and Dennis Embry discuss these advances. At the end, Tony Biglan will provide commentary.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Cultrobehavior Science, Radical Behaviorism, RFT, Social Change
Target Audience:

Board-certified behavior analysts, teachers, and psychologists

Learning Objectives: Learning objectives are required and should take the following format: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) analyze competing cultural contingencies; (2) describe interlocked behavioral contingencies; (3) assess intrinsic versus extrinsic variability and the implications of these assumption.
 
Diversity submission 

Engineering the Upswing - A Behavior-Based Blueprint for Reframing Our Culture

(Theory)
FRANCISCO IGNACIO PEREZ (University of Texas Health Science Center - Houston School of Public Health), Henry S. Pennypacker (University of Florida)
Abstract:

Putnam and Garrett in The Upswing document the evolution of the United States from a We to an I culture over the last 125 years. They examined how “economic inequality, political polarization, social fragmentation, cultural narcissism, racism, and gender discrimination” evolved. They concluded that these changes are constructed by “human agency.” Skinner warned us that “great changes must be made in the American way of life to prevent a potential catastrophic future.” He urged us to “use our knowledge about human behavior to create a social environment” so we can live productive lives and not jeopardize the future for those who follow us. We have been asked “why are we still not acting to save the world?.” We propose that positive change can be managed. We now have a matured science of behavior and the technologies to engineer the next steady upswing. We propose that behavior analysis is a truly unifying science. It brings together, with behavior as the thread, evolutionary, social and biological-neurological sciences within the context of selection by consequences. We propose that together, we can ignite a commitment to initiate a behavior-based cultural evolutionary process that will reframe our culture towards the greater good.

 
Diversity submission 

Breaking the Silence: Applying Skinner’s Conception of Variability to Social Change Actions in and Beyond Our Field

(Theory)
THOMAS G. SZABO (Capella University)
Abstract:

Behavior analysts have long done what Putnam (2001) said America does; that is, we have gone “bowling alone.” Our commitment to an inductive, within-subject research tradition perplexes others. They leave us be, so long as we stay clear of social and psychological issues. Yet these troubles have turned up at our own door. We struggle with issues regarding race, gender, neurodiversity, and aversive technologies. If behavior analysis is to withstand these storms, we will need to break our silence on matters all but forgotten in our history. In this talk, I chronicle the climate in which Skinner advanced the experimental analysis of behavior. I discuss the deductive approach to analyzing variability in data and its connection to the British and American eugenicists. If, as eugenicists argued, behavioral variability is intrinsic, there is reason to cease helping those who will never do well. In contrast, if behavioral variability is extrinsic, then environmental experiences can be engineered to assist all those who live. The eugenics movement went underground after WW2, but its impact on science and the helping professions remains. I argue that now is the time to break our silence and show the world that all people matter, that everyone belongs.

 
Diversity submission 

Cultural Evolutionary Perspectives: Creating Service Delivery and Educational Environments for the Future of Behavior Analysis

(Theory)
YUKIE KURUMIYA (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract:

In recent years, behavior analysts have focused research attention on professional burnout (Brown, 2021; Daunavi et at., 2019). It seems ironic that behavior change agents that establish nurturing environments for others are not nurtured by their professional environments. One explanation for this phenomenon is that graduate programs teach behavior analysts to engineer behavior change at the level of the individual and the service industry reinforces practice at this same level of analysis. However, decades of studies show that by combining contingency management with both compassionate attention to emotions and the transmission of sustainable cultural practices, service delivery and service environments transform for the good of all. In this presentation, I will discuss training behavior analysts to engineer their service environments into nurturing, collaborative spaces with tools borrowed from culturo-behavior science, evolutionary science, and prevention science, each tethered in a quadrilateral matrix to the overarching philosophy of radical behaviorism. This approach is consistent with Skinner’s view of parallel selection processes that can be yolked together to create an appetitive, sustainable, and evolving professional field of applied behavior practice.

 
Diversity submission Using Behavioral Science for Population-Level Peace, Productivity, Health, and Happiness
(Theory)
DENNIS D. EMBRY (PAXIS Institute)
Abstract: Take a breath, several times. Applied behavior analysis (ABA) cannot create population-level peace, productivity, health, and happiness conducting individual functional behavioral assessments and individual behavioral therapies. Accept that. Many Americans take psychotropic medications and yet much of life still sucks. ABA was never conceived as just palliative procedures to help individuals. I know better, as among the fading generations of students of Don Baer, Todd Risley and Montrose Wolf. I chose to do population-level multiple baselines to reduce the third leading cause of death of preschool-age children. I conducted a randomized trial to reduce medically coded violent injuries of children by applying relational frame theory to ABA strategies. Today, my colleagues and I have population-level RCTs that reduce just about any behavioral disorder with ABA principles. We do this as a global business—not dependent on soft monies. ABA has become a guild, depressing a slim set of levers—never imagined by Baer, Risley or Wolf. Thus, my talk and work explain how ABA can create a vibrant “Carbon Valley” (life) versus a “Silicon Valley” to better the world. Nobody lives a good life based on silicon chips; rather we die or thrive in live based on daily human interactions.
 
 
Symposium #130
CE Offered: BACB
On the Effectiveness of Combination Interventions Featuring Elements With Decelerative Properties
Sunday, May 28, 2023
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 1C/D
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Nazurah Khokhar (Brock University)
Discussant: Griffin Rooker (Mount St. Mary's University)
CE Instructor: Griffin Rooker, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Often the term effectiveness and efficacy as applied to describe behavioral interventions outcomes in the treatment of challenging behavior in individual with intellectual and developmental disabilities are used interchangeably. Given these terms are unique and are generally mutually exclusive - this is problematic when it comes to understanding and disseminating the status of the literature. The importance of maintaining this distinction was depicted well in a recent comprehensive systematic review on functional communication training. The current symposium features two different but complementary approaches to tackling this question of effectiveness. First, we will describe the outcomes of a comprehensive meta-analysis showcasing intervention research featuring treatment elements with decelerative properties. The second talk showcases applied research in action, specifically targeting combination intervention effectiveness through a retrospective consecutive controlled case series. Additionally, discussant commentary may provide further insight for attendees around consuming the research on this topic, as well as important next steps (i.e., future research).

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): challenging behavior, combination interventions, intervention effectiveness, punishment-based interventions
Target Audience:

Attendees will benefit from having previous training on single-case experimental design effect sizes and related calculations (e.g., Tau-U, standardized mean difference), quality rigor processes in the context of meta-analytic work, and applied research methodology conducive to conducting clinical research (e.g., consecutive controlled case series, program evaluation).

Learning Objectives: (1) Attendees will be able to describe the current status of the literature featuring combination interventions that utilize both reinforcement and punishment strategies; (2)Attendees will be able to describe important characteristics (e.g., participant, study) associated with best outcomes (i.e., marked challenging behavior reduction depicted by Tau-U coefficients); (3)Attendees will be able to describe design elements that can assist applied research initiatives in exploring effectiveness outcomes in clinical settings
 

A Meta-Analysis of Punishment Procedures for Challenging Behavior in Individuals With Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities

ASUDE AYVACI (Brock University), Andreas Dimopoulos (Brock University), Alison Cox (Brock University)
Abstract:

The current review explored single-case experimental design (SCED) research conducted to evaluate punishment procedures in the treatment of challenging behavior in individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities. Featured articles were published between December 2013 and October 2022. Some primary research objectives included examining: (a) the relationship between select characteristics and the effectiveness of combination interventions that included punishment, (b) any differential affect across punishment method type applied, and (c) patterns in effect size outcomes coinciding with study rigor. After conducting several screening steps, the researchers uncovered 31 studies that met inclusion criteria. Relevant data was extracted and the articles were coded. Preliminary quality rigor outcomes showcase an average quality ranking of 3.3 (out of 4), with most employing reversal designs. None of the articles depicted punishment fading, while only one article showcased reinforcement fading. Maintenance was rarely collected, while generalization appeared absent. We will discuss the clinical implications informed by our outcomes, including how relatively limited research on punishment intervention fading may prevent practitioners from effectively and efficiently fading interventions that feature elements with decelerative properties.

 

Program Evaluation of a Specialized Treatment Home for Adults With Severe Challenging Behavior

THURKA THILLAINATHAN (Brock University), James Padua (Safe Management Group), Bruce Linder (Pryor, Linder & Associates), Alison Cox (Brock University)
Abstract:

High-risk problem behaviors can preclude the individuals who engage in them from meaningfully participating in everyday activities due to associated risks (e.g., substantial injury to self and others, extreme property destruction, outward physical aggression targeting others). Unfortunately, research featuring adult participants who engage in severe problem behavior is relatively scarce compared to research featuring child participants. In addition, problem behavior literature tends to emphasize efficacy (e.g., does the intervention work) more often than effectiveness (e.g., does it work in ‘real world’ settings, for whom and under which parameters). The current project is a systematic program evaluation conducted to evaluate the effectiveness of a comprehensive behavioral treatment package (i.e., including both reinforcement-based interventions and decelerative strategies) at reducing severe challenging behavior and generating adaptive skills. A retrospective consecutive controlled case series design is employed featuring all clients who participated in the treatment program, regardless of their ‘success’. Project results, thus far, depict primarily therapeutic outcomes. Upon completion, the results will: (1) add to an understudied area (i.e., adults with intellectual and developmental disabilities who engage in severe challenging behavior); (2) speak to behavioral program effectiveness; and (3) inform other works interested in program evaluations.

 
 
Symposium #131
To Respond or Not to Respond: The Evocative and Suppressive Effects of Feedback
Sunday, May 28, 2023
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom C
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Amanda Miles (West Virginia University)
Abstract:

Feedback, or a discriminable change that reliably predicts other environmental changes, can have both a suppressive and evocative effect on behavior depending on a variables such as temporal location or the probability of a consequence following the stimulus change. The three studies in this symposium investigated the effects of predictive signals with pigeons and human participants. One study investigated the temporal location of feedback during delays to reinforcement and found that this feedback generally suppressed responding when presented at the end of the delay and evoked responding when presented at the beginning. The second study presented sequential stimuli across an interfood interval during fixed- and variable-interval schedules and found that responding was suppressed during the first half and evoked during the second half, a pattern different from what both schedules would produce with only one stimulus. In the third study, reinforcers functioned as discriminative stimuli, signaling which upcoming response was likely to produce a subsequent reinforcer. Under these conditions, the response that resulted in a reinforcer delivery did not increase in frequency but did result in predictable changes in response allocation. These studies demonstrate how feedback can be successfully used to alter patterns of responding.

Instruction Level: Basic
 
Effects of Brief Signal Location on Responding Maintained by Delay of Reinforcement
FIRDAVS KHAYDAROV (West Virginia University), Kennon Andy Lattal (West Virginia University)
Abstract: The purpose of the investigation was to examine the effects of imposing a brief signal at different temporal locations within the delay-of-reinforcement-interval on responding. A tandem variable-time 60-s fixed-interval 9-s schedule served as the immediate-reinforcement baseline condition against which three delay conditions were examined. For the latter, a chained variable-interval 60-s (non-delay period) fixed-time 9-s (delay period) schedule was used. In the START, MIDDLE, and END delay conditions, a 2-s blackout was imposed in the indicated locations, respectively defined as the onset of the delay, at the 4-s point in the delay period, and at the 7-s point in the delay period. In the non-delay period, responding was maintained at a higher level in the START condition in comparison to that maintained when the blackout was located at the MIDDLE or END of the delay interval. Likewise, in the delay period, the response rate was higher in the START condition in comparison to the MIDDLE or END conditions. Thus, the temporal location of a brief signal during the delay period impacts response maintenance by reinforcement delayed from the response that produces it.
 
Just Like A Pigeon, Time Flies: Effects of Signaling Location in Interfood Interval
AMANDA MILES (West Virginia University), Kennon Andy Lattal (West Virginia University)
Abstract: Schedules of reinforcement are vital to our understanding of behavior. Simple schedules of reinforcement with single stimuli are used for a wide variety of experiments, but few have investigated the impacts of sequential stimuli, particularly changes in stimuli across the entire interfood interval. The present experiment was conducted to determine the impact of sequential stimuli across the interfood interval. Three white Carneau pigeons were exposed to a multiple fixed-interval 60-s variable-interval 60-s schedule with and without seven additional stimuli presented across proportions of the interfood interval. The presence of the stimuli (in both fixed- and variable-interval components) resulted in responding being suppressed in the first half of the interfood interval and evoked during the second half of the interfood interval. This pattern of behavior is different from that observed with schedules that use single stimuli throughout the interfood interval. These results add to the understanding of how stimulus variables across the interfood interval impact the pattern of responding.
 

Evaluating the Discriminative Properties of Reinforcers in an Automated Task With Children and Adults

CORINA JIMENEZ-GOMEZ (University of Florida), Carolyn Ritchey (Auburn University), Adam Thornton Brewer (Western Connecticut State University), Sarah Cowie (University of Auckland, New Zealand), Christopher A. Podlesnik (University of Florida)
Abstract:

In applied behavior analysis, practitioners rely on the use of reinforcement-based interventions to increase the occurrence of desired target behaviors by arranging the presentation of highly preferred stimuli as consequences for the occurrence of target behavior. For instance, our lab successfully used such interventions to promote generative learning of verbal behavior in children with autism. Nevertheless, several findings from basic behavioral research have questioned the traditional notion that reinforcers primarily strengthening operant behavior. The present experiments extended recent research with children in which their choices appeared to be controlled by what reinforcers signaled about upcoming events. That is, the response emitted immediately prior to the reinforcer did not necessarily occur at a higher rate, as would be expected from a response-strengthening account of reinforcement. In a series of studies using a touchscreen task, both children and adults allocated responding according to the forthcoming reinforcer probabilities instead of where the most recent reinforcer had been delivered. Findings from these studies highlight the multiple potential functions of consequences.

 
 
Symposium #132
CE Offered: BACB
Parametric Analyses of Skill Acquisition Arrangements for Children With and Without Developmental Disabilities
Sunday, May 28, 2023
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Convention Center 405
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Tom Cariveau (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
CE Instructor: Tom Cariveau, Ph.D.
Abstract: Skill acquisition programs in clinical or educational settings may frequently include procedural components that are arbitrarily selected by the behavior analyst. The selection of these components may be uniquely informed by legacy (i.e., the behavior analyst has used them before or seen others use them) as limited research is available to guide the behavior analysts’ programming. This symposium includes three papers that arranged parametric evaluations of variables relevant to skill acquisition programming for children with and without developmental disabilities. The first paper will describe a parametric evaluation of the intensity of a speaker immersion protocol with preschool students. The second paper will describe an evaluation of instructive feedback arrangements that differ in set size on second-language acquisition for children with and without developmental disabilities. The final presentation will describe an analysis of mastery criteria and number of target exposures during a teaching session (i.e., dosage) for children with and without developmental disabilities.
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): children, instruction, parametric analyses, skill acquisition
Target Audience: At least BCBA-level clinicians and researchers; graduate students
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1) Describe methods to execute parametric analyses in skill acquisition programs. 2) Describe considerations when selecting mastery criteria in skill acquisition programs. 3) Describe methods to arrange differential outcomes in skill acquisition programs.
 
Speaker Immersion: A Parametric Analysis and Effects on Vocal Verbal Behavior Towards Adults and Peers
APARNA NARESH (Marcus Autism Center), Daniel Mark Fienup (Teachers College, Columbia University), Georgette Morgan (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract: Previous research has indicated the efficacy of the speaker immersion procedure (SIP) in increasing the emission of independent mands and tacts. In the present study, the researchers determined the effects of different intensities of the SIP on the emission of vocal verbal operants (VVOs) and peer observing responses in 3 dyads (i.e., 6 preschool students). During the SIP, the researchers either provided the participants with 100 or 50 opportunities to mand by contriving or using naturally occurring establishing operations (EO) across the school day. The researchers recorded the number of mands (i.e., target, non-target, and non-vocal mands) emitted during EO probe sessions, the number of VVOs (i.e., mands, tacts, sequelics, and conversational units) emitted towards adults and peers during non-instructional settings (NIS), and the number of peer observing responses emitted as a measure of peer awareness. Results indicated that the SIP led to increases in all dependent measures regardless of the intensity of the intervention received. However, the rate of learning was substantially quicker in the 50 opportunities condition across dyads. Implications are discussed in relation to the degree of differences in the emission of target mands as well as VVOs in NIS across both levels of SIP.
 

Differential Outcomes During English-Spanish Intraverbal Training With Instructive Feedback

ALEXANDRIA BROWN (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Tom Cariveau (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Delanie Fetzner Platt (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Abstract:

Bilingualism starting from a young age may result in significant short and long-term benefits related to academics, cultural awareness, occupation, and aging. Recent work has emphasized the utility of behavior analytic technologies to promote second-language repertoires. Two procedural arrangements that may be particularly effective in promoting the rapid acquisition of second languages include differential outcomes and instructive feedback (IF). Previous research from our lab suggests that differential outcomes may be effectively, albeit inadvertently, arranged during IF. In addition, increasing the number of IF targets presented during differential outcomes arrangements may facilitate acquisition by arranging for a greater number of discriminable elements in the arranged contingency and increasing the number of non-target relations that might emerge following training The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the effectiveness and efficiency of arranging differential outcomes and nondifferential outcomes during tact-intraverbal training that included one or three IF targets with children with and without developmental disabilities. All participants learned Spanish words from four categories. The findings suggest that all procedures were effective; however, differential outcomes arrangements consistently resulted in greater rapidity of acquisition. These findings are considered for their relevance to clinical interventions and experimental research on stimulus control.

 
Acquisition “Mastery” Criteria: Effects of Application to Individual Operants and Teaching Trial Doses
JI YOUNG KIM (Pennsylvania State University - Harrisburg), Daniel Mark Fienup (Teachers College, Columbia University), Cassandra Draus (Teachers College, Columbia University), Kristina Wong (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract: This study compared the effects of different applications of acquisition-mastery criteria (Set and Operant Analyses) and doses (3 and 5 opportunities per operant per session) during sight word instruction for 4 second-grade students with and without disabilities. In the Set Analysis 5 (SA5) and Operant Analysis 5 (OA5) conditions, sessions included 4 target operants (5 opportunities per operant) in a 20-trial session and the acquisition criterion (100% accuracy) was applied to all 4 operants (SA5) or individual operants (OA5). We extended previous research by evaluating the OA3 condition where the dose was reduced to 12 trials per session (4 operants, 3 opportunities per operant). All participants acquired textual responses to novel sight words fastest under the OA3 condition and required far fewer trials to maintain each sight word under OA3 compared to SA5 and OA5 conditions. Implications for arranging acquisition criteria and the interaction with trial-dosages are discussed.
 
 
Symposium #133
CE Offered: BACB
Using Treatment Packages and Component Analyses to Teach University Students Graphing and Citation Formatting
Sunday, May 28, 2023
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Convention Center 403/404
Area: EDC/OBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Rachel Thomas (Caldwell University)
CE Instructor: Rachel Thomas, M.S.
Abstract: A growing area for research is training university students to use the various forms of technology available to them. The first study featured a treatment package to train graduate students to format citations using the American Psychological Association (APA) 7 guidelines. Their results aligned with previous research providing further evidence that individuals require various levels of intervention for behavior change to occur. The second study was a component analysis comparing no instruction to instructor-led versus video modeling to increase skills in Microsoft Excel graph construction. Their results showed a statistically significant difference between both the instructor-led condition and the video modeling condition related to the no instruction control. The final study evaluated a treatment package with video tutorials, checklists, and post-performance feedback to design AB graphs in Microsoft Excel. Although results showed a difference in skill acquisition after the treatment package, the social validity results provided evidence to the contrary.
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): graph training, staff training, university students, video modeling
Target Audience: Graduate Students BCBAs
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the effects of an online sequential training package in a higher education setting; (2) describe the effects of a component analysis on various instruction types; (3) describe the effects of a treatment package with feedback to increase skill acquisition in a training setting.
 
An Online Training Package to Teach Citation Formatting: Within and Across Participant Analyses
KENDRA GUINNESS (Regis College), Diana Parry-Cruwys (Regis College), Ryan Atkinson (BABAT), Jacquelyn M. MacDonald (Regis College)
Abstract: When teaching complex skills in higher education settings, different individuals may require different levels of instruction to achieve mastery. The current study replicated and extended Parry-Cruwys et al. (2022) by evaluating the effects of an online sequential training package on accuracy of American Psychological Association (APA) citations with graduate students in behavior analysis. The intervention consisted of (a) a checklist of APA citation criteria, (b) online modules based on principles of behavioral instruction, and (c) specific feedback. All components were delivered remotely through course management software and introduced sequentially such that participants experienced only the intervention necessary to meet mastery criterion. Of 13 participants, seven required the checklist only, two required the checklist and online modules, and four required the checklist, modules, and feedback. An across-participant acquisition analysis revealed additional response patterns that could inform refinement of future training materials. This evaluation demonstrates an efficient mechanism for assessing skill acquisition at the level of the individual learner in the context of higher education.
 
A Comparison of Instructor Led, Video Modeling, and No Instruction on Single-Subject Design Graph Construction in Microsoft Excel: A Systematic Replication
SAMANTHA PAIGE KUNO (Brock University), Kimberley L. M. Zonneveld (Brock University), Alison Cox (Brock University), Jan Frijters (Brock University), Madeline Marie Marie Asaro (Brock University), Arezu Alami (Brock University), Laura Tardi (Brock University)
Abstract: Visual inspection of single-subject data is the primary method for behavior analysts to interpret the effect of an intervention on behavior; however, there is not a consensus on the most suitable method to teach this skill. We used a repeated measures between-groups design to compare the effects of instructor-led, video-model, and no-instruction control tutorials on the graphing performance of 81 master’s students with some reported Microsoft Excel experience. We observed a statistically significant main effect of submission time point (e.g., from pretest to posttest) for each tutorial group and a non-significant main effect of tutorial group. Finally, tutorial group significantly interacted with submission time point, suggesting that both instructor-led and video-model tutorials may be superior to providing participating graduate students with a written list of graphing conventions (i.e., the no-instruction control condition) to improve their graphing performance. Further, effects generalized to a novel graph type (multielement) for all three tutorial groups.
 
Remote Teaching of AB Graphs in Microsoft® Excel
Ashley Diana Mondati (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University), Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University), RACHEL THOMAS (Caldwell University)
Abstract: Video tutorials (also known as video modeling) are a common teaching intervention used across many fields. In today’s times, remote work is becoming more prevalent, video tutorials have been a go-to tool for training. In instances where training is needed in a given area, organizations, such as universities or other corporations, may provide video tutorials to employees and/or students as both a time-efficient and cost-effective tool. To supplement these video tutorials, other tools, such as a checklist, may be provided to maintain an asynchronous learning environment. The current study extended Lehardy et al. (2021) by using a treatment package featuring video tutorials, checklists, and post-performance feedback to train undergraduate and graduate students in any field of study to use Microsoft® Excel 2016 to create AB design graphs. The results suggested that the treatment package increased graphing skills performance across three participants to socially significant levels, although anecdotal evidence suggested that further research on the components of the treatment package is needed.
 
 
Symposium #134
Training Delivered via Technology to Behavior Analytic Service Providers
Sunday, May 28, 2023
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Mineral Hall A-C
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Daphne Snyder (Western Michigan University)
Discussant: Brenda J. Bassingthwaite (Munroe-Meyer Institute; University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract:

Training delivered via technology allows trainers to provide instruction when in-person instruction may be infeasible or impractical. These trainings can occur both synchronously and asynchronously to fit the needs of the trainer and trainees. Training delivered via technology is particularly beneficial when an expert is not in close geographic proximity to those requiring training on a particular skill. Additionally, trainings delivered via technology can be time- and cost-reducing for the trainer and trainees (Heitzman-Powell et al., 2014). This symposium presents two studies in which instruction was delivered via technology to behavior analytic service providers on skills related to service provision. The first study utilized computer-based instruction (CBI) to train Registered Behavior Technicians on skill-based treatment. The second study utilized remote behavior skills training (BST) to teach Registered Behavior Technicians to collect data on classroom instruction variables. Together, these studies provide further evidence of the utility of training delivered via technology.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Computer-based Instruction, Remote BST, Technology, Training
 
Individual Differences in Registered Behavior Technician Response to Computer-Based Instruction for Skill-Based Treatment
GINA RICHIG (Vanderbilt University Peabody College), Johanna Staubitz (Vanderbilt University), Angela Gialanella (Department of Special Education, Vanderbilt University), Blair Lloyd (Department of Special Education, Vanderbilt University)
Abstract: Asynchronous training methods can be both efficacious and practical (Gerencser et al., 2021) but have rarely been used to impart skills for implementing complex procedures. Gialanella and colleagues (2022) demonstrated computer-based instruction (CBI) improved treatment integrity and mastery attainment for Board Certified Behavior Analysts implementing skill-based treatment (Rajaraman et al., 2021). The purpose of this study was to extend the previous investigation by evaluating the effects of an identical CBI on the treatment integrity of Registered Behavior Technicians using a multiple baseline across participants design. We evaluated effects on five treatment integrity domains and a total integrity score. Response to CBI varied across participants and domains. The CBI was associated with clear improvements on the total integrity score for two of four participants. For a third participant, total treatment integrity improved across repeated practice opportunities independent of CBI. No change in treatment integrity was observed for the fourth participant. Variability in response suggests participant characteristics (e.g., prior exposure to skill-based treatment process) and within-CBI performance (e.g., accuracy in practice activities) interact with components of CBI to influence treatment integrity. Future directions include systematically investigating potential moderators of treatment effect and CBI component analysis.
 
Using Remote Behavior Skills Training to Train Behavior Technicians to Collect Baseline Classroom Conditions Data
DAPHNE SNYDER (Western Michigan University), Stephanie M. Peterson (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Baseline classroom conditions (BCCs) as proposed by Kestner et al. (2018) are the environmental classroom conditions that have been shown to increase student learning when implemented consistently as they increase instructional time and opportunities for students to practice newly taught skills. BCCs include variables such as rate of active student responding (ASR), appropriateness of the curriculum, feedback and reinforcement, and effective instructions and transitions (Kestner et al., 2018). The purpose of this study was to develop training materials and train behavior technicians to collect BCC data using behavior skills training (BST) delivered remotely using a multiple baseline across participants design. Targeted skills included identifying: 1. the type of instruction provided during a lesson, 2. correct and incorrect student responses, 3. type of reinforcement, and 4. type error correction procedures. Baseline measures indicated that further training was not necessary for the identification of type of instruction and correct/incorrect student responses. However, training for identifying type of reinforcement and error correction procedures was required. Results of the training indicated that remote BST was a successful means to teach components of BCC data collection.
 
 
Symposium #135
CE Offered: BACB
Advances in Compassionate Applied Behavior Analysis
Sunday, May 28, 2023
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Convention Center Four Seasons Ballroom 4
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Tess Fruchtman (Queens College, City University of New York)
Discussant: Cory Whelan (Vinfen)
CE Instructor: Cory Whelan, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Compassionate applied behavior analysis (ABA) encompasses components of Trauma-informed Care and autistic-affirming socially valid assessment and treatment approaches. There is a large movement in the ABA field to promote and disseminate these practices to embrace a growing trend towards a more inclusive field. This symposium will focus on, not only how to practice compassionate ABA, but provides empirical evidence for doing so. A mixed methods survey was conducted in Study 1 to directly assess the perspectives of autistic individuals, and other stakeholders, regarding the educational decision-making process. The results from the respondents indicate the need for respecting autistic culture and selecting procedures that consider social and emotional needs. Study 2, introduces a novel, trauma-informed assessment of problem behavior that (a) reduces exposure to evocative situations that could potentially re-traumatize the individual and (b) ensures that the child maintains a level of control over their own environment. The authors validated the procedures among multiple participants by conducting function-based treatments informed by the results of the assessment to reduce problem behavior. The authors of Study 3 used the trauma-informed framework to incorporate the principles throughout the design of the entire assessment and treatment process of problem behavior. Following which, caregivers were presented with a series of questionnaires to determine the level of (a) stress experienced throughout and following the process and (b) acceptability of the comprehensive strategies employed. In Study 4, the implications of behavioral history in ABA are discussed. The authors propose how knowing an individual’s behavioral and medical history can assist in the development of compassionate treatment of problem behavior.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): compassionate care, PFA/SBT, social validity, trauma-informed
Target Audience:

Audience should be interested in learning about autistic-affirming practices, trauma-informed functional analysis and treatment of problem behavior, compassionate applied behavior analysis, and the implications of behavioral and medical history.

Learning Objectives: (1) At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to describe the trauma-informed framework of the performance-based IISCA and subsequent function-based treatment; (2) At the conclusion of this presentation, expanding on Ethics Code 2.09, participants will be able to identify new and emerging discrete strategies for involving clients and relevant stakeholders in selecting goals, designing assessments and interventions, and conducting progress monitoring; (3) At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to describe how the PFA and SBT are aligned with commitments of trauma-informed care in the treatment of severe problem behavior; (4) Participants will be able to identify three possible benefits from a review of medical & behavioral history in developing effective, compassionate treatment.
 
Towards a Trauma-Informed Functional Analysis
(Applied Research)
TESS FRUCHTMAN (Queens College, City University of New York), Joshua Jessel (Queens College, City University of New York)
Abstract: Many individuals diagnosed with intellectual and development disabilities who engage in problem behavior have most likely been exposed to traumatic events in their lifetime (Darnell et al., 2019; Kerns et al., 2018). The performance-based, interview-informed synthesized contingency analysis (IISCA; Iovino et al., 2022) is a brief model adapted from the original IISCA format described in Hanley et al. 2014. The novel components of the performance-based IISCA are the following: (1) determine the duration of reinforcement based on how calm the participant is, (2) measure count of problem behavior instead of rate, and (3) measure how engaged and calm the participant is throughout the analysis. These novel elements are aligned with a trauma-informed framework. Our participants included two autistic children who engaged in problem behavior. They both experienced the performance-based IISCA, the original IISCA, functional communication training, and delay- and denial-tolerance training. Each step of the assessment and treatment process served as validation for the previous step. Social validity measures were gathered from the mothers of the participants. The presenter will discuss the validation of the performance-based IISCA as a trauma-informed framework.
 

Trauma-Assumed Assessment and Treatment of Problem Behavior

(Applied Research)
FLORIANA CANNIELLO (Neapolisanit Clinical and Research Center), LUIGI IOVINO (Neapolisanit Center), Roberta Simeoli (University of Naples, Italy; Neapolisanit Rehabilitation Center), Maria Gallucci (AIAS Onlus sez.Nola), Rosaria Benincasa (Neopolisanit Clinical and Research Center), MARIA ROSARIA RICCO (AIAS Onlus sez.Nola)
Abstract:

The new perspectives of applied behavior analysis (ABA) are leading behavior analysts to assume that patients exhibiting problem behavior have experienced multiple adverse events, many of which passed the criteria to be recognized as trauma. Within the conceptual framework of Trauma-Informed Care (TIC), we will illustrate how to incorporate this framework in ABA by promoting safety, trust, and governance. We will emphasize how the core TIC commitments could be applied to the assessment and treatment of problem behavior using the Practical Functional Assessment (PFA) and Skill-Based Treatment (SBT; Hanley et al., 2014). Our participants were two autistic 6-year-old twin girls who engaged in severe problem behavior. Our intervention prioritized client safety and compassionate practice to mitigate the risk of trauma while fostering the development of skills. The full treatment was generalized to the parents. The Parenting Stress Index was used to evaluate the magnitude of stress in the parent–child system. Social validity was assessed using a 7-point scale. Results showed the effectiveness of the PFA and SBT in reducing problem behavior and in increasing communication, toleration, and cooperation skills. The caregivers reported high levels of satisfaction and usability and lower stress levels after treatment.

 
Can Behavioral and Medical History Help Achieve Compassionate Care and Trauma-Informed Applied Behavior Analysis?
(Theory)
DAVID R DONNELLY (University of Rochester), Meghan L. McGee (University of Rochester)
Abstract: In the field of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA), a generation of behavior analysts have used Functional Analysis (FA) and Functional Behavior Assessment (FBA) to inform decisions regarding challenging behaviors exhibited by individuals with myriad diagnostic profiles, with profound positive impact. Recent advances in this area include the development of brief forms of assessment, expediting the onset of effective treatment. Within ABA, a small but growing area of interest and clinical focus has been on providing Compassionate Care (CC), providing treatment informed by empathy (EX: Taylor, LeBlanc & Nosik, 2019). At the same time, other clinical disciplines and governmental bodies have focused on training and system change that is informed by an awareness of the prevalence and effect of traumatic events on individuals exhibiting challenging behaviors. This approach is characterized as Trauma Informed Care (TIC). TIC has recently received attention as potentially important in clinical applications of ABA (Raharaman et al. 2021). This presentation will briefly discuss behavioral history in the development of ABA, and possible applications of behavioral and medical history on our understanding of the function of behavior. Awareness of the individual’s medical and behavioral history can assist behavior analysts in developing effective, compassionate treatment of challenging behaviors in collaboration with individuals with disabilities, caretakers, and other clinical disciplines involved in service provision.
 
 
Symposium #136
CE Offered: BACB — 
Supervision
Intentional Engagement and Learning Activities in Supervision and Clinical Practices: Outcomes and Considerations
Sunday, May 28, 2023
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 4C/D
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Caitlin Fulton (University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Discussant: Alice Shillingsburg (Munroe-Meyer Institute, UNMC)
CE Instructor: Alice Shillingsburg, M.S.
Abstract:

The Behavior Analyst Certification Board, Inc.® (BACB®) established a platform for supervisors to direct and implement learning and training activities in alignment with practice standards and ethics requirements. In this symposium, authors present key topics related to skill acquisition and practice corresponding to the BACB’s® task list and ethics code. Salvatore and colleagues target collaborations with providers and present results of completed hospital provider knowledge surveys related to knowledge of behavioral function, autism knowledge, and stigma. In addition, they review key considerations to optimize quality of care received and providers. Shanker et al., address considerations related to trainee and supervisor preference in virtual supervision timing across measurable dimensions of supervision in fixed and open-ended conditions. Supervision behaviors (i.e., questions asked, feedback provided) showed different patterns between conditions across participants. Loder and colleagues present results of a program evaluation project targeting skill acquisition in constructing behavior-analytic treatment protocols. Sherman et al., present results for an evaluation of the accuracy of staff implementation of multiple stimulus without replacement preference assessments when trained via a program developed in Articulate Rise. Dr. Alice Shillingsburg will provide comments on consideration for clinicians, supervisors, and supervisees in clinical practice and supervision.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): skill development, supervision, training
Target Audience:

BCBA's

Learning Objectives: 1.) Supervision- Ethical Requirements 2.) RBT Training 3.) Skill Development
 
Measuring Hospital Provider Knowledge of Behavioral Function and Autism
GIOVANNA SALVATORE (Rowan University), Christina Simmons (Rowan University)
Abstract: Research consistently documents deficits in physician knowledge and confidence in treating patients with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Qualitative data analysis from focus groups suggests that medical trainees and physicians demonstrate poor understanding of behavioral function and often rely on restraint (Salvatore et al., 2021). Although there is a need to assess behavioral function and incorporate function-based treatment across settings, there is no existing measure in the literature to assess provider knowledge of behavioral function. In this study, a measure assessing hospital provider knowledge of behavioral function was developed by the research team using an iterative development process, including (1) Stage 1: Item writing; (2) Stage 2: Expert review (feedback solicited from BCBAs, RBTs, psychologists, individuals with ASD/caregivers and medical providers); and (3) Stage 3: Cognitive interviews (i.e., provider thoughts while completing the measure). A total of 200 physicians will complete (1) the newly developed survey measuring knowledge of behavioral function and (2) the Autism Stigma and Knowledge Questionnaire to measure knowledge of ASD. We hypothesize that results will demonstrate the need for greater knowledge of behavioral function in hospital settings to maximize the quality of care received by patients with ASD. Implications for behavioral training across settings will be discussed.
 

A Comparison of Fixed Versus Open-Ended Supervision Timing on Trainee and Supervisor Satisfaction

MAYA SHANKER (Rowan University), Christina Simmons (Rowan University), Abigail Moretti (Rowan University), Morgan Caione (Rowan University), Taylor Pankiewicz (Rowan University), Michelle Ennis Soreth (Rowan University)
Abstract:

Effective supervision in the field of applied behavior analysis relies on the professional development of trainees during practical fieldwork experiences; however, research evaluating virtual supervision delivery is limited. Trainee preference and satisfaction with supervision timing could result in increased skill development for trainees and positive treatment outcomes for their clients. This study explores trainee and supervisor preference in virtual supervision timing and compares measurable dimensions of supervision across methods. Using a multiple baseline with embedded reversal design, this study compared two conditions of weekly virtual supervision timing: a fixed condition (i.e., same time per client session determined by supervisor) and an open-ended condition (i.e., same percentage of client session duration at time(s) requested by the trainee). Results with five trainees demonstrate higher trainee and supervisor satisfaction scores in the open-ended condition and greater variability in scores during the fixed condition, with consistent supervisor engagement ratings across conditions. Both the supervisor and the trainees indicated a preference for the open-ended condition. Supervision behaviors (i.e., questions asked, feedback provided) showed different patterns between conditions across participants. Findings suggest that the opportunity for the trainee to request the supervisor’s presence during critical times of a client’s session may lead to more effective supervision.

 
An Assessment of Skill Acquisition and Skill Generalization in Constructing a Comprehensive Protocol in a Graduated Instructional Format
BRITTANY HOPE LODER (University of Nebraska Medical Center- Munro-Meyer Institute), Kyle Dawson (Munroe-Meyer Institute), Desiree Dawson (UNMC-Munroe Meyer Institute), Amanda Zangrillo (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Abstract: Previous research demonstrates the effectiveness of behavioral skills training in teaching core skills and behavior-analytic procedures to adult trainees. Developing efficient and impactful training for staff to acquire and master skills related to the registered behavior technician task list® (RBT®). In the current evaluation we conducted a program improvement project to teach RBT® staff to construct comprehensive skill acquisition and behavior reduction protocols in an outpatient clinic setting. The main aims of the project included assessing the extent to which components of graduated instructional strategies facilitated mastery of the core features of protocol development. In addition, we tested generalization of this skill when asked to construct a new protocol. Findings suggested that for all participants, the combination of textual + didactic instruction + feedback was required for mastery on the protocol construction task. For individuals who completed the generalization test, all participants maintained mastery. Additional research is warranted to determine the extent to which each training component impacted skill development and what combination of instructional strategies are required to reach mastery. Considerations will be discussed.
 
An Assessment of Interactive Computer Training on Staff Acquisition of MSWO Preference Assessment Implementation
JAMES SHERMAN (Evergreen Center), Joseph M. Vedora (Evergreen Center), Rebecca Hotchkiss (Evergreen Center, Cambridge College, CABAS)
Abstract: Abstract Interactive Computer Training (ICT) is an increasingly popular way to train employees on job-related skills. Advantages of interactive computer training include consistency in training, fewer resources needed in training, and flexibility for the person learning the target skill (Gerencser et al., 2018). ICT applications in applied behavior analysis have, thus far, been primarily used to teach staff discrete trial procedures (Erath & DiGennaro-Reed, 2020). In the current study, a multiple baseline across participants design was used to evaluate the effects of a program developed in Articulate Rise on the accuracy of staff conducting a multiple stimulus without replacement preference assessment. Participants were newly hired staff members with no background or formal training in applied behavior analysis who attended orientation for a residential treatment school that provides services to children with severe and significant disabilities. Results indicate that while staff did show improvement, ICT alone may not be sufficient for training staff to implement multi-step procedures. No participant demonstrated mastery of the procedure without the addition of other behavior skills training components (i.e., feedback, modeling). Limitations and recommendations for future research and practice are explored.
 
 
Symposium #137
CE Offered: BACB/QABA
Behavior Analytic Approaches to Understanding the Effects of Psychotropic Medication on Challenging Behavior
Sunday, May 28, 2023
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Capitol Ballroom 5-7
Area: CBM/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Matthew O'Brien (The University of Iowa; University of Iowa Stead Family Children's Hospital)
Discussant: M. Christopher Newland (Auburn University)
CE Instructor: M. Christopher Newland, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Psychotropic medications are commonly prescribed for individuals who exhibit severe and challenging behavior, but their effects on challenging behaviors are seldom evaluated with empirical data at the individual level and usually assessed with indirect methods (e.g., rating scales and interviews) at the group level. Although behavior analysts rarely receive training concerning medication and rarely take part in monitoring the effects of psychotropic medications, given their focus on data collection and behavioral monitoring, behavior analysts are well-suited to study the effects of psychotropic medications on challenging behavior. This symposium brings together four studies interested in the relationship between psychotropic medication and challenging behavior. Across these studies, individual (studies 1 and 2) and group (studies 3 and 4) analyses are conducted to demonstrate how the initiation of medication and/or changes in medication effect the behavior of individuals with intellectual and neurodevelopmental disabilities from childhood to adulthood. These studies highlight the interaction of psychotropic medications and environmental context on the occurrence of challenging behavior and subsequently the importance of collecting data and monitoring medication for individuals with challenging behavior. Dr. Christopher Newland will provide a discussion on these talks.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): challenging behavior, functional analysis, neurodevelopmental disabilities, psychotropic medication
Target Audience:

Audience should have a basic understanding of psychopharmacology and behavioral assessment and treatment.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this symposium, participants will be able to (1) describe some of the positive effects of psychotropic medications on challenging behavior; (2) identify strategies for monitoring the effects of psychotropic medications; and (3) state ways in which psychotropic medications and the environment interact to impact challenging behavior.
 

The Combined Effects of Antipsychotic Medications and Competing Stimuli on Psychotic Symptoms Exhibited by a Patient With Schizophrenia

SHANNA BAIKIE (Children's Hospital Colorado), Patrick Romani (University of Colorado, Anschutz Medical Campus)
Abstract:

This presentation will describe results from a multidisciplinary model for treating youth diagnosed with psychotic disorders. We will highlight results from a 17-year-old patient diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder and schizophrenia admitted to a psychiatric inpatient unit. Behavior analysts coordinated closely with psychiatrists to evaluate the function of responding to internal stimuli and corresponding behavioral treatment approaches following different dosages of antipsychotic medications. A functional analysis of responding to internal stimuli showed maintenance by automatic reinforcement. Within a reversal design, we evaluated the effect of response-independent delivery of competing stimuli as Zyprexa and Clozapine titrated to therapeutic doses. During medication-only conditions, psychotic symptoms occurred during approximately 200 s of a 300-s session. The addition of the competing stimuli along with Zyprexa decreased levels of responding to internal stimuli. Unfortunately, this behavior continued to be impairing and occurred variably during sessions. The addition of Clozapine plus competing stimuli produced the best treatment outcome with zero or near-zero levels of responses to internal stimuli occurring with this treatment package in place. In addition to discussing the role of behavioral strategies when evaluating medication-behavior relations, we will also discuss ways to engage with a multidisciplinary team when treating serious psychopathology.

 

The Effects of Stimulant Medication on Disruptive Behavior and Choice in Children With Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD)

ALEX PAULS (University of Iowa), Matthew O'Brien (The University of Iowa; University of Iowa Stead Family Children's Hospital), Elizabeth Freiburger (University of Iowa), Brendon Nylen (University of Iowa)
Abstract:

Many children and adolescents diagnosed with ADHD also display disruptive behavior, such as aggression and destruction (Strine et al., 2006) and even though stimulant medication is a first line treatment for ADHD symptoms, it has not been indicated to treat disruptive behaviors. Several large studies have suggested that stimulant medication may reduce disruptive behavior (e.g., Pringsheim et al., 2015) and single case studies have shown that stimulant medication may differentially effect disruptive behavior across functions (e.g., Torelli et al., 2019). Additionally, LaRue et al. (2008) demonstrated differential effects on social behavior and choice making for children taking stimulant medications. The purpose of this study is to evaluate the effects of stimulant medication on (a) disruptive behavior, (b) social behaviors, and (c) delay discounting for children and adolescents diagnosed with ADHD. Using a reversal design, functional analyses, preference assessments, and a test of delay discounting were conducted on and off medication. The results will be discussed in terms of implications for behavioral intervention planning for children and adolescents who display disruptive behavior and take stimulant medication.

 
Psychotropic Medication Usage Among Patients in an Intensive Day Treatment Clinic for Severe Behavior
ANNA MARIE-KILZER CATES (University of Iowa), Matthew O'Brien (The University of Iowa; The University of Iowa Stead Family Children's Hospital), Alex Pauls (The University of Iowa)
Abstract: Behavioral intervention is often recommended as a first line treatment for severe and challenging behavior (SCB) among individuals with intellectual and other neurodevelopmental disabilities. However, a large proportion of individuals with SCB are also prescribed psychotropic medications to address their SCB, many of which have never received behavioral intervention. Unfortunately, most research on psychotropic medication and SCB has been focused on the adult population. In this study, we summarize the prevalence and patterns of psychotropic medication usage among children and adolescents referred to an intensive day treatment clinic for (SCB) over a 10-year period. We assess the relationship between patient demographics and medication usage, with a particular focus on access to behavioral intervention services. Finally, we compare behavioral profiles between patients taking psychotropic medications and those who are not. The results are discussed in terms of current guidelines on best practice for prescribing psychotropic medication for children and adolescents with SCB.
 

Conditional Probabilities of Challenging Behavior in Individuals With Intellectual Disabilities During Psychotropic Medication Changes

CLAIRE ELIZABETH EPPERSON (Drake University), Faith Hollihan-Moy (Drake University), Meg Dredge (Drake University), Carissa Johnson (Drake University), Maddie Jones (Drake University), Maria G. Valdovinos (Drake University)
Abstract:

Challenging behavior is common for individuals with intellectual disabilities, and psychotropic medications are prescribed as treatment (Cox, et al., 2022; Matson & Neal, 2009). However, little is known about the influence that psychotropic medication has on the presentation of challenging behavior and environmental events that occasion it (Cox & Virues-Ortega, 2021; Falligant & Bednar, 2021). The current study examines conditional, and background, probabilities of challenging behavior across psychotropic medication changes. Weekly one-hour observation sessions were conducted (and video recorded) for seven participants (range of 25-90 observations conducted with each). The observations were coded for antecedents (e.g., demands, restricted access, no attention), challenging behavior (e.g., problem vocalizations, physical aggression, self-injurious behavior), and consequences (e.g., attention, access to items, escape from demand). We used a parametric design to evaluate changes in probabilities following psychotropic medication alterations. Preliminary results revealed that the presentation of demands and delivery of attention (physical and verbal) were associated with higher conditional probability values than other variables coded. Following psychotropic medication changes, slight changes in these values were observed. These calculated probabilities give insight into the potential interaction between environmental events, challenging behavior, and changes in psychotropic medication regimen.

 
 
Symposium #138
CE Offered: BACB
Social Validity of Interventions and Outcomes in the Treatment of Pediatric Feeding Disorders
Sunday, May 28, 2023
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom E
Area: CBM/CSS; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Nicole C Demchuk (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Discussant: Kathryn M. Peterson (Rutgers University and Children's Specialized Hospital)
CE Instructor: Kathryn M. Peterson, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Social validity in behavior analytic service delivery is paramount. Recent trends in behavior analytic research and service delivery illustrate the intentions of researchers and practitioners to improve social validity of interventions (Ferguson et al., 2018). One sector of behavior analytic service delivery that has been particularly criticized is treatment of children with pediatric feeding disorders (Taylor & Taylor, 2022). Currently, the most empirically supported intervention is escape extinction or non-removal of the spoon (Peterson et al., 2018). This intervention has repeatedly shown rapid effectiveness in the published literature and is warranted for children who experience severe food refusal. Though escape extinction is a well-established behavioral treatment for feeding disorders, the intrusive nature of the procedure has led to questions and misconceptions related to social validity of interventions. The purpose of this symposium is to explore social validity related to various treatments and outcomes for pediatric feeding disorders.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Diversity, Pediatric Feeding, Social Validity
Target Audience:

Intermediate

Learning Objectives: (1) Attendees will be able to identify at least 3 new measures related to social validity in treatment of pediatric feeding disorders. (2) Attendees will learn about the social validity of at least 2 interventions related to pediatric feeding disorders. (3) Attendees will gain insight on outcomes of intensive treatment for feeding disorders related to race and ethnicity.
 

Assessing Physiological Responses and Emotional Expression During Pediatric Feeding Treatment

LAURA E PHIPPS (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract:

Trauma-informed care necessitates that practitioners understand and consider how their clients feel during treatment. Escape extinction during pediatric feeding treatment may be warranted for some children. Although these procedures are highly effective, it is unclear if any undesired emotional response that occurs during extinction has lingering effects on how children feel during future meals (i.e., a child may be consuming their bites efficiently, but still feel unhappy). Thus, the current study aims to assess the two dimensions of emotion (Gay & Leijdekkers, 2013) for children with pediatric feeding disorders while they receive treatment. Specifically, researchers recorded child indices of happiness and unhappiness (Phipps et al., 2022) to assess emotional valence and measured physiological responses using a wrist-worn biosensor to assess emotional arousal for children with pediatric feeding disorders. The findings from this study reveal the potential emotional experiences of children during treatment and further the discussion on the feasibility of measuring private events to inform practice.

 

Evaluating Undergarment Type and Nutritional Intake on Toileting Continence During Day Treatment Pediatric Feeding Program Enrollment

FAITH KIRKLAND (Florida Autism Center, a division of BlueSprig Pediatrics, University of South Florida), Janelle Kirstie Bacotti (University of Miami), Vivian F Ibanez (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
Abstract:

Most day-treatment feeding programs aim to promote substantial and rapid changes in oral intake (Sharp et al., 2020). As such, a child will likely experience a shift in the amount and type of food and liquid consumed, which may impact toileting patterns and continence. Prior research has not targeted or monitored continence throughout a feeding admission despite the importance of independent toileting skills and the relation between intake and urine and stool output (Santos et al., 2017). We also know that modifying an individual’s undergarments can produce changes in toileting continence (Greer et al., 2016). In the current study, a 5-year-old female with Williams-Beuren syndrome, autism spectrum disorder, avoidant/restrictive food intake disorder, and diaper dependency was admitted to a day-treatment feeding program. Therefore, we measured and compared in-toilet eliminations, self-initiations, and nutritional intake while she was in diapers relative to underwear. Overall, in-toilet eliminations and self-initiations remained stable and increased when she wore underwear. We discuss the benefits of a hybrid program in which important adaptive skills like feeding and toileting can be dually addressed and plan to retrospectively review food and liquid intake to determine whether these changes affected outcomes.

 

Assessment of Social Validity and Passive Refusal in the Treatment of Avoidant/Restrictive Food Intake Disorder

EMILY KATE RUBIO (Emory University School of Medicine), Valerie M. Volkert (Marcus Autism Center and Emory School of Medicine)
Abstract:

Children with avoidant/restrictive food intake disorder may refuse to consume an adequate variety and/or volume of food to maintain expected growth and cognition (APA, 2013). They can consume food by mouth but may actively (e.g., turning head, hitting spoon) or passively (e.g., clenching mouth while sitting still) refuse to escape or avoid eating. Behavioral interventions like positive reinforcement and stimulus fading with escape prevention have been shown to increase consumption and decrease refusal in these children. However, sometimes these interventions are insufficient, especially in treating passive refusal. In these cases, physical guidance procedures may be utilized to prompt an open mouth to deposit food. Research indicates that these procedures are effective and rated as acceptable. However, additional research is warranted as these interventions may be conceptualized as punishment and should be used only if necessary (BACB, 2014). This study replicated an existing physical guidance procedure, the finger prompt (Rubio et al., 2020), and compared its efficacy and acceptability to that of a clinically utilized procedure, a spoon prompt, not yet empirically evaluated. This study further extended research by defining and measuring passive refusal as a dependent variable and assessing social validity among different stakeholders and time points.

 

Outcomes of Intensive Multidisciplinary Intervention for Patients With Avoidant/Restrictive Food Intake Disorder (ARFID) Through a Lens of Cultural Diversity

SANDHYA RAJAGOPAL (Marcus Autism Center), Emily Kate Rubio (Emory University School of Medicine), Valerie M. Volkert (Marcus Autism Center and Emory School of Medicine), Abby Hodges (Emory University School of Medicine, Children's Healthcare of Atlanta)
Abstract:

Avoidant/restrictive food intake disorder (ARFID) is the psychiatric diagnosis for feeding disorders, and requires the failure to achieve proper weight gain, presence of nutritional deficiencies, dependence on eternal or oral supplementation, and/or psychosocial factors such as increased stress in caregivers (DSM-5). The recognized standard of care for chronic and severe pediatric feeding problems is intensive multidisciplinary intervention including psychology, nutrition, medicine, and speech-language pathology/occupational therapy; the most common treatment component being behavioral intervention (Sharp et al., 2016). Recent evaluation of our intensive multidisciplinary program yields positive outcomes such as increases in acceptance and swallowing of new foods, reductions in problematic mealtime behaviors, a high percentage of goals met during the child’s admission, and high caregiver satisfaction across clinical presentations of ARFID (i.e., tube dependence/food refusal and severe food selectivity; Sharp et al., 2020; Volkert et al., 2021). This paper extends the analysis of outcomes for subtypes of ARFID by considering race and ethnicity. A closer examination of these outcomes may illuminate disparities and therefore assist in the identification of steps to enhance program outcomes.

 
 
Symposium #139
Relational Frame Theory and Rule-Governed Behavior: An Updated Perspective
Sunday, May 28, 2023
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom B
Area: EAB; Domain: Translational
Discussant: Julian C. Leslie (Ulster University)
Abstract:

The roots of RFT can be traced back to an early conference paper on rule-governed behaviour in 1984. The study of rule-governed behavior in RFT has tended to be overshadowed by the study of relational frames in and of themselves. Analyses of rule-governed behavior, however, require the study of relational networks and that work has begun to emerge more frequently in recent years. This work has been underpinned, to some extent, by the emergence of a new hyper-dimensional, multi-level (HDML) framework for conceptualising research in RFT generally. The four papers in this symposium will consider some of this work. Specifically, the four papers will consider (1) the impact of relational coherence vs incoherence in establishing rule-following and speaker preferences; (2) recent attempts to explore the impact of relative differences in relational coherence on rule-following and speaker preferences; (3) the relationship between persistence in rule-following and measures of psychological distress using a relatively large dataset [approx. N=750]; (4) how the new RFT framework may encourage analyses that do not dissolve into a simple dichotomy between contingency-shaped versus rule-governed behavior, and thus facilitate a rapprochement between behavior analysts studying and human and non-human behavior.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Coherence, HDML, RFT, Rule-Governed Behavior
 
Initial Experimental Analyses of the Impact of Coherence on Speaker Preference and Rule-Following
(Basic Research)
Paulo Bianchi (Paradigma – Centro de Ciências e Tecnologia do Comportamento, Brazil; IPEN - Instituto de Pesquisas Energéticas e Nucleares, Brazil), WILLIAM FERREIRA PEREZ (Paradigma - Centro de Ciências e Tecnologia do Comportamento), Colin Harte (Federal University of São Carlos), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (Ulster University)
Abstract: Rule-following is affected by multiple variables. A relevant aspect of rules regards whether they “make sense”, that is, the extent to which the instruction coheres with previously reinforced patterns of relational responding. This research aimed to evaluate the influence of relational coherence upon rule-following. After mastering a particular set of conditional relations (e.g., A1B1, A2B2), the participants (verbally-competent adults) were exposed to two speakers, one of which would “state” relations that cohered (e.g., A1B1, A2B2) with the participant’s previous relational training and the other that would present relations that were incoherent (e.g., A1B2, A2B1). Then, rule-following was measured in a preference test in which the participant would have to choose which of the two speakers would provide instructions in each test trial. After the preference test, an IRAP was implemented to evaluate the credibility of each speaker using positive (e.g., reliable) and negative words (e.g., unreliable). Results show that the participants preferred the coherent speaker to provide instructions and followed the rules presented by that speaker throughout the test. The coherent speaker was also more positively evaluated during the IRAP compared to the incoherent speaker. Coherence is discussed as a critical aspect of rule following and preference for particular narratives.
 
Levels of Speaker Relational Coherence and Rule-Following Behavior: A Pilot Study
(Basic Research)
JESÚS ALONSO-VEGA (Universidad Europea de Madrid), Colin Harte (Federal University of São Carlos), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (Ulster University)
Abstract: Rule-following behaviors can be affected by different variables (i.e., coherence, complexity, derivation, and flexibility). In this pilot study, our purpose was to analyze the effects of three different levels of speakers’ relational coherence on participant rule-following behaviors. In the first of two experiments, participants were initially taught a simple discrimination before being exposed to a task that established a rule-following learning history for three different speakers: Speaker 1 (S1; 100% coherent); Speaker 2 (S2; 50% coherent); Speaker 3 (S3; 0% coherent). Once participants reached experimental learning criteria, the effects of speaker relational coherence was tested using a rule-following generalization test, a speaker preference test, and a maintenance test of the initial trained simple discrimination. A second experiment partially replicated the first but levels of speaker relational coherence were adjusted such that S1 was 80% coherent, S2 was 50% coherent, and S3 was 20% coherent. The results of both experiments found a rule-following generalization with all speakers. In addition, speaker preference was differentially affected by the percentage level of relational coherence of the speaker. Implications, limitations and further experiments will be discussed in the context of recent updates in relational frame theory.
 

Exploring the Relationship Between Persistent Derived Rule-Following and Measures of Psychological Distress: A Large Sample Analysis

(Basic Research)
COLIN HARTE (Federal University of São Carlos), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (Ulster University), Yvonne Barnes-Holmes (Perspectives Ireland Consulting Psychologists Ltd.), Ciara McEnteggart (Perspectives Ireland)
Abstract:

The human capacity to follow complex rules has been suggested as a critical variable in psychological suffering. Specifically, it has been argued that an excessive reliance on verbal rules may undermine sensitivity to direct contingencies of reinforcement. However, little direct experimental evidence is available to support this assertion in the context of psychological suffering. The current paper analyses the data from a series of experiments (N = approx. 750) that explored the extent to which derived rules controlled participant responding in the face of reversed reinforcement contingencies and whether persistent rule-following correlated with a measure of psychological distress (depression, anxiety and stress scale [DASS]). Specifically, all participants completed a contingency-switching matching-to-sample (MTS) task in which the task contingencies initially supported a rule given to or partially derived by participants. After 100 trials, an un-cued contingency reversal occurred such that responding in accordance with the initial rule was now punished. A series of analyses explored the extent to which persistent rule-following after the contingency reversal correlated with the DASS. The results suggest that the link between rule-persistence and psychological distress is more complex than perhaps initially thought. Findings are discussed in the context of updates in relational frame theory (RFT).

 

Recent Conceptual Advances in Relational Frame Theory (RFT) Call for a Non-Dichotomous Distinction Between Contingency-Shaped and Rule-Governed Behavior

(Theory)
DERMOT BARNES-HOLMES (Ulster University), Colin Harte (Federal University of São Carlos)
Abstract:

A core postulate of relational frame theory (RFT) is that “relational framing alters the functions of behavioral processes” (Hayes et al., 2001, p.45). This postulate is central to explaining behaviors frequently observed with verbally-able humans that are rarely, if ever, seen in non-humans and are difficult to explain using traditional behavioral processes. For example, when an equivalence frame is established between three stimuli (A, B and C), and a specific function is established for A, a similar function may emerge for C in the absence of direct reinforcement. In effect, the process of relational framing extends the direct function training for the A stimulus to the derived C stimulus. Arguing that relational framing alters other behavioral processes raises two possibilities: (1) RFT involves a type of dual-process theory involving the interaction between verbal and non-verbal processes or (2) a single process theory in which all human behavior with a verbal history is best analysed as involving verbal functions. The current paper will argue, paradoxically, that the latter theoretical stance may facilitate a rapprochement between behavior analysts studying human and non-human behavior because it focuses analyses on multiple dimensions along which human behavior may differ or, critically, overlap with non-human behavior.

 
 
Symposium #140
CE Offered: BACB
Toward a Role of Behavior Analysis in Physical Rehabilitation
Sunday, May 28, 2023
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom D
Area: EAB; Domain: Translational
Chair: J. Logan Gibson (University Of North Texas)
Discussant: Rogelio Escobar (National Autonomous University of Mexico)
CE Instructor: Brennan Patrick Armshaw, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The effectiveness of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) derives from the ability of behavioral scientists to isolate socially-relevant behavior of interest and to create artificial behavior-environment interactions in support of that behavior. In simpler and more familiar terms, our prowess derives from our ability to create contingencies of reinforcement and establish stimulus control. As such, the scope of ABA is limited only by what we are able to measure and our ability to embed that information into a systematic protocol of feedback. Each of the four talks in this symposium use surface electromyographs to measure the electrical activity of muscles. This information is used to create contingencies of reinforcement to support the development of muscle strength. The first talk will present data on the rehabilitation of the knee in a clinical context. The second talk will present data on the use of conjugate schedules to drive muscle strength. The third talk will present data on a comparison between active and passive muscle training protocols. Finally, the fourth talk will present data on the rehabilitation of the pelvic floor by reinforcing activation of a correlated set of muscles. Taken together, these studies can help contribute to the expansion of the scope of ABA.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): contingent feedback, dissemination, physical rehabilitation, reinforcement modalities
 

The Heart of a Flexible Science of Behavior: Expanding Our Scope Examples From Physical Therapy

(Applied Research)
BRENNAN PATRICK ARMSHAW (West Virginia University), Manish Vaidya (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

The flexible nature of the science of behavior lends itself to diverse applications. However, in practice, bringing the science to bear across different domains often proves challenging. The fields of medicine and physical therapy are no exception to this challenge of domain bridging. Despite these obstacles, there is a growing need for behaviorally informed approaches to health and wellness. This presentation describes a series of works centered around recovery from total knee replacement. The aim of this presentation is four-fold. First, outline a behavioral approach to asking questions that are commonly considered medical in nature. Second, describe considerations when approaching intradisciplinary collaboration and employing a patient-centered care model of applied research. Third, discuss the importance of balancing the considerations made for empirical research and those for patient quality of life as an applied researcher. Finally, present translational and applied data supporting the utility and importance of expanding the application of our science to diverse areas, such as physical therapy.

 
Conjugate Reinforcement of Muscle Contractions Using Surface Electromyography
(Applied Research)
MATTHEW NGUYEN (University of North Texas), Russell Silguero (University of North Texas), Manish Vaidya (University of North Texas)
Abstract: Biofeedback has been shown to be an effective strategy for training or retraining neuromuscular responses. The strategy arranges for environmental feedback, such as a brief sound, following a response that meets certain pre-established criteria such as intensity of the response. One particular kind of biofeedback strategy is called a conjugate schedule. In conjugate schedules, parameters of the feedback (such as amount of stimulation) are related in some fashion to parameters of the response (such as intensity) such that a more intense response produces greater feedback than a less intense response. These arrangements have been shown to improve upon the effects of more standard biofeedback arrangements. In the proposed study, we wish to explore the nature of the relationship between response and feedback. Specifically, we ask if a curvilinear relation between response and reinforcement parameters will be more effective than the linear relation that is typically arranged between response and reinforcement.
 
Tracking the Effects of Active and Passive Training on Muscle Strength
(Applied Research)
ALEXANDRA ZACHARY SMITH (University of North Texas), Brennan Patrick Armshaw (West Virginia University), Manish Vaidya (University of North Texas)
Abstract: Total Knee Arthroplasty (TKA) procedures are performed on over a million adult patients per year in the U.S, and sometimes up to twice in the same year for some patients due to the effect of severe Osteoarthritis in both of their knees. Physical therapy aids recovery in the knee post-surgery by strengthening the Vastus Medialis Oblique (VMO) muscle. The current standard in physical therapy is the application of neuromuscular stimulation (NMES) to passively contract the muscle. However, results from our lab sEMGBF) is more effective as an intervention to strengthen the VMO in comparison to NMES. The current study sought to track the development of VMO muscle strength across a patient’s time in a rehabilitation clinic. In particular, we compared the development of muscle strength following active training via sEMGBF and after passive training via NMES. The data appear to replicate the patterns seen earlier in that participants receiving NMES gained muscle strength slower than participants receiving sEMGBF. The data presented below present the findings from an earlier study with the same goal.
 
Investigating Operant Control of the Pelvic Floor Muscles in the Context of a Surface Electromyography Informed Feedback Protocol
(Applied Research)
J. LOGAN GIBSON (University of North Texas), Manish Vaidya (University of North Texas)
Abstract: Urinary incontinence (UI) is a life-altering condition in which urine can leak due to physical stress, such as standing, lifting heavy objects, or sneezing. Risk factors that lead to UI are varied, but one common proximal cause is the weak pelvic floor muscles (PFM) that control urine retention. These muscles can be strengthened by exercise; however, current rehabilitation protocols are invasive, expensive, and have low acceptability. Furthermore, the anatomical structure of the PFM is such that little naturally occurring feedback is present even when contracting the muscle properly. In the case of total knee arthroplasty, our lab has investigated the use of surface-electromyography (sEMG) to measure the performance of the vastus medialis oblique while using audiovisual feedback to reinforce responding, contingent upon meeting prespecified criteria. Similarly, in the present study, we used sEMG to measure the PFM via two co-contracting muscles – the Transverse Abdominus (TrA) and the Internal Oblique (IO) while providing contrived consequences when participant responses met criteria. Early results suggest that the amplitude of activation of the TrA/IO site is sensitive to consequences. Orderly data from this study may have clinical implications for PFM rehabilitation in the future.
 
 
Symposium #141
CE Offered: BACB
How Effective Collaboration Leads to Increased Ethical and Inclusive Practice Across the Consumers of Behavior Analysis
Sunday, May 28, 2023
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Convention Center 401/402
Area: TBA/OBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Lisa Tereshko (Endicott College)
Discussant: Alan Kinsella (Endicott College)
CE Instructor: Lisa Tereshko, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Within the human service industry, often a diversity of professionals with various backgrounds, training, and credential come together to support individuals. This diversity can create more specialized treatment for the individuals they support but also may create difficulty when working to support individuals. Collaboration with all levels of professionals working with our clients and stakeholders is essential to ensure ethical and inclusive practices for all consumers of behavior analysis. The papers presented here represent a behavior analytic approach to measuring collaboration as it relates to ethical and inclusive practice. Included here are the results of an inclusive team collaboration model implemented in a special education school that includes direct instructional staff to increase staff and student performance, the results of a survey of behavior analysts and other professionals that collaborate with behavior analysts on collaboration and the use of soft skills, the results of surveys of students and faculty of behavior analysis on inclusive practices within their experiences in higher education as it relates to inclusivity and belonging, and the results of an ethical decision making model as it relates to both behavior analysts and registered behavior technicians.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Collaboration, Ethical, Inclusivity
Target Audience:

Intermediate audience is required. Those who supervise or teach behavior analytic programs are recommended. Experience with supervision and collaboration of staff members across domains and at various levels of education would assist in comprehension of material presented.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify ways within their daily work responsibilities to increase collaboration of all team members; (2) increase their ability to assess team members sense of belonging and inclusivity; (3) increase their ability to assess and assist team members when faced with ethical dilemmas
 

Increasing Opportunities to Respond Through Inclusive Team Collaboration

KATHLEEN I DYER (Endicott College)
Abstract:

There is a substantial body of research on the importance of providing frequent opportunities to respond (OTR) to increase learning outcomes for students. In special education classrooms with multiple treatment providers, treatment coordination to ensure that these opportunities are provided can be complex and challenging. This paper will discuss an intervention designed to increase the opportunities to respond for 3 students in an autism classroom in the context of a multiple-baseline design. An inclusive team model, involving weekly scheduled meetings with the direct instructional staff, the classroom teacher, clinical team members, and a lead BCBA-D interventionist was implemented. The results showed that collaborative goal setting, nondirective consultation, feedback, and reinforcement strategies implemented at the meetings were effective in increasing OTR to IEP programs. The positive role of team collaboration was reflected in acceptability surveys, where direct care staff rated the team discussions as the most helpful treatment component.

 

Understanding the Perspectives of Our Colleagues: How Behavior Analysts Are Perceived

KRISTIN BOWMAN (Endicott College), Lisa Tereshko (Endicott College), Kimberly Marshall (University of Oregon), Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College), Karen Rose (Horry County Schools/Endicott College)
Abstract:

Scientifically established, effective treatments for autism are based on the principles of applied behavior analysis. With the increasingly high prevalence of autism and growing demand for effective behavioral interventions, now, more than 70% of the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB) certificants work in professional areas specific to autism. However, given the complex symptomatology and dynamic interaction of the deficits associated with autism, treatment from an array of professionals, each representing different disciplines and specialties within medicine, education, and allied health is typically warranted. Therefore, to best meet the various needs of individuals on the autism spectrum, behavior analysts will often be required to work collaboratively with professionals from other disciplines and must acquire the skills to do so effectively. To learn more about these collaborative relationships and identify opportunities for further education and training, we surveyed behavior analysts and professionals from other disciplines including speech-language pathologists, occupational therapists, educators, administrators, and psychologists. Overall, participants agreed that continued collaboration was useful although the results indicate challenges in collaboration and disparities in reported perceptions and experiences. These findings, as well as ideas for fostering better collaboration will be reviewed.

 

Assessing Perceptions of Inclusivity Among Students and Staff Within an Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Department

LISA TERESHKO (Endicott College), Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College), Videsha Marya (Endicott College), Christen Russell (Endicott College), Natalie M. Driscoll (Seven Hills Foundation & Endicott College), Kathleen I Dyer (Endicott College), Rebecca Shinn (Endicott College), Sacha KG Shaw (Endicott College)
Abstract:

Recent events have confirmed the need for behavior analysis to attend to issues of diversity, equity, inclusion, and belonging in service provision and in higher education. This leads to a call to action to increase cultural responsiveness and cultural humility in training opportunities for students of behavior analysis and practicing behavior analysts. In order to ensure that training opportunities for students and staff appropriately address these issues in the field, surveys were developed and deployed across an ABA department of higher education to assess the effects of various initiatives taken by the department to increase inclusivity and belonging. The surveys identified areas of growth for the department and serve as ongoing assessments for inclusivity and belonging within the department and the higher education institution as a whole.

 
Promoting Ethical Discussions and Decision Making in a Human Services Agency: Updates to LeBlanc et al.’s (2020) Ethics Network
Amber Valentino (Trumpet Behavioral Health), ROXANNE GAYLE (Trumpet Behavioral Health, Endicott College, Pepperdine University), Amanda J George (Trumpet Behavioral Health), Ashley Marie Fuhrman (Trumpet Behavioral Health)
Abstract: Ethical behavior is operant behavior, evoked and maintained by environmental variables; as such, it can be taught. Behavior analysts have focused on effective ways to teach and establish ethical behavior in both individual practitioners and within organizations. Teaching people to notice ethical issues in their environment is an important first step in promoting ethical discussions and decision-making. In 2022, the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB®) issued two revised ethics codes—one for behavior analysts and one for registered behavior technicians (RBTs ®). In the current study, we expanded upon the work of LeBlanc et al. (2020) by updating an Ethics Network and hotline submission form within a human service agency to reflect both new codes of ethics. We provide data for the first seven months of the updated system and analyze the data for common themes. We detail the updates to our system for readers wishing to create similar infrastructure in other organizations.
 
 
Symposium #142
CE Offered: BACB
Staff Training Approaches to Improve Procedural Fidelity
Sunday, May 28, 2023
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Convention Center 406/407
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Haven Sierra Niland (University of North Texas)
Discussant: Tiffany Kodak (Marquette University)
CE Instructor: Tiffany Kodak, M.S.
Abstract:

Procedural fidelity is the degree to which interventions are implemented as prescribed. Behavior analysts may use a variety of tools to train behavior change agents to implement procedures with high fidelity. This symposium includes four studies that evaluated staff training approaches to improve procedural fidelity. Aguilar et al. will present research evaluating the effects of training novice staff to collect procedural-fidelity data on their implementation of differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO) procedures. Lionello-Denolf et al. will present the effects of teaching staff to use Train to Code software to collect fidelity data on their fidelity with discrete trial instruction (DTI). Lai et al. will present the effects of in-vivo self-monitoring on procedural fidelity for staff implementing DTI. Finally, Bartle et al. will present a comparison of video modeling with exemplars or exemplars and nonexemplars to train staff to implement DTI and preference assessments. Presentations will be followed by a discussion of implications for research and practice.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): data collection, procedural fidelity, staff training, treatment integrity
Target Audience:

supervising BCBAs and behavior-analytic researchers

Learning Objectives: 1. Define procedural fidelity 2. Describe in-vivo self-monitoring 3. Describe the effects of training staff to collect procedural-fidelity data on implementation
 
Impacts of Collecting Fidelity Data on Subsequent Implementation
MARISELA ALICIA AGUILAR (West Virginia University), Abbie Cooper (West Virginia University), Claire C. St. Peter (West Virginia University)
Abstract: Training staff to implement behavior interventions with high fidelity is critical to client success. Performance feedback is effective at improving fidelity. However, feedback requires a trained professional's time, which may be impractical in some situations. Therefore, the purpose of this study was to evaluate antecedent approaches that may improve the procedural fidelity of novice implementers. We conducted two experiments using a group design and community sample to determine impacts of fidelity data collection on subsequent fidelity of implementation. Across both experiments, participants in both groups watched videos of a resetting differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO) implemented with varying levels of fidelity. The independent variable was whether the participant collected fidelity data on the therapist’s implementation while they watched videos, and the primary dependent variable was the participant's fidelity when role-playing implementation of the DRO procedure. In Experiment 1, participants received only instructions about how to collect data, and neither group consistently achieved sufficient mastery, suggesting that other training components may be needed. In Experiment 2, we provided more intensive training on data collection. Results from this study inform ways to train novice implementers to implement behavior-change procedures with high fidelity and increase their accuracy of fidelity data collection.
 

Teaching Discrete-Trial Implementation With Train-to-Code

KAREN M. LIONELLO-DENOLF (Assumption University), David A. Eckerman (University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill), Rebecca Hise (Central Massachusetts Collaborative), Elizabeth Pinzino (Central Massachusetts Collaborative), Roger D. Ray ((AI)2, Inc.; Rollins College)
Abstract:

Entry-level personnel (e.g., behavior therapists) frequently deliver discrete trial (DT) programs to students with autism. Because outcomes are related to intervention quality, staff must deliver these programs correctly. The Train to Code (TTC) software teaches observation skills using behavior-analytic adaptive instruction methods. To accomplish this, TTC presents a series of video clips depicting a teacher delivering trials of receptive labeling, social questions, and motor imitation programs. In many clips, the teacher makes an error. By entering a code, the trainee indicates if the teacher correctly followed the steps or what error was made. TTC increases/decreases the degree of prompting given to the trainee based on coding accuracy. The efficacy of using TTC to train staff to deliver DT programs was tested in a pre/posttest and multiple baseline design. Pre-/posttests were role plays in which participants (undergraduates studying applied behavior analysis or behavior therapists) acted as teachers delivering DT programs to a scripted research assistant. Participants completed 1–3 pretests, TTC training, and 1–2 posttests. IOA and procedural integrity on role plays were above 90%. Results indicated substantial improvement in DT delivery at posttest. TTC may be an effective method for training delivery of DT programs in applied settings.

 

Can In-Vivo Self-Monitoring Improve Discrete Trial Instruction (DTI) Implementation?

RAY LAI (University of North Texas and UNT Kristin Farmer Autism Center), Samantha Bergmann (University of North Texas), Walberto Resendez (University of North Texas), Julia Wang (Texas Academy of Mathematics and Science at the University of North Texas), Katherine Drummond (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

Beneficial consumer outcomes are most likely when behavior-analytic interventions are implemented with high procedural fidelity (i.e., degree to which the procedure is implemented as intended). Video self-monitoring, which involves teaching staff members to monitor their own behavior when watching recordings of themselves, can be used to improve and maintain high procedural fidelity, but video self-monitoring requires additional staff time and resources. In-vivo self-monitoring involves monitoring behavior during or immediately following implementing a behavior-analytic intervention, which could be a cost-effective option, but in-vivo self-monitoring needs additional research. The focus of the current study was to assess the effects of in-vivo self-monitoring with checklists on the procedural fidelity of three behavior technicians implementing discrete trial instruction with children with autism. We used a nonconcurrent multiple baseline across participants design, and our data suggested that in-vivo self-monitoring was effective for two of the three participants. Procedural fidelity for the third participant did not increase with in-vivo or video self-monitoring. Results of this evaluation were used to inform the supervisors about the efficacy of self-monitoring for each staff member, and implications of using self-monitoring in practice will be discussed.

 
The Effects of Training Containing Different Exemplar Types on Procedural Integrity
GRACE ELIZABETH BARTLE (University of Kansas), Sandra Alex Ruby (University of Kansas), Florence D. DiGennaro Reed (University of Kansas)
Abstract: This study evaluated the efficacy of training containing different exemplar types on procedural integrity of discrete trial teaching (DTT) and a multiple stimulus without replacement (MSWO) preference assessment. A multi-element comparison design was used to evaluate the effects of training that used video modeling with voiceover instruction with exemplars only (E) or both exemplars and nonexemplars (E+NE). Both types of training increased procedural integrity for all participants, which maintained for two and five weeks. Mean posttraining integrity for the E condition was 87.9% and E+NE condition was 96.8%. Follow-up performance for the E condition was 90% and for E+NE was 96.7%. These data provide preliminary evidence that there may be benefits to incorporating nonexemplars into training, which required roughly 2 min of additional training time. Despite this finding, it is possible that participants found MSWO to be more difficult to implement than DTT, which could influence the results. Finally, all participants reported satisfaction with the trainings.
 
 
Symposium #180
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Counter-Control: Treatment Implications and Assent Considerations
Sunday, May 28, 2023
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom H
Area: PCH/CSS; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Dawn O'Neill (Judge Rotenberg Center; Contextual Behavioral Science Institute)
Discussant: John O'Neill (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center)
CE Instructor: Dawn O'Neill, Ph.D.
Abstract:

For over 70 years, the conceptual development of countercontrol in behavior analysis has focused on broad societal issues (e.g., public protests & social movements) with little attention to the behavior of individuals in clinical, residential treatment, and educational settings (see Delprato, 2002; Skinner, 1953, 1971, 1974; Spencer, King, Martone, & Houlihan, 2022). In fact, we are not aware of any interventions or experimental manipulations of countercontrol published in the applied behavior analytic literature. The purpose of this symposium is to first extend the conceptual literature by exploring dependent, independent, and extraneous variables associated with countercontrol in clinical, residential treatment, and educational settings. Next, we will discuss the treatment of countercontrol as a special example of the necessary risk/benefit analysis associated with client assent in applied behavior analysis. We propose that assent should be viewed on a continuum, be balanced with treatment effectiveness, and that assent (or lack thereof) can complicate applied behavior analytic treatment under certain conditions.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): assent, choice, counter-control
Target Audience:

Behavior analysts interested in the clinical treatment of counter-control and associated assent considerations.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) conceptualize and define counter-control at the individual level; (2) be able to identify counter-control in their clinical setting; (3) list considerations when obtaining assent to the treatment of counter-control.
 

Treatment of Counter-Control: A Clinical Case Study

JOSEPH TACOSIK (Judge Rotenberg Education Center), Halle Apelgren (Judge Rotenberg Center), John O'Neill (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center)
Abstract:

Skinner (1953, 1971, 1974) described countercontrol as a response to social aversive control that functions to escape/avoid control at the individual (e.g., noncompliance) or group (e.g., protest) level that is often multiply-maintained by the attention of peers. Delprato (2002) asserted that socially mediated controlling conditions (e.g., rules) often function as establishing operations for countercontrolling responses while Spencer, King, Martone, and Houlihan (2022) emphasized the role of rule-governed behavior. Although countercontrol has received conceptual attention in behavior analysis for over 70 years, no experimental manipulations or interventions for countercontrol exist in the behavioral literature. Given that all residential treatment and educational settings operate around rules of conduct, one might expect that behavior analysts experience some degree of countercontrolling responses in practice. The purpose of this presentation is to provide: (1) a review of the conceptual literature; (2) an overview of residential treatment and educational factors; and (3) recommendations for implementing function-based interventions and ways to address treatment challenges specific to countercontrol.

 

Assent Considerations in the Case of Counter-Control

HALLE APELGREN (Judge Rotenberg Center), Joseph Tacosik (Judge Rotenberg Education Center), John O'Neill (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center)
Abstract:

Behavior analysts are obligated to consider “obtaining assent from clients when applicable” as dictated by the ethics code - section 2.11 (Behavior Analyst Certification Board, 2020). Assent is broadly thought of as client agreement or approval of treatment procedures. The American Academy of Pediatrics advises that assent should include following elements: (1) helping the patient achieve a developmentally appropriate awareness of the nature of his or her condition; (2) telling the patient what he or she can expect with tests and treatments; (3) making a clinical assessment of the patient’s understanding of the situation and the factors influencing how he or she is responding; and (4) and soliciting an expression of the patient’s willingness to accept the proposed care. In behavior analysis, there is limited research describing assent procedures or studying the implications for treatment outcomes (Morris, Detrick, & Peterson, 2021). We will explore how factors such as court-mandated placements, regulatory guidelines, conservatorships, substituted judgement, and health related supports can impact client assent in function-based treatment.

 
 
Paper Session #144
CE Offered: BACB
Precision Teaching + Verbal Behavior = Student Success! Verbal Mediation in Algebraic Instruction
Sunday, May 28, 2023
9:00 AM–9:25 AM
Convention Center 405
Area: EDC
Chair: Christina Scenna (University of Pittsburgh )
CE Instructor: Olivia Grace Enders, Ph.D.
 
Precision Teaching + Verbal Behavior = Student Success! Verbal Mediation in Algebraic Instruction
Domain: Applied Research
Olivia Grace Enders (Coastal Carolina University), CHRISTINA SCENNA (University of Pittsburgh)
 
Abstract: Rate-building academic practices support students’ attainment of critical learning outcomes, such as endurance and generalization across stimuli and tasks. In mathematics, researchers most often study rate-building practices in relation to simple computations (i.e. single-digit addition problems). The present project considers a recent study which evaluated the effects of explicit instruction followed by frequency-building sessions on students’ rate of solving one-step equations. This study employed error correction which featured overt echoic rehearsal related to the task analysis presented. As such, our current project considers the relationship between students’ fluent performance and overt, observable mediating responses within rate-building practice. We theorize how mediation may account for greater performance in equation solving and generalizing, which occurred in the present study. We discuss how further conceptual exploration of problem solving and verbal mediation may inform the development of systematic practices related to algebraic reasoning. We provide present and possible applications of these conceptualizations in the context of more complex algebraic equations and other important critical disciplines.
 
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #145
CE Offered: BACB
Pairing with Medical Service Providers: Getting on the Same Page, Speaking the Same ABC’s
Sunday, May 28, 2023
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Capitol Ballroom 1-3
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Michele R. Traub (St. Cloud State University)
CE Instructor: Takahiro Soda, M.D.
Presenting Author: TAKAHIRO SODA (University of Florida)
Abstract:

Psychopharmacological agents are prescribed in a high proportion of individuals with ASD/IDD, with several agents with formal FDA-approved indications; many are used off-label. The data-based approach that ABA providers/ RBTs who are supervised by BCBA’s is ideal for contextualizing and measuring the behaviors (e.g., self-injury) for which medications are often considered. As a result, their involvement can tremendously aid in the decision-making process about initiating, adjusting, and discontinuing medications. On the other hand, medical providers (e.g., psychiatrist) can guide the recognition of potential conditions, psychiatric and otherwise that may be leading to sudden changes in target behaviors that have been identified for behavioral intervention. Given these goals and contributions, coordinating care is beneficial and critical. Several examples of achieving such coordination of care will be presented at multiple levels of care with thoughts on how such coordination can be achieved where no ongoing relationships currently exist.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Anyone who will have patients/ clients comanaged with psychopharmacology providers, anyone that has had medical concerns for their clients

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Identify commonly prescribed medication classes and the onset of effects as well as side effects; (2) Understand common context and information typically provided to medical providers when being asked to prescribe various interventions to address behaviors; (3) Identify suggested strategies to interface with medication prescribers to achieve a mutually beneficial relationship
 
TAKAHIRO SODA (University of Florida)
Takahiro Soda, MD, PhD is the Medical Director for the UF Health Center for Autism and Neurodevelopment and Assistant Professor of Psychiatry at the University of Florida College of Medicine. His research focuses on bridging the quality gap between the standard of care in the treatment of patients with neuropsychiatric developmental disorders and the quality of care provided in the real world and nudging clinical practice towards the use of patient-specific factors (genetics, environmental/ socioeconomic) to aid in the provision of optimal care of patients and to do so in an equitable and ethical manner. His work has been funded by the NIH, Foundation of Hope for Treatment of Mental Illness, and the UNC Quality Improvement Fellowship. He serves on the ethics as well as the autism/ intellectual developmental disorder committee of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, and on the Ethics/ Policy Committee of the International Society of Psychiatric Genetics. He is a fellow of the American Psychiatric Association
 
 
Panel #146
CE Offered: BACB
Diversity submission Exploring Commitments to Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion Efforts: From Values to Actions
Sunday, May 28, 2023
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Mineral Hall D-G
Area: CSS; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Gabrielle Indah Torres, M.S.
Chair: Gabrielle Indah Torres (Autism Aid Foundation / Find Your Balance LLC / Capella University )
ELIZABETH M. MATTHEWS (EMG Consulting)
KATIE WOLFE (University of South Carolina)
Abstract:

Organizations may commit to diversity, equity, and inclusion efforts, but getting from a simple commitment to real actions takes work. This panel consisting of behavior analysis state chapter leaders will explore what it takes to truly commit to actions rooted in increasing diversity, expanding inclusion, and fostering equity beyond a simple addition to their mission statement. Based on your questions, our chair, who serves as the Diversity Equity & Inclusion Coordinator for District ABA, will lead us through a conversation with chapter leaders from Arizona, South Carolina and Virginia, that will explore steps taken, successes achieved, road bumps encountered, strategies considered, future plans, and what behavior analytic principles helped guide their way. If you have considered diversity, equity, and inclusion efforts, do not miss this opportunity to learn from others who have already started creating organizations rooted in values and committed actions to create diverse and inclusive communities that create paths of equity in our field.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Behavior analysts with at least 1-2 year of experience and who are in, or moving into, leadership positions within their organizations.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1) Understand the importance of including diversity, equity, and inclusion in their organization’s framework 2) Identify the importance of establishing organizational values that can drive committed actions towards increased diversity, inclusion, equity, and cultural responsiveness 3) Create a systematic plan for the introduction of diversity, equity, and inclusion efforts into their organization
Keyword(s): committed actions, equity, inclusion, values
 
 
Invited Paper Session #147
CE Offered: BACB/QABA — 
Ethics
Community-Informed Practice: Engaging Communities We Serve to Inform Applied Behavior Analysis Services
Sunday, May 28, 2023
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Convention Center Four Seasons Ballroom 1
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Yaniz C. Padilla Dalmau (Flamboyán Behavioral Services)
CE Instructor: Pablo Juárez, M.Ed.
Presenting Author: PABLO JUÁREZ (Vanderbilt University Medical Center)
Abstract:

Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) has encountered several challenges which have negatively impacted the application of behavior analysis and importantly, public trust in ABA. Community-Informed Practice (CIP) – developed by TRIAD, the autism institute at Vanderbilt Kennedy Center (VKC) – is a model for developing partnerships and seeking regular input and feedback from communities served by practitioners in human services fields to ensure those services reflect socially valid best-practice. CIP began as a conceptual model focused on understanding and categorizing common and increasing objections to ABA. Through substantive engagement with existing advocacy groups such as VKC’s Community Advisory Committee and The Arc Tennessee, as well as TRIAD’s Autistic Advisory Committee, we developed a set of guiding principles for a CIP-based implementation of ABA across various TRIAD service lines. In this way, CIP honors societal concerns about ABA and the ethics of its providers, as well as the professional expertise and judgement of behavior analysts. This balance can be elusive without direct and ongoing community engagement by a team devoted to reflecting the appropriate implementation of behavior analysis in their work and discussion of that work. This presentation will focus primarily on the work of TRIAD’s behavior analysts across Tennessee schools supporting students with intellectual and development disabilities who engage in complex and dangerous behavior; however, the processes of development and implementation of CIP will be discussed in a manner that will be applicable across different types of service models. The development of a strong CIP approach to ABA (or any other human services) can be challenging, resource-intensive, and time consuming, making it impractical for most, so additional discussion within this presentation will focus on considerations for taking CIP to scale at the state level and beyond. Finally, Community-Assessed Practice – a process by which a diverse advisory group provides ongoing feedback on service delivery, will be briefly highlighted.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Practitioners, Organizational Leadership, Public Policy

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Identify common criticisms about Applied Behavior Analysis; (2) Understand what community-informed practice (CIP) is and its utility in addressing concerns about ABA; (3) Learn about potential models for bringing CIP to scale
 
PABLO JUÁREZ (Vanderbilt University Medical Center)
Pablo Juárez received his undergraduate training in behavior analysis at University of North Texas and his graduate training in special education and behavior analysis at Vanderbilt University. He has over twenty years of experience in the field and is currently a Senior Associate in Pediatrics, Psychiatry and Behavior Sciences, and Special Education (VU) at Vanderbilt University Medical Center (VUMC). He is Co-Director of TRIAD, the autism institute at Vanderbilt Kennedy Center (VKC), and Director of Behavior Analysis for VKC and Developmental Medicine. In his roles he oversees statewide behavior analytic and autism services, which are embedded within state systems of early intervention and education, clinical behavior analysis programming and expansion within VUMC, and the expansion of a practice-based behavior analysis research program. Additionally, he serves on local, statewide, and national disabilities-focused committees, work groups, and boards of directors.
 
 
Panel #148
CE Offered: BACB
A Conversation About Disability Rights, Human Rights, and the Professional Practice of Applied Behaviour Analysis
Sunday, May 28, 2023
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 1A/B
Area: DDA/CSS; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: HOLLY GOVER, Ph.D.
Chair: Holly Gover (Vanderbilt University Medical Center)
ERIN S. LEIF (Monash University)
BRIAN FRANKLIN MIDDLETON (Mindful Behavior LLC & The Lighthouse for Equitable Access in Practice for ABA)
ADITHYAN RAJARAMAN (Vanderbilt University Medical Center)
Abstract:

In 2006, the United Nations adopted the The Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities (CRPD). Developed in collaboration with people with disabilities, the purpose of the Convention is to promote, protect and ensure the full and equal enjoyment of all human rights and fundamental freedoms by all persons with disabilities. However, people with disability still struggle to access appropriate communication, education, healthcare, recreation, and employment. Although behaviour analysts often work directly with people with disabilities and their families, few descriptions of a human rights-based approach to the provision of applied behaviour analysis services have been published. This panel provides an opportunity for behaviour analysts, some of whom have lived experience of disability, to engage in a meaningful conversation about the CRPD and human rights model of disability, why the CRPD is important to all behaviour analysts who provide services to people with disability and describe practical ways that BCBAs can align their professional practice with a human rights-based model of disability.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

N/A

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the panel, participants will be able to: 1) Summarize the Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities, 2) Describe the ways in which on-going behavior analytic practices have been misaligned with a human-rights based approach to service delivery 3) Describe practical ways that BCBAs can align their professional practice with a human rights-based model of disability
Keyword(s): Assent, Choice, Human rights, Professional ethics
 
 
Symposium #149
Interventions to Reduce Impulsive Choice in Animal Model
Sunday, May 28, 2023
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom C
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Gregory J. Madden (Utah State University)
Discussant: Jeffrey Stein (Virginia Tech (FBRI))
Abstract:

Impulsivity is defined as choosing a smaller-sooner reinforcer over a larger-later reinforcer. Impulsivity is positively correlated with a variety of maladaptive behaviors such as overeating, substance abuse, gambling, and risky sexual behaviors. The Kirkpatrick et al. paper will discuss timing-based and delay-tolerance-based interventions which have been used to reduce impulsive choice. In the past, these interventions have been imposed outside the test of impulsive choice. Results will be summarized here which reveal that experience with the test of impulsive choice (itself) improves self-control and delay sensitivity, which may be related to improved interval timing. The remaining two papers in this symposium will summarize the results of two rat experiments evaluating the effects of Pavlovian (vs. Control) training on impulsive choice in rats. In these studies, the CS is used either as an antecedent attractor to the larger-later reward alternative (Mahmoudi et al.), or as a conditioned-reinforcing consequence of making self-control choices (Garland et al.). Preliminary data indicate that these CS-as-antecedent and CS-as-consequence techniques both promote self-controlled choice.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): delay-tolerance, impulsivity, Pavlovian training, self-control
 

Choice Tasks as Interventions to Promote Self-Control and Timing

TRAVIS SMITH (Kansas State University), Kimberly Kirkpatrick (Kansas State University), Kelsey Panfil (Kansas State University)
Abstract:

Impulsive choice tasks assess preference for smaller-sooner (indicating impulsive choice) versus larger-later rewards (indicating self-control). Interventions that involve experience with delays promote self-control in impulsive choice tasks in rodents and humans. In some rat studies, the interventions improved timing accuracy and/or precision, which may be one possible mechanism of intervention effects. Another key mechanism that may be targeted by the interventions is delay tolerance, which is the ability to persist through the aversive experience of waiting. These intervention procedures are often presented outside of the choice task. This presentation will discuss recent research assessing whether experience with the impulsive choice task may serve as an intervention by itself. Experience in the choice task improved self-control, increased delay sensitivity, and may be related to the improvements in timing ability reported in previous intervention studies. While the mechanisms of choice-driven improvements in self-control may overlap with intervention-driven improvements, it is possible that choice tasks may be better at targeting timing processes whereas intervention tasks may be better at targeting delay tolerance.

 

Using Pavlovian Sign-Tracking to Increase Self-Control in Rats

SABA MAHMOUDI (Utah State University), Katherine Garland (Utah State University), Gregory J. Madden (Utah State University)
Abstract:

Impulsivity is the preference for smaller, sooner rewards (SSR) over larger, later rewards (LLR), and is correlated with maladaptive behaviors (e.g., gambling). Prior research has explored interventions for reducing impulsivity. One category of learning that has not yet been explored in service of reducing impulsivity is Pavlovian learning. In appetitive Pavlovian learning, a spatially localized conditioned stimulus (CS) that signals a delay-reduction to the unconditioned stimulus (US) will evoke sign-tracking behavior (approaching and interacting with the CS) and will acquire incentive salience. In our study, male Long Evans rats completed Pavlovian training (n = 20) or Control (unpaired) training (n = 20) for 8 sessions; a lever served as the CS. This was followed by an impulsive choice assessment phase. For both groups, the lever-CS was presented on the side of the chamber where the LLR (2 pellets in 20 s) could be obtained. On the other side, the SSR was available (1 pellet after shorter delays). As shown in Figure 1, the lever-CS evoked sign-tracking in Pavlovian-trained rats in the ST group compared to Control rats, and as predicted, when the CS attracted rats to the LLR, they made significantly more self-control choices than Control rats (Figure 2)

 
Using Pavlovian Conditioned Reinforcement to Reduce Impulsive Choice
KATHERINE GARLAND (Utah State University), Saba Mahmoudi (Utah State University), Gregory J. Madden (Utah State University)
Abstract: Peck et al. (2020) reported that rats find delay-signaling stimuli to be aversive. These stimuli are encountered during tests of impulsive choice whenever the rat chooses the larger-later reward (LLR). This aversive encounter may be important in understanding impulsive choice. In the experiment to be summarized here, we evaluated if the function of the delay-signaling stimulus could be changed (made less aversive) through Pavlovian training. Forty Long-Evans rats (20 male) were randomly assigned to undergo 8 sessions of Pavlovian training (lever-CS precedes food delivery), and the other half underwent Unpaired training (CS uncorrelated with food). During the test of impulsive choice that followed, choosing the LLR produced 10-s access to the lever- CS and 2 pellets 10-s after that. Pavlovian training increased self-control choice relative to rats in the Unpaired group. It is noteworthy that the duration of training (8 sessions) is less than most other learning-based interventions designed to reduce impulsive choice.
 
 
Panel #150
CE Offered: BACB
PDS: Building Your Productive Writing Repertoire: Tips and Strategies for Graduate Students
Sunday, May 28, 2023
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Convention Center 403/404
Area: EDC; Domain: Theory
CE Instructor: Tara A. Fahmie, Ph.D.
Chair: Molly Mattes (Western Michigan Universtiy )
TARA A. FAHMIE (University of Nebraska Medical Center)
FLORENCE D. DIGENNARO REED (University of Kansas)
MICHAEL P. KRANAK (Oakland University)
Abstract:

A vital part of becoming a successful graduate student and professional is the ability to be a productive and efficient writer. Writing is hard, however, and students often need support developing strategies that lead to productive writing. This professional development series panel brings together leaders in the field who are historically productive writers. Panelists will share their success stories, hardships, strategies related to productive academic writing, and answer audience questions.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Graduate Students (Master and Doctoral Level) and BCBA or BCBA-D Level Professionals who engage in academic writing

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to (1) Identify at least two strategies they can use to improve the efficiency or productivity of their writing; (2) Explain at least one way that they can begin, or continue to, track their writing progress using quantitative measures; (3) Identify and discuss at least two behavior-analytic principles that relate to productive and efficient writing.
Keyword(s): Career Development, Graduate Students, Professional Development, Writing Strategies
 
 
Symposium #151
CE Offered: BACB
Diversity submission What’s the Word on Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA)? Discourse Analyses Outside and Within Our Discipline
Sunday, May 28, 2023
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom H
Area: PCH/CSS; Domain: Theory
Chair: Rosemary A. Condillac (Applied Disability Studies, Brock University)
CE Instructor: Rosemary A. Condillac, Ph.D.
Abstract:

In 2021, ABAI President Carol Pilgrim issued a call to action for Behaviour Analysts to examine discourse on ABA and DEI to assist us in finding solutions to current social issues. In this symposium, we are pleased to present three studies using different approaches to analyze discourse relating to ABA. The first study examined the sentiments expressed about ABA on Twitter related to the hashtags #ABA, #BehaviorAnalysis, and #appliedbehaviouranalysis. The second study examined the sentiments and themes expressed in TikTok videos related to the hashtags #ABA, #ABA Therapy, #AppliedbehaviorAnalysis and compared these across speaker groups including autistic adults, families, non-ABA professionals, and ABA Professionals. The third study analysed the abstracts of DEI related presentations at ABAI over a four-year period and reports on themes and trends over time. These studies offer opportunities to reflect on the content of the discourse surrounding ABA and to consider recommendations on ways behaviour analysts might influence that discourse within and outside of our field.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): DEI, Discourse Analysis, Qualitative Methods, Social Media
Target Audience:

Behaviour Analysts interested in learning more about the nature of discourse surrounding ABA on social media, how it has changed over time, and how our inside (ABAI) efforts with respect to diversity, equity, and inclusion have evolved, and must continue to evolve to change the narrative inside and outside our community. Researchers and graduate students interested in the use of different qualitative methods to examine discourse.

Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will learn about prevailing sentiments and common themes in the discourse surrounding ABA on social media, how it has changed over time, and how our inside (ABAI) efforts concerning diversity, equity, and inclusion have evolved and must continue to evolve to change the narrative outside our community.   2. Participants will learn about different methods of analyzing discourse across three research exemplars and how these methods can be used in solving socially significant problems.   3. Participants will consider the impact of the language in our discourse and how it may strengthen or interfere with our diversity, equity, and inclusion efforts
 
Diversity submission #ExploratoryAnalysisOfSentimentTowardABAonTwitter
ALBERT MALKIN (Western University), Priscilla Burnham Riosa (Applied Disability Studies, Brock University), Laura E. Mullins (Applied Disability Studies, Brock University), Kristi Thompson (Western University), Allison Kretschmer (Western University), Chee Wan (Applied Disability Studies, Brock University)
Abstract: Naturalistic observation of verbal behaviour on social media is a novel method of gathering data on the acceptability of topics of social interest. In other words, online social opinion is a modern-day measure of social validity. We sought to gain an objective understanding of online discourse related to the field of applied behaviour analysis. We conducted an analysis of Twitter posts related to Applied Behavior Analysis (e.g., #ABA, #BehaviorAnalysis,#appliedbehaviouranalysis). Our initial sample consisted of 110,008 Tweets from the past ten years (2012 – 2022). We selected a random subset (n = 12,000) for further analysis using a stratified sampling procedure to ensure that Tweets across years were adequately represented.Two observers were trained to code Tweets for relevance and sentiment toward the field. We will discuss trends regarding the valence (i.e., positive, negative, neutral) of relevant ABA Tweets toward the field in the broad context of observed Tweets. We will suggest some potential paths forward.
 
Diversity submission Vibe check on TikTok #ABA: Voices, themes, and sentiments
ROSEMARY A. CONDILLAC (Applied Disability Studies, Brock University), Emily Bulten (Brock University, Applied Disability Studies), Kathryn Matthyssen (Applied Disability Studies, Brock University)
Abstract: The field of Applied Behaviour Analysis (ABA) is gaining attention on social media, but the kinds of attention are quite variable. In this study we explored videos with #ABA and related hashtags (i.e., #aba, #abatherapy, #appliedbehavioranalysis) to objectively record the sentiments, the speakers, and the common themes being expressed about our science. Videos not specifically related to ABA were excluded from analysis. Using a 3-point scale to measure valence (Negative, Neutral, Positive), two coders analyzed a random sample of 1000 relevant videos, and grouped these data by speaker (ABA professional, Autistic person, Parent/family member of ABA recipient, and other professionals) to identify trends. The video content was reviewed and coded into emerging themes. To examine potential maintaining variables the number of comments for each post were recorded and a randomly selected, representative number of comments were coded for valence. Finally, the number of likes for each video were recorded. We will provide an overview of our results, an opportunity to reflect on the sentiments relating to ABA from different groups, and consider recommendations for behaviour analysts and allies to change the vibe on TikTok and make our own discourse, and practices more inclusive.
 
Diversity submission 

Talking About Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion (DEI) at the Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI): Is Our Focus Evolving?

Laura E. Mullins (Applied Disability Studies, Brock University), Rachel Sheppard (Applied Disability Studies, Brock University), REXELLA DWOMOH (Brock University), Amanda Marie Bailey (Applied Disability Studies, Brock University), Sabrina Palmer (Applied Disability Studies, Brock University), Courtney Denise Bishop (Durham College)
Abstract:

Discourse surrounding Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion (DEI) have become part of an expanding and evermore present narrative about how to improve practices within Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA). As suggested by Dr. Carol Pilgrim, in her 47th ABAI Presidential address, “wouldn’t it seem good to know the nature of this discourse, and be able to follow its development”? This project aimed to describe the changing discourse and the development of DEI at the ABAI Annual Convention since the inception of the DEI subcommittee in 2019. A descriptive analysis provided an overview of the events labelled as DEI, by identifying the frequency of presentation types, domains, and program areas. A summative content analysis was conducted on abstracts labelled as DEI (N = 488) and explored the areas of diversity (e.g., age, gender, disability, religion, ethnicity, and sexuality) and dimensions of diversity (e.g., recognizing discrimination and diversity, and cultural humility), equity (e.g., systematically addressing barriers and individualized accommodations), and inclusion (e.g., cultural competence and creating space). This presentation will provide an overview of the current state of practices and gaps between ABA and the movement toward more inclusive, equitable, and diverse practices.

 
 
Invited Paper Session #152
CE Offered: BACB
Neurodiversity-Informed Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA): Ethics Through the Neurodiversity Paradigm
Sunday, May 28, 2023
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Convention Center Four Seasons Ballroom 2/3
Area: SCI; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno)
CE Instructor: Cas Breaux, M.S.
Presenting Author: CAS BREAUX (Cassi Breaux Consulting, LLC)
Abstract:

The neurodiversity paradigm is a philosophy that all neurological development is equal and acceptable. The neurodiversity paradigm views neurological variation as expected, similar to the variations we expect in other in other characteristics. According to the neurodiversity paradigm, neurological variation should not be viewed as problematic. Essentially, a “normal” brain does not exist and expecting all people to have similar neurocognitive functioning leads to social dynamics that are oppressive to neurodivergent individuals. Practitioners can use the neurodiversity paradigm to guide and reframe their ethical practices. This reframing process will be offered in four parts. First, this presentation will define and offer appropriate use of terminology related to the neurodiversity paradigm and the neurodiversity movement. Next, this presentation will reframe the ethics of target behavior selection through the social model of disability. Then this presentation will explore how individuals and organizations within the neurodiversity movement view the practice of applied behavior analysis. Last, suggestions for ABA practitioners and organizations that seek to be more neurodiversity-informed will be offered.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

BCBAs

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Identify and define terminology related to the neurodiversity paradigm; (2) Identify three benefits of the social model of disability; (3) Create a list of five ways that the neurodiversity paradigm can be applied in ABA practices.
 
CAS BREAUX (Cassi Breaux Consulting, LLC)
Cas Breaux has been adjunct faculty in the Center for Behavior Analysis at the University of West Florida since 2013 and the manager of educational content for CentralReach since 2018. Prior to CentralReach, Cas was a special education teacher, school administrator, and behavior specialist for the New York City Department of Education. Cas has also been a private practice owner, supervisor, behavior support tech, and several other roles within the behavior field for more than 15 years. As the primary content developer of ABA Knowledge Builder and long-time BCBA supervisor, Cas has extensive experience in content knowledge, skill development, and ethical practices within the BCBA task list (5th ed.). Cas has created more than 150 hours of asynchronous teaching content related to the BCBA task list (5th ed.), LGBTQIA+-inclusive ABA, assent-based ABA, and neurodiversity-informed ABA. As a trans and neurodivergent practitioner, Cas is deeply committed to helping practitioners develop inclusive and neurodiversity-informed practices.
 
 
Symposium #153
CE Offered: BACB
Some Important Considerations for the Functional Assessment of Severe Problem Behavior
Sunday, May 28, 2023
9:00 AM–10:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 4A/B
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Joyce Chenchen Tu Battersby (Easterseals of Southern California)
Discussant: Joanna Lomas Mevers (Marcus Autism Center)
CE Instructor: Joyce Chenchen Tu Battersby, Ed.D.
Abstract: Functional analysis (FA) is the gold standard in identifying function of severe problem behavior. When conducting an FA, individuals are repeatedly exposed to testing conditions (e.g., tangible, demand, attention, alone) so that accurate result can be obtained. It is important that accurate function of the behavior is necessary for effective treatment, however, there are risks such as the intensity of the behavior can magnify within and outside of the FA sessions. In this symposium, variations of expanding the FA technology will be discussed. Furthermore, different treatment strategies including ways to minimalizing risks associated with FAs will also be discussed.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience: Experience on conducting functional behavior assessment
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. State ways to train parents on conducting functional analysis 2. State ways to preventive screening of problem behavior 3. State treatment strategies based on the outcome of functional analysis
 

Differential Outcomes in Therapist Versus Clinician Lead Functional Analyses of Challenging Behavior

ARMEN GUSHCHYAN (Children's Hospital of Orange County), Casey J. Clay (Children's Hospital of Orange County), Eric Ishijima (Thomson Autism Center - CHOC Children's), John Robert Budde (Children's Hospital of Orange County)
Abstract:

Functional analysis (FA) is the gold standard in identifying function of severe challenging behavior. Variations of the traditional FA have been conducted to include more endogenous variables relevant to the individual engaging in challenging behavior. One modification to FA involves parent-implemented conditions. We trained parents to conduct functional analysis and functional communication training for their child's problem behavior. Parents learned to implement procedures with fidelity. We saw differentiated response patterns when comparing parent-conducted and therapist-conducted sessions. Furthermore, we saw parent implemented function-based interventions were effective in decreasing their child’s problem behavior. During this presentation, we will review and discuss the process FA, considerations for safety, and medical necessity related to challenging behavior.

 

On the Utility of Differentiating Data Collection for Target Behavior During Functional Analyses of Severe Problem Behavior

JUSTIN CHAN (Easterseals Southern California), Shaji Haq (Easterseals Southern California), Fahad Alresheed (Easterseals Southern California)
Abstract:

Functional analyses (FA) of problem behavior are conducted to determine the function of a behavior (or behaviors) of concern. Unless an FA is conducted, the results of functional behavior assessments (FBA), which typically include non-experimental methods, may produce inconclusive or inaccurate results. Although it is common to treat all targeted behaviors that are presumed to be in the same response class as the same, there may be some utility in differentiating data collection across various categories of problem behavior. We will present the results of one functional analysis, which indicates that different topographies of problem behavior were maintained by different functions. Thus, differentiated data collection resulted in a more efficient process of assessment, and provided information that was necessary to make recommendations for function-based treatments. Implications for future research directions and clinical practice will be discussed.

 
In Search of FCT Strategies that Work: Using VR Schedules and Other Strategies to Manage Demand Fading and Prevent Resurgence
DAVID W. SIDENER (ROOT Autism Center)
Abstract: One treatment, perhaps currently the most common function-based treatment for disruptive behavior, Functional Communication Training (FCT), will be discussed in detail along with its possible risks, especially resurgence of the disruptive behavior. Strategies to prevent resurgence will be discussed. An assessment and treatment package including intensive functional analyses and treatment consisting of FCT, MULT schedules, demand fading, schedule thinning, behavior rehearsal and progressive VR chained schedules will be enumerated. Data will be presented showing several years of remarkable progress in three individuals, depicting up to 100% reduction of severe, aggressive and self-injurious behavior, all while steadily and systematically re-building academic programs from the opportunity for constant breaks to socially-valid instructional time that shows rates of worktime engagement between 70% and 80% on task.
 

Function-Based Prevention: Screening of Problem Behavior and Appropriate Behavior Occurring Under Functional Analysis Conditions

MONIQUE NADINE MONARREZ (California State University, Northridge), Chunying Jin (California State University, Northridge), Jennifer L. Posey (Holdsambeck Behavioral Health), Aarti Haresh Thakore (Central Texas Autism Center), Tara A. Fahmie (University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract:

Children diagnosed with and without Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) often engage in challenging behavior of varying topography. Functional behavior assessment, in particular functional analysis (FA), primarily focuses on identifying the function of a problem behavior to inform the design of function-based treatment. Although this focus has been instrumental in informing evidence-based interventions, the assessment logic may also be used in the context of preventative screening of problem behavior (Fahmie, Iwata, & Mead, 2016; Fahmie et al. 2020). The current study expands the FA technology to identify 57 topographies of problem behavior that vary in level of severity from mild to severe, as well as topographies of appropriate behavior that vary in the level of complexity and the specificity of function in two children diagnosed with ASD. More specifically, children were exposed to challenging situations which included deprivation of attention, deprivation of preferred items, presentation of difficult tasks, deprivation of social stimulation, and deprivation of any idiosyncratic and preferred context to screen for the presence and the absence of challenging behavior and appropriate behavior. Children then experienced functional communication training and delay and denial tolerance teaching to see whether skill-based treatments prevented the emergence of severe problem behavior. We will review and discuss function-based prevention and safety considerations during the screening process.

 
 
Symposium #154
CE Offered: BACB/QABA/NASP
Basic and Applied Advances and Digitization of Relational Framing Procedures for Persons With Autism
Sunday, May 28, 2023
9:00 AM–10:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 4E/F
Area: AUT/EAB; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Mikayla Campbell (Utah Valley University)
Discussant: Caleb Stanley (Utah Valley University)
CE Instructor: Zhihui Yi, M.S.
Abstract:

This symposium will span multiple novel and innovative areas in the delivery of relational training (RT) procedures. The presentations will include 1) basic research that compares fixed and mixed presentation during relational training and their efficacy in promoting the emergence of derived relational responding (DRR); 2) an applied study comparing traditional table-top RT and computer-assisted RT in learner engagement and robustness in DRR; 3) applied study using alternating treatment design comparing learner outcomes between table-top pen-and-paper RT and computer-assisted RT which involves a custom-built electronic data collection (EDC) system and computer-assisted RT instructions; and finally 4) an exploratory randomized controlled trial evaluating the effect of the same custom-built system on learner and staff outcomes among eight students receiving RT as part of their Individualized Education Programs (IEP) in a public school setting. Implications for improving and optimizing the delivery of RT procedures will be discussed. In sum, presentations 1-3 seek to expand research in parameters optimizing RT procedures through basic and applied research, while presentation 4 seeks to investigate the real-world impact of the above findings.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Electronic Data-Collection, PEAK, Relational Training
Target Audience:

Behavior analysts, students, and faculty

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe differing outcomes between mixed and blocked RT procedures; (2) describe outcomes of computer-assisted RT and EDC; (3) compare the differences between pen-and-paper table-top RT and computer-assisted RT with EDC.
 
Rates of Learning Under Fixed- and Mixed-Operant Arrangements: Adult Performance on Computer-Based Discrete Trial Tasks
CRAIG A MARRER (Endicott College), Mark R. Dixon (Endicott College)
Abstract: Discrete trial training remains a common intervention procedure within applied behavior analysis. However, a variety of procedural variations have arisen within applied practice, some of which do not appear to be directly related to applied research. The current study investigated the effects of fixed- and mixed-operant instructional arrangements on rates of learning with adult participants. A group design was used in which participants completed matching and listener discrimination training with arbitrary stimuli via a computer program across both operant arrangements. Results indicate that rates of learning were better during fixed-operant training compared to a mixed-operant training. These preliminary results suggest the need for additional examination of procedures commonly used within applied practice, especially those that do not seem to be emergent from the experimental literature.
 
Comparing the Effectiveness of Traditional and Automated Relational Frame Training on Client Engagement
MEREDITH T. MATTHEWS (University of Illinois at Chicago), Zhihui Yi (Univeristy of Illinois Chicago), Mark R. Dixon (University of Illinois Chicago), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University)
Abstract: Discrete trial training (DTT) is an extremely widely used and highly supported method of teaching skills by breaking them down into smaller, chain-like increments through the use of reinforcement using preferred items. Match to sample training procedures presented in a DTT format have been documented to promote derived relational responding. While traditional DTT is long supported, using physical stimuli can become repetitive and redundant, can reduce the efficiency during trial blocks, and often consumes far more time and resources when compared to similar gamified programs. We utilized an alternating treatment design across three programs to determine if a computerized version of PEAK reaches the same or better outcomes when compared to the traditional DTT delivery mode. The programs selected were novel to the learner to ensure that no previous relationships had been established, and each set contained unique stimuli to ensure that no symbols received reinforcement from the other trials. The present study sought to assess the effects of computer-assisted relational training against the traditional tabletop relational training delivery mode through the robustness of derived relational responding, percentage of independent correct responding, as well as frequency measures of inattention during trial blocks. Implications of applying an automated, computer-assisted form of relational training versus the traditional tabletop relational training delivery mode alone are discussed.
 
Comparing Traditional and Automated PEAK Programming on Client and Staff Outcomes: PowerPEAK
CLAIRE M ZUCH (Missouri State University), Meredith T. Matthews (University of Illinois at Chicago), Kaylee Liley (Missouri State University), Lindsey Nicole Holtsman (Emergent Learning STL Center), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University)
Abstract: The long-standing traditional approach to DTT utilizes physical stimuli which can become monotonous for participants and can decrease efficacy in programming when compared to similar programs that has been gamified. While these effects are true for participants, traditional DTT programming can become redundant or repetitive to clinician while consuming more time than programs which have been automated. The first study utilized an alternating design across five participants comparing the robustness of derived relational responding (DRR), percentage of correct responding, as well as frequency of inattention through traditional DTT procedures against an automated form of DTT. Participant’s results demonstrated similar outcomes when using traditional and automated DTT programming. The second study provides an extension off the first by comparing fidelity of treatment implementation by clinicians, duration of individual program, and total programs completed through traditional DTT procedures against automated DTT procedures in an alternating treatment design. Efficiency in automated programming is demonstrated by the decrease of program duration and increase of total programs completed when compared to traditional programming. Both studies demonstrate the potential for automation to advance the field forward in the localized context of a clients programming and in the broader context of efficiency in programming for clinicians.
 

The Digital Revolution: Comparing Staff and Learner Outcomes of Computer-Assisted Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Relational Frame Training of Children With Autism and Related Disabilities

ZHIHUI YI (Univeristy of Illinois Chicago), Jennifer Koenig (Highland Community Unit School District #5), Mark R. Dixon (University of Illinois Chicago)
Abstract:

There has been an increasing presence using electronic data collection (EDC) among applied behavior analysis (ABA) services. Studies show that both generic and custom-built proprietary software can effectively and accurately collect behavior data similar to traditional pen-and-paper data collection. The current study extended previous findings in evaluating the efficacy of a custom-built EDC during relational frame training based on the PEAK curriculum, given its unique procedures (e.g., scoring, relational training procedures, etc.). Eight participants were randomly assigned to two groups (Experiment VS Control), and over the course of three weeks, participants received PEAK-based relational training as part of their Individualized Education Program (IEP). After week 1, participants in the Experiment Group transitioned to the EDC, where teachers and staff used the custom-built EDC in delivering ABA services. Results show a significant interaction between group assignment and time (p < .006). The total duration needed to complete all assigned programs for participants in the Experiment Group significantly decreased after the transition to EDC (p = .003) and maintained at the reduced level in week 3 (p = .862). No significant changes were observed for participants in the Control Group (p = .676). Implications for using EDC to assist relational training were discussed.

 
 
Symposium #155
CE Offered: BACB
Enhancing Vocational Access and Leisure Activities for Adolescents and Adults With Developmental Disabilities
Sunday, May 28, 2023
9:00 AM–10:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 2A
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Translational
Chair: Sally Grabert Guidry (Michael R. Boh Center for Child Development Ochsner Hospital for Children )
Discussant: Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
CE Instructor: Nicole M. Trosclair-Lasserre, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Research suggests that post-secondary vocational and independent living outcomes for individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD) significantly lacks behind others without identified disabilities. Rates of competitive employment remain low, with unemployment and underemployment contributing to increased poverty and decreased community access and overall quality of life. The current symposium explores service delivery models that can help to improve long-term outcomes for this population. The first presentation explores guidelines for building and establishing quality relationships with prospective employers within the community. The second presentation then outlines how a large hospital system has begun to support the IDD community through workforce diversity by developing individual and systemic systems of support. The remaining presentations highlight two research studies related to the assessment of various factors shown to be related to positive vocational and life outcomes for adults with IDD. The third presentation compares indirect and direct vocational assessments that can help with vocational matching. The fourth presentation presents data that extends these direct preference assessment procedures to leisure activities for adults, which can help facilitate participation in community activities. The symposium will conclude with remarks from our discussant.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Behavior Analysts who work with adolescents or adults with autism or other developmental disabilities. Attendees should posses intermediate knowledge of behavior analytic principles and applied behavior analytic intervention procedures.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Apply learned guidelines for finding and developing lasting relationships with local community partners (2) Describe the application of direct assessments and behavior-based supports for increasing access to competitive employment within a large organization (3) Describe how to incorporate preference and choice into the process of finding new leisure activities for clients
 

Community Partnerships: A Model for Cultivating Lasting Relationships With Employers

(Service Delivery)
SOPIA SOM (Virginia Institute of Autism), Kate Gariepy (Virginia Institute of Autism), Lauren Haskins (Virginia Institute of Autism)
Abstract:

Individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) may often encounter difficulties with obtaining and maintaining employment. To increase the likelihood of successful employment, researchers have investigated ways to make employees with ASD more successful in the workplace, such as through identifying preferred work tasks (LaRue et al., 2020). Researchers have also developed different methods of teaching interview (Roberts et al., 2021) and job-related social skills (Grob et al., 2019; Lerman et al., 2017). These studies have provided evidence that employees with ASD diagnoses can learn to successfully navigate the social work environment in controlled, clinical environments. However, the effectiveness and long-term outcomes of these training programs may be more readily assessed through direct, on-the-job observations and coaching. To that end, establishing positive, collaborative relationships with community partners is an important part of teaching employees with ASD to succeed at work. One of the first steps in this collaboration may be to identify the behaviors or challenges that employers may perceive as barriers to employing people with ASD. To address employers’ concerns, we propose a model and offer guidelines on how to establish and build relationships with community partners and employers.

 

Increasing Workforce Diversity: Supporting Neurodiverse Employees and Their Managers

(Service Delivery)
NICOLE M. TROSCLAIR-LASSERRE (Michael R. Boh Center for Child Development Ochsner Hospital for Children ), LeighAnn Milinich (Michael R. Boh Center for Child Development Ochsner Hospital for Children ), Lacey Ellis (Michael R. Boh Center for Child Development Ochsner Hospital for Children), Sally Grabert Guidry (Michael R. Boh Center for Child Development Ochsner Hospital for Children)
Abstract:

Research on competitive employment for individuals with disabilities continues to show that this group has difficulty obtaining and maintaining jobs. Correlational studies have identified several modifiable predictors of post-secondary employment including paid work experience while in high school, parental expectations, self-help and social skills (including communication), and engagement in extra-curricular and community activities. Recent behavior analytic research has expanded behavioral technology to the direct assessment and remediation of vocationally related skills and provides effective methods to address the modifiable predictors of post-secondary employment. The current presentation outlines a program developed to support increased workforce diversity and access to competitive employment for neurodiverse individuals within our system. First, we use behavior analytic strategies to directly assess vocational social skills to identify areas of support needs, to teach skills deficits, and to recommend support strategies to prospective employers. Second, we provide an internal manager/employer training program to address identified barriers to hiring individuals with disabilities, to educate them on neurodiverse diagnoses, and to teach them ways to support neurodiverse employees. Finally, we will provide a case review of one participant’s path from direct behavioral assessment to paid internship and how this can further refine our internal pathway to competitive employment.

 

Using Indirect and Direct Vocational Assessments to Improve Employment Matching for Individuals With Autism

(Service Delivery)
JENNA BUDGE (Rutgers University), Robert LaRue (Rutgers University), James Maraventano (Rutgers University), Todd Frischmann (Rutgers University), SungWoo Kahng (Rutgers University)
Abstract:

Employment rates for adults with autism are significantly lower than those reported for any other population of adults with disabilities (Bush & Tassé, 2017). One of the most significant predictors of competitive employment for adults with autism is the use of sound assessment procedures to inform intervention (Kaya et al., 2016). LaRue and colleagues (2019) developed a skill-based vocational assessment for individuals with autism with varying abilities. The assessment evaluated preference for specific task characteristics. The authors used the assessment results to design matched and unmatched work tasks. They found that matched tasks were consistently more preferred and resulted in less disruptive behavior and more on task behavior. This assessment is useful for the purpose of modifying jobs, however it does not inform the type of industry to explore when job matching. In the current investigation, we used an extension of the assessment model proposed by LaRue and colleagues that includes environmental factors. We then compared the results of the vocational assessment to indirect methods. Preliminary data suggest that the using both the brief, skill-based vocational assessment in addition to an indirect methods may inform tasks and jobs that lead to better employment outcomes for adolescents and adults with autism.

 

Assessing Preference for and Engagement With Leisure Activities for Adults With Autism Spectrum Disorder

(Applied Research)
ROBERT W. ISENHOWER (Rider University), Jenna Budge (Rutgers University), James Maraventano (Rutgers University), Robert LaRue (Rutgers University)
Abstract:

Individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) often have limited opportunity in choosing novel and engaging leisure activities, and behavior analysts need guidance in identifying and predicting which leisure activities their clients prefer. Three adults participated in a leisure activities assessment in three phases. During Phase 1, concurrent arrangements were used to develop a profile for each of three leisure skills components: social interaction versus no interaction; electronic versus non-electronic activities; and stationary activities versus activities that require movement. Clear preferences were found for all three participants. Phase 2 compared on-task behavior for a leisure activity matched and a leisure activity unmatched to the profile generated in Phase 1. In general, participants were on-task more often for activities matched to profile. Phase 3 assessed client preference for the matched versus the unmatched leisure activity using another concurrent arrangement. Participants preferred the matched activity. Overall, this study presents a user-friendly leisure activity assessment that considers client preference when determining suitable leisure activities for individuals with ASD who require significant support.

 
 
Symposium #156
CE Offered: BACB — 
Supervision
Engaging in Ethical and Effective Supervision Practices
Sunday, May 28, 2023
9:00 AM–10:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Mineral Hall A-C
Area: OBM/TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Melissa L. Olive (Self-Employed)
Discussant: Melissa Saunders (Creative Interventions)
CE Instructor: Melissa Saunders, Ph.D.
Abstract:

With 36 states requiring licensure in behavior analysis and over Board Certified Behavior Analysts (hereafter behavior analysts), the demands on our growing field could not be greater. Less than half of those behavior analysts have been certified 5 years or longer leaving few experienced supervisors to train the next generation of behavior analysts. Moreover, very few behavior analysts receive training in how to supervise. At best, behavior analysts complete the BACB required 8-hour training prior to providing supervision. Luckily, future behavior analysts will receive formal training as part of the coursework requirements for the 5th Edition task list (BACB, 2017). Given the importance of and need for quality supervision, this symposium on will focus on ethical issues in supervision, completing 360 evaluations as part of supervision, elements of effective supervision, and effective tiered supervision in large organizations. Disclaimer: This session will not prepare you to become a supervisor but may be used in conjunction with additional training and experiences to become a supervisor.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Ethical Supervision, Supervision, Supervision Evaluation
Target Audience:

This session is for BCBAs who supervise RBTs, Trainees, and other BCBAs. Supervision at all levels will be covered.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. Participants will identify ethical considerations regarding supervision of independent fieldwork and they will be able to identify the problem-solving process for resolving ethical dilemmas. 2. Participants will identify how to set up and track 360 feedback evaluation data 3. Participants will describe the importance of structuring supervision sessions with an agenda and measurable and targeted goals. 4. Participants will describe how to complete clinical audits as one measure of supervision effectiveness
 
Ethical Considerations When Supervising
MELISSA L. OLIVE (Self-Employed)
Abstract: This session will apply the Ethics Code for Behavior Analysts to various ethical situations that arise as a supervisor and supervisee move through the independent fieldwork process. Strategies for problem solving ethical dilemmas will be presented and finally procedures for preventing subsequent ethical missteps will be discussed.
 
Conducting Effective 360 Evaluations as a Component of Supervision
PAMELA M. MARTIEN-KOCH (Clear Creek Behavior Services, LLC)
Abstract: The BACB Supervision Curriculum 2.0 states that several types of supervision evaluations are required as part of the supervision process. This includes both knowledge and performance-based evaluations. However, it also includes supervision performance evaluations, competency evaluations, professionalism evaluations, child progress evaluations, on-going effects of supervision, and supervisor evaluations. The process of completing evaluations while also receiving performance feedback is known as 360-degree evaluations. 360 evaluations help both the supervisee and supervisor understand their strengths and weaknesses from a variety of perspectives. This session will discuss the 360 evaluation process as well as review possible forms that may be used for the evaluations. Pros and cons of this process will be discussed.
 
Effective Tiered Supervision in Large Companies
STEPHEN WOOD (Cultivate Behavior Management Corporation)
Abstract: This session will focus on the role of higher-level clinical leadership. Participants will learn strategies for managing oversight of clinical services in larger and/or growing organizations. Specifically, the presentation will focus on the role of tiered supervision in including the role of a Clinical Supervisor, Clinical Manager, and Clinical Director. Supervision of BCBAs will be discussed including the structure and function of 1:1 meetings including the development of an agenda and measures of progress and goal attainment. The role of compliance audits will also be discussed including documenting 5% RBT supervision and completion of session note audits.
 
 
Symposium #157
CE Offered: BACB
Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) interventions to Enhance Dance: What Works Best?
Sunday, May 28, 2023
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Capitol Ballroom 5-7
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Shreeya Deshmukh (University of South Florida)
Discussant: Jennifer L Cook (University of Manitoba)
CE Instructor: Shreeya Deshmukh, M.S.
Abstract:

Previous research has shown evidence to suggest interventions such as TAGteach™ and video feedback are viable options to enhance sports performance, specifically in dance. This symposium focuses on recent developments and possible alternatives to utilizing video feedback to improve performance of skills related to dance. The first presentation will analyze the feedback delivered in the Deshmukh et al. (2022) study which compared verbal and video feedback to improve dance skills. The second presentation will compare the effects of TAGteach™ and self-evaluative video feedback on dance performance with beginner level dance students. Implications and limitations of each method will be discussed as well as areas for future research in dance. The presentations will be followed by a discussion from Dr. Jennifer Cook who will comment on these studies.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Dance, TagTeach, Verbal Feedback, Video Feedback
Target Audience:

This symposium is appropriate for BCBAs within their first 5 years of practice, including practitioners, supervisors, etc. and for those currently enrolled in or recently completed graduate-level work in ABA.

Learning Objectives: 1. Attendees will be able to discuss prior research conducted targeting the improvement of dance skills. 2. Attendees will be able to explain video feedback, verbal feedback, TagTeach and video self-evaluation procedures used in sports performance. 3. Attendees will be able to discuss the implications and limitations of verbal feedback, video feedback, TagTeach, and video self-evaluation procedures used for sports performance.
 
An Analysis of Feedback to Enhance Sports Performance
SHREEYA DESHMUKH (University of South Florida), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida)
Abstract: Verbal feedback and video feedback are commonly used interventions to enhance sports performance in a variety of sports (e.g., basketball, golf, football, martial arts, dance, etc.). Deshmukh et al. (2022) compared the effects of verbal feedback versus video feedback to improve dance skills of three beginner-intermediate dancers. In this study, we conducted an analysis of the feedback delivered during training for participants in the Deshmukh et al. (2022) study. We analyzed the completeness and accuracy of the feedback. Completeness was the percentage of steps on the task analysis with feedback delivered. Accuracy was the percentage of steps where the feedback delivered (i.e., praise or corrective feedback) matched the correct or incorrect performance of the step. For all participants, the completeness of feedback was higher in video feedback than verbal feedback. For one participant, the accuracy of feedback was consistently higher in video feedback than verbal feedback. For two participants, the accuracy of feedback was slightly higher in video feedback than verbal feedback. The implications and limitations of verbal feedback and video feedback are discussed.
 
A Comparison of TAGteach® and Video Self-Evaluation to Increase Dance Movement Accuracy
ELIZA GOBEN (University of Kansas), Rachael Ferguson (Florida Institute of Technology), David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: Previous behavior analytic research to improve dance performance has demonstrated the effectiveness of TAGteach® and self-evaluative video feedback separately. However, no research has directly compared these two interventions. In this study, we used an adapted alternating treatment design to examine the effects of TAGteach® versus self-evaluative video feedback to improve the accuracy of dance movements among four beginner-level dancers. We counterbalanced the procedures across the two types of dance moves taught. All participants performed better on movements taught using TAGteach® compared to movements taught using self-evaluative video feedback. All participants also maintained the skill taught using TAGteach® to a greater degree than the skill taught using self-evaluative video feedback. We also collected procedural fidelity data; implementation of both procedures was near 100% fidelity. We discuss the results in terms of the social validity of the two procedures. Suggestions for future research are also provided. Based on these results, TAGteach® may be an effective and relatively efficient method of teaching dance skills.
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #157A
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
A Paradigm Shift in This Moment of Invisible Symptoms: What the Adolescent Brain Tells Us About How to Conceptualize Addiction and its Treatment
Sunday, May 28, 2023
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Convention Center Four Seasons Ballroom 1
Area: SCI; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Liz Kyonka (California State University - East Bay)
CE Instructor: Liz Kyonka, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: SARAH FELDSTEIN EWING (University of Rhode Island)
Abstract:

There has been a global surge in adolescents’ use of electronic nicotine delivery systems (ENDS)/vaping, cannabis (vaped, edible), and use of prescription opioids (POs) not-asprescribed. The nature of these substances often renders them “difficult-to-detect” due to limited physical and behavioral signs, along with subtle, but often, hazardous longer-term effects. Here, Dr. Feldstein Ewing will address the nature of substance use presentation in the adolescent age group, including challenges in detection and related complications that impact screening and prevention. Further, in terms of intervention, many of the existing addiction treatments that we use with adolescents were originally designed for adults; however, the adolescent brain is increasingly being recognized as substantively different than the adult brain. And, likely for related reasons, adolescents engage with substances in different ways than adults. Dr. Feldstein Ewing will begin by reviewing empirical data on “difficult-to-detect” effects, including acute effects at neural levels and longer-term neurocognitive and developmental changes that precede outward physical symptoms. Dr. Feldstein Ewing will also present translational approaches, integrating brain (developmental human neuroscience; fMRI) and behavior (clinical intervention programs) to begin to inform timely updates in how we approach defining addiction in this age group, along with how we update our approaches to behavioral treatment in this age group.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Clinicians, scientists, mental health faculty

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Identify the nature of substance use and related risk behaviors during the teen years; (2) Identify existing prevention and intervention approaches for adolescent health risk behaviors; (3) Describe translational approaches to inform improvements in adolescent prevention and intervention approaches
 
SARAH FELDSTEIN EWING (University of Rhode Island)
Dr. Feldstein Ewing is the Prochaska Endowed Professor of Psychology, Director of the Adolescent Neuroscience Center for Health Resilience (ANCHoR) at URI, and Adjunct Professor in the Departments of Psychiatry and Human Behavior (DPHB) and Advance CTR at Brown University. She currently serves as Associate Editor at Transla'onal Psychiatry (Nature). With over 147 peer-reviewed publicaQons and 4 books, she has published widely regarding the developmental fit, neurocogniQve mechanisms, gender differences, and cross-cultural adaptaQon of intervenQon approaches for this developmental stage. She has also developed a highly innovaQve NIH-funded line of translaQonal research to evaluate the connecQon between basic brain mechanisms (e.g., brain structure, funcQon, connecQvity) and youth health risk behavior (e.g., clinical symptoms, prevenQon and intervenQon outcomes). She has conducted this work primarily with underserved and underrepresented youth [e.g., low SES youth, young people of color (POC), young females, sexual and gender minority (SGM) youth), and in the context of youth cannabis use, alcohol use, prescripQon opioids (POs used not-as-prescribed], HIV/STI risk, and high body mass (BMI). Dr. Feldstein Ewing has served as a key member of the NaQonal Academy of Sciences Workgroup for the Health Effects of Cannabis and Cannabinoids (2017), and naQonal and internaQonal panels addressing youth brain:behavior translaQonal research and its implicaQons for intervenQon approaches for this age group (e.g., Novavi Symposium on AddicQon Research and Treatment, Denmark: 2022; NIH Science of Behavior Change Capstone Conference, 2021; MacArthur FoundaQon Law and the Brain, 2016).
 
 
Symposium #158
CE Offered: BACB
Diversity submission Clinical Applications of Behavior Analysis With Justice-Involved Youth
Sunday, May 28, 2023
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 2B
Area: CSS; Domain: Translational
Chair: Anna Kate Edgemon (Auburn University)
CE Instructor: Anna Kate Edgemon, M.S.
Abstract:

Applied behavior analysis has been demonstrated as effective for addressing a wide variety of socially significant issues across many populations and contexts. Yet many marginalized populations continue to be underserved and understudied. This symposium will cover a range of methods in which behavior analytic methodology may be used in the assessment and treatment of justice-involved youth. The first presentation will describe recent prevention and intervention strategies for juvenile sex trafficking (JST) within the child welfare system. The second presentation will describe a contingency management system used within a juvenile residential treatment facility to improve staff-implemented strategies for improving behavior within the facility. The final presentation uses conditional probabilities to evaluate periods of increased likelihood of challenging behavior displayed by adolescents within a juvenile residential treatment facility. Implications and future directions within juvenile justice will be discussed.

Instruction Level: Advanced
Keyword(s): conditional probabilities, contingency management, juvenile justice, sex trafficking
Target Audience:

Participants should be licensed, certified, or are completing coursework to fulfill BCBA eligibility requirements.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Identify environmental conditions corresponding with JST victimization, and commonly used lures for abduction and victimization (e.g., coercion, grooming, threats); (2) Gain knowledge of the training components used to train juvenile justice facility staff and be able to identify the challenges of training in this environment; and (3) Identify contexts in which statistical analysis based on behavioral data supports data-based administrative decision-making within a juvenile justice facility.
 
Diversity submission Review of Prevention and Intervention Strategies for Juvenile Sex Trafficking, and Future Directions
(Applied Research)
ARTURO GARCIA (University of South Florida), Kimberly Crosland (University of South Florida)
Abstract: Existing literature on human trafficking suggests the vulnerability to sexual exploitation changes by (a) the prevalence of certain risk factors (e.g., runaway, developmental disabilities); (b) the trafficker used lures; and (c) the environmental conditions present at the time of victimization. However, the extent to which vulnerability in the presence of cumulative risk factors could change the value of the lure has not been previously evaluated. Often found, youth involved in the child welfare system are at high risk for juvenile sex trafficking (JST) victimization associated with runaway instances. By assessing the commonly used lures that precede the runaway episode, a functional relationship between the lure and the environment may be established. A scoping analysis approach to screening and assessment, of both published and case studies, could be used to identify (a) prevalent indicators of victimization; (b) risk factors commonly present; and (c) traffickers used lures for the abduction and JST victimization of youth. The current paper will describe the recent prevention and intervention strategies for victims/survivors of JST. This paper will also discuss behavioral strategies that could be used to develop function-based interventions for runaway youth at high risk of victimization and vulnerability.
 
Diversity submission Contingency Management System: Juvenile Justice Facility
(Applied Research)
ASHLEY ANDERSON (Auburn University), Daniel John Sheridan (Auburn University), Anna Kate Edgemon (Auburn University), John T. Rapp (Auburn University)
Abstract: Punitive and negative environments contradict evidence-based rehabilitation strategies for juvenile offenders. To facilitate an evidence-based and therapeutic environment, the authors developed a comprehensive model of program-wide behavior-analytic assessments and interventions, which include best practices, a large-scale token economy, and tiered supports for residents in a juvenile justice setting. All residents, regardless of tier, participated in the token economy where residents received pretend cash or fines in correspondence with their behavior recorded through a red, yellow, and green system. Tier 1 consisted of training staff through videos on how and when to give praise, give instructions, and respond to problem behavior (i.e., best practices) as well as how to score residents for the token economy. The authors evaluated implementation fidelity through direct observation with subsequent feedback and used the behavior data acquired through the color system, as well as direct observation of resident behavior, to make data-based decisions for remedial staff training, referral of the resident for additional behavior-analytic services through Tier 2 or 3 services, or both.
 
Diversity submission 

Descriptive Assessment and Analysis of Challenging Behavior Displayed by Adolescents Within a Juvenile Residential Treatment Facility

(Applied Research)
ANNA KATE EDGEMON (Auburn University), John T. Rapp (Auburn University)
Abstract:

Treatment of problematic behavior often begins with functional assessment. However, in many contexts, not all components of functional assessment are possible. That is, components of functional assessment (e.g., functional analysis) may not be feasible ethically or logistically in contexts where problematic behavior is infrequent, presents substantial risk to staff members, or both. In these contexts, behavior analysts may use indirect assessment alone to identify environmental conditions that give rise to problem behavior. Such assessments may inform treatment plans, even when the function of the behavior is unclear. The present study is a descriptive assessment of behavioral data collected by dormitory staff at a juvenile residential treatment facility. We used conditional probabilities and statistical analyses to identify setting events (e.g., days of week, time of day) that predict likelihood of problematic behavior. The findings allow clinicians and administrators within the facility allocate resources strategically to prevent and respond to problematic behavior effectively. Implications, limitations, and future directions are discussed.

 
 
Symposium #159
CE Offered: BACB
Contemplating Service Provision Efficiencies Through Tool Development and Program Evaluation
Sunday, May 28, 2023
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 1C/D
Area: DDA/OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Alison Cox (Brock University)
Discussant: Joseph Michael Lambert (Vanderbilt University)
CE Instructor: Joseph Michael Lambert, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Often behavior analytic intervention research emphasizes improving efficacy through direct intervention to generate improved efficiency in service provision. Some examples may be treatment fidelity and training studies, including pyramidal approaches to implementer training. While important efficiencies may be afforded by endeavoring to improve direct implementation practices, there are also many opportunities to generate efficiencies through the enhancement of the service provision process. This can be done without compromising service delivery. Developing and validating effective intake processes (i.e., client triage) may be one approach. Another option could be assessing service delivery (i.e., program evaluation) to discern specific elements that add value as well as uncover areas for improvement. The current symposium aims to showcase strategies to assessing (and refining) service delivery that may be less common across the behavior analytic research. Each talk will provide an in-depth description of respective projects, culminating with a discussant highlighting key aspects and areas for future research.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): developmental disabilities, program evaluation, service delivery, tool development
Target Audience:

Attendees should have an introductory understanding of applied research design and tool development and validation analyses. It would also enhance attendees' experience if they are well-versed in best practice approaches in the treatment of challenging behavior.

Learning Objectives: (1) Attendees will be able to describe the steps involved in structured tool development and validation, as well as recognize opportunity for application. (2) Attendees will be able to describe consecutive controlled case series, and areas of application. (3) Attendees will be able to describe important program evaluation tenants and how they may be easily applied to ongoing clinical service provision.
 

Predicting Services and Outcomes Using Consecutive Case Series Data: A Quality Improvement Study

COLLIN SHEPLEY (University of Kentucky)
Abstract:

Program evaluation is an essential practice for providers of behavior analytic services, as it helps providers understand the extent to which they are achieving their intended mission to the community they serve. A proposed method for conducting such evaluations, is through the use of a consecutive case series design, for which cases are sequentially gathered following the onset of a specific occurrence. Given the sequential nature in which data are collected within a consecutive case series, analytic techniques that adopt a time-series framework may be particularly advantageous. Although such methods are commonly used for program evaluation in medicine and economics, their application within the field of applied behavior analysis is largely absent. To serve as a model for providers undertaking evaluation efforts, we conducted a program evaluation of an outpatient severe behavior clinic serving families with children engaging in challenging behavior. We employed quasi-experimental methods using an interrupted time-series analysis. Analytical models detected planned and unplanned changes in the clinic’s services over time; however, we did not identify evidence to suggest that families and children will experience improved outcomes as a result of these changes.

 
On the Development and Validation of an Objective Severity Tool to Classify Severe Problem Behavior
MARIE-CHANEL MONIQUE MORGAN (Brock University), Nazurah Khokhar (Brock University), Alison Cox (Brock University), Hannah Lynn MacNaul (University of Texas at San Antonio)
Abstract: Presently, there appears to be limited research targeting objective ways to triage clients presenting with problem behavior – for the purpose of accurately predicting a matched treatment tier (e.g., dosage, intensity). Improved ‘patient flow’ may translate to improved efficiencies across service provision – meaning more clients receive services more quickly. This paper describes the development and validation of a severity scale tool aimed to enhance an existing treatment model. Researchers recruited participants through an established research and treatment center supporting participants presenting with a range of problem behavior severity at intake. This center had an existing series of indirect and direct assessments at intake, after which time all participants experienced tiers 1, 2 and/or 3 services, according to their treatment needs. Participant caregivers met with researchers virtually to complete the tool for their child. They answered each tool item by providing permanent products (e.g., reports, pictures, data) to corroborate their verbal responses. Preliminary results suggest lower scores on the tool generally coincided with tier 1 (i.e., lowest level of service delivery), while descriptive analysis suggests some tool items may be more difficult for caregivers to gather corroborating evidence. Outcomes informed by construct optimization, construct validation and construct calibration will also be described.
 
 
Symposium #160
CE Offered: BACB
We Have an App for That! Technology to Enhance Independence in Young Adults With Disabilities
Sunday, May 28, 2023
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 1A/B
Area: DDA/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Amy Spriggs (University of Kentucky)
Discussant: Sally Bereznak Shepley (University of Kentucky)
CE Instructor: Sally Bereznak Shepley, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Often individuals with disabilities continuously rely on prompts or reminders from others (e.g., therapists, parents, teachers) to complete everyday tasks. When their access to services in schools ends, so do the prompts they have come to rely on. With technology being an integral part of society’s everyday life, it is logical to teach individuals with disabilities to rely on technology as a necessary support when presented with situations in which more information is needed. Individuals with disabilities need to learn how to self-manage, including self-prompting and self-instructing tasks throughout their day-to-day activities to increase their employability, independence, quality of life, and overall self-determination skills. There is an emerging amount of literature to support the use of self-management for individuals with disabilities, specifically with mobile technology. This presentation will include data from two recent single case design studies from two different research teams. The first study used an exercise application including video models, prompting, and reminders delivered via remote instruction (i.e., Zoom) to improve exercise behaviors and increase physical activity. The second study used a scheduling application with embedded visuals and video models to increase vocational task completion and decrease reliance on adults supports.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): mobile technology, self-instruction, video modeling
Target Audience:

Background knowledge of single case design and visual analysis

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the symposium, participants will be able to: (1) assess ways in which common mobile technology can be added to instructional programs to improve socially meaningful goals; (2) promote self-determination skill instruction using mobile applications and remote technology; and (3) reframe ways in which we view prompt dependence for the learners they serve.
 

ExerciseBuddy Pro to Assess Acquisition of Exercises for Adolescents With Autism When Delivered Remotely via Zoom

LAURA BASSETTE (Ball State University)
Abstract:

Using a multiple baseline across participants design, the current study explored a behavioral intervention package (i.e., ExerciseBuddy app with video models, prompting, and reminders of reinforcement) to assess acquisition of the exercises (i.e., percent of intervals completed independently) when delivered remotely. Additionally, during intervention, participants were taught to review task analyses of exercises (i.e., written or pictures) to determine if they completed exercises correctly. The results indicate participant independence in performing the exercises increased during intervention from baseline. Additionally, participant and researcher agreement on if exercises were completed correctly averaged 80% or higher during intervention. Independence in performing the exercises and agreement on performance was more variable during generalization when new exercises were presented and the behavioral intervention package components were removed. Implications and future research focused on increasing access and fitness programming for individuals with autism using remote instruction and promoting self-determination in fitness programming will be discussed.

 

Choiceworks to Increase Independence and to Decrease Reliance on Adult Prompts for Adolescents With Disabilities

KAI O'NEILL (University of Kentucky), Amy Spriggs (University of Kentucky), Sally Bereznak Shepley (University of Kentucky)
Abstract:

The purpose of this study was to compare the differential effects of mobile assistive technology loaded with visual activity schedules (VAS; pictures alone) compared to video activity schedules (VidAS; pictures linked to video models) loaded on the Choiceworks app to promote vocational independence and decreased reliance on adult supports for adolescents and adults with intellectual disability, with and without autism. Seven single-case multitreatment designs were used to assess differential effects between the two interventions when participants completed various vocational tasks (e.g., cosmetology, vet tech, gift shop). All participants were able to perform some of the task steps independently with both VAS and VidAS but demonstrated a greater increase in independence with self-instruction using VidAS than when only given VAS. Results suggest that incorporating VidAS into mobile AT can increase independence while decreasing reliance on additional adult support, suggesting that this could be a reasonable accommodation in school, work, and community settings.

 
 
Invited Tutorial #161
CE Offered: BACB
Teaching to Condition
Sunday, May 28, 2023
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Capitol Ballroom 1-3
Area: DEV; Domain: Service Delivery
BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: JeanneMarie Speckman, Ph.D.
Chair: Jo Ann Pereira Delgado (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Presenting Authors: : JEANNEMARIE SPECKMAN (Fred S. Keller School Teachers College Columbia University)
Abstract:

Conditioning new stimuli such that they now function as reinforcers for other behaviors serves several important purposes in human development. Increasing one’s community of reinforcers provides individuals with more opportunities to come in contact with reinforcement which increases rates of learning. It also means that individuals’ interests are expanded which, when this occurs, will likely lead to fewer instances and lower durations of such behaviors as stereotypy and other developmentally maladaptive response classes. Maybe most importantly, conditioning certain stimuli as reinforcers for observing responses enables individuals to contact reinforcement in ways they had not been able to do before; hence, the development of a cusp. Training behavior analysts and behavior technicians to implement conditioning procedures can prove more difficult than training other more straightforward discreet trial programs. Therefore, training must be accurate, systematic and because these pairings are so important to human development, highly efficient. Here I will present training systems that meet these criteria, to teach these instructional repertoires to behavior analytic instructors. I will also discuss extending training systems to include successfully training another instructor to correctly implement conditioning procedures as mastery criterion for training.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Behavior Analysts, Supervisors, and Researchers

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the steps in an operant conditioning procedure; (2) describe the steps in a classical conditioning procedure; (2) describe the steps in a conjugate conditioning procedure; (3) understand the components of an effective training system to teach instructors and trainers to implement effective conditioning procedures and protocols.
 
JEANNEMARIE SPECKMAN (Fred S. Keller School Teachers College Columbia University)
JeanneMarie Speckman is a CABAS® and NYS certified Behavior Analyst who received her Ph.D. from Columbia University in the program in Teaching as Applied Behavior Analysis. She is also a certified Teacher of the Speech and Hearing Handicapped. For the past twenty-one years Dr. Speckman has been the Associate Director of the Fred S. Keller School which serves children five and younger, most of whom have language-based disabilities. Prior to that she taught in a classroom and supervised classroom teachers. She is an associate adjunct professor at Teachers College Columbia University for the program in Teaching as Applied Behavior Analysis. Her area of research has primarily been early verbal behavior foundations and protocols to induce early foundational cusps.
 
 
Symposium #162
Incorporating Closed-Loop Tracking Systems in Experimental Analysis of Behavior (EAB) Research: Contingent Schedules on Traveled Distance, Motivating Operations (MOs), and Social Behavior
Sunday, May 28, 2023
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom B
Area: EAB/AAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Varsovia Hernandez Eslava (Universidad Veracruzana)
Abstract:

From Skinner’s seminal definition of behavior as “(…) movement of the organism or of its parts in a frame of reference provided by the organism itself or by various external objects or fields of force.” it was clear that movement, or displacement in space, was at the core of the characterization of behavior. Several years ago, due to the state of the technology (and its cost), it was not possible to track the real-time movement of experimental subjects in EAB research. Nonetheless, recent advancements in technology have made it possible to incorporate real-time tracking of animal movement, opening new possibilities. One of these possibilities is that now, the effect of well-known schedules (based on counting discrete responses) on the spatial dimension of behavior can be studied. A second possibility is the development of schedules of reinforcement in which relevant events are presented according to animal traveled distance in the experimental space. In the current symposium, we will describe three studies that incorporated the spatial dimension of behavior in the previously mentioned ways. All studies were conducted with Wistar rats as subjects. Study 1 analyzed the effect on different dimensions of the spatial behavior of Fixed and Variable Displacement schedules contingent on the fulfillment of traveled distance criteria in an extended experimental chamber. Study 2 analyzed the effects of motivational operations on animals' behavior using Fixed schedules contingent on traveled distance. Study 3 analyzed the emergence of conspecific spatial interactions under concurrent FT and VT schedules. Distance traveled, routes, distance to the dispensers or conspecifics, time spent in zones, recurrence patterns, and entropy, among other measures were obtained. The implications of the proposed approach for the study of behavior will be described.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): closed-loops systems, rats, reinforcement schedules, spatial dynamics
 

Reinforcement Schedules Based on Traveled Distance and Spatial Behavior Dynamics

ALEJANDRO LEON (University of Veracruz), Varsovia Hernandez Eslava (Universidad Veracruzana), Joao Santibáñez (Universidad Veracruzana, Comparative Psychology Lab), Isiris Guzmán (Universidad Veracruzana, Comparative Psychology Lab), Abraham Rivera (Universidad Veracruzana, Comparative Psychology lab)
Abstract:

Usually, reinforcement schedules are based on a given discrete response (e.g., lever presses). To our knowledge, works that use a Spatio-temporal continuous activity as a reinforcement criterion are scarce. Nevertheless, in natural settings, the organism’s continuous activity (i.e., animal movement) is a ubiquitous feature of behavior that is not only shaped by the contingencies of the environment, but many times it is the criterion for reinforcement (e.g., an organism traveling a given distance is followed by reaching water or food). In some situations, the traveled distance could be regular (e.g., in spatially fixed renewable resources). In others, it could be variable (e.g., in spatially dynamic resources). The present work analyzed the spatial behavior dynamics under two reinforcement schedules of water delivery based on traveled distance in Wistar rats: Fixed Distance 100cm (FD100cm) and Variable Distance 100cm (VD100cm). Six subjects were randomly assigned to one of two contra-balanced sequences (FD-VD and VD-FD). Multidimensional behavior analysis was conducted using water produced rate, contacted water index, trajectories, velocity, spatial recurrence, and location entropy variables. The potential relevance of reinforcement schedules based on traveled distance and its associated behavior dynamics are discussed.

 

Interaction Between Motivational Effects of Water Deprivation and Stimuli Functions in Locomotor Activity in Rats

VICTOR QUINTERO RODRIGUEZ (Universidad Veracruzana), Varsovia Hernandez Eslava (Universidad Veracruzana), Alejandro Leon (University of Veracruz)
Abstract:

A widely reported effect of water deprivation in rats is its relationship to increased levels of locomotor activity. However, there are several questions about the nature of this relationship, for example, is it a direct effect of deprivation conditions or is it mediated by an increased tendency to respond to stimuli presented during deprivation periods? Furthermore, does the locomotor activity during deprivation change according to the kind of stimuli presented (conditional or unconditional to water deliveries)? What kind of functions do these stimuli have? To analyze this, nine Wistar rats were exposed to different levels of water deprivation (low, medium, high, and no deprivation) and were tested in an open field using a contingent schedule on displacement. In Phase 1 a neutral tone was presented each time the rat traveled 150 cm (Group 1) or independently of its movement (Group 2). Phase 2 consisted of pairings between the tone and water delivery. Phase 3 was a replication of Phase 1 but, presented the stimulus previously paired with water delivery. Results suggest that the level of water deprivation is not directly related to increases in locomotor activity, but rather that the magnitude of changes in locomotor activity depends on the presentation of the tone, previously related to water delivery, whether contingent or not on locomotor activity. The results are discussed in terms of the different functions of stimuli and how they interact with water deprivation to control changes in locomotor activity.

 

Analyzing the Emergence of Spatial Interactions in Conspecifics Under Concurrent Fixed-Time (FT) and Variable-Time (VT) Schedules

FRYDA ABRIL DIAZ (Universidad Veracruzana, Comparative Psychology Lab), Varsovia Hernandez Eslava (Universidad Veracruzana), Alejandro Leon (University of Veracruz)
Abstract:

The operant analysis of the interaction between conspecifics has focused on establishing a pattern of behavior that involves two organisms, by using contingent deliveries of reinforcement to that previously determined pattern (e.g., lever presses sequences), and measuring its rate or occurrence. Nevertheless, to our knowledge, there are no studies about the emergence of interindividual interaction patterns in rats that have considered the spatial dimension of behavior in situations in which the delivery of reinforcement is independent of the behavior of the subjects. The purpose of this work was to study the emergence of spatial interactions in conspecifics under FT and VT schedules of water delivery. Subjects were 14 male Wistar rats assigned in dyads to one of three groups: FT30s, VT 30s, and Control. An A-B-A design was used to evaluate the effect of each schedule. We found that with the FT schedule routes of displacement were more variable, with shorter time spent on each dispenser and with higher distances between conspecifics, in comparison to VT schedules. We discuss the emergence of different spatial interaction patterns depending on the schedules of reinforcement and how these results can inform the decision for choosing a more ecologically relevant pattern of behavior as the criterion of reinforcement in studies about social behavior.

 
 
Panel #163
In Memory of Michael J. Dougher. His Contributions in Conceptual, Experimental, and Clinical Behavior Analysis
Sunday, May 28, 2023
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom E
Area: EAB/PCH; Domain: Translational
Chair: Carmen Luciano (University Almeria, Spain)
STEVEN C. HAYES (University of Nevada, Reno)
KELLY G. WILSON (University of Mississippi)
MARK GALIZIO (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Abstract:

Last December, 2021, Mike J. Dougher died suddenly while enjoying one of his preferred activities. This panel focuses to honor his memory as a gentleman in any kind of the academic horizons, when doing research, when discussing, when doing clinical work, when editing and reviewing, and in many and many other opportunities where problem solving was required. Of course, he was a very good friend and, again, a gentleman. In this panel, prominent academic professors will give a chance to bring to the present Michael J. Dougher` s connections between philosophical, basic and applied dimensions of the behavioural analytic perspective. His contributions were insightful in many domains. The aim of this panel is to bring them all to the table to commemorate his academic life and to increase the chance of insightful further experimental and clinical analysis.

Instruction Level: Basic
 
 
Paper Session #164
Addressing the Complexity of Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion (DEI) in Organizational Settings
Sunday, May 28, 2023
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Mineral Hall D-G
Area: OBM
Chair: Robert Scalise (TBD)
 

A Behavior Analysis of Organizational Justice: A Bridge

Domain: Theory
ROBERT SCALISE (Villiv Management Consulting; University of Nevada, Las Vegas), Kirk Silvernail (University of Nevada, Las Vegas)
 
Abstract:

This paper will provide an initial framework for the behavior analysis of organizational justice as operant classes of behavior. Its purpose is to provide tools to expand current research and offer insight. The three universal goals of science are description, prediction, and control. Though it has been studied intently for 40 years, the research has provided a comprehensive description of Organizational Justice. Yet, the evidence for explaining the phenomena and mechanisms to control variables remain largely unidentified. This paper will deconstruct Organizational Justice from its current findings to its basic definition of fairness. We will then offer a conceptualization of the behavior processes involved, define target behaviors, and offer possible methods of analysis and critical areas of study to help further research into the topic.

 
Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion as Metacontingencies: Commentary on a Higher Education Case Study
Domain: Theory
DOUGLAS ROBERTSON (Florida International University), Martha Pelaez (Florida International University)
 
Abstract: This case study examines diversity, equity, and inclusion issues (faculty appointment type and representation by intersectional gender and race/ethnicity categories) related to specific policy (rules) that focuses on rapidly improving performance and ranking metrics at one of the largest U.S. Hispanic serving public metropolitan research universities (Florida International University, located in Miami, Florida, Carnegie designated Highest Research Activity [R1] and Engaged, with 12 month unduplicated headcount of 74,678, 2020-2021, Integrated Postsecondary Educational Data System). The overarching issues include negative consequences regarding diversity, equity, and inclusion issues (interlocking behavioral contingencies and metacontingencies) of focusing on short-term metric-centric objectives at the expense of the university’s long-term mission and espoused values. This paper extends a 12-year line of research on intentional systemic change in large organizations, specifically, public metropolitan research universities (e.g., Robertson, under revision, 2019, 2020; Robertson & Pelaez, 2016, 2018; Robertson, Pelaez, & Santiago Perez, 2021, under revision; also relevant as context, Robertson, 1992).
 
 
 
Invited Paper Session #165
CE Offered: BACB
Skinner’s Pragmatic Science and Engineering of Behavior Change
Sunday, May 28, 2023
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom D
Area: PCH; Domain: Theory
Chair: Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento)
CE Instructor: Guy Bruce, Ed.D.
Presenting Author: GUY BRUCE (Appealing Solutions, LLC)
Abstract:

Skinner’s pragmatic approach is the tap root of the pragmatic tree of knowledge. It is the source of the scientific and engineering methods which have allowed practitioners to both predict and control behavior change and help clients achieve their behavior change goals. This talk will provide a brief history of Skinner’s pragmatic approach, contrasting it with dogmatic approaches, and describing its benefits for both practitioners and their clients.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Scientists and Engineers of behavior change who are interested in learning about Skinner’s pragmatic approach.

Learning Objectives: 1. Given examples of pragmatic and dogmatic approaches to the science and engineering of behavior change, learners will select the appropriate term for each example. 2. Given examples of pragmatic and dogmatic organizational practices, select pragmatic or dogmatic. 3. Given examples of the responses of engineers and technicians to human performance problems, select engineer or technician. 4. Given the name of the provider function, select the appropriate recipient functions. 5. Participants will describe examples of pragmatic or dogmatic processes at their organizations.
 
GUY BRUCE (Appealing Solutions, LLC)
Since earning his Ed. D. in Educational Psychology from the Behavior Analysis in Human Resources program at West Virginia University, Dr. Bruce has taught behavior analysis in both undergraduate and graduate programs and consulted with variety of organizations, including BellSouth, Crystal River Nuclear Power, Delta Faucet, Dearborn Financial, Mayo Hospital, and Waddell & Reid Financial Services. He is the author of “Instructional Design Made Easy,” a workbook for designing more efficient training programs and EARS, a data-based, performance-engineering process that can be used to improve organizational performance at the system, process, and individual levels, so that organizations can achieve desired results. In addition to conducting workshops on the application of organizational performance engineering to change how providers work together, so that every client or student makes efficient progress, he is currently working on ProgressCharter, a mobile/web application that will facilitate implementation of the EARS Process: 1) Evaluate Student Progress; 2) Analyze Provider Performance Problems; 3) Recommend Changes in Provider Resources, Training, and Management, and 4) Solve Provider Performance Problems by Designing and Implementing Recommended Solutions.
 
 
Paper Session #166
CE Offered: BACB
Unconscious of Consciousness: Behavioral Interpretations of a Psychological Term
Sunday, May 28, 2023
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom H
Area: PCH
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Chair: Julian C. Leslie (Ulster University)
CE Instructor: Edward K. Morris, Ph.D.
 
Unconscious of Consciousness: Behavioral Interpretations of a Psychological Term
Domain: Theory
EDWARD K. MORRIS (University of Kansas)
 
Abstract: This presentation extends the behavioral interpretation of the psychological term “consciousness.” It distinguishes between Consciousness-1 as awareness and Consciousness-2 as awareness of awareness. It offers a brief history of Consciosness-2 (e.g., Skinner’s verbal summator, awareness in verbal conditioning, in comparisons with psychoanalysis). The behavioral interpretations of Consciosness-2 are more recent, but have been sometimes shallow (e.g., describing one’s own behavior, but not why) and narrow (e.g., not describing its effects on others). This presentation extends the depth of the whys and the breadth of the effects. The whys include the consequences and antecedents for describing one’s behavior. More deeply, they include motivational operations. More deeply still, they include behavioral history. Still more deeply, they include the individual, social, and cultural sources of the whys (e.g., familial, institutional). The effects include the influence of one’s behavior as consequences and antecedents for the behavior of others. More broadly, they include its function as motivational operations. More broadly still, they include its effects on their future behavior. Still more broadly, they include the social and cultural sources of the effects (e.g., familial, institutional). The presentation concludes with some means for deepening and broadening our consciousness (e.g., direct instruction, mindfulness training).
 
 
 
Invited Tutorial #167
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
The Ethics of Appetitive Control: On the Transness of Orienting Back to Our Bodies
Sunday, May 28, 2023
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Convention Center Four Seasons Ballroom 2/3
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: Mychal Machado, Ph.D.
Chair: Mychal Machado (University of Alaska Anchorage)
Presenting Authors: : WORNER LELAND (Sex Ed Continuing Ed)
Abstract:

“The reason you don’t fight for me is because you’re not fighting for yourself fully… Are you ready to heal?... That’s why they repress us as trans and gender variant people, because they’ve done this violence to themselves first.” - Alok Vaid-Menon When supporting transgender and gender-nonconforming clients, students, supervisees, trainees, and colleagues, it is critical that behavior analysts create contexts of affirmation. When considering cultural responsiveness, the Ethics Code for Behavior Analysts notes that behavior analysts “evaluate their own biases and ability to address the needs of individuals with diverse needs/ backgrounds,” (BACB, 2020, p. 9). This presentation will examine gender identity as covert or subtle behavior, and the ways in which the tacting of covert events is taught (Skinner, 1945; Skinner, 1957; Moore, 2008). Attendees will be equipped to assess their own biases through the examination of selectionism at the phylogenic, ontogenic, and cultural levels, focusing on their own learning histories. Attendees will also learn how to create environments which forster orienting to appetitive control and which reinforce authentic responding through cultural competency and the movement toward cultural safety (Curtis et al., 2019).

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

ABA practitioners and professionals

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this presentation, participants will be able to: 1. Generate 2. Demonstrate 3. Demonstrate 4. List critical steps
 
WORNER LELAND (Sex Ed Continuing Ed)
Worner Leland, MS, BCBA, LBA (they/them) is a former researcher and educator with Upswing Advocates, a current educator with Sex Ed Continuing Ed, a current collaborative writer with the Assent Lab, and a past president of the Sexual Behavior Research and Practice SIG of ABAI. Their work focuses on sex education, assent and consent education, and harm reduction and coercion reduction education in behavior analysis.
 
 
Symposium #169
CE Offered: BACB
Discussions and Data to Support Behavior Analytic Methods for Interdisciplinary Collaboration
Sunday, May 28, 2023
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Convention Center 406/407
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Maria Clara Cordeiro (Endicott College)
CE Instructor: Maria Clara Cordeiro, M.A.
Abstract:

The current symposium includes one data-based investigation and two discussion-based presentations. These presentations will highlight the need for greater interprofessional collaboration to implement treatment for individuals with developmental delays. The first presentation describes methods to increase collaboration between behavior analysts and occupational therapists. The second presentation discusses how to increase collaboration between behavior analysts and speech language pathologists to increase the efficacy of treatment for individuals with autism. The third presenter will review data suggesting that coursework alone was insufficient to provide the necessary experience to implement behavioral intervention for professionals across different fields (e.g., medical doctors, speech language pathologists) from a public hospital system in Brazil. Additional data will be presented describing the results of behavioral skills training (BST) across a small sample of students who participated in the course. These presentations suggest that collaboration is necessary within behavior analysis and that creativity of teaching within our field can lead to implementation of behavior interventions across a variety of disciplines and environments. Additionally, a model focusing on procedural integrity is presented to support the implementation of behavior analysis programming within an interdisciplinary setting.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): BST, Interdisciplinary Collaboration, Occupational Therapists, Speech Therapists
Target Audience:

Professionals and researchers in behavior analysis, speech pathology, and occupational therapy

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to (1) identify the limitations of online workshops and coursework in behavior analysis; (2) identify barriers to cross collaboration between behavior analysts, speech pathologists, and occupational therapists; (3) describe at least three different methods to increase cross-collaboration for meaningful clinical results between behaviors analysts and other fields.
 

Behavior Analysts and Occupational Therapists: An Ethical and Professional Collaborative Practice

LUIZA ASFORA (Guia AC), Maria Clara Cordeiro (Endicott College; Guia para Análise do Comportamento)
Abstract:

Professionals of different disciplines often work independently within their scope of competence, toward the ultimate goal of increasing the quality of life for individuals with autism and other neurodevelopmental disorders. Across disciplines, learning goals and interventions sometimes overlap or interfere with each other, compromising the client’s progress and development (i.e., contraindication). Therefore, learning how to effectively collaborate with other disciplines is an essential and valuable skill for implementing best practices and improving outcomes for the recipient of interventions. Nowadays, Occupational Therapists (OTs) and Behavior Analysts (BAs) are taking action to improve their interprofessional collaboration practice through decision-making models and guidelines on how to collaborate effectively. The purpose of this presentation is to present the core differences and similarities in the philosophy and practice of both disciplines, the current efforts from both disciplines to collaborate, and what is presented in the emerging literature about interprofessional collaboration. As an effort to increase collaboration between OTs and BAs, recommendations for the ethical and professional development of this collaboration will be presented, including information about each discipline's core principles. Ultimately, learning to effectively collaborate among many disciplines will benefit not only professionals, but – most importantly – the individuals with whom we work.

 
Collaboration Between Behavior Analysts and Speech Pathologists in Autism Service Provision
ANNE COSTA CARNEIRO (Universidade Federal de São Carlos; Guia AC), Natany Ferreira Silva (Universidade Federal de São Carlos - UFSCar)
Abstract: The work of behavior analysts and speech pathologists often overlap in that behavior analysts and speech pathologists support individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) with complex communication needs such as reducing challenging behaviors that arise from difficulties communicating. Skinner (1978) and many other writers have pragmatically pointed out that, "If the function of an institution is education, therapy, or rehabilitation, all available resources should be used to speed the process." Thus, many individuals with ASD likely could benefit from interdisciplinary collaboration considering the complexity of ASD and high rates of comorbidity with bio-behavioral conditions such as gastrointestinal disorders, feeding disorders, digestive and respiratory systems, disorders related to the endocrine, nutritional, and metabolic systems, as well as conditions affecting the immune system (LaFrance et al, 2019). Specifically for behavior analysts and speech pathologists, there are many points of convergence in scope but varied strategies for how to effectively collaborate (Slim & Yuill, 2021). Further, the existing literature on collaboration between these professions is often at a theoretical level leaving no known literature that describes how to create an effective intervention leveraging collaboration between these two professionals. This presentation aims to fill that gap by describing how collaboration could be beneficial, point out the main barriers for collaboration, and present patterns for improving collaboration such as a model in which both developmental and behavioral science are considered (Welch & Polatajko, 2016).
 
Evidence for a Practical Model of Behavior Analytic Instruction in Public Health Systems in Brazil
MARIA CLARA CORDEIRO (Endicott College; Guia para Análise do Comportamento), Anne Costa Carneiro (Universidade Federal de São Carlos; Guia AC), Luiza Asfora (Guia AC), Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento), David J. Cox (RethinkFirst; Endicott College)
Abstract: There is currently no common model of behavior analytic instruction in Brazil. In the current investigation, we examined the efficacy of a 40-week, 320 hour hybrid-model course in which 10 different instructors presented an introductory course to 37 students employed at a hospital that is part of the public hospital system in northeast Brazil (Sistema Único de Saúde; SUS). Students included professionals working with individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) spanning a variety of professions including medical doctors, speech language pathologists, and behavior interventionists. All students entered the course with varying levels of familiarity with behavior analytic intervention. We observed a 9.05% increase from pre- to post-test scores, and students reported higher levels of confidence with implementing behavior analytic procedures (e.g., renforcement, discrete trial training). Following instruction, we provided additional behavioral skills training (BST) to measure and improve skills in therapeutic settings for three of the students who were implementing behavior analytic interventions. Baseline data on skill transfer from instruction to application indicate most of the instructed skills did not generalize outside of the classroom context. Clinical recommendations for instruction and supervision will be provided based on these findings.
 
 
Symposium #170
CE Offered: BACB
Training Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs) to Implement Naturalistic Developmental Behavioral Interventions for Infants and Toddlers With Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD)
Sunday, May 28, 2023
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Convention Center 401/402
Area: TBA/DEV; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Kerry Hoops (Wisconsin Early Autism Project)
CE Instructor: Rebecca Thompson, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Our increased ability to identify and diagnose children with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) at earlier ages provides us with both an opportunity and a challenge. These advances now allow us the opportunity to begin intervention much earlier in life. Our challenge, however, is to design and adapt our interventions to very young children in order to achieve optimal outcomes. The evidence supporting interventions for children with ASD has changed in the last decade, and meaningful research supports the effectiveness of Naturalistic Developmental Behavioral Interventions (NDBIs). However, one significant barrier to implementing this approach is that many behavioral practitioners lack training, knowledge, and support for implementing NDBIs. This presentation will discuss how NDBIs fit within the scope of practice for behavioral practitioners, discuss strategies for incorporating NDBIs into existing ABA treatment programs, and evaluate the effectiveness of a training program for providers working with young children with ASD (0-3 years).

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Early Intervention, NDBIs, Staff Training
Target Audience:

Intermediate - participants should have knowledge about evidence-based intervention for young children with ASD

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1) Identify the organization and staff training needs for supporting infants and toddlers with ASD. 2) Implement recommendations for integrating NDBI approaches in their own ABA practice. 3) Evaluate the effectiveness of a training program and core competencies for supporting infants and toddlers with ASD.
 

Survey of Board Certified Behavior Analysts’ (BCBAs’) Knowledge of Naturalistic Developmental Behavioral Interventions

KELLEY DAVENPORT (Autism Spectrum Therapies)
Abstract:

As the identification and diagnosis of autism spectrum disorder in younger children becomes increasingly common, clinicians are developing programs, implementing interventions, and supporting technicians for a population with whom they may have little experience. In order to identify current skill sets, areas of need, and to better understand the knowledge of Naturalistic Developmental Behavioral Interventions (NDBIs), a provider survey was sent to practitioners across the LEARN network. Results of the survey demonstrate the need for ongoing training and support for staff who work with the infant and toddler population (ages 0-3). We discuss the implications of these results for clinical programming and the need for future training in this area.

 

Strategies for Integrating Naturalistic Developmental Behavioral Interventions (NDBIs) Into Existing Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Programs

JAMIE HUGHES-LIKA (SAGE Learning Systems)
Abstract:

As more children are being diagnosed with ASD before the age of three years old, there is a growing need to identify best practice guidelines for clinicians working with this early intervention population in clinic and community settings. Current best practices for the treatment of young children with ASD include interventions that blend behavioral and developmental and behavioral strategies, such as Naturalistic Developmental Behavioral Interventions. To better support staff who work with young children with ASD, a set of clinical and practice guidelines was developed. In this presentation, we will share recommendations based on scientific evidence and clinical expertise regarding effective practices that were developed for integrating NDBIs into existing ABA programs for young children with ASD. Key practice guidelines discussed will include assessment, data collection, intervention approaches, learning environments, training, supervision, professional development, and collaboration and coordination with family members for young children with ASD receiving ABA services.

 
Evaluating the Effectiveness of a Training Program for BCBAs Implementing Naturalistic Developmental Behavioral Interventions with Infants and Toddlers with ASD
REBECCA THOMPSON (Wisconsin Early Autism Project)
Abstract: As more children are diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) at younger ages, and the effectiveness of Naturalistic Developmental Behavioral Interventions (NDBIs) has been demonstrated, there is a growing need for BCBAs to develop competency in implementing NBDI approaches with infants and toddlers with ASD. After identifying the need for providing additional training and resources to BCBAs within their organization, the authors developed a training program, which will be presented as part of this symposium. As a first step in evaluating the effectiveness of this training, the authors collected social validity data from the BCBAs participating in the training. Similar questions were asked before and after implementing the training protocol, to determine if the training changed BCBA’s self-report of their readiness to implement NDBIs. Additionally, a set of core clinical competencies was developed to assess the staff’s implementation of NDBIs working with young children with ASD. The authors will discuss social validity survey results, the need for further evaluation of the effectiveness of the training program, implications for modifying the training, and considerations for dissemination of the training program across a large organization.
 
 
Symposium #171
CE Offered: BACB
The Shape of Verbal Behavior to Come: New Metrics and Applications
Sunday, May 28, 2023
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 3C
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Maria Jose Otero (Child Study Center, Cook Children's Hospital, University of North Texas)
Discussant: Manish Vaidya (University of North Texas)
CE Instructor: Lee L Mason, Ph.D.
Abstract: Properly describing and analyzing the linguistic ability of young learners can facilitate the creation and implementation of treatment packages that are functionally derived. To this end, we describe assessment batteries, analytic strategies, and intervention suggestions. First, the Vox assessment, a functional analysis of elementary verbal operants, is described, and its outcomes are displayed using multi-axial radar charts. Radar charts allow us to explore the language of children quantitatively. We will also assess the prerequisite skills of those acquiring audio-visual conditional discriminations and analyze the outcomes using radar charts similar to those used in the Vox assessment. We will also discuss the term "overselectivity," offer an alternative definition and describe a new analytic method that allows us to statistically quantify overselectivity observed during language acquisition. Last, we discuss a Natural Environment Training (NET) package based explicitly on a functional analysis of the learner's language. Together these assessment batteries yield a multi-dimensional view of language, which allow us to better describe verbal behavior and improve intervention efforts.
Instruction Level: Advanced
Keyword(s): functional analysis, language assessment, shape descriptor, verbal behavior
Target Audience: Practitioners, researchers
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) functionally assess the use of verbal behavior among typically developing children and those who are neurodivergent; (2) determine possible interventions based on the outcomes of verbal behavior assessments; (3) graphically depict multi-dimensional data, such as verbal behavior, using analysis methods frequently used in biologic research (radar charts).
 

Shape Descriptors for Analyzing the Verbal Behavior of Children With Autism

(Applied Research)
LEE L MASON (Cook Children's Health Care System)
Abstract:

Shape descriptors are mathematical functions applied to a polygonal profile that produce numerical values representing different characteristics of the profile. Commonly used in image processing applications, shape descriptors are useful discriminative stimuli for certain machine learning algorithms. Here we demonstrate the use of a verbal operant experimental (VOX) analysis for developing polygonal language profiles for children with autism spectrum disorder. The frequency of responses under verbal and nonverbal sources of control are plotted on a multi-axial radar chart to produce a closed polygonal profile for each participant. These language profiles are then subject to a variety of shape descriptors for quantitative comparisons over time, and in relation to the language profiles of neurotypical peers. We describe the characteristics of each shape descriptor, and explain their use in interpreting the results of the VOX analysis. Finally, we discuss the use of shape descriptors for both practitioners and researchers who seek to better understand language development, assessment, and intervention for individuals with autism and other disorders of verbal behavior.

 

Rapid Empirical Assessment of Discrimination Indices: An App-Based Assessment Battery Used to Assess Prerequisite Skills Associated With Audio-Visual Conditional Discriminations

(Applied Research)
MARIA JOSE OTERO (Child Study Center, Cook Children's Hospital, University of North Texas)
Abstract:

Audio–visual conditional discriminations (AVCD) often come naturally for typically developing children through everyday interactions. However, children with autism may struggle to acquire AVCDs unless they are directly taught. These children often benefit from empirically validated treatments explicitly designed to facilitate the acquisition of this critical skill. Even with high-quality instruction, a subsection of children with autism continue to struggle. The purpose of the current study is to assess the previously cited prerequisite skills (Kodak et al. 2015, 2022; Saunders & Spradlin 1989; Fisher et al. 2019) to determine if they are correlated with the acquisition of AVCD targets, including scanning a picture array (visual discrimination), matching pictures (conditional discrimination; identity matching), responding differentially to different words (auditory discrimination), and touching a portion of the screen that reliably leads to preferred items (reinforcement tracking). We extended the existing AVCD literature by assessing the utility, efficiency, and validity of a technology-assisted battery named READI (Rapid Empirical Assessment of Discrimination Indices). Results showed that the assessment battery correlated with children’s ability to learn AVCDs efficiently. Children who demonstrated all prerequisite skills acquired new AVCD targets quickly, whereas children who failed one or more prerequisite assessments also failed to acquire new targets.

 

A Metric for Overselectivity Within the Verbal Repertoire of Children With Autism

(Basic Research)
ALONZO ALFREDO ANDREWS (The University of Texas at San Antonio)
Abstract:

Stimulus overselectivity remains an ill-defined concept within behavior analysis, because it can be difficult to distinguish truly restrictive stimulus control from random variation. Quantitative models of bias are useful, though perhaps limited in application. Over the last 50 years, research on stimulus overselectivity has developed a pattern of assessment and intervention repeatedly marred by methodological flaws. A molecular view of overselectivity, under which restricted stimulus control has heretofore been examined, is fundamentally insufficient for analyzing this phenomenon. Instead, we propose the use of the term “overselectivity” to define temporally extended patterns of restrictive stimulus control that have resulted in disproportionate populations of responding that cannot be attributed to chance alone, and highlight examples of overselectivity within the verbal behavior of children with autism spectrum disorder. Viewed as such, stimulus overselectivity lends itself to direct observation and measurement through the statistical analysis of single-subject data. In particular, we demonstrate the use of the Cochran Q test as a means of precisely quantifying stimulus overselectivity.

 

Parent-Mediated Referent-Based Instruction: A Verbal Behavior Training Package for Young Children With Autism

(Service Delivery)
JANET SANCHEZ ENRIQUEZ (The University of North Carolina at Charlotte)
Abstract:

Despite advances in evidence-based treatment for autism, disparities in service access, difficulties with customized training support, time constraints, and family stressors remain primary concerns for many caregivers across the globe. Current treatment models may not be accessible, individually tailored, or feasible for families experiencing such hardships or having limited resources. Caregiver-implemented intervention, often facilitated via coaching, is an increasingly widespread solution to early intervention for children with or at risk for autism (Tomeny et al., 2019). This study investigates the effects of a parent-mediated Natural Environment Training (NET) package, based explicitly on a functional analysis of learners' language (i.e., Parent-Mediated Referent-Based Instruction (PM-RBI); Mason & Andrews, 2014; 2020) on parents' fidelity in implementing these procedures. A single-subject, concurrent, multiple-baseline, across-participants design was used across three caregiver-child dyads participating in PM-RBI over 13 weeks via videoconferencing.We describe components of PM-RBI, capitalizing on NET and caregiver coaching principles, and highlight the potential PM-RBI provides to support customized, family-focused, empirically based intervention for caregivers. Potential barriers, benefits, and implications for practice and research will be discussed

 
 
Symposium #172
CE Offered: BACB
Training for Implementation in Natural Contexts
Sunday, May 28, 2023
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 1E/F
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Theory
Chair: Aaron Check (University of South Carolina)
Discussant: Stephanie Gerow (University of Nevada, Las Vegas)
CE Instructor: Aaron Check, M.S.
Abstract: Ecological validity of an intervention is demonstrated using typical change agents as implementers, typical settings wherein intervention takes place, practical financial costs, amount of personnel support needed, and appropriate level of effort required for implementation (Chezan et al., 2022). It is critical for practicing behavior analysts to continue advancing research design to account for ecological validity (Ledford et al., 2016). The purpose of this symposium is to explore current practices in behavior analysis focused on integrating natural settings, procedures, and change agents. This symposium includes a systematic literature review on parent training practices of pivotal response treatment, a second systematic literature review on the use of natural environment teaching for young children with Autism, a meta-analysis on caregiver-mediated interventions for young children with Autism in the single case research design literature, and a single case research study evaluating the effects of behavior skills training on teaching imitation, in the form of naturalistic behavioral intervention, to a confederate adult.
Instruction Level: Advanced
Keyword(s): meta-analysis, natural environment, parent training, systematic review
Target Audience: Advanced with a fundamental understanding of conducting and reading systematic literature reviews and meta-analyses, as well as critically evaluating single-case research. Audience should also have knowledge of current approaches to integrating social and ecological validity within intervention research.
Learning Objectives: 1. Identify the five key features of parent implemented pivotal response treatment. 2. Identify three potential improvements to the practice of natural environment teaching. 3. Describe the effects of caregiver-mediated communication and behavioral interventions on caregiver outcomes in single-case studies and identify the variables that may moderate those effects.
 
A Systematic Review of Parent Training Procedures in the Pivotal Response Treatment Literature
AARON CHECK (University of South Carolina), Katie Wolfe (University of South Carolina), Emily Manning (University of South Carolina), Jessica Bradshaw (University of South Carolina)
Abstract: Pivotal response treatment (PRT) is considered an evidence-based intervention and has a growing literature base devoted to training parents and natural change agents to implement the associated procedures. This subset of the PRT literature strengthens the intervention’s social and ecological validity. However, the characteristics, quality, and outcomes of these studies have yet to be evaluated, limiting the understanding of whether training parents in PRT is effective, for whom, and under what circumstances. The purpose of this literature review is threefold: to investigate (1) how parents are trained to implement pivotal response treatment, (2) the outcomes associated with the treatment, and (3) the quality of these studies. Preliminary results find variation in experimental design (single-case, group studies), how parent fidelity is measured (percent of intervals, opportunity based) and data collection procedures (interval length and recording type). Three of the five single-case studies coded to this point have demonstrated a functional relation. Full text review is ongoing with complete results and implications to be discussed.
 

A Systematic Review of Natural Environment Teaching for Improving Communication Outcomes for Children With Autism

ERIN SWEENEY (Vanderbilt University), Jennifer Ledford (Vanderbilt University)
Abstract:

Initial competencies for registered behavior technicians include an item related to competence in engaging in naturalistic teaching procedures, but little evidence is available regarding what components are included when using these procedures, what dependent variables are targeted, and what the outcomes are. This presentation will include synthesis of studies conducted using natural environment teaching (as described by Halle et al., 1984) for young children with autism. An electronic search of PsycINFO and ProQuest Dissertations and Theses resulted in identification of 4560 articles. Researchers double screened these articles using the online tool “Rayyan”, with inclusion of about 10% of articles for full text review with 90% or greater agreement. Full text review is ongoing and will be completed in November with coding completed in January and February. Variables to be coded included those related to intervention components, design, participants, and outcomes. Improvements to the conceptualization and practice of natural environment teaching will be discussed.

 

Caregiver-Mediated Interventions for Young Children With Autism: A Meta-Analysis

SUNGWOO KANG (Purdue University), Eric Shannon (Purdue University), Rose A. Mason (Purdue University), John Davis (The University of Texas at San Antonio), David Ray Gutierrez Miranda (Purdue University)
Abstract:

Caregiver-mediated interventions based upon the principles of behavior analysis have been used to target deficits in social communication and challenging behavior in young children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Recent meta-analyses have examined the effects of randomized control trials on parent and child behavior, but none have examined the effects of single-case interventions. The purpose of this meta-analysis was to examine the effects of caregiver-mediated communication and behavioral interventions on caregiver outcomes in single-case studies and identify the variables that may moderate those effects. Only studies that met What Works Clearinghouse (WWC) quality indicator standards were included in the analysis. A total of 51 contrasts across eight studies were included. Caregiver-mediated interventions yielded medium to large effects on caregiver behavior across settings, coaching strategy, dosage, and parent characteristics, with an overall large effect size (Tau-U = 0.90; CI = [0.84, 0.97]). Future implications of caregiver-mediated interventions for young children with autism in research and practice are discussed.

 
Training Behavior Technicians to Implement Naturalistic Object Imitation Using Behavioral Skills Training
ASHLEY NICHOLE WALKER (Michigan State University), Matthew T. Brodhead (Michigan State University), Emma Seliina Sipila-Thomas (Michigan State University)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of Behavioral Skills Training (BST) on teaching behavior technicians to implement imitation training, in the form of naturalistic behavioral interventions, to a confederate adult. Using a concurrent multiple baseline across participants design, participants were exposed to baseline conditions and given the instruction to teach the adult confederate how to imitate. Then, participants were exposed to a single BST session. Following BST, participant behavior was monitored further in the presence of the confederate. Results suggest BST resulted in an improvement in imitation training for all three participants. Limitations and future directions are discussed.
 
 
Paper Session #173
CE Offered: BACB
Teaching and Assessing Cornhole as a Leisure Activity in Young Adults With Developmental Disabilities
Sunday, May 28, 2023
11:00 AM–11:25 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 1C/D
Area: DDA
Instruction Level: Basic
Chair: Katarina Alice Rotta (Western Michigan University)
CE Instructor: Katarina Alice Rotta, M.A.
 
Teaching and Assessing Cornhole as a Leisure Activity in Young Adults With Developmental Disabilities
Domain: Applied Research
KATARINA ALICE ROTTA (Western Michigan University), Alan D. Poling (Western Michigan University)
 
Abstract: Leisure has long been identified as a critical component of a healthy lifestyle. One population that displays extremely low levels of leisure activity is people with developmental disabilities, which is concerning because previous research has identified a positive correlation between leisure activity and quality of life among such individuals. The purpose of the present project was to teach and assess cornhole as a leisure activity for seven young adults with developmental disabilities. Study 1 assessed points scored with four versions of cornhole and preference for those versions. Study 2 evaluated a procedure intended to teach participants to keep score. And a free-operant preference assessment was conducted before Study 1 and after Study 2 to determine whether preference for cornhole changed as a function of participating in the project. The data revealed the following: (a) while all participants scored the most points when playing cornhole at a shorter distance, they did not consistently prefer those versions, (b) corrective feedback and modeling were successful in teaching all participants how to keep score, and (c) most participants demonstrated a stronger preference for cornhole after participating in the present project. The application of these findings and suggestions for future research will be discussed.
 
 
 
Panel #174
Applications and Implications of Nonlinear Contingency Analysis and the Constructional Approach to Animal Behavior
Sunday, May 28, 2023
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom G
Area: AAB/PCH; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Barbara Heidenreich (Animal Training Fundamentals)
PAUL THOMAS ANDRONIS (Northern Michigan University)
KYLE HETZEL (San Francisco Zoo)
AMY ANDREA PHELPS (Oakland Zoo)
Abstract: This panel will examine experimental investigations of complex animal behavior and the design of constructional animal behavioral interventions informed by a nonlinear contingency analysis in the laboratory and zoos. Often times complex behavior seems as though it is amenable to experimental analysis or its analysis requires “special” principles. At other times zoo animals present complex problems which in the past have been difficult to solve, and at times resulting in euthanasia. For example, how does one get fearful and reactive animals to accept medical treatment? Or, in the laboratory, how we can arrange for cooperation between animals that emerges untaught from non-social behavioral components? All methods of investigation and intervention rely on basic principles, but in the context of a nonlinear contingency analysis provide an understanding of, and solutions to complex problems. The panelists have extensive experience in the application of constructional methods in zoos, and nonlinear contingency analysis in the laboratory, and will answer questions posed by the chair and audience.
Instruction Level: Basic
 
 
Symposium #175
CE Offered: BACB/QABA
Helping Students to Read, Write, and Do Math with Frequency Building and Precision Teaching to Power Academic Skills in School-Going Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) in India
Sunday, May 28, 2023
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 4C/D
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Smita Awasthi (Behavior Momentum India)
CE Instructor: Smita Awasthi, Ph.D.
Abstract:

There is increasing evidence that fluency building and precision teaching can increase academic skills with school aged children which improves retention, endurance and generalization of skills (Gist & Bulla, 2022). In this symposium, we present the use of PT interventions to improve reading, math and writing skills of school going children in India who are diagnosed with autism. The first presentation illustrates the use of within stimulus prompts to help a student achieve discrimination in reading words with the letters ‘b’ and ‘d’, overcoming problems with spontaneous mirror invariance (Pegado et al., 2011). Fluency building exercises there after improved reading rates with an investment of less than 20 minutes. The second presentation addresses specific techniques used to improve component skills in ‘addition’ for three students and ‘multiplication’ in two students. The third presentation examines improvement in writing speeds and the fourth presentation demonstrates the effectiveness of joint control procedures in remediating discrimination errors while writing words with ‘b’ and ‘d’ and frequency building to improve rates of response. The effect of fluency building on composite skills are discussed

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Certified Behavior Analysts with knowledge of fluency training and celeration charts

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) apply fluency building strategies to component skills in reading, writing and math (2) apply strategies for reducing reading errors with mirror images via tele-health (3) observe the effects on composite skills after training on component skills
 

Within Stimulus Prompts and Precision Teaching to Address ‘b’ and ‘d’ Discrimination in a 9-Year-Old Girl With Mild Autism

SMITA AWASTHI (Behavior Momentum India), Tejashree Gambhir (Behavior Momentum India), Sridhar Aravamudhan (Behavior Momentum India)
Abstract:

Primary school children with reading difficulties are prone to continue struggling with reading. Hence, new methodologies and interventions are required to help struggling readers (Forne et al., 2022). A 9-year-old girl in grade 3, diagnosed with mild autism, in a mainstream school participated in this study. An assessment showed that she had difficulties reading words with ‘b’ and ‘d,’ in three letter words. In phase 1, we used an intervention of presenting the letters ‘b’ and ‘d’ with within stimulus prompts, echoic prompts and periodic probes with three-letter words to monitor progress. After 630 trials the participant met the mastery criteria of reading 3 letter words with ‘b’ and ‘d’ in both positions. The skill generalized to novel three and four-letter words. In phase 2, we used precision teaching to increase the response rates. In 12 sessions, with 30s timed practices, her reading speed of three-letter words with ‘b’ and ‘d’ improved from 58 per minute to 76 per minute with no errors. The effect on performance of composite skill of reading passages will be discussed.

 

Math Without Tears – A Precision Teaching Intervention to Improve Component Math Skills of Pre-Primary and Primary School Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD)

Smita Awasthi (Behavior Momentum India), SRIDHAR ARAVAMUDHAN (Behavior Momentum India), Anupama Jagdish (Behavior Momentum India), Papiya Mukherjee (Behavior Momentum India)
Abstract:

Precision Teaching has been used successfully to teach math skills to school going children who were at risk of being left behind ( Stormgren et al., 2020; Vostanis et al., 2020). In the current study, five students aged 6 to 11 years with diagnoses of ASD participated. They were studying in kidergarten to fifth grade in mainstream schools. Three participants had only counting in their repertoire. As such their initial targets for the composite skill of addition operations were component skills such as add by one, add by two, addition of pairs of numbers and numbers that add to 10.One student, MR improved his performance in hear-say add 1 skill from zero corrects and 10 errors in baseline to 38 correct and 2 errors per minute in 23 sessions. A student AA also showed similar progress and a third is in baseline condition. Two other participants in grades 3 and 5 had difficulties with multiplication. With pre-session priming, reading aloud the tables from 1 to 15, they achieved a rate of 20 corrects per minute with no errors in completing hear-say simple multiplication sums (0-15). The effect of training component skills on composite skills, retention, endurance, and application are discussed.

 

Improving Writing Performance of Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) Attending Mainstream Classrooms in India

Smita Awasthi (Behavior Momentum India), TEJASHREE GAMBHIR (Behavior Momentum India), Anupama Jagdish (Behavior Momentum India), Papiya Mukherjee (Behavior Momentum India), Sridhar Aravamudhan (Behavior Momentum India)
Abstract:

There are several examples within precision teaching (PT) literature where students at risk being left behind in class can be trained to perform academic skills either by addressing component skill deficits or by building frequencies to the level of competent peer performers (Kubina, Morrison, & Lee, 2002; Kubina & Wolfe, 2005;White & Neely, 2012) . In the current study, 4 students with ASD, aged 9 to 11 years with low rates of writing participated. The intervention started by improving the speed of copying words from the board and writing words heard (dictation) with daily timed practice. The first participant, MA, showed improvement in copying words from the board from 8 letters /min to 20 letters / min over 35 timed sessions and in writing down heard words from 9 letters per min to 18 letters per min in 36 sessions. Intervention has commenced on 2 other students with similar difficulties. Social validity in the form of feedback from school on these interventions helping the students cope better with class are discussed.

 
 
Symposium #176
CE Offered: BACB
Evaluating the Impact of Psychotropic Medication Changes in Persons With Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities
Sunday, May 28, 2023
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom F
Area: BPN/CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Autumn Kozluk (Brock University)
Discussant: Maria G. Valdovinos (Drake University)
CE Instructor: Maria G. Valdovinos, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Demographic research reports that up to 50% of persons with intellectual and developmental disability engage in challenging behaviour (Sheehan et al., 2015), with treatment options often including psychopharmacological interventions, behavioural interventions, or concurrent intervention approaches. Some behaviour analytic researchers have suggested that psychotropic medications may act as motivating operations, in that they can alter the effectiveness of stimuli as reinforcers or punishers (Carlson et al., 2012; Zarcone et al., 2004). Thus, an individual’s experience with environmental variables and stimuli may change in accordance with a psychotropic medication adjustment (i.e., medication increases, medication decreases, medication introduction, or medication discontinuation). The applied behavioral pharmacology literature base is relatively limited. One possible explanation is that the barriers to investigating drug-behavior interactions are rather insurmountable. For example, behavioral researchers seldom have ‘control’ over the primary independent variable (i.e., medication change). Despite this, there may be creative methodology to help circumvent these barriers. The purpose of this symposium is to illustrate the utility of systematically monitoring the behavioral effects of psychotropic medication adjustments, including shifts in reinforcer preference and in rate and function of challenging behaviour.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): challenging behaviour, functional analysis, psychotropic medication, reinforcer preference
Target Audience:

Participants should have some knowledge and experience in running functional analyses as well as reinforcer preference assessments. Skills in analyzing complex data sets will be helpful.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe research trends in behavioural medicine and identify the gaps in research knowledge related to psychotropic medication efficacy in persons with intellectual and developmental disabilities; (2) describe and employ various research methods to assess reinforcer preference and rate and function shifts across psychotropic medication changes; (3) identify how to analyze the results from both functional analyses and reinforcer preference assessments of individuals who are undergoing psychotropic medication changes and how to make clinical recommendations based on outcomes.
 

Do Medication Changes Shift Reinforcer Preferences for Children With Disabilities? An Exploration Using Concurrent Operants

GABRIELLE CROWELL (Vanderbilt University), Blair Lloyd (Vanderbilt University), Marney Squires Pollack (Vanderbilt University), Jessica Torelli (Western Kentucky University)
Abstract:

School-age children with disabilities and challenging behavior are often prescribed medication as a component of intervention (Olfson et al., 2010). However, psychotropic medications can have impacts beyond the behaviors for which they are prescribed, and these changes can alter the effectiveness of other treatment components (Bird et al., 2022; Lloyd et al., 2016). For example, both Dicesare et al. (2005) and Northup et al. (1997) found that stimulant medication decreased childrens’ motivation to earn social positive reinforcement (i.e., tangibles and attention). We explored potential impacts of medication changes on reinforcer preference for 19 school-age children with disabilities who had been prescribed medication to address behavioral challenges. We completed a series of concurrent operant analyses (COAs) at two time points: one before the medication change and one after the medication change. Children were given a choice between two concurrently available reinforcement configurations, and we collected data on the total time spent in each condition. Visual analysis of estimation plots and results of within-subjects t-tests indicated no consistent shifts in preference following medication changes. We discuss potential explanations for our study results and identify what future studies are needed to better understand the effects of medication on reinforcer preference.

 
Monitoring Behavior Rate and Function Across PRN Medication Conditions in Individuals with Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities who Engage in Challenging Behavior
MONICA PETERS (Nova Scotia Health), Autumn Kozluk (Brock University), Andreas Dimopoulos (Brock University), Tina Vo (Brock University), Alison Cox (Brock University)
Abstract: Psychopharmacological and behavioral interventions are common strategies to address challenging behavior among adults with intellectual and developmental disabilities (Sheehan et al., 2015). Presently, psychopharmacological interventions as a treatment have been considered controversial, in part due to the relatively limited efficacy of evidence (Lunsky et al., 2018; Sheehan et al., 2015). Regardless of the status of the evidence, demographic research suggests up to 40% of adults with intellectual and developmental disabilities are being prescribed at least one psychotropic medication (Lunksy et al., 2018). The field of behavior analysis may address existing knowledge gaps by conducting research that incorporates systematically monitoring the behavioral effects across psychotropic medication changes. The current study’s objective was primarily to explore rate and function changes across PRN and daily medication conditions. The study featured four adults with intellectual and developmental disabilities who engaged in challenging behavior and were undergoing psychotropic medications changes, as per their psychiatric team. The research team followed participants across successive medication changes, systematically conducting functional analysis (and other assessments). Preliminary results suggest idiosyncratic patterns across participants, albeit some pattern commonalities may have been observed. Clinical implications and future research will be discussed in relation to study outcomes.
 
 
Symposium #177
CE Offered: BACB
Behavior and Quality of Life Impacts of Medical and Psychiatric Co-Occurring Conditions in Developmental Disabilities
Sunday, May 28, 2023
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 2A
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Johanna F Lantz (The Center for Discovery)
CE Instructor: Johanna F Lantz, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities (I/DD) who also present with medical or psychiatric co-morbidities can experience greater behavioral challenges and poorer quality of life. Medical issues are often underdiagnosed in those with I/DD due to factors such as communication limitations and difficulties complying with medical procedures. Even when medical care is obtained, health care systems are often not equipped to serve people with I/DD. These factors result in disparities in healthcare for individuals with I/DD. In this symposium, we will describe the relationship between medical and psychiatric conditions and challenging behaviors such as aggression and self-injury. We will provide the audience with ways to identify possible medical and psychiatric conditions in those with limited communication. Finally, we will present health care system challenges in serving this population and ways in which behavior analysts can engage in advocacy efforts to ensure better care for those with complex needs.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Healthcare Inequities, Healthcare Systems, Medical Co-Morbidities, Psychiatric Co-Morbidities
Target Audience:

Those who have completed the BACB coursework series.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Identify signs of pain/illness and psychiatric conditions in those with limited communication skills (2) Use behavior analytic skills to help those with disabilities access medical care (3) Use behavior analytic skills to produce change at the systems level
 

Medical and Psychiatric Co-Morbidities in Those With Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities and Impact on Behavior

JOHANNA F LANTZ (The Center for Discovery)
Abstract:

The Professional and Ethical Compliance Code for Behavior Analysts outlines that behavior analysts should refer a client for medical consultation if there is a possibility that a behavior being targeted for intervention may be due to a medical or biological condition. As such, behavior analysts should be aware of behavioral indicators of medical conditions in order to ensure proper referrals are made as part of a treatment plan. In this presentation, I will describe research supporting the relationship between medical problems and challenging behaviors and identify barriers to obtaining adequate healthcare in those with Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities. I will present case study data from our residential care setting and share behavioral indicators and assessments used to identify possible medical conditions in those with limited language. Finally, I will describe preventative measures behavior analysts can apply to ensure better overall health for their clients.

 

Psychiatric Conditions and Impact on Behavior in Those With Autism and Developmental Disabilities

JENNIFER MORRISON-DIALLO (Kings County Hospital Center)
Abstract:

Abstract: Individuals diagnosed with autism or other related neurodevelopmental disorders are commonly also diagnosed with other comorbid diagnoses including medical and psychiatric conditions. Related to psychiatric diagnosis, many times individuals are diagnosed with serious mental health diagnoses including: bipolar disorder, schizophrenia, schizoaffective disorder, impulse control disorder, as well as others. Many times these diagnoses are given due to the externalizing behavioral challenges accompanied with the individuals presentation and the medication that is given to treat and decrease these behavioral challenges, namely antipsychotics to decrease the individuals target behaviors. However, with the work we are doing at NYC Health and Hospitals/Kings County adult inpatient unit for individuals with autism/IDD and comorbid mental health diagnoses we have found that there is an overestimation of more chronic, serious mental health disorders and instead these individuals have other missed psychiatric diagnoses including: anxiety disorders, depression, and PTSD (due to missed identified trauma). In this talk, proper identification and assessment of psychiatric comorbidities will be discussed. The impact of trauma on externalizing behavioral disorders will also be discussed and strategies how to assess and identify trauma in individuals with varying types of autism (mild to severe). Lastly, we will discuss the importance of collaboration with mental health professionals to ensure proper assessment, treatment, and integration into behavioral programming for the individual.

 

Healthcare Inequities for Individuals With Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities

Amanda Laprime (University of Rochester Medical Center)
Abstract:

Approximately 4.5 million people in the United States have a developmental disability. Persons with developmental disabilities not only require the same access to quality healthcare as anyone else, but are at increased risk of some medical or psychiatric conditions related to their disabilities. Individuals with Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities (I/DD) report inequities in healthcare such a less satisfaction with their health, shorter life expectancy than the general population, less access to preventative care, higher rates of diagnoses such as obesity, disabilities, arthritis, and asthma, poorly managed chronic health conditions, over utilization of psychotropic medications, and higher rates of mortality (State of Nebraska, 2020). Importantly, if individuals with disabilities need behavior supports, they have higher rates of these disparities than the rest of the disability population. Due to these challenges, individuals with I/DD are 9 times more likely to experience an inpatient hospitalization due to medical or behavioral challenges than their peers. Once in the hospital, gaps in understanding of the impact of I/DD on medical, behavioral or mental health needs, often results in diagnostic overshadowing, overmedication, increased length of stay, and at worst, crisis events. More often than not individuals with I/DD or their caregivers report high levels of dissatisfaction with emergency or inpatient care. Behavior analysts are uniquely trained impact the healthcare system through system analysis, implementing of workflows, execution of training, and analysis of both staff and patient behavior. In addition, the unique skill set a behavior analyst has to understand, intervene on, and support improvements in complex behavioral events is not only essential but highly valued in the healthcare environment. I will share contemporary data that supports healthcare inequity for those with IDD, and case study data that demonstrate the impact behavior analysts can have on patients with complex behavioral and medical conditions.

 
 
Symposium #178
CE Offered: BACB
Beyond Special Education: Using Behavioral Tactics to Teach Academic Contents in General Education Settings
Sunday, May 28, 2023
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Capitol Ballroom 4
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Yifei Sun (Teachers College Columbia Univeersity)
CE Instructor: Yifei Sun, Ph.D.
Abstract: Traditionally, the application of behavior analysis in educational settings has a focus on special education. The Comprehensive Application of Behavior Analysis to Schooling (CABAS®) Accelerated Independent Learner (AIL) model focuses on teaching the reinforcement value of academic contents and arranging instructions that allow students in general education settings to become lifelong independent learners. In this symposium, we will present three papers that describe procedures implemented in our elementary CABAS® AIL classrooms that allowed us to achieve this goal. We will discuss how we arranged instruction to maximize student learning for various grade-level topics in Mathematics and English Language Arts. In the first paper, we will discuss how we implemented a collaborative shared reading (CSR) procedure to condition reading as a reinforcer, which resulted in and increase in students' reading levels. In the second paper, we will outline the procedure used for a matrix training that promoted reading comprehension outcomes. In the third paper, we will describe how we used principles of stimulus equivalence to arrange instruction to establish stimulus control for math across listener, speaker, reader, and writer responses. Results of these papers indicate the importance of applying behavioral tactics to effectively arrange instruction delivery to optimize student learning.
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): conditioned reinforcement, general education, math, reading
Target Audience: Educators Teachers
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) use collaborative shared reading (CSR) procedure to condition reading content as a reinforcer (2) use matrix training to improve reading comprehension skill in non-fiction texts for elementary school students (3) use equivalent based instruction to teach the concept of the equal sign joining various response topographies
 
Effects of Collaborative Shared Reading on Reading Interest and Academic Performance
ELLIS SMITH (Teachers College Applied Behavior Analysis), Rachel Marin (Teachers College Columbia University)
Abstract: Researchers implemented a pre- and post-intervention probe design with multiple baseline logic to examine the effects of a collaborative shared reading procedure (CSR) on participants' reading interest and academic performance. We selected four, fourth-grade participants because reading content did not function as a conditioned reinforcement and they performed at two or more grade-levels below fourth grade on standardized academic assessments (DRA®, and i-Ready Diagnostic®). We implemented CSR, in which we systematically replicated the intervention used by Gentilini & Greer (2020) by utilizing peer dyads, as opposed to teacher-participant dyads. CSR procedure consisted of four steps; overt reciprocal reading, vocabulary instruction, independent covert reading, and conditioned seeing. Researchers assessed participants conditioned reinforcement for reading content (CR+ Reading) during pre-intervention, every three books completed during intervention, and post-intervention. Participants demonstrated increases in the number of correct responses on CR+ Reading probes after one round of intervention with one of the four participants demonstrating criterion for CR+ Reading. Additionally, all participants demonstrated increases in DRA® levels following one round of intervention. Findings support the findings of previous research conducted by Gentilini & Greer (2020) and Cumiskey-Moore (2017).
 
The Use of Matrix Training to Promote Reading Comprehension
XIAOYUAN LIU (Teachers College, Columbia University), Ji Young Kim (Pennsylvania State University - Harrisburg), Daniel Mark Fienup (Teachers College, Columbia University), Jennifer Weber (Teachers College, Columbia University & Nicholls State University)
Abstract: Matrix training involves designing instruction by arranging components of target skills across 2 axes. In this study, the researchers used a concurrent multiple probe design to test the effectiveness of matrix training in improving reading comprehension in non-fiction text for six participants. The study took place in a second-grade classroom in a public school district that utilizes the Accelerate Independent Learner (AIL) model. The researcher assessed the participants on answering “Wh” reading comprehension questions in non-fiction texts. The intervention in this experiment involved training participants on answering the same “Wh” reading comprehension questions in fiction text. There were two forms of interventions in this study: selection response intervention and production response intervention. The researchers investigated whether the order of the intervention affects the effectiveness of the matrix training intervention. The researchers randomly placed participants into two groups. In one group, the participants received selection response intervention first and production response intervention next. In the other group, the participants received production response intervention first and selection response intervention next. The study is ongoing and more data is needed to determine the effect of matrix training in improving reading comprehension in non-fiction text.
 
The Effects of Derived Relation Training on Mathematical Verbal Behavior
LAUREN SHAPIRO (Teachers College Columbia University), Daniel Mark Fienup (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract: The stimulus control for effective math behavior is more complex than the stimulus control that can be acquired when relying on most elementary math curricula. In order to become proficient in math, it may be critical to acquire math as a verbal repertoire. Students must learn to visualize and verbalize mathematical equations when learning algebra. In terms of verbal behavior development, this likely entails conditioned seeing and speaker-as-own-listener behavior. Additionally, students must learn the balancing function of the equal sign in order to effectively use fact families to relate addition to subtraction. Math instruction should be designed to align with these repertoires. Accordingly, the authors used principles from Stimulus Equivalence and Relational Frame Theory to establish stimulus control across mathematical listener, speaker, reader, and writer responses. Using a nonconcurrent multiple baseline design, researchers taught 17 first grade students to identify pictures and number bonds that matched a number sentence. Researchers examined the participants’ acquisition of untaught, mutually and combinatorially entailed relations, as well as the effect of the intervention on participants’ accuracy of solving equations. Results of this study may provide some insight into how to establish effective mathematical problem solving with stimulus control that facilitates math as verbal behavior.
 
 
Symposium #179
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Stranger in a Strange Land: Behavior Analysts in Public Schools
Sunday, May 28, 2023
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Convention Center 403/404
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Sarah E. Pinkelman (Western Michigan University)
Discussant: Coby J. Lund (Archer Behavioral Health)
CE Instructor: Coby J. Lund, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Over the last decade, it has become increasingly common for public school districts to hire Board Certified Behavior Analysts® (BCBAs®) to provide services to students and staff in their district. This recent partnership presents many wonderful opportunities to students receiving behavior analytic services, but it is not without challenges. Schools have a distinct culture with values and norms that are in many ways inconsistent with the values and norms of applied behavior analysts. In some instances, the cultural differences conflict with the Ethical Code for Behavior Analysts. This symposium presents two papers addressing issues related to applied behavior analysts working in public schools. The first paper describes results from a mixed method investigation surveying over 300 BCBAs® working in public schools across the United States. The second paper discusses the ethical and logistical challenges of training and supervising aspiring BCBAs® in public schools and provides some recommendations for those faced with this task.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): education, ethics, public schools, supervision
Target Audience:

Experience working in and/or supervising aspiring BCBAs to work in public schools; experience supporting students/clients in transitioning to public school classrooms; experience collaborating with public school personnel (e.g., special or general education teachers, administrators); experience supporting families and caregivers in navigating the educational system.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify a minimum of five potential ethical dilemmas that behavior analysts are likely to encounter when working in schools; (2) describe ways to effectively resolve those potential dilemmas in alignment with school culture and resources; (3) outline a minimum of five considerations/recommendations for training and supervising aspiring school-based behavior analysts.
 

I Walk the Line: Seizing Opportunities From Ethical Challenges in Public Schools

SHAWN E KENYON (Northeastern University and Grupo Método), Danielle Lyons (Canyons School District), Ronnie Detrich (Utah State University), Sarah E. Pinkelman (Western Michigan University), Rachel Mickelson (Western Michigan University), Kacy Rodamaker (Utah State University), P. Raymond Joslyn (Utah State University), Dylan Murphy Zimmerman (Utah State University)
Abstract:

Board Certified Behavior Analysts® (BCBAs®) can play an important role in public schools. However, little is known about the scope of work BCBAs® are tasked with in these settings and to what degree this scope of work is in alignment with the ethical code for Behavior Analysts. The purpose of this study was to survey BCBAs® who self-identify as working in public schools in an effort to learn more about their experiences working in this setting. The research team emailed a survey containing 23 questions pertaining to BCBAs® working in public schools. These questions ranged in topics from caseloads to ethical dilemmas BCBAs® may encounter while working in public schools. The data collected from this survey were analyzed both quantitatively and qualitatively. Quantitative analysis of responses was performed by calculating a percentage through dividing the number of responses with a particular answer selected by the total number of responses and multiplying by 100. Qualitative analysis was conducted by employing an iterative process where responses to open-ended questions were coded into themes. The intent of this paper is to generate meaningful discourse in training and supervision, collaborating with school administrators, resolving ethical concerns, and clarifying roles and responsibilities in public schools.

 
Serving Two Masters: Supervision of Behavior Analysts in Public Schools
DYLAN MURPHY ZIMMERMAN (Utah State University), Sarah E. Pinkelman (Western Michigan University), Ronnie Detrich (Utah State University)
Abstract: Although behavior analysts are becoming increasingly common in public schools, a recent survey of over 300 school-based behavior analysts indicates that they received the majority of their supervised hours in a setting other than schools (Pinkelman et al., in preparation). Additionally, participants reported that only 40% of their supervisors were knowledgeable about working in public schools, and 80% reported that they have encountered situations in schools that could be in conflict with the Behavior Analyst Certification Board’s® (BACB®) ethics requirements. In order for school-based behavior analysts to be successful, they must master not only the knowledge and skills outlined in the BCBA® Task List, but also have knowledge of the school context and applicable law and the skills to tactfully navigate the school context. This session will (a) highlight the opportunities that exist with behavior analysts in schools (beyond problem behavior reduction), (b) emphasize the importance of supporting aspiring school-based based behavior analysts in building a repertoire that will allow them to successfully navigate the school context in addition to the knowledge and skills outlined in the BACB® task list, and (c) offer recommendations to those who are responsible for supervising aspiring school-based BCBAs®.
 
 
Invited Tutorial #181
CE Offered: BACB
Teaching Generalized Question Discrimination Skills to Children With Autism: Analysis and Application
Sunday, May 28, 2023
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Convention Center Four Seasons Ballroom 1
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: Francesca Degli Espinosa, Ph.D.
Chair: Meral KOLDAS (Queen's University of Belfast)
Presenting Authors: : FRANCESCA DEGLI ESPINOSA (ABA Clinic)
Abstract:

Responding to questions regarding one's environment is a fundamental skill. In neuro-typical children, responding differentially to questions emerges before the age of two through interactions with caregivers, in which novel words are learned in the presence of both verbal and nonverbal stimuli. For children diagnosed with autism, however, such question discrimination skills can be significantly affected. An error frequently observed in clinical practice is that of the child who, despite previous mastery of the relevant colour tacts, says “Ball” when presented with a blue ball and the question “What colour?” Recently, a number of papers have explored the role of multiple verbal and nonverbal control in early intraverbal-tacting as a basis for language intervention with particular focus on autoclitic framing. This tutorial will first provide a theoretical analysis on multiply-controlled tacting; second, it will outline a framework for assessing discriminating questions on nonverbal (visual) stimuli; third, it will illustrate applied techniques to establish this skill.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Behaviour analysts, speech and language pathologists, educators

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe sources of multiple stimulus control in verbal behaviour; (2) describe procedures to establish generalised question discrimination on visual stimuli; (3) describe an instructional sequence to establish question discrimination skills regarding objects and events
 
FRANCESCA DEGLI ESPINOSA (ABA Clinic)
I fell in love with behaviour analysis in 1996, when I began working as a tutor for a child with autism, and almost immediately I became interested in interventions that could both define and establish generalised learning: the ability to demonstrate novel responses within an operant class without each individual response having been previously reinforced. I was given the opportunity to explore this question when I worked as the Lead Clinician for the first UK-based EIBI outcome study (Remington et al., 2007), and within that context developed the Early Behavioural Intervention Curriculum (EBIC) as an intervention framework derived from functional analyses of language. This work subsequently formed the principal focus for my Doctoral thesis (2011). My clinical and research interests eventually settled, and continue to be, on advanced applications of contemporary analyses of verbal behaviour (Horne & Lowe, 1996; Michael, Palmer, & Sundberg, 2011) as a basis for teaching generalised verbal repertoires, and, thereby, as a means of minimising the need to teach specific individual verbal responses. Having spent the last 20 years travelling around the world teaching behaviour analysis, the pandemic lead to a reassessment of my core values. I currently live in the UK where I lead a rather quiet life with my family and two dogs that challenge my behavioural training on a daily basis. Professionally, I continue to provide diagnostic and evaluation services to families, and to support fellow behaviour analysts acquiring curriculum development skills through mentorship and online courses.
 
 
Invited Paper Session #182A
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Behavior Analysis and Racial Prejudice: Empirical Research and Perspectives for Intervention
Sunday, May 28, 2023
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Convention Center 401/402
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Daniel Mark Fienup (Teachers College, Columbia University)
CE Instructor: Julio C. De Rose, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: JULIO C. DE ROSE (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos)
Abstract: Behavior analysis has much to contribute to the study of prejudice, and in particular racial prejudice. Well-established behavioral processes are involved in this complex social phenomenon. These processes include discrimination and generalization, stimulus equivalence and other kinds of derived relations, and the transfer or transformation of stimulus functions. This presentation will consider studies dealing with one particular aspect of prejudice: relational responding linking racial groups with negative attributes. Some studies with children have shown that it is possible to reverse such prejudicial relations in the laboratory, and that the reversion may persist for several weeks. Furthermore, current studies are attempting to address some important questions raised by these earlier works, such as: 1) How sensitive and valid are our measures of relations between races and attributes? 2) How can we increase the effectiveness of procedures to counteract these relations? 3) Can similar procedures be effective with older participants, such as adolescents and adults? 4) Can the findings of such research be useful to generate educational interventions against prejudice? Behavior analysis shows potential to make a meaningful contribution to the understanding and change of racial prejudice but needs to increase research efforts to address critical questions so far unanswered.
Instruction Level: Advanced
Target Audience:

Researchers and students interested in the behavioral aspects of prejudice and in possibilities of intervention.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Identify behavior principles involved in racial prejudice; (2) Describe and discuss experimental procedures to investigate prejudice as well as how to counteract it; (3) Identify shortcomings of the behavior-analytic research on prejudice and directions for future development; (4) Identify perspectives for intervention on prejudice.
 
JULIO C. DE ROSE (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos)
Ph.D. at the University of São Paulo, Brazil, in 1981, and postdoctoral Fulbright fellow at the Shriver Center for Mental Retardation, in Waltham, MA (1984-6). Currently, Professor of Psychology at the Federal University of São Carlos, Brazil, and Research Director of the Brazilian National Institute of Science and Technology on Behavior, Cognition and Teaching. Author or co-author of more than 170 articles and chapters on experimental, applied, and conceptual Behavior Analysis. Served in the editorial boards of several international journals in the field of Behavior Analysis, and currently Associate Editor of The Psychological Record.
 
 
Symposium #184
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Development of Behavior Analytic Treatment Packages to Address Diverse Clinical Problems
Sunday, May 28, 2023
11:00 AM–12:50 PM
Hyatt Regency, Capitol Ballroom 1-3
Area: CBM/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Matthew L. Edelstein (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Discussant: Robert LaRue (Rutgers University)
CE Instructor: Matthew L. Edelstein, Psy.D.
Abstract:

Central to any evidence-based practice is the development of a series of procedures aimed at solving a specific problem. The effective “packaging” of behavior analytic technologies is essential to creating new contexts for our practice. In this symposium, we will provide preliminary evidence for innovative treatment packages to address problems of social significance. In the first presentation, Dr. Mellott will highlight a procedure to teach tolerance of aversive medical procedures for a small neurotypical child. In the second, Dr. Pogue will present data on functional assessment and treatment of selective mutism. In the third, Dr. Lenfestey will discuss a client-centered, function-based intervention of compulsive behavior. In the fourth, Dr. Strohmeier will present procedures for using behavior analytic techniques to change caregiver behavior. Collectively, these studies seek to broaden the reach of behavior analysis toward addressing diverse clinical problems.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): caregiver behavior, diverse populations, functional assessment, systematic desensitization
Target Audience:

Experience with functional assessment methodology, familiarity with different behavior problems associated with childhood, experience and interest in caregiver training

Learning Objectives: 1. Identify function-based interventions targeting novel clinical problems 2. Describe behavior analytic approaches to common socially significant interfering behaviors
 
Evaluation of a Wait Training Procedure to Treat Challenging Behavior Evoked by Aversive Medical Procedures
JOSHUA MELLOTT (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Elizabeth Chan (Florida State University), Hannah Dugoni (Pacific University), Matthew L. Edelstein (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Behavior analytic approaches to treating anxiety include identifying the function of anxious behavior, teaching alternative replacement behaviors (e.g., a functional communication response), and conducting exposures to anxiety-provoking stimuli to increase habituation and decrease reactivity to such stimuli. The current study expanded upon a functional communication training and schedule thinning without programmed alternatives protocol as a framework for conducting exposures to aversive but necessary medical procedures. Following the patient’s ability to (a) utilize a functional communication response and (b) tolerate restricted access to preferred items for a terminal wait criteria (S∆ conditions), researchers implemented systematic desensitization by inserting increasingly anxiety-provoking stimuli within wait periods. Results suggested significant decreases in disruptive behavior in the presence of both S∆ conditions and anxiety-provoking stimuli, allowing the patient to access required medical treatment. Implications include procedures that may be implemented with patients who engage in disruptive behavior that prevents access to necessary medical treatment.
 
Behavioral Assessment and Treatment of Selective Mutism
EMILY POGUE (Kennedy Krieger Institute, Johns Hopkins School of Medicine), Megan Krantz (Loma Linda University), Matthew L. Edelstein (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Selective mutism (SM) is a complex psychiatric disorder in which a child consistently fails to speak in specific situations despite demonstrating normal speech production in other situations. An ABA approach can offer individuals with SM a new understanding of the evocation and maintenance of this behavior, as well as individualized and effective treatment. Prior research has documented the heterogeneity of SM symptomology pointing to potential subtypes of the disorder. Via our training in direct assessment, systematic application of evidence-based treatments, and visual inspection of data, behavior analysts have much to contribute to this line of inquiry. This study used a multiple-baseline design across settings to evaluate the use of a behavioral intervention package consisting of differential reinforcement, contingency management, and exposure procedures in a 3.5-year-old girl with selective mutism. Treatment resulted in increased vocal responding across settings and verbal operants. Responding exhibited a highly variable, though increasing trend throughout baseline and treatment conditions. Oppositional behaviors and non-compliance were observed during treatment. Implications for subtypes of SM profiles and effective assessment and function-based treatment are discussed.
 

Treatment of Socially-Mediated Compulsive Behavior in a High Functioning Adolescent With Autism Spectrum Disorder

Amanda Taboas (Illinois State University), Charda Davis (William James College), Matthew L. Edelstein (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract:

Compulsive and repetitive behaviors are common features of autism spectrum disorder (ASD) and obsessive compulsive disorder (OCD); however, assessing and treating compulsive behaviors in high functioning individuals presents a unique challenge for clinicians. While cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT) is the most commonly used method for treating of compulsive behaviors, its effectiveness may be limited in populations with ASD. The current study used a withdrawal design to evaluate a functional communication training and exposure with response prevention paradigm with a high functioning individual with comorbid ASD and OCD who engaged in socially mediated compulsive behaviors. Treatment resulted in high rates of functional communication and decreased rates of compulsive behaviors observed across settings. Follow-up data suggested maintenance of skills at 6-month follow up measured via direct observation and parent report. Implications for client-centered, function-based approach to address compulsive behavior are discussed.

 
Shaping Parent Adherence to Function-Based Interventions
CRAIG STROHMEIER (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins School of Medicine), Michelle D. Chin (The Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Parent responses to child problem behavior may simultaneously abate the problem behavior episode and function as a reinforcer that maintains the problem behavior (e.g. attention delivered contingent on attention-maintained self-injurious behavior [SIB]). Parents may emit a similar response, independent of problem behavior, in order to avoid a behavior escalation; even when the response interferes with ongoing activities (e.g. interrupting work, a phone call, or an interaction with another family member). Strohmeier et al. (2020) referred to these escape and avoidance-maintained parent behaviors as Accommodation. Since accommodation is maintained by potent negative reinforcement contingencies (i.e. escape and avoidance of problem behavior), it may persist and interfere with adherence to function-based behavioral interventions, even after parents undergo behavioral skills training. This presentation will provide an overview of behavior therapy strategies, including Behavioral Activation, Exposure and Response Prevention, and Acceptance and Commitment Therapy, and describe their use to target the negative maintaining contingencies that support accommodation and nonadherence. The presentation will include preliminary data from a clinical trial investigating the use of behavior therapy strategies to reduce parent accommodation of problem behavior and increase adherence with behavior plans.
 
 
Symposium #186
CE Offered: BACB
Recent Advancements in the Use of Pretreatment Assessments and Antecedent Modifications in the Treatment of Feeding Disorders
Sunday, May 28, 2023
11:00 AM–12:50 PM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom E
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Ashley Andersen (Clinic 4 Kidz)
Discussant: Vivian F Ibanez (University of Florida)
CE Instructor: Vivian F Ibanez, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Recent shifts have urged clinicians and researchers to evaluate treatments for pediatric feeding disorders and avoidant/restrictive food intake disorders that increase appropriate feeding behaviors while minimizing treatment side effects. This symposium aims to disseminate novel research using antecedent-based treatments informed by pretreatment assessments. The first presentation describes a sensory assessment to identify target foods to introduce in treatment; researchers evaluated treatment including a systematic desensitization progression with netting in the absence of escape extinction. The next presentation displays an evaluation of treatment including differential reinforcement and establishing operation manipulations to increase self-feeding. The third presentation demonstrates the use of blending without escape extinction to increase consumption of pureed target foods after empirically identifying a preferred food to use as a blending agent. The final presentation describes a reinforcement and parametric analysis to determine what variables might reinforce appropriate feeding behavior, instead of a more traditional functional analysis; researchers developed treatments to increase acceptance and consumption based on the results of the assessments.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): antecedent-based treatment, ARFID, assessments, feeding disorders
Target Audience:

Attendees should be Master's or Ph.D. level students and individuals currently holding or seeking a BCBA or BCaBA credential.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, attendees will be able to (1) understand the utility of novel assessments for informing treatment of feeding disorders; (2) identify antecedent interventions to increase consumption while minimizing treatment side effects; and (3) describe treatment packages that can be efficacious at increasing consumption without escape extinction.
 
Using a Sensory Assessment and Systematic Desensitization in the Treatment of Avoidant/Restrictive Food Intake Disorder
VICTORIA MONZON (Clinic 4 Kidz), Meeta R. Patel (Clinic 4 Kidz & Stanford University School of Medicine), Ashley Andersen (Clinic 4 Kidz)
Abstract: Children diagnosed with Avoidant Restrictive Food Intake Disorder (ARFID) may display a variety of feeding difficulties, one being food selectivity. Food selectivity is defined as limited consumption of a variety of foods, in which foods may be rejected based on taste, texture, color, temperature, or presentation. Currently, there is a dearth of literature examining appropriate assessments that can help guide treatment for ARFID. The purpose of this study was to develop a sensory assessment to provide information on currently accepted foods. This assessment was used to identify foods to target in treatment based on varying similarity levels to the accepted foods. In addition, food preference assessments were conducted to first guide treatment and later to evaluate whether preference shifts occurred after treatment. Treatment involved a novel systematic desensitization progression using netting to expose two children diagnosed with ARFID to foods. Consumption increased for all three foods for both children in the absence of escape extinction. However, acquisition was longest for the food with 0% similarity, suggesting the need for a sensory assessment when treating AFRID. Furthermore, shifts in preferences were observed from pre- and post-food preference assessment. These data are discussed in relation to demand fading, food chaining, and exposure.
 
An Evaluation of Differential Reinforcement and Establishing Operation Manipulations to Increase Self-Feeding
NICOLE C DEMCHUK (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Bethany Hansen (Munroe Meyer Institute), Laura E Phipps (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Amy K. Drayton (University of Nebraska Medical Center Munroe-Meyer Institute), Rachel Knight (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Lindsey Elson (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract: Self-feeding is a behavioral cusp vital to independence, growth, and development. Previous studies demonstrate that strategies like physical guidance are effective at increasing self-feeding for children with feeding disorders. However, these interventions may not be effective for all children, which could be due to their motivation for feeder attention, for escape from the self-feeding demand, or both. In the present study, we evaluated the effects of a treatment package that involved increasing the quality of feeder attention and access to tangibles to decrease the comparative value of escape from the self-feeding demand for two children with feeding disorders using a multiple baseline design. Despite demonstrating the skills to self-feed preferred foods and consume target foods when fed by a caregiver, neither child self-fed target foods independently. Following the introduction of differential reinforcement with the manipulation of establishing operations, both children demonstrated improvement in self-feeding individual bites of target foods. In addition, they successfully transitioned to self-feeding portions of target solids, and caregivers were trained to implement the protocol with high procedural integrity.
 
Blending Without Escape Extinction to Increase Consumption of Pureed Target Foods
NICOLE PERRINO (Florida Autism Center, University of Florida), Faith Kirkland (Florida Autism Center, a division of BlueSprig Pediatrics; University of South Florida), Vivian F Ibanez (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
Abstract: Investigators have used blending (i.e., mixing target foods with consistently consumed foods at various ratios) to increase consumption of target foods among children with feeding disorders. However, escape extinction is often necessary to support the efficacy of blending with pureed foods (King & Burch, 2020), and blending is generally considered after initial treatment has failed (e.g., Mueller et al., 2004). In the current case, a 5-year-old female diagnosed with Williams-Beuren syndrome, autism spectrum disorder, and avoidant/restrictive food intake disorder, the third author coordinated care with the child’s cardiologist to obtain medical clearance for day-treatment feeding therapy. Based on the cardiologist’s recommendations and because the child reliably accepted specific foods, we examined the effects of blending without escape extinction to increase consumption of pureed target foods during initial treatment. After we empirically identified a preferred food to use as a blending agent, results indicated that blending increased consumption for two foods, and we observed generalization for two other foods. We discuss the data in terms of the stimulus conditions under which blending might be effective and how to establish assessments that will predict the efficacy of blending during initial treatment.
 

Antecedent and Reinforcement-Based Interventions for Children with Avoidant/Restrictive Food Intake Disorder

CASEY TOUTOUNGI (Caldwell University), Jaime Crowley-Zalaket (Children's Specialized Hospital), Christopher W Engler (Children's Specialized Hosptial), Kathryn Peterson (Rutgers University and Children's Specialized Hospital)
Abstract:

Children with ARFID often consume a limited variety of unhealthy foods and refuse to eat novel foods, liquids, and textures. Feeding difficulties can lead to nutrient-poor diets, which can cause impairments in cognitive and behavioral functioning, serious and irreversible effects on the brain, and severe health problems (Sullivan et al., 2002). Functional analysis is the gold standard assessment in ABA to identify the function of behavior that interferes with consumption, which can then inform treatment. Based on the results of these analyses, escape extinction is often warranted, and is currently the treatment with the most empirical support. Unfortunately, there are fewer studies evaluating the efficacy of antecedent- or reinforcement-based assessments and interventions for children with ARFID. In the current study, we conducted a reinforcement and parametric analysis to determine what environmental events or variables might reinforce appropriate feeding behavior, instead of a more traditional functional analysis for two children with ARFID. Based on the results of these assessments, we developed treatments to increase acceptance and consumption of target foods and liquids. These results have implications for use of alternative assessment and treatment methods that include choice-based components for the child.

 
 
Symposium #187
CE Offered: BACB
Diversity submission Recent Advances in Data-Based Diversity Research
Sunday, May 28, 2023
11:00 AM–12:50 PM
Hyatt Regency, Mineral Hall D-G
Area: CSS; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jonathan K Fernand (Florida Institute of Technology)
Discussant: Meghan Deshais (Rutgers University)
CE Instructor: Meghan Deshais, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Although behavior analysis has contributed substantially to the understanding and study of learning in humans, cultural influences and issues of inequity are understudied. With major organizations within our behavior analytic discipline turning focus to implementing practices which seek to improve diversity, equity, and inclusion (DEI), the empirical study of interventions promoting inclusive practices becomes imperative. The current symposium contains research on empirically evaluating interventions to promote DEI. Several talks comprised of research on increasing knowledge and fluency of DEI terminology using a SAFMEDS procedure, understanding stereotype threat on performance, as well as interventions (e.g., self-monitoring, task clarification) for increasing inclusive practices for transgender and gender non-conforming populations will be covered. Although the research presented will discuss applications to specific marginalized populations, extensions will be made to applications beyond the participants included in the present research. Finally, discussion of current and future directions related to clinical ethics, inclusive of DEI practices, will occur.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): diversity, gender, intersectionality, LGBTQIA+
Target Audience:

all people

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) discuss examples of potential prerequisite skills to be trained to mastery before training complex skills related to DEI, (2) discuss stereotype threat from a behavior analytic lens and understand the role it may play in the learning environment, and (3) state the role of preferred name and pronoun use in inclusivity practices.
 
Diversity submission 

Diversity Term Accuracy: A Comparison of Say All Fast, a Minute Every Day, Shuffled (SAFMEDS) and Computer-Based Instruction Training Models

CANDACE R FAY (Florida Institute of Technology), Douglas A. Johnson (Eastman Chemical Company), Rachael Tilka (Kalamazoo Valley Community College)
Abstract:

Promoting diversity and inclusion can impact a variety of different groups. Many organizations rely on various training methods to help ensure diversity in the workplace. However, little research has compared the effects of different training approaches on increasing recall of specific cultural terms. Thus, the present study employed an adapted alternating treatment design to explore the effectiveness of two different training approaches. A SAFMEDS training model was compared to a traditionally-applied computer-based instruction, to determine which is more efficient at promoting cultural fluency. The number of correct definitions for diversity terms across various demographic categories served as the dependent variable. Participants mastered a higher number of diversity terms when trained with SAFMEDS, compared to the computer-based instruction procedure. During maintenance sessions, participants exhibited sustained performance. SAFMEDS may be ideal for improving precision when training terms to be used in conversations about diversity, and culturally-related topics. These skills will aid in building more culturally-relevant social skills that include more complex responses.

 
Diversity submission A Behavior Analytic Account of Stereotype Threat
LAUREN DIANE BROWN (University of Nevada, Reno), Bethany P. Contreras Young (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: Although behavior analysis has contributed substantially to the understanding and study of learning in humans, cultural influences are often either overlooked or not accounted for in how they impact individuals in their day-to-day lives. One example in which this has occurred is in accounting for stereotypes. The field of Social Psychology has contributed a significant body of research on stereotypes and the conditions under which individuals are likely to be impacted by stereotypes. One common finding, often referred to as stereotype threat (Steele & Aronson, 1995), refers to how stereotypes can negatively impact individual performances under certain testing conditions. While data on stereotype threat indicates a clear pattern of decrease in performance scores for the threated group, studies on stereotype threat have not examined whether stereotype threat will occur when arbitrary tasks are presented and how these statements impact individual performance. This study aimed to examine whether stereotype threat by group affiliation (i.e., gender) would occur on an arbitrary, computer-based memory test. Results indicated overall patterns consistent with the research base, suggesting that gendered statements regarding performance on an arbitrary task can influence individual performance.
 
Diversity submission 

Increasing Trans-Inclusive Practices via Behavioral Self-Monitoring

ABIGAIL KAYLYN PETRONELLI (Western Michigan University), Rachael Tilka (Kalamazoo Valley Community College)
Abstract:

Proper pronoun use towards Transgender and Gender Non-conforming (TGNC) populations have been associated with a significant reduction in suicide attempts, yet only about 20% reported having their pronouns respected by all or most people (The Trevor Project, 2020). The present study sought to increase proper pronoun usage in two graduate student participants in a simulated work task. The initial intervention was a general inclusionary statement (referred to as subtle cue) and was followed by usage of behavioral self-monitoring (BSM) of proper pronoun usage. Results show the general inclusionary statement to be ineffective in increasing usage of proper pronouns but found BSM to be effective in changing behavior immediately and for a sustained effect. The implications for the present study are the need to pinpoint specific inclusive behaviors to target for behavior-change, and how BSM may be one approach to increasing inclusive behaviors.

 
Diversity submission Task Clarification to Increase Trans-Inclusive Practices
KELCIE E MCCAFFERTY (Florida Institute of Technology), Abigail Kaylyn Petronelli (Western Michigan University), Rachael Tilka (Kalamazoo Valley Community College)
Abstract: Inclusive practices and advocacy are critical components of fostering diversity in behavior analysis. Use of preferred names and pronouns that align with an individual’s identity supports these efforts. However, few studies have evaluated methods of improving use of preferred names and pronouns. Petronelli and Ferguson (2021) applied behavioral self-monitoring (BSM) to increase pronoun use and found the intervention to be effective. The present study aimed to extend the findings of the previous study in a systematic replication. Task clarification was implemented to increase percentage of correct pronouns used in a simulated memory task. Results indicated that task clarification was effective in increasing and maintaining correct pronoun use.
 
 
Symposium #188
CE Offered: BACB
Community Interventions: A Pathway to More Nurturing Societies?
Sunday, May 28, 2023
11:00 AM–12:50 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 2B
Area: CSS; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Andrew C Bonner (Northeastern University)
Discussant: Dennis D. Embry (PAXIS Institute)
CE Instructor: Andrew C Bonner, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium is intended to advance efforts by behavior analysts to increase the prevalence of communities that nurture the wellbeing of all their residents. The symposium will present four papers that are intended to illustrate the progress that is possible if we invest in community interventions, particularly in communities of greatest disadvantage. The first paper argues that community interventions can be the critical building block for evolving more nurturing societies. It outlines what a comprehensive approach to assisting communities in addressing their most pressing problems can look like. The second paper will focus on approaches to youth violence prevention and will discuss use of the socioecological model to inform community intervention across levels to affect not only violence prevention, but also structural determinants influencing violence including racism. The third paper describes that things that can be done to reduce tobacco use in communities. The fourth focuses on how communities can reduce greenhouse gas emissions. Our discussant will consider how this work can contribute to evolving a more nurturing society.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Climate Change, Community Intervention, Tobacco Control, Youth Violence
Target Audience:

Basic

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe a framework for conducting comprehensive community interventions; (2) describe how the socioecological model can be used to inform community interventions; (3) describe a community-based approach to addressing youth violence prevention, tobacco control, and climate change.
 
Evolving More Nurturing Communities
ANTHONY BIGLAN (Oregon Research Institute), Andrew C Bonner (Northeastern University)
Abstract: This presentation will make the case that efforts to address the inequities that are undermining well-being of a significant portion of Americans needs to start with work at the community level. Black, Indigenous, Native American, Hispanic, LGBTQ+, Intellectually and developmentally delayed, and poor white communities are faced with numerous inequities in their daily life. This presentation will briefly summarize the inequities that undermine well-being and ultimately contribute to the large disparities in premature death that exist in the United States. It will then describe how communities can be assisted in coming together around a shared vision of the qualities they want in their community, how those qualities can be promoted, and how the community can pinpoint specific inequities and create action circles to reduce inequities. Among the inequities for which evidence-based programs and policies are available are disparities in reading proficiency, disparities in school suspensions, police stops, arrests, and incarceration. Members of disadvantaged communities also experience frequent aversive interactions, which contribute to cardiovascular disease and premature death. The presentation will sketch how a community intervention can mobilize efforts not only to address specific inequities, but to increase the degree to which people are kind, caring, respectful of one and other.
 
ThrYve: Promoting Wellbeing Using a Socioecological Approach to Prevent Youth Violence
JOMELLA WATSON-THOMPSON (University of Kansas), Valerie Thompson (University of Kansas), Malika N. Pritchett (University of Kansas), Joshua Harsin (University of Kansas)
Abstract: Youth violence adversely impacts the health and wellbeing of our youth and communities. Youth homicide is the second leading cause of death for all youth, and the leading cause for Black youth ages 15 to 24 (CDC, 2022). A socioecological approach can inform community interventions across levels to affect not only violence prevention, but also structural determinants influencing violence including racism. Together Helping Reduce Youth Violence for Equity (ThrYve) is a community-based participatory approach to address youth violence that is implemented by the Youth Violence Prevention Center- Kansas City. ThrYve supports a comprehensive process that is multilevel (i.e., implements strategies across socio-ecological levels) and multisectoral (e.g., engages law enforcement, youth serving organizations, schools) to facilitate change across the environment. Based on the socioecological approach, ThrYve examines social and structural determinants of health that serve as antecedents to youth violence particularly for racial and ethnic youth. ThrYve engages more than 40 community partners across 16 sectors, including youth, through a Systems Advisory Board (SAB). The ThrYve SAB supports the implementation of community and system changes (i.e., program, policy, and practice changes) across socioecological levels through cross-sector collaboration to address youth violence and related factors or determinants of health and wellbeing.
 
Achieving the Tobacco Endgame: A Multifaceted Approach to Strengthening Community-Based Interventions
CASSANDRA O'HARA (University of Florida), Jesse Dallery (University of Florida)
Abstract: Reductions in smoking are perhaps the greatest public health success of all time. The observed reductions in smoking over the last 50 years have been produced by a range of preventive and reactive interventions. At the federal level, warnings from the surgeon general influenced public opinion and the people vs. Philip Morris made it illegal to market cigarettes to youth. At the community level, interventions such as reward and reminder (e.g., Biglan et al., 2000) have influenced youth not to smoke. At the individual level, consequence-based interventions such as contingency management have produced increased abstinence in people who smoke (e.g., Dallery et al., 2008). Despite the success of the tobacco control movement, continued interference by the tobacco industry, particularly in the advent of innovations targeting youth such as vaping, calls for continued action and research in this area. A multifaceted approach to achieving the tobacco endgame is needed (Willet et al., 2021). Modern technology may broaden the accessibility of interventions targeting smoking cessation (Dallery et al., 2019). How the tobacco control movement can serve as a model for large scale change and implications for future research are discussed.
 
A Community-Driven Approach to Reducing Greenhouse Gas Emissions: The Importance of Scaling and Coalition Building
ANDREW C BONNER (Northeastern University), Anthony Biglan (Oregon Research Institute)
Abstract: One thing the COVID-19 pandemic taught us is that when the global community comes together around shared goals, large-scale effective action is possible. In terms of greenhouse gas emissions, global lockdowns in 2020 led to the largest reductions in emissions seen in decades. However, these reductions were produced by alterations in people’s lifestyles, most of which are not tenable solutions to climate change. Therefore, the challenge to global climate change community is to develop strategies to reduce emissions (of the type observed during the COVID-19 pandemic) without forcing citizens to stay at home in isolation. More than 50 years of behavior-analytic research shows that a large range of strategies are effective at influencing people’s carbon footprints, but less attention has been dedicated to scaling these solutions and building the coalitions needed to produce large-scale reductions in emissions. This talk will trace a pathway from interventions that are effective with small groups, to large-scale interventions, and finally to multisector community interventions. Implications for future research are discussed.
 
 
Symposium #189
CE Offered: BACB
Adaptations to Functional Assessment and Treatment to Promote Safety and Security
Sunday, May 28, 2023
11:00 AM–12:50 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 1A/B
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Tara A. Fahmie (University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Discussant: SungWoo Kahng (Rutgers University)
CE Instructor: SungWoo Kahng, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Both functional analyses (FA) and function-based interventions require the presentation of situations that may evoke dangerous behaviors. As such, various procedural decisions may be guided by a priority to maximize the safety of clients and clinicians. The current symposium includes four papers on the safety of functional approaches to problem behavior. The first talk presents a study on the identification and validation of response chains of severe behavior to improve assessment safety. The second talk presents a study evaluating trauma-related stimuli during FAs. A measure of heartrate was used to better understand the function of FA stimuli on the behavior of individuals with histories of trauma. The third talk presents a review of advancements to safety in FA over the past decade, including adjustments to data collection, contingencies, settings, people, equipment, conditions, and training. The final talk presents a randomized clinical trial on caregiver implementation of a function-based treatment to reduce elopement, which included a Home Elopement Safety Checklist. All four studies will be discussed by Dr. SungWoo Kahng, who has contributed to improvements in the safety of FAs for several decades.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): clinical trial, elopement, FA safety, trauma
Target Audience:

Basic understanding of functional analysis procedures, function-based intervention approaches

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) distinguish between a response class and response chain of severe behavior, (2) identify three categories of functional analysis adaptations to promote safety, (3) describe the benefit of considering trauma-histories when conducting functional analyses, and (4) identify environmental modifications that promote safe treatments for elopement
 
Functional Analysis of the Earliest Member of a Response Chain
BRINEA CHARLES (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Tara A. Fahmie (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Lorraine A Becerra (Arizona State University)
Abstract: Functional analysis (FA) has been used to determine the cause of problem behavior and to develop effective treatment (Hanley et al., 2003; Iwata et al., 1982/1994). Although this traditional method is effective, it may pose an increased risk of injury to the participant and others when the target of the assessment is a severe behavior (Smith & Churchill, 2002). A safer alternative is a precursor FA, in which reinforcement is contingent on a less severe behavior that reliably occurs prior to the severe behavior. Precursor behaviors may include those in a response class hierarchy, precurrent behaviors, or early responses in a behavior chain. Although several FA studies have explored the use and validity of using response class hierarchies, fewer studies have explored early responses in a behavior chain. The current presentation will describe a study designed to identify the earliest members of response chains of severe behavior and to validate their use in an FA. The presentation will also describe secondary measures, such as treatment integrity and response-chain latency, that may inform the clinical utility of an FA of the earliest member of a response chain.
 

An Evaluation of Trauma-Related Stimuli on Heartrate and Behavior During Functional Analysis

ELIZABETH JOY HOUCK (University of North Texas), Joseph D. Dracobly (University of North Texas), Melanie Bauer (University of North Texas), Danielle Pelletier (University of North Texas), Aaron Joseph Sanchez (University of North Texas), Richard G. Smith (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

Traumatic events may alter the function of stimuli, such as neutral stimuli becoming aversive stimuli following a traumatic event. In some cases, these stimuli may be difficult or impossible for a person to avoid. Additionally, trauma-related stimuli may differentially affect both physiological measures and functional analysis outcomes, and thus, effective treatment. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of trauma-related stimuli, which participants were unable to avoid in their regular lives, on heartrate and functions of problem behavior of adults with intellectual disability during a standard functional analysis. Our results indicate that the presence of trauma-related stimuli differentially affected heartrate and functional analysis outcomes for some participants. This analysis suggests that for people with significant trauma histories, differential function-based treatments may be needed to address problem behavior that occurs in the presence/absence of trauma-related stimuli.

 

A Decade of Advancements to the Safety of Functional Analyses

ISAAC JOSEPH MELANSON (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Tara A. Fahmie (University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract:

Despite the clear benefits of conducting functional analyses (FA) of severe behavior, safety precautions may drive clinicians to seek alternative and less valid assessment methods. Several advancements in FA methodology over the past decade have focused on prioritizing safety while ensuring high validity of outcomes. The current presentation describes the outcomes of a review of safety risks, precautions, and adjustments to FA methodology that have been published between 2013-2023. Adjustments have included alterations to setting, data collection, stimuli inclusion, assessment duration, and contingency arrangement, among others. Based on the outcomes of our review, we will provide guidelines for FA planning and implementation and propose avenues for future research on FA safety.

 
Implementation of an Elopement Safety Plan in a Clinical Trial of a Function-Based Elopement Treatment
ELIZABETH SHEA BUCKLEY (Marcus Autism Center), Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center), Joanna Lomas Mevers (Marcus Autism Center), Colin S. Muething (Marcus Autism Center), Sarah Slocum (Marcus Autism Center and Emory School of Medicine), Lawrence Scahill (Emory University School of Medicine and Marcus Autism Center), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract: Elopement is an incredibly prevalent and dangerous behavior among children with ASD. In addition to function-based interventions for elopement, there are several safety strategies available to either prevent elopement or improve safety if elopement does occur. However, the integrity with which caregivers can implement these strategies has not been evaluated. In the current study, children with ASD participated in a randomized clinical trial of a parent-mediated behavioral treatment for elopement (n= 76). For participants randomized to the treatment group, in addition to implementing a function-based treatment, clinicians created a detailed safety plan with caregivers. This included caregiver-training on each component and weekly check-ins. We evaluate the effectiveness of this program by comparing outcomes from a Home Elopement Safety Checklist to indicate which safety components are in place. We saw greater improvement in completed items for parents in the treatment compared to the control group. We discuss these results in the context of how safety antecedent strategies for elopement can facilitate behavioral treatments for this dangerous behavior.
 
 
Symposium #192
CE Offered: BACB
Compassionate and Trauma-Informed Treatment of Dangerous Behavior in School Settings
Sunday, May 28, 2023
11:00 AM–12:50 PM
Convention Center Four Seasons Ballroom 4
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Gina Richig (Vanderbilt University Peabody College)
Discussant: Adithyan Rajaraman (Vanderbilt University Medical Center)
CE Instructor: Cory Whelan, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Children with emotional/behavioral disorders, autism, or related disabilities who engage in dangerous behavior at school are at risk for a number of undesirable outcomes, such as limited access to educational services, limited time with peers, limited access to community activities, or referral to more restrictive settings. In addition, children who engage in dangerous behavior at school may also experience crisis procedures such as physical restraint, use of protective equipment, referral to a school resource (i.e., police) officer, or exclusionary time-out, all of which increase the risk of injury and trauma. Educators may struggle to address these behaviors while ensuring students’ Individualized Education Plans (IEP) are implemented. This symposium presents data from four studies that addressed dangerous behavior in a variety of classroom settings while simultaneously teaching appropriate skills and reducing use of crisis procedures. This includes the development and implementation of universal protocols for staff, practical functional assessment and skill-based treatment (SBT) of problem behavior (Hanley et al., 2014), and an enhanced choice model of SBT (Rajaraman et al., 2021). Interventions are described as compassionate and trauma-informed in that they focus on ensuring safety, building rapport, providing children with choices about their treatment, and addressing dangerous behavior without extinction.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Problem behavior, School-based intervention, Trauma-informed care
Target Audience:

Audience members should have a thorough understanding of operant learning processes and procedures and an interest in school-based practice.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. Describe universal protocols for minimizing dangerous problem behavior in school settings. 2. Describe an enhanced choice model for treatment in which treatment, noncontingent reinforcement, and business-as-usual contexts are concurrently available. 3. Describe distal outcomes of applications of skill-based treatment in school settings.
 

Reducing Physical Management in Public School Using Universal Protocol, Practical Functional Assessment, and Skills-Based Treatment

CORY WHELAN (Vinfen), Heather Dawn Eigen (Andover Public Schools), Karen Butkovich (Andover Public Schools)
Abstract:

Students with autism who attend public school are expected to cooperate with a wide range of difficult instructions throughout the day. Students who engage in severe problem behavior might require physical management and even physical restraint if those instructions lead to episodes of dangerous behavior. Rajaraman et al. (2021) suggested that physical restraint should be considered potentially traumatizing for students in ABA programs and that those students might regularly experience such trauma. Following the break from school due to the COVID-19 pandemic, we implemented a universal protocol for all returning students with the goal of minimizing the need for any physical contact between staff and students. This presentation will provide a brief overview of how to implement that protocol as well as practical functional assessment and skills-based treatment (Hanley et al., 2014) in a public school setting. We evaluated the extent to which trauma-informed ABA practices could minimize the need for physical management in a public school ABA program. Data suggest that the adoption of a universal protocol for new students, the practical functional assessment process, and skill-based treatments lead to fewer physical restraints.

 
Improving Safety and Engagement for Students and Educators Through Universal Protocols
JOHN E. STAUBITZ (Vanderbilt University Medical Center, TRIAD), Holly Gover (Vanderbilt University Medical Center), Adithyan Rajaraman (Vanderbilt University Medical Center), Aislynn Kiser (Vanderbilt University Medical Center, TRIAD), Lauren A. Weaver (Vanderbilt University Medical Center, TRIAD), Emily Grace Johnson (Vanderbilt University), Rachel Hopp (Vanderbilt University Medical Center, TRIAD), Pablo Juárez (Vanderbilt University Medical Center)
Abstract: When dangerous behavior such as aggression, self-injury, and elopement occur chronically and with high intensity in schools, educators may rely on restraint and/or isolation to manage crises, although these tactics can pose risks to students and staff alike. Other reactive procedures such as suspension, expulsion, and reduced school hours may also limit the opportunities students have to engage with school and learn more adaptive behaviors. Additionally, educators who must intervene with dangerous behavior on a regular basis are at risk for injury, burnout, and attrition. Universal protocols are a novel set of procedures that can be instituted by educators under the direction of a behavior analyst, which can reduce the occurrence of dangerous behaviors while increasing safety and engagement for high-risk students in school settings. In this presentation, after summarizing statewide prevalence and ubiquity of the use of reactive procedures in public school settings, we will describe the process for training staff to implement universal protocols, the methods of intervention, and the outcomes related to student safety, crisis management, and school discipline. Efficacy data related to universal protocol implementation suggest that this process may be an important first step for educators when chronic dangerous behavior is noted in school settings.
 

Examining Consecutive Applications of an Enhanced Choice Model for Students With Emotional/Behavioral Disorders

DEYIN CHEN (Vanderbilt University), Johanna Staubitz (Vanderbilt University), Holly Gover (Vanderbilt University Medical Center), Adithyan Rajaraman (Vanderbilt University Medical Center), John E. Staubitz (Vanderbilt University Medical Center, TRIAD)
Abstract:

Emotional/behavioral disorders (EBD) are correlated with low socio-economic status and exposure to trauma. These vulnerabilities highlight the importance of systematically and formatively assessing client assent and preference while delivering treatment for dangerous problem behavior that impedes educational progress. The enhanced choice model of skill-based treatment (ECM-SBT; Rajaraman et al., 2021) involves concurrently offering skill-based treatment, access to enriched breaks, and regularly programmed instruction, allowing participants to move fluidly among contexts. In this presentation, we will describe procedures and outcomes of a retrospective consecutive controlled case series including nine elementary students with EBD, conducted in a public special day school. Application of ECM-SBT was associated with low levels of dangerous behavior during assessment and treatment and reduction of non-dangerous forms of challenging behavior. All participants mastered targeted alternative responses including functional communicative and delay acknowledgement responses, and cooperation with increasingly effortful chains of instructional demands, though trials to mastery varied by participant. Throughout treatment, participants allocated most responding to skill-based treatment versus alternative contexts. Future directions and implications to be discussed include potential interactions between language skills and response within phases of treatment, and allocation among ECM contexts as a means of informing programming and ensuring client assent.

 
Long-Term and Secondary Effects of Skill-Based Treatment for Dangerous Behavior in a Specialized School Setting
JESSICA SLATON (Nashoba Learning Group), Morgan Davis (Nashoba Learning Group), Kate Raftery (Nashoba Learning Group), David DePetris (Nashoba Learning Group)
Abstract: One challenge associated with functional communication training (FCT) is the need to thin the reinforcement schedule to one supported by the individual’s typical environment, while also establishing a varied skill repertoire that allows the individual to participate in therapeutic and educational activities available to them. However, many published FCT applications occur under dense schedules of reinforcement without data on generalization and maintenance, and may not be conducted in a natural setting or with the individual’s natural caregivers (Ghaemmaghami et al., 2020). To address these particular gaps in the literature, we conducted practical functional assessments with six children with autism in a specialized school setting, and implemented FCT and schedule thinning following the skill-based treatment model described by Hanley et al. (2014). Treatment was conducted in each student’s classroom with their typical classroom staff, and continued until dangerous behavior was eliminated and skills were generalized across all relevant staff and goal areas of students’ IEPs. Crisis procedures (e.g., restraint) were eliminated for students who had been experiencing them pre-treatment. These effects were maintained at 1-year post treatment. Reductions in participant scores on the Modified Overt Aggression Scale (MOAS) were also observed at the end of treatment, and maintained 1 year later.
 
 
Symposium #193
CE Offered: BACB
Recruit, Screen, and Intervene: Obtaining and Maintaining High Quality Behavior Technicians
Sunday, May 28, 2023
11:00 AM–12:50 PM
Hyatt Regency, Mineral Hall A-C
Area: OBM/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Paula Pompa-Craven (Easterseals Southern California)
Discussant: Rick Gutierrez (Easterseals of Southern California)
CE Instructor: Meghan Herron, M.S.
Abstract: Behavior Technicians (BT) are in high demand from organizations providing applied behavior analysis (ABA) services to individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Staff shortages can result in inconsistencies and negatively affect the quality of services provided. Organizations are in need of evidence-based interventions that can positively impact the recruitment ad screening of qualified candidates, and mitigate turnover. This symposium will review one intervention to increase recruitment of BTs, one intervention on accuracy of screening successful candidates, and two interventions that decrease turnover of BTs. One turnover intervention is providing guaranteed hours of pay as a benefit to part and full-time BTs. The other intervention reducing turnover is a peer mentor program for newly hired BTs.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Recruitment, Retention
Target Audience: The audience would benefit from existing knowledge on retention vs turnover defintions, thorough knowledge of both single case designs as well as group designs and how they control variables and demonstrate experimental control. Basic knowledge of statistical tests is also helpful.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will beable to: 1. Identify significant variables contributing to staff turnover and retention within ABA agencies providing autism services. 2. Identify four different interventions that can be used to improve recruiter contact at events, and decrease behavior technician turnover within these agencies. 3. Solicit feedback and perspectives of their own staff or supervisees that may contribute to increasing staff morale and retention.
 

Hiring Behavior Analysts: Free Gifts at a Booth Increase Verbal Contacts With a Recruiter, but Not Serious Job Inquiries

AMIN DUFF LOTFIZADEH (Easterseals Southern California/CSUN)
Abstract:

The job market for certified behavior analysts currently is excellent, which poses a serious challenge for organizations looking to hire such individuals. We evaluated whether the provision of small giveaways at a recruitment booth set up at two behavior analysis conferences and at a university career fair influenced the relative number of attendees who verbally contacted a recruiter for an organization looking to hire certified and prospective behavior analysts. We also examined whether the provision of gifts influenced the relative number of attendees who left an e-mail address requesting further contact about possible employment. An alternating-treatments design was used to compare the giveaways and no-giveaways conditions. The giveaways items significantly increased the number of attendees who spoke with the recruiter, but not the number who requested further contact. These findings provide support for the use of giveaways items to generally attract attention to a recruiter, but further research is needed to determine whether their use increases applications for employment.

 
New Hire Assessment Screening and Retention
PAULA POMPA-CRAVEN (Easterseals Southern California)
Abstract: ABA frontline interventionist retention is often an area of clinical and financial concern for organizations. The current job market indicates a lack of supply and increased demand for this position. In addition, the retention rate for this position is often low. The goal of this study is to use a data driven talent assessment tool to determine a process to understand what makes the frontline interventionist unique in their role and what are the key factors within the role that lead to interventionists who stay in the position. Offering the PeopleBest™ Assessment to all new interventionists within a six month period, a JobFit template was created to provide a framework for the position and a Fit score was obtained for a sample of 143 of 280 new hires. Both retention rates and Fit scores were established. The 143 interventionists who completed the survey had a 67% retention rate after six months. Of the 143, those who had a Fit Score of 50 and above, had a 78% retention rate. This presentation will review the use of the PeopleBest™ Assessment and the implications for its use as a possible tool to assist with the selection of new hires in the field of ABA.
 
The Influence of Base Pay Compensation on Behavior Technician Turnover
MEGHAN HERRON (Easterseals Southern California)
Abstract: Turnover of staff in the human service setting can result in disruptions to services and can negatively affect customer satisfaction. Research specific to turnover within the ABA field is scarce, but Behavior Interventionists (BIs) providing in-home ABA services to individuals with autism share many qualities found in other fields to correlate with high turnover rates such as part-time status, low wages, split shifts, and reduced hours due to client cancellations and availability changes. Previous studies have found that increased compensation can reduce turnover or intention to turnover. Caillier (2018) found that the availability of various benefits decreased intention to turnover and Buykx et al. (2010) report that both direct and indirect compensation (i.e., salary and benefits) is the most common strategy used to address turnover and retention issues. The purpose of the current study is to analyze the effects of a base pay compensation provided to those regularly scheduled at least 20 hours per week regardless of shift and appointment cancellations outside of the staff members’ control on intention to turnover and actual turnover rates of BIs providing in-home ABA services to individuals with autism.
 
The Influence of Peer Mentors on New Behavior Technician Turnover
RICK GUTIERREZ (Easterseals of Southern California)
Abstract: Peer support, peer mentorship, or peer coaching and its relation to staff turnover has been evaluated across health care fields. The cost-benefit analysis of these programs suggests that an organization can have a greater cost savings advantages when deploying such programs. Furthermore, it can also act as an abolishing motivation for staff turnover, as well as reduce the actual rate of staff turnover. Peer support is a form of peer mentorship. It has been found to be a key predictor of reasons for staff to stay with an organization. While peer support have been used across other industries, it has yet to be examined with new behavior technicians within the ABA industry. This is significant as many behavior technicians are recent graduates, early in their career, and are more at risk for turnover. The current study added to the literature on peer support by exploring the influence of peer support on newly hired behavior technician and the turnover rate. An experimental design was used to demonstrate the effect of peer support on staff turnover. The preliminary results of this research indicates that peer mentorship of new behavior technicians can reduce staff turnover.
 
 
Invited Symposium #194
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Diversity submission Justice, Equity, Diversity, and Inclusion in Basic Research
Sunday, May 28, 2023
11:00 AM–12:50 PM
Convention Center Four Seasons Ballroom 2/3
Area: SCI; Domain: Translational
Chair: Liz Kyonka (California State University - East Bay)
Discussant: Liz Kyonka (California State University - East Bay)
CE Instructor: Liz Kyonka, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Justice, equity, diversity, inclusion (JEDI) and related issues have started to receive more attention in behavior analysis circles, including publications in behavior analysis journals about diversity and representation, antiracism, and cultural competence. To date, behavior analysis publications have been focused in two areas: cataloging demographic information from author bylines or the parts of Method sections that describe participants, and JEDI-oriented guidelines, frameworks and recommendations for clinical practice. Basic behavior analysis research is not immune from discriminatory practices, and basic behavioral scientists are not exempt from doing the work needed to ensure that behavior analysis is open to anyone. On the contrary, this kind of justice is one of three basic principles outlined in the Belmont Report for the protection of human subjects of research and one of five general principles in the American Psychological Association’s Ethics Code. Presentations will explore how JEDI principles can be meaningfully implemented in research involving student researchers and with animal research subjects, interrogate broader obligations to prospective behavioral scientists, and consider intersections between JEDI principles and culture responsiveness.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Students, Researchers, BCBAs

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to 1. Identify barriers to increasing diversity in behavior analysis. 2. Describe actions researchers and training programs can take to embed cultural responsiveness in behavior analysis. 3. Critically evaluate the relevance of recommendations about ensuring justice, equity, diversity, and inclusion in research to behavior analysis research. 4. Apply a critical lens to ostensibly objective scientific practices.
 
Diversity submission What are the Barriers to Increasing Diversity of Researchers and Clinicians in Behavior Analysis?
PAUL SOTO (Louisiana State University)
Abstract: Efforts have been made to increase diversity of researchers and clinicians in behavior analysis as well as other STEM fields. Lack of diversity in the behavior analysis community is sometimes attributed to a lack of qualified candidates at the post-graduate level for academic position and roles (e.g., journal reviewers, journal review boards). If the barrier is truly a lack of qualified candidates, then we, as a field, must identify the factors that reduce the number of qualified master’s and doctoral-level candidates for clinical and academic positions and roles so that we can intervene to increase the number of qualified candidates. In my laboratory, I have had no difficulty in attracting undergraduate students from diverse backgrounds to participate in research. However, none of these students have moved on to pursue graduate school in behavior analysis and only a couple have decided to pursue a graduate degree in a related field (e.g., neuroscience). Although I have considered pushing students harder toward graduate school in psychology, in general, and behavior analysis, specifically, reservations regarding job opportunities has dampened my enthusiasm to do so. Job opportunity limitations are not however the same in the applied area and perhaps that represents an avenue for pursuit.
Dr. Soto completed graduate training in psychology at Emory University and postdoctoral training in behavioral pharmacology at the National Institute on Drug Abuse and the Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine. Prior to accepting a position at LSU in 2017, Dr. Soto held tenure-track appointments in the School of Medicine at Johns Hopkins University and at Texas Tech University. Dr. Soto’s research interests are in (1) the use of laboratory animal models of psychiatric diseases and symptoms for the evaluation of potential therapeutic approaches, (2) the use of drugs and genetically engineered animals to identify the neurobiological contributors to basic and complex behavioral processes, and (3) the investigation of short- and long-term effects of exposure to psychiatric medications. Recently, Dr. Soto has begun advocating for the use of single-case experimental designs in areas outside of behavior analysis, such as behavioral neuroscience, because of the scientific and ethical benefits provided by these designs.
 
Diversity submission Intersection of Cultural Responsiveness and Ethics in Behavioral Research
CORINA JIMENEZ-GOMEZ (University of Florida)
Abstract: Much has been said and written lately about the need to embed cultural responsiveness in behavior analysis and the need to enhance diversity in the field. In fact, similar conversations are taking place in many areas of science. Despite the current buzz, many may be left wondering what they can do or whether it is incumbent on them to act. What can researchers and training programs do? Further, what are the ethical responsibilities and implications of their actions (or lack thereof)? This talk will review some observations related to this topic.
Dr. Corina Jimenez-Gomez (she/her/ella) is an Assistant Professor in the Behavior Analysis program at the University of Florida. She earned a Licensure in Psychology at the Universidad Católica Andrés Bello in Caracas, Venezuela, and a doctoral degree in Psychology with an emphasis in Behavior Analysis from Utah State University. She completed post-doctoral training at the University of Michigan and was a Research Fellow at The University of Auckland, New Zealand. She has held faculty positions at the Florida Institute of Technology and Auburn University. In addition, she served as clinical supervisor at The Scott Center for Autism Treatment at Florida Tech and was the Director of the Center for Autism Research, Treatment, and Training (CARTT) at Auburn University. Dr. Jimenez-Gomez is a Board Certified Behavior Analyst at the doctoral level, whose professional interests include translational and applied behavioral research in the areas of choice and reinforcement processes, the use of technology in ABA settings, caregiver and staff coaching, and cultural responsiveness in Behavior Analysis. Dr. Jimenez-Gomez has served as a reviewer for various scientific journals and is currently on the editorial board of the Perspectives on Behavior Science and the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, and is Associate Editor for Behavior Analysis in Practice. She is also the mom of two amazing humans and an elderly Labrador, and is married to a fellow behavioral scientist.
 
Diversity submission Scientific Objectivity and Social Justice in the Experimental Analysis of Behavior
LIZ KYONKA (California State University - East Bay), Shrinidhi Subramaniam (California State University, Stanislaus)
Abstract: Much of the practical advice about incorporating principles of justice, equity, diversity, and inclusion (JEDI) into behavioral research focuses on consulting stakeholders, reevaluating inclusion and exclusion criteria, and using inclusive language to describe research participants. For behavioral scientists investigating fundamental behavioral processes, following this advice can be challenging. For example, in experiments with laboratory animal subjects, humane treatment and transparent procedures for ensuring subjects’ welfare may be more applicable than consultation and inclusive language. This presentation will summarize recommendations about incorporating JEDI principles into research that have been published recently, and explore some implications of those recommendations.
Dr. Elizabeth Kyonka (she/her/hers) is an Assistant Professor of Psychology at California State University, East Bay on the ethnohistoric territory of the Muwekma Ohlone Tribe of the San Francisco Bay Area. Originally from Canada, she completed an Sc.B. in Cognitive Neuroscience at Brown University and a Ph.D. in Psychology from the University of Canterbury, in Christchurch, New Zealand. She has held faculty positions at West Virginia University and the University of New England in Armidale, Australia. Dr. Kyonka’s research includes experimental analyses of strategic reasoning and of the interplay between temporal learning and choice, behavioral approaches to assessing and modifying technology use, and metacritical analysis of behavior analysis. Currently, she is a member of the ABAI Science Board, serves on the editorial boards of The Psychological Record, Perspectives on Behavior Science and Learning & Behavior, and is an Associate Editor for the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior.
 
Diversity submission Incorporating Principles of Justice, Equity, Diversity, and Inclusion in Behavioral Research
SHRINIDHI SUBRAMANIAM (California State University, Stanislaus), Liz Kyonka (California State University - East Bay)
Abstract: Foundational research skills that span the spectrum of behavior analysis include synthesizing the existing literature; developing an interesting, socially important research question; selecting appropriate measurement tools; designing an experiment that allows for valid inferences; applying best practices in data analysis; drawing conclusions based on the data; and disseminating the results to a broad audience. We argue that considering principles of justice, equity, diversity, and inclusion (JEDI) in each of those activities will benefit the field of behavior analysis and the broader community. This presentation draws upon the scholarly literature and personal experience to detail action steps to incorporate JEDI principles from study conceptualization to knowledge translation. Examples include using participatory research methods and adopting a critical lens to so-called objective, scientific practices.

Dr. Shrinidhi Subramaniam is an Associate Professor in Psychology at California State University, Stanislaus and a Board Certified Behavior Analyst. Dr. Subramaniam received her PhD in Psychology from West Virginia University and completed a postdoctoral fellowship in behavioral pharmacology at Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine. She teaches courses in applied behavior analysis, research methods, ethics, and addiction treatment, and mentors graduate students in their thesis research. Dr. Subramaniam’s research applies behavior analytic principles to solve problems like addiction, unemployment, and poverty in her community. Currently, she is the co-PI for Wellness WORKs!, a holistic health education program for CalWORKs participants in San Joaquin County. In addition to this work, she has published over 20 manuscripts and chapters across broad research interests. These publications include clinical studies evaluating the effectiveness of behavioral interventions like incentives and education, and basic and translational studies exploring processes underlying human decision making such as choice and temporal learning. Dr. Subramaniam is an Associate Editor for The Psychological Record, is on the editorial board for the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, and serves as the Board Secretary of the Society for the Quantitative Analysis of Behavior. She was the Association for Behavior Analysis, International’s 2022 recipient of the Federation of Associations in Behavioral and Brain Sciences Early Career Impact Award.

 
 
Symposium #195
CE Offered: BACB
Improving Student Learning Using Behavior Analysis in Higher Education: A Symposium on Recent Interteaching Research
Sunday, May 28, 2023
11:00 AM–12:50 PM
Convention Center 406/407
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Catherine M. Gayman (Troy University)
Discussant: Philip N. Hineline (Temple University - Emeritus)
CE Instructor: Catherine M. Gayman, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Interteaching is a pedagogy stemming from behavior analysis that can be used as an alternative to lecture-centered teaching in higher education settings. This method was initially described by Boyce and Hineline in 2002, and continues to gather empirical support verifying its efficacy. Interteaching has been shown to produce higher exam scores, increase student participation in class, and result in more positive student course evaluations. This symposium will summarize the basic components of the interteaching method of instruction, followed by four data-based presentations. The first presentation will describe a study that investigated the clarifying lecture component of interteaching in an asynchronous online course. The second presentation will summarize a study that compared two methods of implementing the preparation guide component of interteaching: having students complete the preparation guide either before or during class. The third presentation will review results of a study that compared the preparation guide component of interteaching versus a brief quiz. The fourth presentation will describe main findings from a literature review of single-case research conducted evaluating interteaching. These four presentations will summarize a sample of recent research conducted evaluating interteaching as an instructional methodology.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): college students, higher education, interteaching
Target Audience:

Course instructors and/or fieldwork supervisors

Learning Objectives: After attending this symposium, participants should be able to: 1) Identify and describe the basic components of interteaching; 2) Describe one study that investigated the clarifying lecture component of interteaching; 3) Describe two studies that evaluated the preparation guide component of interteaching; 4) Summarize findings from a literature review on single-case studies of interteaching.
 

Evaluating the Clarifying Lecture Component of Interteaching

Catherine Gayman (Troy University), Stephanie Jimenez (University of Pittsburgh at Johnstown), Jennifer Herron (Troy University), Giryong Park (Troy University), Stephany Hammock (Troy University), Rachael Davis (Troy University)
Abstract:

The present study evaluated the clarifying lecture component of interteaching using undergraduate participants (N=116) enrolled across three sections of a nine-week asynchronous online psychology of learning course. The study used an alternating-treatments design that alternated lecture styles across weeks of material in each of the courses. A Latin square counterbalance was used to determine the order (ABCABC; BCABCA; CABCAB) of the three lecture conditions: (a) a brief clarifying lecture tailored to cover material that students reported to be the most difficult; (b) a brief standard lecture covering what the instructor thought was the most difficult content; and (c) no lecture. Results showed that students scored marginally better on weekly exams following the brief clarifying lecture (z-score M = .07, SD = 1.02) than when the standard lecture (z-score M = .02, SD = .89) or no lecture (z-score M = -.08, SD = 1.09) were used, although there was no statistically significant difference found between the three lecture conditions. Furthermore, this study found that the majority (70.59%) of students self-reported that they preferred and learned more from the clarifying lectures. Overall, the findings of this study suggest that tailoring lectures based on student feedback may be beneficial to student learning.

 
Completing the Preparation Guide During the Group Discussion: A Classroom Analysis of Interteaching
STEPHANIE JIMENEZ (University of Pittsburgh at Johnstown), Catherine M. Gayman (Troy University), Breanna Wuckovich (University of Pittsburgh, Johnstown)
Abstract: Interteaching is a strategy that shifts the emphasis from passive student learning to active engagement through the use of prep guides, small group discussions, clarifying lectures, and frequent testing. Several classroom studies have demonstrated that interteaching leads to better student comprehension and higher test scores. However, the specific strategy used in these studies vary slightly. The goal of the present study was to compare two different ways of implementing the prep guide to determine which method led to higher academic success. A group design was used in one course over two semesters. One group experienced the standard interteaching method, where students completed the entire prep guide prior to class. The second group completed part of the prep guide prior to class and then were asked to complete the last three prep guide questions in class during their group discussion. Although there were no significant differences in exam scores across groups, those in the second group rated their version of interteaching as more preferable than the students who experienced standard interteaching. Results from this study should allow for more effective implementation of interteaching.
 
Evaluating Preparation Guide Use in Interteaching Compared to a Quiz Alternative
DAVID SCHENA (University of Massachusetts Lowell), Rocio Rosales (University of Massachusetts Lowell), James L. Soldner (University of Massachusetts Boston)
Abstract: This interteaching research examines the effectiveness of a potential alternative for the preparation (prep) guide component of interteaching. The prep guide component has demonstrated efficacy in student learning and satisfaction in varied higher education settings but may come with increased response effort for instructors. We compared two conditions that required students to complete assigned readings before coming to class: 1) a prep guide and 2) a 5-item quiz at the start of class. A total of 38 undergraduate students enrolled in an Introduction to Psychology course participated in this study. The primary dependent measure was student performance on quizzes following each condition. Analysis of the results revealed no significant difference in student performance between conditions (t (304) = 0.118, p = 0.45), though qualitative analysis revealed student preference for preparation guides over quizzes. These results indicate that a start-of-class quiz may serve as a functional alternative to completion of a prep guide. Discussion will focus on how future interteaching research can improve the quality and implementation, as well as social validity of quizzing relative to prep guides.
 
How to Interteach: A Comprehensive Evaluation of Interteach Component Variations
MICHELLE DAVIDSON (Rollins College), April Michele Williams (Rollins College)
Abstract: Interteach has been used primarily in undergraduate, face-to-face courses but has been implemented in graduate and online courses as well. Multiple authors have conducted qualitative and quantitative research since it was introduced 20 years ago. However, most components have yet to be examined in isolation via a component analysis. Additionally, there is much variation in how the essential components of interteach are being implemented, leading to difficulty in determining the most effective interteach procedures. Finally, although interteach is based on behavior analysis principles supported by single-subject designs, approximately half of the empirical studies to date were conducted via group designs. Thus, to identify which interteach component variations are supported by single-subject research, the present authors conducted a literature search resulting in 58 peer-reviewed interteach articles written in English. The authors then systematically removed 21 literature reviews and non-empirical research studies as well as 28 studies which were either group designs or qualitative research. The procedural details and results of the remaining 9 articles were then analyzed and compared. Results showed many authors failed to report the details of some of the procedural components while other components were implemented relatively consistently across studies.
 
 
Symposium #196
CE Offered: BACB
Advances in Research Aimed at Improving Social Interactions, Advocacy, and Building Meaningful Relationships
Sunday, May 28, 2023
11:00 AM–12:50 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 3B
Area: VBC/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Robert Anthony Bottalla (Marquette University)
Discussant: Amanda Karsten (Grand Valley State University)
CE Instructor: Amanda Karsten, Ph.D.
Abstract: Previous research has found that individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) often lack a rich social skill repertoire. Social skills are a foundational component to forming healthy and lasting relationships with others. However, within the domain of social skills, there are several unique skills that need to be learned for individuals to cultivate these types of relationships. In addition, individuals need to learn self-advocacy skills to decrease situations where they may be taken advantage of or bullied. This symposium will include four speakers. Tressa Forrest will speak first on using Behavior Skills Training (BST) and Interactive Computer Training to teach children to adjust their play style (to banter or not) based on their play preferences and the vocal and nonvocal cues of cooperative and competitive play partners. Claudia Todd will speak second on teaching children with ASD to discriminate traits of healthy and unhealthy friendships. Zeinab Hedroj will speak third on teaching autistic children to identify and respond to gendered lies (i.e.lies based on excluding others based on their gender). Kathleen Wiley will speak fourth on evaluating BST to teach conversation skills to adolescents with ASD.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Advocacy, Conversation Skills, Play Skills, Social Skills
Target Audience: Be or have experience working as a researcher or practitioner working with individuals with social skill deficits
Learning Objectives: 1). Understand how interactive computer training can be used to teach children how to discriminate their play partners preferred playing style. 2). Evaluate the effectiveness of behavioral skills training in teaching children to identify the traits of healthy and unhealthy friendships 3). Identify one method of teaching children to identify gendered lies 4). Examine the effectiveness of behavioral skills training for teaching adolescents with ASD conversation skills.
 
To Banter or Not: Teaching Foundational Play Skills and Audience Control for Play Styles
TRESSA LYN FORREST (Marquette University), Jesey Marie Gopez (Marquette University), Stephanie A. Hood (Marquette University), Sylvia Aquino (Marquette University)
Abstract: Behavioral skills training (BST) and video models have been shown to be efficacious intervention components in teaching play skills to autistic children (Pisman & Luczynski, 2020; Sancho et al., 2010). Interactive computer training (ICT) may enhance these intervention components through active responding opportunities (Zhang et al., 2006) and may yield efficiency in teaching complex play skills. A growing body of research has focused on teaching individuals to play cooperatively or engage in good sportsmanship behaviors (e.g., consoling losses or congratulating wins), however these skills may not match a wide range of play preferences (e.g., playing competitively or engaging in banter) (Trespalacios et al., 2011). In the present study we used a concurrent chains preference assessment to identify preference for cooperative or competitive play styles. Three participants showed a preference for competitive play (e.g., engaging in banter, playing to win) and one participant preferred cooperative play (e.g., playing for fun). Next, we will evaluate an ICT package to teach participants to engage in matched play, navigate play with partners who prefer to play a different style and engage in self-questioning to discriminate others play styles. Implementing an intervention that is matched to play style preferences may yield higher social validity ratings.
 

Evaluating Video-Based Multiple Exemplar Instruction on Tacting Features of Healthy and Unhealthy Friendships

CLAUDIA TODD (Marquette University), Sylvia Aquino (Marquette University), Stephanie A. Hood (Marquette University), Tressa Lyn Forrest (Marquette University), Robert Anthony Bottalla (Marquette University)
Abstract:

Individuals with ASD may experience difficulties establishing and maintaining meaningful friendships and discriminating the signs of unhealthy friendships. How individuals identify and maneuver the signs and nuances of a friendship may have lasting effects related to unhealthy, and potentially abusive or manipulative relationships. We evaluated behavior skills training (BST) to teach an individual with ASD to discriminate traits of healthy and unhealthy friendships and to provide rationales for each exemplar presented through video models. Following BST, we observed an initial increase in correct tacts of healthy traits. We added a differential observing response (DOR) to increase attending to the relevant variables depicted in the models. Following the inclusion of a DOR, Luca was able to tact both healthy and unhealthy friendship traits from video models. BST alone was insufficient for teaching Luca to provide a correct rationale for video models. Further refinements are needed to increase correct rationales for why various traits relate to healthy and unhealthy friendships. This line of research seeks to help individuals make informed decisions when seeking meaningful and healthy friendships. Learning these skills may protect against the establishment of unhealthy friendships, bullying and reduce the risk of harm for vulnerable populations (i.e., individuals with ASD).

 

Teaching Children With Autism to Identify and Respond to Deceptive Statements

ZEINAB HEDROJ (Montana State University Billings; University of Nebraska Medical Centre (UNMC)), Michael Passage (Montana State University Billings), Catalina Rey (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Abstract:

vulnerable to bullying. Ranick et al. (2013) showed that autistic children can be taught to distinguish and respond to deceptive statements meant to exclude them from an activity or take something away from them. However, there is no research on how to teach children with autism to identify and respond to lies meant to exclude them based on gender, which is common among children. Therefore, the purpose of this study was to replicate Ranick et al. (2013) and expand on their findings by teaching autistic children to identify and respond to gendered lies. The treatment package consisted of multiple exemplar training while the investigator and the participant played board games. Three boys between the ages of six to nine years-old, diagnosed with autism, were presented with five trained deceptive statements and five novel deceptive statements. The results showed that all three participants learned to identify and respond to novel deceptive statements and that skill was maintained after one month and generalized to novel deceivers.

 

The Assessment and Treatment of Conversational Skills for Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder: A Replication and Extension

KATHLEEN WILEY (University of Nevada, Reno), Bethany P. Contreras Young (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

Deficits in social skills are considered a hallmark of autism spectrum disorder (ASD) and have been shown to impact quality of life, but the research on effective social skills interventions, particularly for adolescents with ASD, is lacking. Specifically, more research is needed on complex social skills (e.g., conversation skills) and methods that promote generalization. The current study is a replication and extension of a study by Hood and colleagues (2017). We used behavioral skills training (BST) and in-vivo training to teach conversation skills to two adolescents with ASD. The purpose of the study was to evaluate the impact of those teaching procedures on the generalization of conversation skills to novel conversation partners using a multiple probe design across behaviors. Results for one participant indicated that BST was sufficient to produce generalization across three novel conversation partners. The second participants’ results indicate that for some individuals, additional intervention may be necessary for taught conversation skills to generalize to novel conversation partners.

 
 
Paper Session #197
CE Offered: BACB
Snack Talk: A Two-Part Study With Young Children and Adults With Autism and Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities
Sunday, May 28, 2023
11:30 AM–11:55 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 1C/D
Area: DDA
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Chair: Katherine Bateman (University of Washington)
CE Instructor: Katherine Bateman, Ph.D.
 

Snack Talk: A Two-Part Study With Young Children and Adults With Autism and Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities

Domain: Applied Research
KATHERINE BATEMAN (University of Washington), Sarah Emily Wilson (WestEd), Ariane Gauvreau (University of Washington), Katherine Matthews (University of Virginia), Einar T. Ingvarsson (Virginia Institute of Autism), Jessica Doucette (Virginia Institute of Autism), Magda Gucwa (The Faison Center), Rose Nevill (University of Virginia)
 
Abstract:

The diversity of children in classrooms and communities are dramatically changing as the prevalence of autism spectrum disorder and other related intellectual and developmental disabilities are increasingly included within it. To engage in the benefits of inclusion, social skills are needed. Yet, individuals with disabilities commonly experience difficulties in this area. Extant literature indicates that social skills are more successfully acquired when taught through naturalistic and embedded instruction in established routines. A commonly occurring routine in most classrooms, homes, and community settings is mealtime. This paper presentation presents data from two studies that examined the efficacy of Snack Talk, a supplemental naturalistic visual communication support, with two different populations: five young children with autism spectrum disorder, and five adults with intellectual and developmental disabilities. Snack Talk was implemented during mealtime in preschool and adult day center settings, seeking to increase conversation engagement between target participants and staff. A withdrawal design across participants was used. Results demonstrate increases in conversation engagement showed meaningful gains for participants in intervention and maintenance compared to baseline. Limitations and directions for further research are also discussed.

 
 
 
Panel #198
What Makes One a Good Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA)?
Sunday, May 28, 2023
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 1E/F
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Ann Jeanette Santos (University of Maryland, Baltimore County, Kennedy Krieger Institute)
LINDA A. LEBLANC (LeBlanc Behavioral Consulting LLC)
JONATHAN MUELLER (Ascend Behavior Partners)
DANIELLE LAFRANCE (SunRise ABA)
Abstract:

Most behavior analysts work as clinicians with individuals who have developmental disabilities (Behavior Analyst Certification Board [BACB], 2021). The BACB has a test content outline that informs the verified course sequence adopted by most programs in the United States. The test content outline focuses on building a solid theoretical foundation of the science of behavior that is meant to regulate training programs. Currently, there is limited literature on other potentially important areas of considerations for employers, such as interpersonal skills and professional skills. Additionally, it is not known whether skills that employers find valuable have any influence on the theoretical knowledge or clinical experiences that the course content outlines. This current panel discussion will examine the aforementioned topics according to the perspective of the hiring team. This discussion will provide insight to students, faculty, and clinicians about what employers value in newly minted behavior analysts. Further, we will tackle how employers assess competence during the interview process so that programs can tailor their training in such a fashion to prepare students.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Autism, BCBAs, employers, graduate training
 
 
Symposium #199
CE Offered: BACB
Updates on Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention in the Pandemic Era: Analyzing Group and Individual Outcomes
Sunday, May 28, 2023
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 4A/B
Area: AUT/CSS; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Eric V. Larsson (Lovaas Institute Midwest; University of Minnesota)
Discussant: Ivy M Chong (Little Leaves Behavioral Services)
CE Instructor: Ivy M Chong, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The impact of the increasing prevalence of Autism Spectrum Disorder is an increasing need for effective interventions with robust outcomes. At the same time recent social media contains an escalating amount of content that questions the validity of ABA interventions. Independent community-based replications of the Lovaas model of Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention (EIBI) continue to result in significant outcomes for many children in comparison to children receiving other community-based special education services. Finally, the COVID-19 pandemic severely disrupted access to services for a period of years. This symposium will include multiple measures of recent outcome data collected prior to the pandemic, as well as data that reflects the impact of the pandemic. The replications of EIBI programs include a sufficiently technological description of the interventions to analyze the essential treatment integrity variables that lead to maximal outcomes. In these large-scale implementations of EIBI for ASD, the relationship between treatment integrity variables and multiple measures of response to treatment is analyzed. The effects of the variables are analyzed by both group average measures and individual variability measures.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): EIBI, Individual Analysis, Outcomes
Target Audience:

Audience members should have competence in basic implementation of ABA technology with persons with autism and their family members and teachers.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, the participant will be able to describe: 1. components of a system for evaluating response to treatment. 2. environmental variables of the pandemic that influence current outcomes. 3. overall outcome measures for evaluating EIBI.
 
Pandemic Updates in Outcomes Found in a Multi-Modal Evaluation of Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention
ERIC V. LARSSON (Lovaas Institute Midwest; University of Minnesota), Angela Brown (Lovaas Institute Midwest), Kara L. Riedesel (Lovaas Institute Midwest), Laura Jean Bernard Moon (The Lovaas Institute Midwest)
Abstract: In the present study, a multi-modal evaluation of EIBI included a range of measures for 248 children, who received an average of 35 months of EIBI, divided into 4 groups of intervention (early intensive behavioral intervention; early intensive family consultation; school-age behavioral intervention; and non-intensive behavioral participation). The multi-modal evaluation system used criterion-referenced assessments, weekly measures of treatment implementation, service engagement assessments, norm-referenced assessments, treatment compliance measures, and social validity measures. The results include a research form of the Learning Accomplishment Profile (LAP) in which 564 developmental milestones are arrayed across areas of functioning. A rate of progress measure and a standardized developmental index was gleaned from this assessment. Standardized assessments (i.e., Clinical Evaluation of Language Fundamentals (CELF) , Woodcock-Johnson achievement test, etc.) were collected for subsequent intervals of treatment. Further direct measures of treatment outcomes were also collected. An analysis of the effect of the four main variables will be reported by both group averages and individual variability. After 18 years of collection of this data, the onset of the COVID-19 pandemic seriously disrupted service delivery. The results of ongoing data collection are presented.
 

Initial Evaluation of Telehealth as a Clinically Beneficial Treatment Modality in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA)-Based Autism Services

KRISTINE RODRIGUEZ (Autism Learning Partners)
Abstract:

This presentation will include initial data comparing clinical outcomes scores, as measured by composite score gains and losses on the Vineland-3 Adaptive Behavioral Scales, across a group of clients who received direct telehealth services (n=394) and telehealth supervision (n=200) during the 2020 pandemic. Additionally, matched data sets (n=29), indicating 2019 composite score gains with 2020 composite score gains, will offer an initial picture of client progress during receipt of telehealth services, compared to that same client’s progress with prior in-person services. Additionally, as part of a multi-provider collaboration, 266 families, receiving either telehealth only (n=93) or a combination of in-person and telehealth (n=173) were surveyed to assess social validity and quality of life. Results of the survey indicated that, overall, caregivers were satisfied with telehealth services and found them beneficial. Barriers related to reduced caregiver satisfaction were identified. Finally, survey results intended to assess the confidence and perceived competence of behavior analysts prior to and following training on program and supervision modifications for telehealth will be presented. Based on feedback from behavior analysts who participated in the shift to telehealth, the authors will share a proposed assessment tool which may be helpful in identifying clinical appropriateness for telehealth supervision.

 
 
Symposium #202
CE Offered: BACB
Unique Ethical and Legal Responsibilities for Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs) Working in School Settings
Sunday, May 28, 2023
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Convention Center 403/404
Area: EDC/TBA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Susan R Copeland (University of New Mexico)
CE Instructor: Susan R Copeland, Ph.D.
Abstract: Schools are a unique work setting for many Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs). BCBAs’ skills and knowledge can facilitate provision of effective intervention and instructional programs for students, yet BCBAs may have limited training specific to these complex settings. The presence and unique status of students with disabilities in schools, the legal rights of those students and their parents, and the laws that govern school personnel actions present unique ethical and legal responsibilities that affect behavior analysts' work in schools. Some of the aspects of practice that are unique to schools and relevant to behavior analytic practice include: mandated collaborative teams, overlapping specialty practices, contractual individual education programs, consent, parent participation, assessment, least restrictive environment, student discipline processes, manifestation determinations, student self-determination, and non-discrimination. Symposium presenters will discuss significant contextual factors that influence the role of behavior analysts in school settings, provide recommendations for specific preparation needed for BCBAs to be effective, collaborative team members within these settings. and outline areas for future research to strengthen and expand the use of behavior analysis within school settings.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): school-based practice
Target Audience: The target audience for the presentation are BCBAs and BCaBAs practicing in or considering practicing in school settings and individuals who teach in BCBA/BCaBA preparation programs. Audience members should have prerequisite skills in understanding the goals of behavior analysis, understanding the responsible conduct of behavior analysts (found in Professional and Ethical Compliance Codes) and have skill in collaboration with others who support/provide services to students.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Identify four contextual factors that limit effective provision of behavior analysis in school settings. (2) Describe three strategies or approaches to address these factors and facilitate effective practice in school settings. (3) Identify three areas of specific knowledge/skills that could strengthen preparation of BCBAs to work in school settings.
 
Professional Responsibility and School Collaborations
(Service Delivery)
RUTH LUCKASSON (University of NM)
Abstract: Professional responsibility includes the exercise of evidence-based practices, professional standards, ethics, and clinical judgment. Different professions and different cultures may, however, interpret professional responsibility in different ways. As behavior analysts increasingly work in schools, and collaborate with school teams that include special educators, general educators, diagnosticians, administrators, and students and their families, new professional tensions may emerge in serving students with disabilities. One way to analyze these tensions is to consider the varying ways that school collaborators interpret their professional responsibility. By anticipating these “tensions of interpretation” we may be able to avoid disputes rooted in miscommunication about professional responsibility. In this presentation I will compare and contrast professional responsibility among relevant professions, review recent legal cases that provide guidance about ABA in schools, and suggest areas for improved alignment.
 
The Case for Including Behavior Analysts in Inclusive Education
(Service Delivery)
ERIC ANDERSON (Bowling Green State University )
Abstract: The majority of students with intellectual and developmental disabilities receive their education in settings other than the general education classroom (Morningstar et al., 2017), thereby missing out on the academic and social benefits of inclusion in the general education classroom (Shogren et al., 2015). At the same time, the majority of BCBAs and BCBA-Ds report their primary area of professional emphasis as working with individuals on the autism spectrum, individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities, or in education (BACB, 2022). Behavior analysts are uniquely positioned to design interventions to address barriers that commonly prevent inclusive placement (e.g., deficits in communication/social skills and disruptive/challenging behavior) and support these students to access the general education classroom. This presentation will review nationally representative and longitudinal data on the prevalence of separate placement, common barriers used to justify that separate placement, and behavioral interventions that can ensure these students access inclusive environments.
 

Implementation Science in Behavior Analysis: What Can We Learn From Theory and an Applied Study?

(Service Delivery)
DEIRDRE M. MULDOON (The College of Saint Rose)
Abstract:

Implementation science focuses on barriers and supports that educators, including behavior analysts, need when implementing evidence-based practices (EBP) in clinics and classrooms. Implementation science arose from the need to understand the research-to-practice gap that exists in the delivery of EBPs. It is a dynamic framework designed to increase understanding of how to improve and increase use of EBP. Damschroder et al. (2009) devised a Consolidated Framework for Implementation Science (CFIR) that has five domains: intervention characteristics, outer setting, inner setting, characteristics of the individuals involved, and the process of implementation. Using the constructs of the CFIR this presentation will address the recent successes and barriers of an applied single case experimental study designed to teach minimally-verbal, preschool children with ASD receptive vocabulary.

 
 
Symposium #203
CE Offered: BACB
Diversity submission Behavior Analysis, Functional Relationships, and Criminal Justice
Sunday, May 28, 2023
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom H
Area: PCH/CSS; Domain: Theory
Chair: Jurnee Skylar Dunn (Salem State University)
CE Instructor: Darlene E. Crone-Todd, M.A.
Abstract: There are many ways that behavior analysis can be helpful in the study of criminal behavior or the criminal justice system. An understanding of both the individual contingencies that lead to criminal behavior such as homicide, and the more complex interlocking behavioral contingencies that shape individuals and the collective behavior of citizens, police officers/law enforcement, lawyers, and judges are important for both understanding and predicting behavior. In this symposium, the presentations will cover these contingency analyses, and one will provide an overview of how our science of behavior can allow behavior analysts to branch out to areas such as the prevention of domestic violence, organizational behavior management for police officers, and restoration programs for competency to stand trial. Thus, the symposium will cover how understanding behavioral contingencies and functional relationships are essential in all these levels of analysis and application.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Criminal Justice, Diversity, Expanding ABA, Functional Relationships
Target Audience: Basic knowledge of behavior analytical principles.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to apply behavior-analytic principles to the criminal justice system, recognize behavioral contingencies that are outside the realm of developmental disabilities and creatively think about the diversity in behavior analysis.
 
Diversity submission 

Interlocking Behavioral Contingencies in the Criminal Justice System

Brooke Mann (Salem State University), DARLENE E. CRONE-TODD (Salem State University)
Abstract:

Operant behavior is strengthened or weakened by consequences that vary in terms of magnitude, quality, and variability. An individual’s history of reinforcement and punishment are therefore important in predicting behavior, and this includes choices people make in each moment of time. When people choose between immediate and long-term consequences, important factors include time constraints, training history, and magnitude and probability of threat versus avoidance of threat/aversive outcome. Within the criminal justice system, there are interlocking behavioral contingencies working at the meta level that involve the interplay between groups of people undergoing a variety of these factors. The factors shape the individual and collective behavior of citizens, police officers/law enforcement, lawyers, judges, etc. In this presentation, we will focus on a model of how the interlocking behavioral contingencies intersect, and why behavioral skills training is important.

 
Diversity submission Behavior Analysis Assists the Criminal Justice System
TIMOTHY TEMPLIN (Endicott College)
Abstract: There are many uses of behavior analysis to further the study of criminology, or otherwise assist in criminal or civil legal proceedings, as well as juvenile or adult correctional programs. Areas of interest related to this field have been reviewed in the literature, and in current practice, for this presentation. Among areas where ABA can branch into criminal justice include prevention of domestic violence, organizational behavior management for police officers, and restoration programs for competency to stand trial. The dissemination of ABA within the criminal justice field is also important, and the different areas of focus are covered by the Forensic Applied Behavior Analysis (FABA) Special Interest Group (SIG) within the Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI).
 
Diversity submission Behavioral Contingencies in Homicide
KODEY LAI (Arizona State University)
Abstract: Behavior analysis has the goal of being able to change behavior, specifically to describe, predict and control behavior. The assumption is that an individual’s learning history will affect their chosen actions and behaviors. Using this assumption, behavior analysis claims to predict and control behavior. There should be consistency in how homicide offenders act using this principle, in their past behavior, criminal history, and behaviors at the crime scene. Information from an individual’s learning history of previous years should therefore make it easier to predict homicide offenders. In this presentation, behavior analytic principles will be used to analyze behaviors and permanent products that are observable at the crime scene to show characteristics that should be present in everyday life, even with offenders of homicide.
 
 
Symposium #206
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Stranger Things® - The Upside Down of Ethics
Sunday, May 28, 2023
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Convention Center 401/402
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College)
CE Instructor: Tim Caldwell, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Behavior analytic practitioners live within two different dimensions. Most of the time, treatment is provided with only straightforward ethical issues, but sometimes situations seem to turn our practice upside down. This alternate dimension of unethical behavior is not often discussed, yet it threatens the existence of our ABA, science-based world. Thankfully, behavior analysts can be taught the tools to fight against unethical monsters without needing psychic powers. This symposium will provide behavior analysts with methods to fight the ethical upside down by reviewing a script for instructing how to confront unethical behavior, methods to combat the invasion of pseudoscience, and ways to vanquish the barriers to conducting experimental analysis in clinical practice.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): ethics, experimental analysis, pseudoscience, teaching ethics
Target Audience:

The target audience will have prerequisite knowledge in the BACB Ethics Code for Behavior Analysts, the science-based application of behavior change interventions, as well as the ethical use of experimentation in clinical practice.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Teach students or BCBAs how to effectively confront unethical behavior in the field (2) Identify the barriers to using experimental analysis in clinical practice (3) Identify ways to overcome the barriers to using experimental analysis in clinical practice (4) Identify pseudoscientific interventions that are utilized in practice and how to avoid them
 
Confronting Dr. Brenner (Papa): How to Teach Students to Confront Unethical Behavior
JONATHAN W. IVY (The Pennsylvania State University - Harrisburg), Kimberly A. Schreck (The Pennsylvania State University - Harrisburg), Thomas L. Zane (University of Kansas)
Abstract: The discipline of applied behavior analysis has an established Ethics Code (Behavior Analysis Certification Board, 2020), requirements for instructing ethics content within a Verified Course Sequence, and the mandate that behavior analysts address unethical behavior of others. However, no evidence-based practice exists for how to specifically teach student the ethics code or the skills for addressing unethical behavior. This research evaluated the effects of an instructional intervention package on number of script steps independently completed by graduate students to address violations of the ethics code. The script described eight steps to confront and address an ethical concern. The components of the instructional intervention package included gamification, in-class simulations, and behavioral skills training. Graduate students from three university programs participated in the study. A multiple baseline across groups (university programs) was used to evaluate the effects of the instructional intervention package. The results indicated that the instructional package resulted in significantly improved student independence in addressing unethical behavior. The implication of this approach to teach students how to address ethical concerns as well as considerations for implementation will be discussed.
 

Breaking Through the Barriers of the Hive Mind: Identifying and Fighting the Barriers to the Ethical Use of Experimental Analysis in Clinical Practice or Avoiding the Use of Formulaic Interventions

TIM CALDWELL (Behavior Interventions Inc.), Kimberly A. Schreck (Penn State Harrisburg)
Abstract:

The foundations of applied behavior analysis (ABA) and its subsequent ethical codes necessitate the use of experimentation to determine relationships among behavior and environmental variables as an underlying principle. Behavior analysts may be experiencing barriers to using experimental analysis (EA) in clinical practice. This paper included two questionnaire studies investigating behavior analysts’ (Study 1 N=293; Study 2 N =324) current use and barriers to ethical implementation of EA in clinical practice. Results aggregated from both studies indicated that approximately 1/3rd of behavior analysts did not use EA in clinical practice. Across the studies, lack of resources ranked as the most significant barrier, while reimbursement for services was ranked as the least influential barrier to using EA in clinical practice. These studies suggested possible general and specific barriers to implementation of EA in clinical practice, which may have significant ethical implications for appropriate treatment for clients.

 

The Strangest Thing: Trends in Behavior Analysts’ Use of Treatments for Individuals with Autism

KIMBERLY MARSHALL (University of Oregon), Kristin Bowman (Endicott College), Lisa Tereshko (Endicott College), Victoria Suarez (Endicott College), Kimberly A. Schreck (Penn State Harrisburg), Thomas L. Zane (University of Kansas), Justin B. Leaf (Endicott College; Autism Partnership Foundation)
Abstract:

Behavior analysts have a responsibility to provide their clients with interventions that are based on scientific evidence. Nevertheless, in a survey identifying certified behavior analysts’ use and variables influencing their use of autism treatments, only between 78% and 95% of participants (N=921) at each certification level (BCBA-Ds, BCBAs, BCaBAs, and RBTs) reported current use of applied behavior analysis (ABA). Furthermore, with the exception of bleach therapy, all treatments, including ineffective/harmful interventions (e.g., facilitated communication), were reportedly used by at least one participant. Participants frequently cited persuasion by others as an influence for their treatment selections. A comparison with previous findings (Schreck et al., 2016) identified a statistically significant decrease in the percentage of certificants at each level (i.e., BCBA-Ds, BCBAs, and BCaBAs) using ABA compared to five years ago. Significant decreases in the use of two unestablished treatments were also found; however, there was no change in the reported use of all other pseudoscientific treatments. Since behavior analysts’ use of unestablished treatments may be detrimental to client outcomes and the reputation and success of the field of ABA, it is essential to discuss these findings and to identify methods for increasing behavior analysts’ use of empirically supported treatments.

 
 
Noteworthy Activity #173A
Career Fair
Sunday, May 28, 2023
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Convention Center, Exhibit Hall F

Registration is now open for employers to sign up for the ABAI Career Fair, which takes place in May. Space is limited, so sign up soon.For more detail, check out the career fair listed in the ABAI store. Jobseekers can begin registering on the ABAI Career Central starting in April. Pleaseuploadyour resume to Career Central before the event, which employers will be able to review.

 
 
Noteworthy Activity #204A
Presenter Meet and Greet
Sunday, May 28, 2023
1:00 PM–2:00 PM
Convention Center, Exhibit Hall F

Come to the lounge area and meet presenters to discuss their research, ask questions, or just say "hi." Authors:

  • Sarah Dababnah
  • Sarah Feldstein Ewing
  • Aaron Fischer
  • Simon Gadbois
  • Amy Gravino
  • Adam Halberstadt
 
 
Noteworthy Activity #204B
Professional Photographs
Sunday, May 28, 2023
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Convention Center, Exhibit Hall F

"Bring your badge and have your professional photograph taken for use in social media, professional online bios, and more! "

 
 
Poster Session #206A
AUT Sunday Poster Session
Sunday, May 28, 2023
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Convention Center, Exhibit Hall F
Chair: Wendy A. Machalicek (University of Oregon)
1. Functional Communication Training (FCT) for Tangible Maintained Aggression Evaluated in a Latency-Based Reversal Design
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JACOB P. OLIVEIRA (Salve Regina University), Jesse Perrin (Pathways), Adam Mulvey (Pathways Strategic Teaching Center), Shirley Sanchez (Pathways Strategic Teaching Center), Cody Morris (Salve Regina University)
Discussant: Wendy A. Machalicek (University of Oregon)
Abstract: Functional Communication Training (FCT) is an effective function-based treatment that has been shown to reduce problem behavior and increase appropriate behavior in previous research. Most research with FCT has been evaluated within rate-based designs. Previous research has identified response latency as an index of response strength in comparison to rate-based measurements. This purpose of this project is to evaluate the effectiveness of FCT within a latency-based reversal design. This project also includes data on how the terminal response was acquired through prompt fading. The study was conducted with a 13-year-old vocal verbal Caucasian male with a diagnosis of autism spectrum disorder that could speak with 1-4 word phrases within a special education school in New England. Treatment involved replacing aggressive behavior with an appropriate request for more time on the computer. The results of the study gave evidence that FCT being evaluated within a latency-based reversal design is an effective way to evaluate FCT. IOA data was collected by two independent observers for 100% of FCT prompt fading trials with a mean agreement of 100% and 75% of FCT treatment evaluation trials with a mean agreement of 100%. Treatment integrity data was collected for 95% of FCT prompt fading trials with global score of 85% and 100% of FCT treatment evaluation trials with a global score of 100%.
 
2. Evaluating the Impact of Pre-Requisite Skills on the Outcomes of Auditory-Visual Conditional Discrimination Tasks
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ALEXANDRIA CAVINESS (Evergreen Center/Cambridge College), Rebecca Hotchkiss (Evergreen Center, Cambridge College, CABAS)
Discussant: Nicole Pantano (Assumption University)
Abstract: Auditory visual conditional discrimination (AVCD) is an early and important listener skill, typically involving the individual learning to select the correct comparison stimulus following a vocal direction or antecedent. Often individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) require direct teaching for acquisition and generalization of this repertoire. Despite this, there is limited research on the prerequisite skills required for learning AVCD, which may impact the efficacy of teaching methods requiring this skill. The primary purpose of this study was to extend the literature on prerequisite skills for AVCD tasks and to extend the assessment completed by Kodak et al. (2015) to a novel population. Additionally, the study evaluated if the outcomes on the skills assessment will be indicative of outcomes on varying AVCD tasks. Two adolescent male students with ASD who reside at a residential facility served as participants. Three conditions within this study were a preference assessment, skills assessment, and AVCD training. The AVCD training assessed teaching novel stimuli in a comparison-first or sample-first arrangement. The results suggest that deficits of the prerequisite skills assessed impacted outcomes on AVCD. There will be discussion of individual differences based upon participant characteristics and outcomes, as well as suggestions for future research.
 
Diversity submission 3. The Development and Use of a Generalized Assessment Questionnaire to Create Socially Valid Interventions for Adults With Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD)
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ASHLEY JUAREZ (Butterfly Effects, LLC)
Discussant: Wendy A. Machalicek (University of Oregon)
Abstract: The CDC has reported an estimated 5,437,988 (2.21%) adults in the United States have ASD. This steadily growing number of adults being diagnosed with ASD has created a higher demand for services relevant to the adult and adolescent population. Gerhardt and Lainer (2011) state that there is a significant and growing necessity for greater attention to individual needs of adults with ASD to provide opportunities for an improved quality of life. Due to the majority of research and programmatic efforts have focused on young children, with relatively little focus placed on adolescents and adults with ASD (Gerhardt & Holmes, 2005); there is a need for change in the current systems of planning and intervention within the field of applied behavior analysis to transition into more functional and socially significant means for young adolescents and adults. With the transition from school-based interventions into integrated societal work life, there is a significant lack of identification and research to provide socially valid interventions to adults with ASD. Since most individuals with ASD do not have an intellectual disability, they are ineligible to participate in state and/or federally funded programs designed to assist individuals with other types of developmental disabilities (Gerhardt & Holmes, 2005). This has caused a significant gap in success for integration into society once transitioned into adulthood. This case study expands upon Gerhardt & Lainer (2011) by developing an assessment questionnaire tool to address socially valid intervention plans that improve the quality of life for an adult individual with ASD. An assessment questionnaire tool was developed based on the current common socially relevant barriers amongst adults with ASD. A single-case design was used. Individualized intervention goals were developed based on the assessment questionnaire tool to evaluate and examine the effectiveness of the tool by addressing socially significant scenarios that were particular to the studied adult.
 
Diversity submission 4. Evaluating the Use of Activity Schedules to Improve Play Activities for Children With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
CHAIDAMOYO GOODSON DZENGA (University of Montana Western)
Discussant: Nicole Pantano (Assumption University)
Abstract: Children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) exhibit restrictive/repetitive or stereotypical behaviors that hinder engagement with other typically developing peers. They often exhibit inflexibility due to challenges in communication. Play activities for children with ASD often characterized by repeating actions over and over, and failing to play with others (Rudy, 2021, Wolfberg and Schuler, 2006). Deficits in communication are linked to poor academic, and social outcomes (Barton et al., 2018; Barton 2014). If carefully selected and appropriately applied, play activities have the potential to improve social communication, thus, enhancing their integration into the community. Using activity schedules provides a cue prompting children with autism to complete play activities. The purpose of this systematic literature review was to evaluate the effectiveness of activity schedules to improve play activities for children with autism. This study reviewed 10 primary studies that utilized activity schedules to increase play activities for children with autism. Participants in the study were aged between 3 to 12 years. Visual analysis for all the studies indicated that activity schedules are effective in improving play skills for children with autism.
 
5. A Mega-Review of Functional Communication Training for Children With Developmental and Intellectual Disabilities in Educational Settings
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
FRANCIS CORR (University of Virginia), Mandy J. Rispoli (University of Virginia)
Discussant: Wendy A. Machalicek (University of Oregon)
Abstract:

Functional communication training is a widely used treatment for challenging behavior in individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). As more students with ASD are being served in educational settings, it is essential to understand and evaluate the evidence base of FCT in educational contexts. Fortunately, the number of systematic reviews of FCT has increased in recent years. Research is now needed to synthesize these findings to inform future research and evaluate the evidence base for this practice as a whole. This evaluation should focus on how FCT has been applied in educational contexts, under what conditions, for whom and by whom, and with what outcomes. This mega-review synthesized five reviews of FCT for children with ASD in educational settings. Data on participant characteristics, educational setting variables, FCT components and implementation, and outcomes and conclusions from each review are synthesized and discussed. Methodological rigor of each review was evaluated using A MeaSurement Tool to Assess systematic Reviews Revised (AMSTAR 2). This is the first mega-review to evaluate FCT in educational settings for children with ASD. The state of evidence for FCT in educational settings will be presented with implications for research and practice will be presented.

 
7. Effectiveness of Teaching Abduction Prevention Skills Using Video Modeling and Role Play to Young Adults With Autism Spectrum Disorders
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
CASSANDRA KRUPSKI (EPIC School), Angela Rodriguez (EPIC School), Natalie M. Driscoll (Seven Hills Foundation & Endicott College)
Discussant: Wendy A. Machalicek (University of Oregon)
Abstract: Abduction prevention is an incredibly important skill for young adults, especially those with reduced social skills such as young adults on the autism spectrum. As an addition to the available literature, abduction prevention using behavioral skills training, priming, and community members was explored using video modeling and in situ demonstration of skills in the community. In this multiple baseline design across three participants, the participants first completed a baseline worksheet of the abduction prevention skills available in the existing literature such as saying no, walking away, and telling a trusted adult. The participants then completed an in-situ probe to assess for generalization of skills. As assumed based on previous studies, the skills did not generalize from the worksheet to the community and were then taught specifically by using video modeling and tested in the community with a trained community helper.
 
8. Trauma-Informed Care: A Comparison Between Behavior Analysts and Social Workers
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
E ZHANG (University of Kansas Medical Center), Dariyn Olas (Children With Opportunity), Ezra Kaiser (University of Kansas Medical Center), Hanna Traphagan (University of Kansas Medical Center), Linda S. Heitzman-Powell (The University of Kansas Medical Center)
Discussant: Nicole Pantano (Assumption University)
Abstract: Individuals with developmental disabilities, including autism, are more likely to experience traumatic events than neurotypical peers. There is a lack of investigation on how Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) interventions incorporate trauma-informed care. Trauma-informed care involves professionals interacting with clients through a trauma-informed lens by realizing the impact of trauma, recognizing the signs and symptoms of trauma, integrating knowledge about trauma into policies, procedures, and practices, and seeking to avoid re-traumatization. The study examined the differences in training, education, and implementation of trauma-informed care between social workers and behavior analysts. We surveyed 41 behavior analysts and 49 social workers. Most behavior analyst respondents (82.9%) reported a lack of training concerning trauma-informed care as a barrier, and this number was only 28.6% for social worker respondents. Behavior analyst respondents were significantly less familiar with TIC and significantly less satisfied with their trauma-informed care practice quality than social worker respondents. The findings of this study indicate a lack of current training and protocol concerning trauma-informed care incorporation into ABA interventions compared to social workers’ training and protocols. There is a need for restructuring ABA education programs, continuing education requirements, and interventions to incorporate trauma-informed care.
 
10. An Examination of a Pica Treatment
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
HANNA TAYLOR (Marcus Autism Center), Jennifer M. Hodnett (Marcus Autism Center; Emory University School of Medicine), Joanna Lomas Mevers (Marcus Autism Center), Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center)
Discussant: Nicole Pantano (Assumption University)
Abstract: Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) often involves the presence of challenging behaviors. One common topography of challenging behavior is pica. Pica is characterized by the continuous consumption of materials which provide no nutritional value. This particular form of maladaptive behavior is considered to be very dangerous as it can lead to gastrointestinal and other medical complications. Pica is often automatically maintained and requires intensive behavioral interventions to reduce the behavior. The present study outlines the clinical assessment and treatment of pica in a 14-year old male, diagnosed with ASD. His initial treatment plan included differential reinforcement of alternative behaviors (DRA) and response interruption and redirection (RIRD) procedures however, these components were not effective in maintaining a sustained suppression in pica. Considering the lack of long-term effectiveness, a novel treatment package was developed involving the addition of noncontingent access to edible foods that mimicked the consistency and coloration of preferred nonfood pica items (i.e. drywall). Referred to as “safe pica” items. The combined use of the first treatment plan’s procedures and additional procedures including safe pica items was effective in reducing the challenging behavior by 99.8% in the clinic and 100% once generalized to the home.
 
11. Assessing the Feasibility of a Remotely Delivered Yoga Program for Adolescents With Autism: Time On Task and Off Task Behaviors
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
RACHEL NICOLE SOBOL FOSTER (University of Kansas Medical Center, Department of Internal Medicine), Brian Helsel (University of Kansas Medical Center, Department of Neurology), Lauren Ptomey (University of Kansas Medical Center, Department of Internal Medicine)
Discussant: Wendy A. Machalicek (University of Oregon)
Abstract: Youth with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) spend less time engaged in physical activity compared to neurotypical peers. Yoga is empirically validated to improve aspects of physical fitness such as strength, balance, and flexibility. Research on the benefits of yoga is well-established for neurotypical people, however, there is little to no research on the impact of yoga on individuals with ASD. Studies suggest remote-based exercise interventions circumvent barriers related to time, transportation, and cost for families of youth with ASD. The current study is the first published intervention to evaluate the feasibility of a remotely delivered yoga program for adolescents with ASD (N = 18). Researchers quantified participants’ levels of engagement in class through a comprehensive analysis of objectively measured on-task behaviors and specific off-task behaviors during all (N = 143) 30-minute yoga classes. Whole interval recording was used to measure percentage of time on task, and partial interval recording was used to measure percentage of time off task. Results indicate teaching remotely delivered yoga for youth with ASD is feasible, with participants attending 83% of classes and remaining on-task 86% of the time. Future research may examine levels of engagement in of other remotely delivered exercise interventions for this population.
 
12. Generalizing Session Pairing Procedures Across Participants With Comorbid Diagnoses Outside of Early Childhood
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
CHRISTINE JOHNSON (Butterfly Effects), Tara Jane Rochefort (Butterfly Effects), Jarrett Ring (Butterfly Effects)
Discussant: Nicole Pantano (Assumption University)
Abstract: Rapport building is a key component of effective and compassionate Applied Behavior Analytic (ABA) services for children and teenagers diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD, Rajaraman et al., 2022). Recent literature demonstrated that building rapport can decrease maladaptive behaviors while increasing the quality-of-service delivery (McLaughlin & Carr, 2005; Shillingsburg et al.,2018). This is the first step towards more compassionate and responsive ABA (Leaf et al., 2016). Presession pairing develops a positive environment that allows a relationship between the staff and the client to develop prior to the implementation of skill acquisition programs. The present study replicates and extends the work of Lugo et al. (2017) by generalizing their pre-session pairing procedures to an applied setting, across clients with comorbid diagnoses to ASD, and beyond ages other than early childhood. The frequency of praise delivered to clients was measured across therapist sessions pre and post behavior skills training (BST). The study’s results show that pairing throughout session is effective for participants other than those with a single diagnosis of ASD and that are outside of the early childhood age.
 
13. Exploration of Family Perspective and Experience Related to Applied Behavior Analysis in Kentucky
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KIMBERLY SCHAUDER (University of Louisville / Norton Children’s Hospital), Katelyn Rosso (University of Louisville Department of Pediatrics; Norton Children's Hospital Development Clinic), Stephanie Battistini (University of Louisville Department of Pediatrics; Norton Children's Hospital Development Clinic), Maria Mendoza (University of Louisville Department of Pediatrics; Norton Children's Hospital Development Clinic)
Discussant: Wendy A. Machalicek (University of Oregon)
Abstract: Although Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) is recognized as an effective therapy for individuals with autism, ABA remains controversial among stakeholders. Data is scarce regarding the landscape of ABA in various communities. This study explores how families in Kentucky decide whether to pursue ABA services. Practical reasons (e.g., cost, location) and information sources (e.g., doctor, independent research) were considered as possible influential factors. Two hundred and thirteen caregivers of children with autism in Kentucky responded to a survey. More than half (60%) of respondents endorsed pursuing ABA therapy. Analysis of factors that impacted whether to pursue ABA indicated that independent research by the caregiver was the most influential factor. Interestingly, those who ultimately pursued ABA endorsed being more impacted by the factors, as a set, compared to those who did not pursue ABA (p<.001). Of those that ultimately received ABA, 71% of these caregivers rated ABA to be “very” or “extremely” helpful. these results begin to highlight our community’s perspectives about ABA, and the differences that may characterize those that do and do not pursue ABA, which will guide providers in counseling family on intervention options. Qualitative analysis of free response comments is ongoing and promise to provide more insight into the variety of perspectives about ABA that exist in our community.
 
14. Analysis of Fixed-Lean Schedule Thinning Following Interventions Aimed at Decreasing Severe Problem Behavior
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MARIATU FORNAH (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Emily Ann Chesbrough (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Brianna Laureano (Kennedy Krieger Institute, Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), John Falligant (Kennedy Krieger Institute/Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Discussant: Nicole Pantano (Assumption University)
Abstract: Behavioral interventions to decrease problem behavior typically utilize dense schedules of reinforcement for appropriate behavior. Following reductions in problem behavior, schedule thinning is implemented to ensure the intervention is more feasible to implement in the natural environment. Hagopian et al. (2004) compared two schedule thinning approaches: a dense-to-lean (DTL) and fixed-lean (FL) approach. DTL schedule thinning involves initially implementing a dense reinforcement schedule and then gradually thinning the schedule of reinforcement to the terminal schedule. FL schedule thinning involves implementing and maintaining a lean schedule of reinforcement from the outset—one that is equivalent to the terminal schedule of the DTL condition. This study aimed to replicate Hagopian et al. (2004) to examine a FL schedule thinning approach following functional communication training with two individuals admitted to an inpatient unit for severe problem behavior. Our results suggest that the FL schedule thinning approach is an effective and efficient method for decreasing the schedule of reinforcement in behavior reduction treatments. The clinical application and considerations for implementing FL schedule thinning are discussed.
 
15. The Effects of Problem Behavior Frequency on Data Collection Accuracy
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Chloe A Calkins (Salve Regina University), MEGAN ELLSWORTH (Salve Regina University), Nicole Marie Nenninger (Salve Regina University), Sarah Sudhoff (Salve Regina University), Cody Morris (Salve Regina University)
Discussant: Wendy A. Machalicek (University of Oregon)
Abstract: The accuracy of reported behavioral data is crucial when using it in applied settings to inform clinical decisions. However, there are many challenges to obtaining accurate behavior data in clinical settings. Recent research by Morris et al. (2022) has outlined some risk factors that might negatively impact data collection integrity/accuracy in clinical settings. Still, more research is needed to better understand recognized risk factors and identify new risk factors related to data collection accuracy and integrity. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effect of the frequency of problem behavior on data collection accuracy. This study involved 31 participants who watched a 30-minute video of a client engaging in varying levels of problem behavior throughout the recording. A statistical analysis found a significant negative correlation between the frequency of problem behavior and the accuracy of data collection. The intercoder reliability of entering participant responses into the database was 99% across the entire data set.
 
16. The Effects of Observation Length on Data Collection Accuracy
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Sarah Sudhoff (Salve Regina University), NICOLE MARIE NENNINGER (Salve Regina University), Cody Morris (Salve Regina University), Chloe A Calkins (Salve Regina University), Megan Ellsworth (Salve Regina University)
Discussant: Nicole Pantano (Assumption University)
Abstract: Behavior analysts often rely on others to collect behavioral data that is used to inform their clinical decisions (Morris et al., 2022). While outsourcing data collection is a practical necessity, it can lead to issues with the trustworthiness of the data. Thus, behavior analysts must be careful to recommend best-practice data collection procedures to those who collect and report behavioral data. Tiger et al. (2013) and Morris & Peterson (2020) both suggested that multiple short-duration observations might produce better data collection accuracy than continuous longer-duration observations. However, research has not yet evaluated the effect of observation length on data collection accuracy. The purpose of this study was to evaluate observation length on data collection accuracy using 35 undergraduate student data collectors. The participants of the study watched a 30-minute video of a client engaging in varying levels of problem behavior in 30-minute or multiple 5-minute sessions. The intercoder reliability of entering participant responses into the database was 99% across the entire data set. The results of the study show very little difference in the data collection accuracy of the two different groups. Small differences in the data and possible reasons for the differences or lack thereof will be discussed.
 
17. Increasing Social Engagement Through Systematic Pairing and Approach Procedures
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
GABRIELLE PIGNATELLI (Rutgers University, GSAPP), Daniel Park (Rutgers University; Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center), Debra Paone (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center)
Discussant: Wendy A. Machalicek (University of Oregon)
Abstract: The objective of pairing is to establish rapport between the therapist and participant through the delivery of preferred reinforcers in the absence of demands (Lugo et al., 2019; Sundberg & Partington, 1998). Pre-session pairing refers to an antecedent-based procedure where the therapist and the participant engage with preferred items prior to an instructional session (Kelly et al., 2015). When pre-session pairing occurs, increased academic responding and reductions in challenging behavior are often observed (Kelly et al., 2015). Pairing the therapist with reinforcement may reduce avoidant behaviors and increase social engagement in the instructional setting (Shillingsburg et al., 2014; Lugo et al., 2019). The present study used assessment procedures described by Morris and Vollmer (2021) to measure both social engagement with a novel therapist and duration within close proximity to the therapist. Following this assessment, the novel therapist engaged in a pairing procedure with the participant, using procedures described by McLaughlin & Carr (2005). When criteria were met for the pairing and approach procedures, a post-assessment was conducted to evaluate the extent to which the procedures resulted in an increase in engagement and the duration within close proximity to the therapist. Increases in both variables were observed across both participants.
 
18. An Assessment of Stimulus Prompts to Teach Conditional Discriminations to Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
HAVEN SIERRA NILAND (University of North Texas), Katherine Flores (University of North Texas Kristin Farmer Autism Center; University of North Texas Department of Behavior Analysis), Samantha Bergmann (University of North Texas Department of Behavior Analysis), Julia Wang (Texas Academy of Mathematics and Science), Isaiah Salazar (University of North Texas Kristin Farmer Autism Center; University of North Texas Department of Behavior Analysis), Karen Rader (University of North Texas Department of Behavior Analysis), Elizabeth M. Sansing (University of North Texas Kristin Farmer Autism Center; University of North Texas Department of Behavior Analysis), Setareh Moslemi (University of North Texas Kristin Farmer Autism Center; University of North Texas Department of Behavior Analysis)
Discussant: Nicole Pantano (Assumption University)
Abstract: Assessment-based instruction can be used to identify effective and efficient skill-acquisition procedures that support individualized behavioral programming for children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Prompts are a common teaching strategy to promote skill acquisition. The purpose of this applied study was to use assessment-based instruction to evaluate the efficacy and efficiency of within- and extra-stimulus prompts to teach conditional discriminations to two children with ASD. Stimulus prompts involved motion (within-stimulus) and pointing (extra-stimulus) to evoke correct responding in the presence of a discriminative stimulus. We used an adapted alternating treatments design with a no-treatment control condition to evaluate the effects of both prompt types across multiple sets of stimuli. Neither prompt type led to acquisition without additional procedural modifications. The study is ongoing and data for one participant suggest that the extra-stimulus prompt is more likely to transfer control. Assessment results will be used to inform clinical programming to teach conditional discriminations and contribute to research on designing and implementing assessment-based instruction.
 
Diversity submission 19. Where Does Expertise Lie? Building Effective Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Treatment Through Exploring Diverse Families Strengths and Values
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
STEFAN ANDREW HORBANCZUK (University of Washington)
Discussant: Wendy A. Machalicek (University of Oregon)
Abstract: As applied behavior analysis (ABA) becomes the dominant method of treating Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD), how Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs) conduct interventions amongst a growing diverse population is a point of emphasis for future practical application. This study utilized theoretical frameworks from within the field of education: Family-Centered Practice (FCP), which is a recommended practice of Early Intervention (EI) services and Cultural Community Wealth (CCW), which aims to critically center knowledge and experiences of historically marginalized communities in educational settings. Two dyads consisting of a BCBA and a respective diverse family with whom the BCBA currently provided services were interviewed, using a current Treatment Plan as a means of elicitation. Questions during the interview centered on family strengths, knowledge and values and how the BCBA identified and incorporated those items into the current Treatment Plan. The results demonstrated that BCBAs were able to utilize diverse families values, knowledge and strengths when implementing behavior-change goals to meet their needs. However, there remained instances in which intervention was built around normative, societal values that were not congruent with the families’ values. This poster serves as a building block to understanding how BCBAs can build intervention upon family strengths, rather than deficits.
 
20. A Sibling Mediated Intervention Using Token Economies During Telehealth Social Skills Groups
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
BRIANNA WATERBURY (Claremont Graduate University), Katharine Chase Emery (Claremont Graduate University), Catherine Lugar (Claremont Graduate University)
Discussant: Nicole Pantano (Assumption University)
Abstract: Many children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) fail to demonstrate functional communication and social skills (American Psychiatric Association, 2013). While most interventions with children with autism are performed by trained behavior interventionists, there is some incentive for treatments to be delivered by more familiar individuals, such as parents, peers, and siblings (Schreibman & Anderson, 2001). The fidelity and implementation of a token-economy procedure with their autistic sibling during social skills group via telehealth was examined using a multiple-baseline procedure across three sibling dyads. After behavior-skills trainings, each sibling was able to implement a token-economy procedure with fidelity with their autistic siblings during social skills groups via telehealth. In addition, all autistic siblings demonstrated increases in appropriate social skills during telehealth groups, specifically in appropriate responding to their peers.
 
21. Online Safety Skills and Digital Education for Individuals With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Theory
ARLENE KELY ALVES DE AMORIM (Grupo Conduzir), Raissa Silva (Instituto de Pesquisa Conduzir), Renata Michel (Instituto de Pesquisa Conduzir), Carlos Henrique Santos da Silva (Instituto de Pesquisa Conduzir)
Discussant: William Sullivan (Golisano Children's Hospital & Center for Special Needs; SUNY Upstate Medical University)
Abstract: The internet has transformed all contexts of society. We create technologies that quickly shape our behavior. In addition to the impact of our vast access to information, new forms of relationships, different ways of working, and new risks – such as illegal sharing of personal data, hacking, fake news, cyber bullying, sexual abuse, among others – have begun to threaten our daily lives and require new forms of protection. Data protection laws around the world aim to guarantee the security of citizens' data. However, laws alone are not enough to guarantee effective online security. In a hyperconnected world, children, adolescents, and especially autistic individuals need strategies that promote safety and digital education. Such an approach must be addressed through interventions that teach repertoires such as knowing how to identify behaviors that present potential harm, to avoid oversharing personal data, and to recognize suspicious messages, fake news, among others. Preliminary data from a literature review in Applied Behavior Analysis indicate little or no research on teaching those skills, highlighting the relevance and urgency of promoting studies that assess the impact of this problem and develop strategies for teaching online safety repertoires and digital education to autistic individuals.
 
22. The Transition to Adulthood for Individuals With Autism in Brazil
Area: AUT; Domain: Theory
ARLENE KELY ALVES DE AMORIM (Grupo Conduzir), Raissa Silva (Instituto de Pesquisa Conduzir), Renata Michel (Instituto de Pesquisa Conduzir), Carlos Henrique Santos da Silva (Instituto de Pesquisa Conduzir)
Discussant: Ariadna Martinez (University of South Florida)
Abstract: Individuals with autism face greater challenges when transitioning to adulthood when compared to the general population. Such challenges are found in areas such as vocational and academic education, the job market, interpersonal relationships, self-knowledge, and autonomy. That is why it is important to develop individualized resources aimed at long-term independence and reducing the level of support. According to the literature, developing individualized resources and involving the person’s interests and preferences during the process are among the various factors that contribute to the efficiency of an intervention. However, there is scarcely any literature about the services offered to this population in the context of Brazil. Therefore, future research should assess the parameters and characteristics of ABA services in Brazil aimed at young people and adults with autism, such as assessment protocols and evidence-based practices used in developing a transition plan that contemplates the following skills: social, community, independent life, communication, security, sexuality, among others.
 
23. Client Preference for Communication Response Across Functions
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SAMANTHA BRYAN (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Cynthia P. Livingston (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute ), Melody Lynn Culbertson (UNMC), Jessica Pham Tran (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Lauren Layman (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute ), Jordan DeBrine (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Mary Rose Gomez (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Discussant: William Sullivan (Golisano Children's Hospital & Center for Special Needs; SUNY Upstate Medical University)
Abstract: Functional communication training is a commonly prescribed function-based intervention to replace problem behavior (Tiger et al., 2008). Research has suggested that specific mand modalities (e.g., picture exchange system, sign language, vocal responses) implemented during functional communication training can affect treatment outcomes (Kunnavatana et al., 2018). Thus, practitioners have begun to teach multiple functional communication responses (Bloom & Lambert, 2015). Interventionalists commonly select functional communication responses according to factors such as choice allocation (Winborn-Kemmerer et al., 2009). However, few studies have investigated preference for responses across functions to replace problem behavior maintained by social reinforcement. The purpose of our study was to determine if preference for communication modalities differed across functions for problem behavior. For example, did preference for the modality of the attention functional communication response differ from the preference for the tangible functional communication response? Two children diagnosed with autism participated in the study. The results of the mand topography assessments showed preference was the same for each communication response; however, patterns of responding differed between positively and negatively reinforced functional communication responses.
 
24. Individualized Standards-Based Curricula to Teach Math and Science Concepts to Two Learners With Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD)
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Priya P Patil (Caldwell University), Catherine Collins (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Brianna DiPasquale (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Cassandra McGuirl (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Amber Trinidad (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), EMILY E. GALLANT (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Kevin J. Brothers (Somerset Hills Learning Institute)
Discussant: Ariadna Martinez (University of South Florida)
Abstract: Standards-based curricula were individualized to rapidly teach science and age-appropriate math concepts to two learners with autism spectrum disorder and strong prerequisite skills. At the beginning of science concepts intervention, Jamie was 9 years old and Susie, 10; for math concepts, Jamie was 10 and Susie, 11. Concepts in both subject areas were selected from New Jersey Student Learning Standards for the learners’ respective grade levels, based on clinical consensus regarding priority. Curricula were created by students’ instructors and individualized as needed based on students’ unique patterns of and challenges in skill acquisition. Instructors taught Jamie and Susie to respond to multiple-choice, short-answer, and other grade-level-appropriate questions by teaching note-taking skills during dyadic instruction, and via worksheets containing common stimuli and designed to mediate generalization. Jamie has acquired 30 science concepts and Susie, 21 science concepts to date over 18 months of instruction. Both learners have been similarly successful in acquiring mathematical concepts: over 12 months of instruction, Jamie has mastered 15 geometry and fraction concepts and Susie, 11 geometry concepts. We expect additional data from ongoing instruction in both skill domains (for inclusion in final presentation) to remain consistent with outcomes described to date.
 
25. Teaching an Adolescent With Autism to Request Help Using an Interrupted Chain Procedure
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
DANIELE RIZZI (Fondazione Oltre le Parole Onlus - Pescara (Italy)), Romina Tarquinio (Fondazione Oltre le Parole Onlus - Pescara (Italy)), Annalisa Galeone (Fondazione Oltre le Parole Onlus - Pescara (Italy)), Mathilde Bourdil (Private Practice), Mirko Massa (Fondazione Oltre le Parole Onlus - Pescara (Italy)), Vittorio Visco (Fondazione Oltre le Parole Onlus - Pescara (Italy))
Discussant: William Sullivan (Golisano Children's Hospital & Center for Special Needs; SUNY Upstate Medical University)
Abstract: Asking for help is a missing skill for many people with autism. Receiving assistance in situations in which one is unable to proceed independently could reduce the likelihood of emitting problem behaviors, improve social interaction and communicate their needs in a functional way. This paper, a replication of the study "Teaching children with autism to request help with difficult tasks" (Rodriguez et al. 2017), was conducted in order to teach the request for help to a 15-year-old boy with a diagnosis of autistic spectrum disorder through the use of interrupted behavioral chains, in a semi-residential center for adolescents and young adults with autism. The intervention was conducted out on 9 chains grouped into 3 sets, each of which consisted of 6 trials: 3 in which the participant was able to complete the chain (EO absent) and 3 in which the materials were manipulated to make necessary the request for help (EO present). The teaching procedure, consisting of prompting and fading via prompt delay, was evaluated through a concurrent multiple baseline design between sets. The realization of this intervention allowed the participant to learn to ask for help in all 3 sets. Furthermore, the maintenance (set 1) and the generalization of the request in 2 naturalistic probes was evaluated, demonstrating the applied importance of the intervention results.
 
26. Teaching Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder to Mand for Answers to Questions via Telehealth: A Caregiver Implementation
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
REMINGTON MICHAEL SWENSSON (Baylor University), Jessica Akers (Baylor University), Renming Liu (Baylor University), Monserrat Austin (Baylor University)
Discussant: Ariadna Martinez (University of South Florida)
Abstract: Research has shown that individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) may have a delay in the development of spoken language and even after acquiring language, may still have impairments in conversation skills (APA, 2013). These impairments could potentially impact an individual’s ability to engage in social interactions to effectively navigate their environment. One strategy to increase an individual’s vocal language while also increasing opportunities for social interactions is to teach individuals with ASD to mand for information. In the current study, we systematically replicated and extended the findings of Ingvarsson and Hollobough (2010) by having caregivers implement the intervention, while receiving coaching provided via telehealth, to teach three children diagnosed with ASD to mand for information. The effects of this intervention were evaluated using a multiple baseline design across participants. The intervention resulted in the acquisition of the mand for information, “I don’t know, please tell me” (IDKPTM) and intraverbal responses (i.e., correct responses to previously unknown questions) for all participants. Generalization was evaluated across a second set of unknown questions, and all participants independently engaged in the “IDKPTM” response during these probes. Social validity was also provided by the caregiver after the completion of the study.
 
27. Sleep Interventions for Children With Sleep Problems and Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ISABEL ROMBULT (Endicott College), Jessica Piazza (Endicott College), Roxanne Gayle (Trumpet Behavioral Health, Endicott College, Pepperdine University), Lisa Tereshko (Endicott College)
Discussant: William Sullivan (Golisano Children's Hospital & Center for Special Needs; SUNY Upstate Medical University)
Abstract: In children with autism spectrum disorder, there is a higher prevalence of sleep problems compared to typically developing children. These sleep problems include but are not limited to sleep onset delay, night waking’s, and co-sleeping. Oftentimes these sleep problems can negatively impact the child as well as their family. To treat these sleep problems caregivers/clients have many treatment options to choose from including behavioral, pharmacological, and alternative interventions. When sleep problems are addressed, children with autism may benefit in several ways including increased sleep duration and decreased problem behaviors.
 
28. Emotional Regulation and Autism Without Intellectual Disability: A Systematic Review and Call to Action
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JULIE ASHKENAZI (Endicott College), Jessica Piazza (Endicott College), Lisa Tereshko (Endicott College)
Discussant: Ariadna Martinez (University of South Florida)
Abstract: Though a variety of definitions exist in the research literature, emotional regulation (ER) is generally defined as evaluating and altering emotional reactions to facilitate adaptive behavior (Cai et al., 2018, Goldsmith & Kelley, 2018; Jahromi et al., 2012; Mazefsky et al., 2013). Accordingly, when individuals attempt to regulate their emotions, they seek to manage their interaction with and subsequent response to an emotional stimulus (Samson et al., 2015b). ER skills allow individuals to cope with novel or unexpected stimuli and, consequently, help ensure appropriate responding during social interactions (Jahromi et al., 2012; Samson et al., 2015b). Given their potential impact on interpersonal relationships, academic performance, and vocational opportunities, an individual with inadequate ER skills could be limited in myriad ways. As such, adaptive ER skills, including seeking social support, problem-solving, and acceptance (Cai et al., 2020), are essential for favorable long-term outcomes and enhanced quality of life (Conner et al., 2022). Moreover, they have been shown to improve interpersonal functioning, wellbeing, and financial health (Santomauro et al., 2017). On the contrary, maladaptive ER skills, such as suppression, denial, avoidance, and negative rumination (Cai et al., 2018), have been linked to depression and anxiety (Cai et al., 2018; Mazefsky & White, 2014; Santomauro et al., 2017), and might also contribute to emergent or exacerbated psychiatric conditions (Conner et al., 2019). Thus, the primary goal of this paper is to evaluate ER interventions designed to support autistic individuals without intellectual disability to ensure treatment leads to meaningful improvement in ER skills and, thereby, facilitates the best possible outcomes.
 
29. Examining the Effects of a Differential Observing Response Procedure on the Receptive Identification Skills of Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD)
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
REBECCA TITCOMB (Endicott College; ABA Services of Colorado), Lisa Tereshko (Endicott College), Stephanie Bendush (Endicott College), Sophie Bonilla (ABA Services of Colorado), Chelsea Holley (ABA Services of Colorado), Alexis Olivas (ABA Services of Colorado)
Discussant: William Sullivan (Golisano Children's Hospital & Center for Special Needs; SUNY Upstate Medical University)
Abstract: The current study extended the research on match to sample differential observing responses by examining the efficacy of a touch to match response to teach receptive identification to two children with atypical speech development and ASD. The procedure used a progressive time delay and measured the maintenance and generalization of the listener responding skill. The results indicated there was no difference in the rate of acquisition of a receptive identification task for Participant 2 and the DOR was less effective for Participant 1. Maintenance probes indicated the receptive identification skills maintained across both conditions 1-month post mastery. Generalization probes indicated five of the six target stimuli generalized to larger stimulus arrays and across exemplars for both participants.
 
30. The Effects of Multiple-Exemplar Training on Generalization of Social Skills With Adolescents and Young Adults With Autism: A Systematic Review
Area: AUT; Domain: Theory
MOLLY KATE OSHINSKI (University of Texas at Austin), Patricio Erhard (University of Texas at Austin), Terry S. Falcomata (The University of Texas at Austin), Austin Ross Sekula (The University of Texas at Austin)
Discussant: Ariadna Martinez (University of South Florida)
Abstract: Adolescents and young adults with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) have persistent difficulty developing and generalizing social communication and interaction skills. Emerging research has demonstrated that people with ASD have benefited from strategies that embed multiple-exemplar training (MET) to increase generalization of social skills. However, to date, no systematic review has examined the effects of MET on stimulus or response generalization of social skills. As such, the purpose of the current study was to analyze the effects of MET on generalization of social skills with people aged 13-30 diagnosed with ASD. We reviewed 11 studies; results suggested that MET was effective for producing stimulus generalization of social skills.
 
31. Reinforcer Testing for Minimally Verbal Autistic Children
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Rachel Yosick (Marcus Autism Center; Emory University School of Medicine), Tracy Argueta (Marcus Autism Center; Emory University School of Medicine), Jennifer M. Hodnett (Marcus Autism Center; Emory University School of Medicine), KRISTINA GERENCSER (Marcus Autism Center; Emory University School of Medicine)
Discussant: William Sullivan (Golisano Children's Hospital & Center for Special Needs; SUNY Upstate Medical University)
Abstract: A core challenge for minimally verbal children diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder is restricted interests, which can include reduced interest in tangible items that can be utilized as reinforcers in skill acquisition programs. This common clinical challenge leads to a need for practical, clinically valid procedures for assessing a stimulus’s reinforcing value to evaluate effects of conditioning procedures designed to increase reinforcers. Three minimally verbal autistic participants underwent standard reinforcer testing procedures to evaluate reinforcing properties of leisure items. Standard reinforcer testing procedures were not found to produce valid results for any of the three participants. Thus, modifications were made to standard procedures including the addition of teaching the contingency via prompt and prompt fading, as well as evaluation of arbitrary responses utilized. Following modifications, valid reinforcer testing results were produced with all three participants. Results indicate that careful modifications to reinforcer testing procedures may be needed to produce valid results in the minimally verbal autistic population.
 
32. Using Relational Training Procedure During Acceptance and Commitment Therapy Among Autistic Children and Teenagers
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ZHIHUI YI (Univeristy of Illinois Chicago), Meredith T. Matthews (University of Illinois at Chicago), Mark R. Dixon (University of Illinois Chicago)
Discussant: Ariadna Martinez (University of South Florida)
Abstract: The current study investigated the impact of relational training procedures during Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) among autistic children and teenagers. Four participants aged between 6 to 17 participated in the study. Participants were first taught to match sight words (A) for each of the processes in the psychological flexibility model to their textural definitions (B; A-B Train) and to match those sight words (A) to their corresponding metaphorical animated characters (C; A-C Train). Participants were then probed on whether they could derive the relationship between animated characters (C) and their textural definitions (B; B-C Test). Results showed that all three participants exposed to the relational training successfully derived the relationship between each process’s definition and their animated characters. No changes were observed in the fourth participant who remained on the baseline condition. Two of the three participants exposed to the relation training also demonstrated transformation of stimulus function when provided with novel vignettes (Y) and asked which animated characters and their corresponding ACT-based strategy (Z; Y-Z Test) could help in that situation. Implications for incorporating relational training procedures during ACT for autistic individuals were discussed.
 
33. The Effects of an Equivalence-Based Intervention on the Intraverbal Skills of a Child With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SREEJA ATHERKODE (University of North Texas), Lee Mason (Cook Children's Health Care System)
Discussant: William Sullivan (Golisano Children's Hospital & Center for Special Needs; SUNY Upstate Medical University)
Abstract: The expansiveness of the intraverbal repertoire is typically so vast that it precludes the explicit reinforcement of every potential response. The concept of stimulus equivalence may help in identifying the relations formed among verbal stimuli. Specifically, an equivalence framework accounts for the emergence of novel responses to un-trained stimulus-stimulus relations that have not been previously reinforced. However, stimulus overselectivity may prevent individuals with autism from forming intraverbal equivalence relations. Reflexivity, symmetry, and transitivity are the three stimulus relations that represent the continuum from explicit to derived stimulus control. Once these three relations have been mastered, an equivalence formation is said to exist. Using a six-year-old boy with autism as a case study, we demonstrate the use of an intraverbal assessment of explicit and derived stimulus relations as a pre-treatment assessment tool, describe how the results can be used to develop an individualized treatment plan, and show the results of a follow-up after 12 weeks of intervention. This type of intraverbal equivalence intervention may lead to faster language acquisition and fewer training trials.
 
34. Increasing On-Task Behavior With a Self-Management System in a Mainstream Classroom
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
KELSI WALKER (Utah Valley University), Mikayla Campbell (Utah Valley University), Caleb Stanley (Utah Valley University), Yamileth Beltran Medrano (Utah Valley University), Lauren Mather (Utah Valley University), Devin Guinn (ABC)
Discussant: Ariadna Martinez (University of South Florida)
Abstract: Self-management involves the personal application of behavior change procedures which produces a corresponding change in desired behaviors. Self-management procedures may offer expectational utility for those with autism given the degree of independence afforded by these interventions, especially in educational settings such as schools. Research has shown the effectiveness of self-management in increasing on task behavior as well as the effectiveness of peer praise in increasing on task behavior in the mainstream classroom. Although research has evaluated the effect of self-management on on-task behavior, further replications are needed to ensure the effectiveness of these procedures. The current study sought to evaluate the effectiveness of self-management in increasing on-task behavior in the mainstream classroom. A self-management system with visual prompts and peer mediation was created for the client while staff took data on his on-task behavior for 2-minute intervals. Additionally, a reversal design was utilized to evaluate the effects of the intervention. Overall, the findings suggest the intervention was effective in improving on task behavior and subsequent modifications to the intervention resulted in improved performance compared to that of baseline. The implications and limitations of the intervention will be discussed.
 
35. Using PEAK Relational Training to Teach Perspective Taking: A Clinical Evaluation
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
AMANDA N. CHASTAIN (University of Illinois, Chicago), Mark R. Dixon (University of Illinois at Chicago), Zhihui Yi (Univeristy of Illinois at Chicago), Meredith T. Matthews (University of Illinois at Chicago)
Discussant: William Sullivan (Golisano Children's Hospital & Center for Special Needs; SUNY Upstate Medical University)
Abstract: Differences in social interactions and communication are two of the defining characteristics of autism. Scholars have suggested that deictic framing is at the core of complex social skills such as empathy, inferencing, understanding what others’ may be thinking or feeling. Previous studies have found relational training to be an effective means of teaching deictic framing repertoires. Further demonstrations of these outcomes in the clinical setting would strengthen these findings. The current study sought to evaluate the effectiveness of relational training on the establishment of three deictic framing repertoires (I-You, Now-Then, and Here-There) in a multiple baseline across programs design. The participant was an eight year-old autistic male with noted differences in deictic framing on the Peak Comprehensive Assessment (PCA). Relational Training was used to establish I-You (single reversal), Here-There (single reversal), and Now-Then (past) relations, with tests for mutual entailment and transformation of stimulus function. Relational training was effective in establishing all three repertoires. Results of the current study strengthen previous findings, indicating that relational training is an effective methodology for teaching perspective taking repertoires.
 
36. Using Lag Schedules to Increase Intraverbal Responding in Play
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
LAUREN MATHER (Utah Valley University), Mikayla Campbell (Utah Valley University), Caleb Stanley (Utah Valley University), Yamileth Beltran Medrano (Utah Valley University), Kelsi Walker (Utah Valley University), Devin Guinn (ABC)
Discussant: Ariadna Martinez (University of South Florida)
Abstract: Intraverbal responding is a necessary skill in play scenarios. Oftentimes, open-ended questions are asked during play scenarios that require the learner to answer with a novel response from an array of options. A common concern regarding intraverbals, however, is that responses can become rote when individuals emit limited variability of appropriate responses. Research has shown that lag schedules have been effective in increasing response variability to intraverbal questions. Although research has evaluated the efficacy of lag schedules in teaching intraverbal skills, further replications are needed in order to ensure the effectiveness of this procedure in other settings, specifically in play scenarios. This study utilized an AB design with an individual with autism to evaluate the effectiveness of lag schedules in increasing intraverbal skills during play as well as increasing response variability to novel intraverbal questions. The current study employed natural environment teaching (NET) in conjunction with a lag schedule and pictures as visual prompts for intraverbal responses. Picture prompts were then faded once mastery criteria were met, and the lag schedule was continued. Overall, the data show an increase in intraverbal responding in play scenarios, as well as in novel responses emitted independently.
 
37. Reinforcement Based Intervention for Increasing the Duration of Toothbrushing
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
YAMILETH BELTRAN MEDRANO (Utah Valley University), Caleb Stanley (Utah Valley University), Kelsi Walker (Utah Valley University), Lauren Mather (Utah Valley University), Mikayla Campbell (Utah Valley University)
Discussant: William Sullivan (Golisano Children's Hospital & Center for Special Needs; SUNY Upstate Medical University)
Abstract: Children with autism often have deficits in a variety of skills, with a common deficit area being functional living skills. Individuals with autism often lack relevant functional living skills such as grooming, dressing, personal hygiene, and eating. Previous research has shown the use of interventions embedded with changing criterions to be an effective strategy for increasing the duration in which individuals engage in appropriate responding. As such, this may have particular utility in increasing the duration of functional living skills in individuals with autism. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the effectiveness of a reinforcement-based intervention in increasing the duration of toothbrushing in a child with autism. The current study utilized changing criterion design, whereby reinforcement was delivered contingent on the client engaging in the functional living skill for a specified amount of time. The time requirement for reinforcement was systematically increased throughout the duration of the study. The results showed that the intervention was effective in increasing the duration of time spent engaging in toothbrushing. Limitation and other implications will be discussed.
 
38. Peer-Mediated Social Skills Interventions for Adolescents With Autism: A Literature Review
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SERENA ROSE GARZA (Baylor University), Tonya Nichole Davis (Baylor University), Monserrat Austin (Baylor University), Lindsey Swafford (Baylor University), Aisling Costello (Baylor University)
Discussant: Ariadna Martinez (University of South Florida)
Abstract: Peer-mediated intervention is a resourceful approach to teaching a variety of skills. Peer-mediated interventions to promote social skills involve typically developing peers modeling and prompting their peers with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). The purpose of this review is to summarize the characteristics of the methods and the social skills targeted among studies in which peer-mediated interventions were implemented with adolescents with ASD for the purpose of promoting social skills. Additionally, we evaluated the quality of literature by applying the What Works Clearinghouse single-case design standards. The inclusion criteria included: (a) participants between the ages of 10 and 19 years, (b) participants with a diagnosis of an autism spectrum disorder, (c) a peer interventionist implements at least one component of an intervention, and (d) social skill targeted with an intervention and measured as a dependent variable. An initial search identified. A systematic search yielded 2,344 of studies for review. After screening the titles and abstracts of those identified studies, we identified 268 studies for a full-text review. We will summarize the results of this review and discuss recommendations for practice based on this body of literature.
 
39. Comparing Specific Mands and General Mands for Accessing Reinforcement
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
EMILY LAUREN SMITH (Pathways Strategic Teaching Center; Salve Regina University), Jesse Perrin (Pathways), Cody Morris (Salve Regina University)
Discussant: William Sullivan (Golisano Children's Hospital & Center for Special Needs; SUNY Upstate Medical University)
Abstract: Mands are requests for an individual's wants and needs. Mands are controlled by a motivating operation, which is reinforced by a specific stimulus or event related to that MO. Failing to satisfy mands may lead to problem behavior with some clients. Little research has compared the use of a specific mand and a general mand for accessing reinforcement. Therefore, the purpose of this study was to compare the frequency of problem behavior following a specific mand request which only accessed specific videos on YouTube, and a general mand which accessed YouTube. A 17-year-old male diagnosed with ASD participated in this study. The effects were evaluated in a combined alternating treatment design with an embedded reversal. The results of the assessment indicate that the specific mands had a higher frequency of problem behavior, while the general mand had a lower frequency of problem behavior. Interobserver Agreement was collected for 90% of the trials with a mean interval-by-interval agreement of 100%. Treatment Integrity was collected for 50% of the trials with a mean trial-by-trial agreement of 96%.
 
40. Preparing Adolescents in a Residential Facility for Adult Services Through a Dedicated Transition Program
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
AMANDA NIEDFELD (Glenwood Inc.), Carolyn Syzonenko (Glenwood Inc.), Emily Brook Longino (Glenwood Inc.)
Discussant: Ariadna Martinez (University of South Florida)
Abstract: Adolescents with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) face many challenges developing independence, participating in the community, and regulating their behaviors as they transition to adulthood. Individuals that require placement in residential settings due to severe behavioral challenges and significant skill deficits often experience changes in the levels of supports provided through their agency. Early intervention programs and school settings often provide intensive services (i.e., ABA therapy, speech therapy, occupational therapy) and dense staff to student ratios. Adult day programs and residential placements have lower staffing ratios and often replace structured teaching programs with leisure activities. With an increasing number of individuals transitioning from school-aged programs to Adult Services (Page et al., 2007), there is a need to disseminate service delivery in this area. The current project describes the structure of a transition program and reports participant outcomes. The program includes opportunities to increase leisure skills, build independence with functional living skills, make choices, and participate in community outings. Archival data demonstrates participants in the transition program experienced significant reductions in challenging behaviors and required less frequent administrations of PRN medications to manage intense behavioral episodes. In addition, 90% of enrolled individuals successfully transitioned to Adult Services within the agency.
 
41. Studying Fundamental Learning Processes in a Mouse Model of Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research
ALONDRA DIAZ (University of Nevada, Reno), Nicholas L Vitale (University of Nevada, Reno), Caitlyn Peal (University of Nevada, Reno), Matthew Lewon (University of Nevada, Reno)
Discussant: Jonathan W. Ivy (The Pennsylvania State University - Harrisburg)
Abstract: Mouse models offer great potential to understand the environmental, genetic, and epigenetic factors that contribute to the development of autism spectrum disorder (ASD) in humans. Nevertheless, the value of mouse models of ASD depends on their validity or the extent to which they model the learning processes relevant to the condition in humans. Because of this, special care must be taken in a) the analysis of the learning processes assumed to be involved and b) the selection of procedures that effectively assess these. Our laboratory is investigating an intergenerational mouse model of ASD in which a first generation of young male mice (F0) are exposed to anesthetic agents commonly used in pediatric surgery, and unexposed male and female offspring in the subsequent generation (F1) are tested for ASD-like characteristics. From the behavioral literature on learning processes affected in ASD, a battery of procedures was developed to assess nonassociative and associative learning processes relevant to ASD: habituation, respondent and operant learning, and social reinforcement. This poster describes the rationale for the development of the model, the selection of learning assessments, and the results obtained from the first two experimental groups. KEYWORDS: autism spectrum disorder, animal models, epigenetics, mice
 
42. The Practicality of Skill-Based Approaches Implemented by Caregivers of a 6-Year-Old to Promote Behavioral Readiness
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ALLISON MARIE PEART (Munroe-Meyer Institute), Javid Rahaman (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Christine Ann Felty (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Kevin C. Luczynski (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Discussant: Yuting Yang
Abstract: Communication and self-control skills could be considered behavioral indices for readiness when children encounter challenging situations. Skill-based approaches teach children these skills using a combination of procedures that involve synthesized reinforcement, probabilistic reinforcement, and contingency-based delays. Many experimental investigations have confirmed the efficacy and generality of skill-based approaches in teaching children in various settings with different behavior-change agents (e.g., clinicians, caregivers, teachers). Despite the generality of these findings, there is limited evidence demonstrating practical arrangements for teaching children when multiple caregivers are involved. For instance, caregivers may alternate their attendance during training due to time and scheduling constraints. Therefore, we evaluated a skill-based approach implemented by two caregivers (Mom and Dad) that taught communication and self-control skills to a 6-year-old autistic boy who presented with emerging problem behavior. We used a multiple-probe design to teach skills across primary challenging situations involving interruption of play, presentation of demands, and removal of current tangible and attention. Mom and Dad successfully taught skills across all primary challenging situations with an average of 98% integrity. Moreover, teaching effects transferred to secondary challenging situations (extension probes) for both caregivers. The outcomes suggest that children can successfully learn skills when taught simultaneously by multiple caregivers.
 
43. A Comprehensive Quality Index Measures of Excellence for Autism, a First-of-Its-Kind System to Improve Timely Access and Client Outcomes
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
ASHLEY DRAG (Comprehensive Educational Services (ACES)), Stephanie Scheer (ACES)
Discussant: Jonathan W. Ivy (The Pennsylvania State University - Harrisburg)
Abstract: Client and Family Centered Outcomes for ABA Treatment: Measurement of outcomes that matter most The field of ABA must formalize uniform practice standards related to quality and outcomes in the treatment of ASD. This lecture will identify a person and family centered clinical care model, with a framework for outcome management at critical mass: The ACES Center of Excellence Index. By creating a standardized bundle of outcomes based on the clients’ priorities and needs with validated instruments and time points for measurement, we can ensure the client and their family remain at the center of their care. For a valid comparison of our heterogenous population, we must also have a risk stratification to control for the many variables. Through the implementation of the standardized bundle, we can begin to measure, analyze, and improve outcomes achieved in the care delivery model. a. Participants will be able to describe two efforts of a behavior analytic professional in establishing clinical outcome measurements b. Participants will describe two socially valid measures of behavior analytic treatment of ASD c. Participants will be able to identify two key stakeholders involved in establishing best practices for quality
 
44. Performance-based IISCA: Assessment and treatment of problem behaviors in children with ASD
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
HENRIQUE COSTA VAL (PUC-SP/GRUPO METODO), Paula Suzano Gioia (PUC-SP)
Discussant: Yuting Yang
Abstract: Interview-Synthesized Contingency Analysis (IISCA) was developed in response to barriers associated with implementing the traditional functional analysis of problem behaviors (Hanley et al. 2014). Recently, Metras and Jessel (2021) describe an adaptation of IISCA, the Performance-based IISCA. This format has still been evaluated empirically in few studies (Iovino et al., 2021). In the current study, this was used to determine the function of problem behaviors in four children diagnosed with ASD, in addition to discussing the effectiveness of the treatment implemented with one of them. Overall, IISCAs had an average duration of 8 minutes and few occurrences of severe behavior occurred. The results validated the information gathered in the interviews and observations concerning the synthesized evocative and reinforcing events that influenced the problem behaviors. As the treatment was implemented, there was a significant improvement in communication skills and tolerance as well as a reduction in problem behaviors. It is concluded that the performance-based IISCA may be an efficient and safe format for clinicians to consider in their practices.
 
45. Assessment of Blocking as a Response to Dangerous Problem Behavior in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD)
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Mengyang Zhang (The University of Florida), CATHERINE KISHEL (The University of Florida), Savannah Tate (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
Discussant: Jonathan W. Ivy (The Pennsylvania State University - Harrisburg)
Abstract: Some children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) exhibit problem behavior. These behaviors can be dangerous and thus result in adults blocking those responses for safety purposes in community and clinical settings. Clinicians often assume that blocking will function to reduce behavior, but the functional effects of this consequence are not always known (Smith, Russo, & Le, 1999). It is important to investigate how blocking affects behavior for three reasons. First, if blocking reduces the behavior, it may be used by therapists as a potential treatment. Second, if blocking has no effect, it may remain in place as a safety measure. Third, if blocking acts as a reinforcer, it should be modified and another consequence or safety measure must be considered. The present study evaluated the effects of blocking using an arbitrary response task (e.g., Fiske et al., 2020) and then validated those findings via a pairwise functional analysis of problem behavior. Data from two participants with ASD and dangerous behaviors are presented; blocking resulted in no functional effect on problem behavior for these children.
 
46. Effectiveness of Behavioral Intervention Package for an Adult With Autism and Severe Behavioral Problems
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Yi-Chen Hsu (Behavioral therapy and consultation research center), CHIA-HUA CHANG (National Changhua University of Education), Hua Feng (National ChangHua University of Education)
Discussant: Yuting Yang
Abstract:

The purpose of this study was to investigate the effects of behavioral intervention package of an adult with autism and severe behavioral problems. The subject of this study was an autistic adult with low verbal ability, and displayed a high rate of self-injury (i.e., slapping his face, scratching neck, bumping head), hitting others and destroying objects during his high school period. After being referred to the behavioral training center of university in central Taiwan, the functional behavioral assessment was conducted and the behavioral intervention strategies were developed based on the underlying function, including the adjustment of antecedent stimulus, teaching functional equivalence behaviors to replace problem behaviors, combining with mand training for establish his communication ability. A variety of activities were trained to help the adult to regulate his high arousal emotion. The activities included folding paper, throwing ball, throwing sandbags, poking fun, pinching a ball, drumming, etc. The results showed improvement in reduction of problem behaviors and positive increases of adaptive behaviors. The findings of the study support the need of functional behavioral assessment (including functional analysis) prior to intervention, and the behavioral intervention package did show positive improvement and highly beneficial to the subjects. The social validity data also displayed favor outcome for this research.

 
47. Assent Withdrawal as Reinforcer Choice Using Functional Communication Training (FCT) in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD)
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KRISTIN LEIGH TINDELL (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Jennifer Quigley (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Danielle Rae Walters (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Discussant: Jonathan W. Ivy (The Pennsylvania State University - Harrisburg)
Abstract: In research it is required to gain participant informed consent and to identify behaviors participants might engage in that indicate assent withdrawal. It is considered ethical research practice to halt procedures when a participant withdraws assent. This is rarely considered once treatment begins. Existing research supports that lower rates of problem behavior occur when choices are given. It would stand to reason that providing assent withdrawal as a choice would reduce problem behavior while allowing clinical practices to proceed in a more ethical manner, thereby increasing treatment acceptability. This study sought to evaluate the effects on skill acquisition and problem behavior by providing choices of reinforcers within sessions, including assent withdrawal. A second phase assessed preferences for conditions with and without choice and opportunity to withdraw assent. Results showed little differentiation in skill acquisition across conditions but differentiation in conditions when it came to problem behavior. The study did not definitively demonstrate the connection between assent withdrawal despite occurrence of only low severity level behaviors according to response class. Social validity measures showed a preference for choice conditions across participants as well as therapists and parents.
 
48. A Preliminary Exploratory Analysis of Discussion Topics About Autism Across Subreddit Communities
Area: AUT; Domain: Theory
KENDALL JO MILLS (Eastern Michigan University), Adam M. Briggs (Eastern Michigan University), Skylar DeWitt (Eastern Michigan University)
Discussant: Yuting Yang
Abstract:

Reddit, the sixth most used internet site in the world, is a public anonymous user-generated social media discussion platform. The present data exploration sought to use machine learning methodology to define and identify converging and diverging patterns and insights into autism-related discussions on Reddit across three different categories of subreddits: individuals who self-identify as being on the autism spectrum, parents of individuals on the autism spectrum, and behavior therapists. Using the R package RedditExtractoR (Rivera, 2022), we extracted comments from these communities. We trimmed our data set to only consider the past five years (i.e., 2017-2022). Next, basic preprocessing (i.e., removing stopwords, numbers, html tags, and bot account comments) and advanced preprocessing (i.e., lemmatization), were initialized. Our extraction resulted in 57 subreddits and 46,914 comments from autism spectrum subreddit members, 46 subreddits and 27,838 comments from parent subreddit members, and six subreddits with 3,163 comments from behavior therapist subreddit members. Analyses revealed some overlap, but mostly differences, between these three subreddit community categories. Further analysis of these discussions has the ability to highlight areas of overlap and dissonance, with regard to both content and sentiment, across these communities on the topic of autism, which may identify avenues for future exploration of targeted research questions.

 
Sustainability submission 49. Evaluating the Effects of Sleep Disturbances on Classroom Behavior
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ELISSA SPINKS (Behaviors Analysis Association of Mississippi)
Discussant: Jonathan W. Ivy (The Pennsylvania State University - Harrisburg)
Abstract: Sleep, especially with young children, is essential for the development of memory retention, behavior regulation, and mood stability. Disruptive sleep behaviors include waking up during inappropriate times over night, having night terrors, or a combination of both. Previous research for sleep disturbances includes the use of medications, scheduled awakenings, and restricted sleep. Results for these interventions have shown success for increasing regulated sleep for neurotypical and neurodivergent individuals. Parent and teacher reports for a 4-year-old girl diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) suggested that her dysregulated sleep was hindering her abilities to engage appropriately in her home and classroom settings. Data were collected using a sleep diary completed by her caregivers. Data from baseline to the final treatment resulted in regulated sleep and decreased disruptive classroom behaviors. Additional anecdotal reports from caregivers and teachers indicated additional success for mood stability and participation in scheduled classroom activities. Due to the importance of sleep regulation for meeting developmental milestones and family functioning, future research should include social validity measures and long-term effects following dysregulated and regulated sleep for individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities.
 
50. Generalization Training and Extensions of Skill-Based Treatment in a Child With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
CASEY BARRON (Autism and Behavioral Intervention), Kelsi Walker (Autism and Behavioral Intervention; Utah Valley University), Adalee Buchanan (Autism and Behavioral Intervention)
Discussant: Yuting Yang
Abstract: Strategies to decrease maladaptive behavior are prevalent in applied behavior analysis literature. The skill-based treatment program is accruing more research. Research has shown that skill-based treatment has successfully decreased both dangerous and precursor behavior in individuals displaying a wide variety of challenging behavior. The purpose of this study was to teach a seven-year-old boy with autism spectrum disorder toleration, communication, and delay skills outside of the initial teaching context. The skills were initially taught in a controlled environment with one facilitator. The goal was to generalize learned skills to new individuals, situations and introduce post-treatment extensions. Extensions include, requesting specific items and being denied access to preferred items and activities in the synthesized reinforcement context, and selecting other items to engage with once access has been denied. The participant was able to successfully generalize initial steps of skill based treatment to three different implenters. This participant completed three extensions with the original implenter and two extensions with a secondary implementor. The results demonstrate that he progressed through each phase of treatment from the first generalization phase to the current phase without increasing rates of dangerous or precursor behavior. Results also show decreases in dangerous behavior outside of skill-based treatment sessions.
 
51. An Evaluation of the Influence of Effort and Function of the Efficacy of High-Probability Request Sequencing at Increasing Compliance in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorders
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
RANDI MATSAS (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Susan D. Flynn (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Jack Spear (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Discussant: Jonathan W. Ivy (The Pennsylvania State University - Harrisburg)
Abstract: Autism spectrum disorder is a developmental disorder that affects social and communication skills in 1:68 children in the USA. Children with ASD often tend to engage in problem behaviors when presented with less preferred tasks to complete. One method used to increase the probability of compliance is high-probability sequencing, which involves presenting a child with ASD a series of “high-probability” compliance tasks, followed by “low-probability” compliance tasks. The theory is based on behavioral momentum, suggesting that completing high-probability tasks will increase the likelihood that the client will complete the low-probability task. Research conducted demonstrates that compliance to low-probability tasks does increase following the high- probability tasks. The purpose of the current study was to determine whether or not problem behavior is due to effort sensitivity. An instruction assessment, preference assessment, effort assessment, compliance assessment, and social validity assessment was conducted for each participant. Results varied between participants, but the high-probability task was effective for increasing compliance in all participants.
 
52. The Effectiveness of Behavior Intervention on Self-injury Behaviors of a Child With Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD)
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
HSIN-CHUAN TSAI (National Changhua University of Education), Yi-Chen Hsu (Behavioral Therapy Consultation Research Center), Hua Feng (National ChangHua University of Education)
Discussant: Yuting Yang
Abstract: The purpose of the study was to examine the effectiveness of behavior intervention on self-injury behaviors of a child with ASD. The subject is a six-year-old male child with ASD. The problem behaviors are crying along with SIB that is hitting his head by hands and fists. In this study, functional behavioral assessments were conducted for the subject, and the intervention based on the function which focused on reducing the duration of crying and SIB. During baseline, the number of head bumps within 30 minutes was 168 times. Due to the extremely high frequency, and the safety of the child, the research started the intervention immediately right after the assessment. Intervention including of token system, shaping, response blocking, differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA) and augmentative and alternative communication(AAC). The results showed rapid improvement of the SIB from high frequency to zero. And the positive behavior including pointing and nodding also be stable.
 
53. Differential Reinforcement of Alternative Behavior Without Extinction for Treatment of Challenging Behavior Maintained by Positive Reinforcement
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ESTHER PARK (Children's Healthcare of Atlanta- Marcus Autism Center), Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center; Children's Healthcare of Atlanta; Emory University School of Medicine), Alexis Constantin Pavlov (Marcus Autism Center; Children's Healthcare of Atlanta; Emory University School of Medicine)
Discussant: Jonathan W. Ivy (The Pennsylvania State University - Harrisburg)
Abstract: Differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA) is a procedure in which reinforcers are withheld following challenging behavior and given following an alternative appropriate behavior. Though this procedure is effective in reducing challenging behavior and promoting appropriate behavior, the extinction component is not always possible to implement for all individuals. To mediate this, the DRA procedure can be arranged as a concurrent schedule where the magnitude and quality of reinforcement can be varied. Current research on DRA without extinction focuses mainly on challenging behavior maintained by social negative reinforcement, or escape. This study outlines the use of DRA without extinction for challenging behavior maintained by social positive reinforcement, or access to tangible items. The current study will present a single-subject analysis of a DRA without extinction treatment with a schedule thinning component for challenging behavior maintained by social positive reinforcement. Data show an increase in latency to challenging behavior, overall decrease in rate of challenging behavior, and consistent rate of functional communication responses. Results of this study will discuss the application and implications of non-extinction-based treatments for positive reinforcement and the use of schedule thinning for generalization.
 
55. Extended Exposure – An Alternative Approach to Schedule Thinning
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MARIAH HUGGINS (Marcus Autism Center), Jennifer M. Hodnett (Marcus Autism Center / Emory University), Joanna Lomas Mevers (Marcus Autism Center), Nadrat Nuhu (Marcus Autism Center / Emory University)
Discussant: Jonathan W. Ivy (The Pennsylvania State University - Harrisburg)
Abstract: Children and adolescents with autism spectrum disorder often display high levels of challenging behavior which may require intervention as it can impair daily functioning and skill acquisition (Kanne & Mazurek, 2013; Steward, McGillivray, Forbes, & Austin, 2017). Function-based interventions are the gold standard for addressing challenging behavior exhibited by this population (Carr & Durand 1985). However, these interventions often require dense schedules of reinforcement to produce treatment effects and require schedules of reinforcement to be thinned prior to generalizing treatment to naturalistic environments (Greer et al., 2016; Pizarro et al., 2021). The current study evaluated a novel schedule thinning procedure for individuals for whom a typical multiple schedule thinning arrangement was ineffective. Three participants were exposed to an extended exposure procedure, incorporating extended periods of restriction of the functional reinforce (i.e., s-delta) across a modified multiple schedule treatment. The extend exposure procedure was effective at maintaining low levels of challenging behavior and decreasing rates of manding for all three participants. The clinical implications of this study will be discussed.
 
56. Escape Interventions With Open/Closed Economies
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MELISSA LEE HINES (Marcus Autism Center), Darko Cabo (Georgia State University), Sarah Slocum (Marcus Autism Center and Emory School of Medicine), Courtney Mauzy (University of Georgia), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center), Tracy Argueta (Marcus Autism Center, Emory School of Medicine)
Discussant: Yuting Yang
Abstract: Common treatments for escape maintained challenging behavior include non-contingent escape (Vollmer et al., 1995), differential negative reinforcement (DR) (Lalli et al., 1995), and escape extinction (Iwata, Pace, Cowdery, & Miltenberger, 1994). Even though escape extinction is a common and effective component of treatment (Fisher et al., 1993), it may not be a feasible option (Slocum & Vollmer, 2015). More recently, research has focused on DR without extinction (Slocum & Vollmer, 2015). This involves delivering positive reinforcers contingent on compliance to decrease challenging behavior and increase compliance, however, DR with breaks or edibles may be impacted by their availability outside of treatment (i.e., open economy) (Slocum & Vollmer, 2015). In open economies, the value of the reinforcer may decrease sometimes resulting in a decrease in responses that contingently produce reinforcement also may decrease. Additionally, decreasing or increasing work requirements for that reinforcer can further alter its value (Tustin, 1994). Thus, access to reinforcers outside of treatment sessions can decrease effectiveness. This study aimed to compare levels of compliance and rates of challenging behavior during DR interventions under open and closed economy paradigms. Preliminary results support the use of non-functional reinforcers to reduce escape-maintained challenging behavior and increase compliance. The results also indicate that escape extinction is not required to achieve substantial treatment effects for escape-maintained behavior.
 
162. Barriers Impacting Caregiver Adherence to Behavioral Interventions
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SAMANTHA EMILY STANFORD (Marcus Autism Center), Nadrat Nuhu (Marcus Autism Center)
Discussant: Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
Abstract: Children diagnosed with neurodevelopmental disorders such as autism spectrum disorders (ASD) are at high risk of demonstrating behavioral challenges (Wong et al., 2013). There is considerable evidence that behavior analytic interventions are effective at addressing challenging behavior for this population; however, most research has focused on the implementation of these interventions in highly controlled settings (Allen & Warzak, 2000) and has not addressed the treatment maintenance in naturalistic settings. For example, there is research to suggest treatment effects do not maintain when implemented by caregivers in less controlled settings (e.g., home, school, community; St. Peter et al., 2016). The purpose of this study was to evaluate barriers influencing caregiver adherence to behavioral interventions following discharge from a day treatment clinic. Data suggest the emergence of four variables impacting caregiver adherence to behavioral interventions: 1) financial burden, 2) lack of services available to children exhibiting challenging behavior, 3) poor treatment adherence with non-primary caregiver, and 4) caregiver reports of isolation and exhaustion. Outcomes provide information that will inform future studies assessing variables that affect the long-term treatment outcomes of behavior interventions with the aim to decrease the likelihood of re-admission to clinics providing behavioral services.
 
164. Social Media Publications: Ethical Violations of Stand-Alone Applied Behavior Analysis Autism Clinics Put Children's Safety at Risk
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
ALEXANDRA MARIE INGEBRITSON (University of West Florida)
Abstract: Updates to the 2022 Behavior Analysis Certification Board (BACB) Ethics Code specified which social media content is permitted for publication by behavior analysts. Section 5.10 of the ethics code requires that for each publication that includes images of their clients' faces, informed consent is obtained before publishing, and these publications include a disclaimer stating informed consent was obtained (Behavior Analyst Certification Board, 2020). The present study aimed to review professional social media channels for stand-alone applied behavior analysis (ABA) clinics that treat children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) who share images of their clients. We evaluated whether these clinics are compliant with the ethics code. Using a convenience sampling for social media content analysis method (Kim et al., 2018), a preliminary search of publically-available professional social media channels of seventy-five ABA autism clinics was done. This analysis showed 16.2% of behavior analysts who post images of their clients on social media comply with code 5.10. We recommend behavior analysts review their social media pages and notify their employers of ethical violations.
 
 
 
Poster Session #206B
BPN Sunday Poster Session
Sunday, May 28, 2023
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Convention Center, Exhibit Hall F
Chair: Haily Traxler (University of Kentucky)
57. Neural Correlates of Facilitation and Inhibition in Go/No-Go Procedure in Discriminative Operant Conditioning
Area: BPN; Domain: Basic Research
YUYU FUJITA (Graduate School of Humanities and Life Sciences, Tokyo Kasei University), Makoto Suzuki (Faculty of Health Sciences, Tokyo Kasei University; Faculty of Systems Design, Tokyo Metropolitan University), Kazuo Saito (Faculty of Health Sciences, Tokyo Kasei University), Kilchoon Cho (Faculty of Health Sciences, Tokyo Kasei University), Naoki Iso (Faculty of Health Sciences, Tokyo Kasei University), Takuhiro Okabe (Faculty of Health Sciences, Tokyo Kasei University), Takako Suzuki (School of Health Sciences, Saitama Prefectural University), Jun'ichi Yamamoto (Tokyo Metropolitan University, Faculty of Systems Design)
Discussant: Haily Traxler (University of Kentucky)
Abstract:

Objective: Discriminative learning in operant conditioning is the process which changing neural activity and behavior to gain reinforcement under discriminative stimulus. However, time courses of changes in neural oscillations and behaviors with discriminative operant conditioning remain controversial. Therefore, we aimed to quantitatively identify time course of changes in neural oscillations and behaviors during discriminative operant conditioning in the context of behavioral and neural relationship. Methods: One healthy young adult participated in our single-case study. Each trial began with one of two beeps including high and low tones for 500 ms. The participant was instructed to press a button as quickly as possible in response to low tone beep. After the button press, “Correct” or “Incorrect” was presented for 1.5 s as feedback. Dependent neural and behavioral variables were electroencephalography, reaction time, and omission and commission errors. Results: The inhibition of theta oscillations at F4 of the 10–20 International System reflecting frontal gyrus right before button press and no-button press decreased with discriminative operant conditioning, indicating disinhibition. Additionally, the amplitude of theta oscillations at F4 before button press was higher than no-button press. Conclusion: These results imply that theta oscillation specifically changes during Go/No-Go procedure in discriminative leaning.

 
58. Synchronization of Rhythmic Operant Reaching and Brain Stimulation: Toward the Integration of Behavioral and Neural Intervention in Rehabilitation
Area: BPN; Domain: Applied Research
NANAKA ARIHARA (Graduate School of Humanities and Life Sciences Tokyo Kasei University), Makoto Suzuki (Faculty of Health Sciences, Tokyo Kasei University; Faculty of Systems Design, Tokyo Metropolitan University), Naoki Iso (Faculty of Health Sciences, Tokyo Kasei University), Yusuke Maeda (School of Health Sciences at Odawara, International University of Health and Welfare), Kazuo Saito (Faculty of Health Sciences, Tokyo Kasei University), Takuhiro Okabe (Faculty of Health Sciences, Tokyo Kasei University), Kilchoon Cho (Faculty of Health Sciences, Tokyo Kasei University), Jun'ichi Yamamoto (Tokyo Metropolitan University, Faculty of Systems Design)
Discussant: Jeremy Saul Langford (West Virginia University)
Abstract:

Objective: We hypothesized that if brain stimulation affects operant behavior, then rhythmic brain stimulation should entrain the behavioral rhythm. We examined how modulatory effects occur when pairing operant behavior with brain stimulation. This would lead to effective rehabilitation method. Methods: One healthy young and one healthy older adult participated in our study with AB design. The participants wore the virtual-reality device and were instructed to perform rhythmic elbow flexion and extension in accordance with the dynamic virtual target hand in virtual reality. In baseline condition, the participant perform rhythmic elbow flexion and extension without brain stimulation. In intervention phase, the alternating current stimulation was delivered to the cerebellum at a frequency of 0.5 Hz with a peak-to-peak amplitude of 2 mA during rhythmic behaviors. This study was approved by IRB, and the stimulation was within safety range confirmed by previous studies. Results: For both young and older adults, 0.5 Hz-behavioral oscillations were decreased during baseline phase, whereas 0.5 Hz-behavioral oscillations were recovered in intervention phase. Conclusion: These results imply that rhythmic brain stimulation can enhance the behavioral rhythm in the context of pairing brain stimulation with operant behavior.

 
59. Would EEG Be a Precursor of The Response to Human Emotion? Toward The Basic Mechanism of Respondent Conditioning
Area: BPN; Domain: Basic Research
NAHIRO BEPPU (Graduate School of Humanities and Life Sciences, Tokyo Kasei University), Makoto Suzuki (Faculty of Health Sciences, Tokyo Kasei University; Faculty of Systems Design, Tokyo Metropolitan University), Kilchoon Cho (Faculty of Health Sciences, Tokyo Kasei University), Kazuo Saito (Faculty of Health Sciences, Tokyo Kasei University), Naoki Iso (Faculty of Health Sciences, Tokyo Kasei University), Takuhiro Okabe (Faculty of Health Sciences, Tokyo Kasei University), Takuya Matsumoto (Faculty of Health Sciences, Tokyo Kasei University), Jun'ichi Yamamoto (Tokyo Metropolitan University, Faculty of Systems Design)
Discussant: Haily Traxler (University of Kentucky)
Abstract:

Objective: The respondent conditioning associated with other person’s negative facial expressions including angry and disgust can cause anxiety and nervous responses. However, it is still difficult to objectively actualize the anxiety and nervous responses. If precursor of anxiety and nervous responses reflecting other person’s negative facial expressions is actualized, this knowledge could help patients and clinicians improving positive behaviors. We therefore investigated a precursor of anxiety and nervous responses reflecting other person’s negative facial expressions in the context of behavioral and neural relationship. Methods: One healthy young adult participated in our study. Each trial began with a cue (blue fixation cross), followed by one of tree facial-expression pictures including neutral, angry and disgust expressions for 2 s: each 50 trials contained neutral, angry, or disgust. Dependent neural and behavioral variables were electroencephalography (EEG) and anxiety and nervous scores. Results: The coherences between occipital and frontal brain oscillations for other person’s angry and disgust facial expressions were higher than that for other person’s neutral facial expression. Conclusion: These results imply that the electroencephalography can be a precursor of anxiety and nervous responses reflecting other person’s negative facial expressions as the basic mechanism of respondent conditioning.

 
60. Evaluating Two Remote Incentive-Based Interventions to Promote Buprenorphine Adherence and Abstinence From Illicit Opioids
Area: BPN; Domain: Applied Research
FORREST TOEGEL (Northern Michigan University), Matthew Novak (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Mackenzie Baranski (Northern Michigan University), Andrew Rodewald (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Kenneth Silverman (Johns Hopkins University), August F. Holtyn (National Institutes of Health)
Discussant: Jeremy Saul Langford (West Virginia University)
Abstract:

Buprenorphine is an FDA-approved medication for opioid use disorder that can reduce opioid use and risk of overdose, but many individuals who could benefit from buprenorphine treatment discontinue treatment, divert buprenorphine for illicit use, or continue to use illicit opioids during buprenorphine treatment. The present research evaluated the effectiveness of two incentive-based interventions in promoting adherence to office-based buprenorphine treatment and reducing illicit opioid use among adults with opioid use disorder. Participants (N=375) were randomly assigned to three groups that received (a) standard care, (b) daily incentives for adhering to buprenorphine, or (c) daily incentives for adhering to buprenorphine and being abstinent from opiates. Daily buprenorphine adherence and opiate abstinence were monitored using a commercially available video directly observed therapy platform and incentives were delivered remotely using that platform. Participants in all groups completed assessments every month during the 3-month study period and every 3 months during a 9-month follow-up period. We are in the process of analyzing individual results and group differences in several outcomes including buprenorphine adherence, opiate abstinence, buprenorphine diversion, overdose risk, patient treatment satisfaction, and post-intervention effects. Results of our analyses will be discussed, as will implications for practice and future clinical research.

 
 
 
Poster Session #206C
CBM Sunday Poster Session
Sunday, May 28, 2023
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Convention Center, Exhibit Hall F
Chair: Gladis Lee Pereira Xavier (Universidad Autónoma de Madrid)
Diversity submission 61. Cultural Responsiveness and Contingency Management for Alcohol and Substance Use Disorders
Area: CBM; Domain: Theory
HAILEY EVELYN DONOHUE (University of Florida), Jesse Dallery (University of Florida)
Discussant: Gladis Lee Pereira
Abstract: It is important to consider cultural factors in the delivery of behavior analytic services. In fact, practicing cultural responsiveness is now required by the Ethics Code for Behavior Analysts. We sought to understand the extent to which cultural considerations have been discussed in the context of contingency management (CM) interventions for alcohol and substance use disorders. We conducted a literature search of APA PsycInfo and PubMed databases. Key search terms included “cultural,” “contingency management,” “race,” “ethnicity” and “minority.” Literature was included in the review which discussed considerations for contingency management programs with respect to cultural responsiveness, with or without directly implementing contingency management. A subsequent citation search was conducted to capture potential missed sources. Results suggest that CM may be equally effective across sociodemographic categories, and racial, ethnic, and sexual minorities. Only a few studies have explicitly tailored CM based on cultural factors. Culturally responsive CM interventions may improve uptake and acceptability, but more research is needed.
 
62. Improving Chopstick Use by Non-dominant Hand in Mealtime for Elderly Persons: Home-Based Intervention With Self-Recording
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
JUN'ICHI YAMAMOTO (Tokyo Metropolitan University, Faculty of Systems Design), Satoru Sekine (The University of Tokyo), Yuji Morio (Shonan University of Medical Sciences), Mikayo Omori (St. Marianna University School of Medicine Hospital), Yoshitsugu Omori (Shonan University of Medical Sciences; Tokyo Metropolitan University)
Discussant: Marisela Alicia Aguilar (West Virginia University)
Abstract: Study Objective: The present study examined whether the everyday chopstick use of non-dominant hand with self -recording would improve the general hand movement skills. This research would contribute to the basic data for behavioral rehabilitation in the elderly persons and was approved by IRB. Participants: Three elderly persons, 72, 84 and 85 years old, with no motor deficits participated in this study. Research Design: We applied quasi single subject research design, pre- and post- assessments including daily evaluation. Independent Variables: Participants were required to take a meal with chopstick using non-dominant hand at home for 2 or 4 weeks. As the self-recording method, they were required to check Likert Scale Score (1-10) concerning “difficulty” and “expectation of good performance at next day” after taking a meal every day. Dependent Measures: Numbers of plastic chips which the participants moved from left (right) to right (left) bowl in one minute using non-dominant hand were measured. Everyday Likert scores were also measured. Results: The “difficulty” score decreased and ”positive expectation” increased, gradually. Numbers of chips moved increased for 2 out of 3 participants. Conclusion: Daily practice with self-recording improved accuracy and fluency of newly acquired fine motor skills.
 
63. Feasibility and Acceptability of a Digital Social Incentive System in Treatment of Substance Use Disorders
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
LINDSEY ANNE IVES (University of Florida), Matthew Serel (You Are Accountable), AJ Diaz (You Are Accountable), Linda A. LeBlanc (LeBlanc Behavioral Consulting LLC), Jesse Dallery (University of Florida)
Discussant: Gladis Lee Pereira
Abstract: The majority of individuals with a substance use disorder (SUD) will relapse after residential treatment. Contingency management (CM) has demonstrated considerable success in the treatment of SUDs and has been cited as the most efficacious psychosocial intervention for promoting drug abstinence. Traditional implementation of CM involves the provision of monetary incentives contingent on biochemically verified abstinence. One limitation to the widespread adoption of CM is the cost associated with monetary incentives. Social incentives may present a viable alternative to monetary incentives. We developed a social incentive system within a digital recovery platform that arranges the provision of social incentives from friends, family, and clinicians for verified abstinence and recovery-related goal completion. This study identified that the social incentive system is both feasible (toxicology and goal reports can be shared through the platform and social incentives from care team delivered immediately) and acceptable (high ratings obtained from the system usability scale and treatment acceptability questionnaire). These results suggest that a digital CM program using social incentives holds promise as a way to prevent relapse following residential treatment for SUDs.
 
65. Personalized Contingency Management for Vaping Cessation
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
ALEXANDRA KNERR (University of Florida), Jesse Dallery (University of Florida)
Discussant: Gladis Lee Pereira
Abstract: E-cigarette use has rapidly increased over the last decade, especially among young adults. Contingency management is an incentive-based intervention that has been effective in promoting abstinence from e-cigarettes, tobacco products, and a variety of other drugs of abuse. Contingency management is effective for diverse populations, when delivered either in person or remotely, and with a variety of different incentives. Tailoring the treatment components of contingency management has been suggested to increase both the effectiveness and acceptability of the intervention. However, there is a lack empirical evidence exploring the effects of tailored contingency management methods, as well as a lack of guidelines on how to best tailor a contingency management intervention for an individual client. This study evaluated tailored contingency management to promote abstinence from nicotine-containing e-cigarettes (i.e., vaping abstinence) among young adults. Tailored components included the quit date, incentive, incentive delivery system, meeting frequency, meeting format, and additional supports. Participants also provided and managed their own incentive. Preliminary results have been promising: one participant successfully quit vaping through eight weeks with a personal intervention plan using TikTok as the incentive, and rated the intervention highly. These tailoring methods may be useful when developing contingency management interventions.
 
66. Evaluating Outcome Measure Data From a Hybrid Intensive Interdisciplinary Pediatric Feeding Disorder Program
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
ASHLEY ANDERSEN (Clinic 4 Kidz), Meeta R. Patel (Clinic 4 Kidz & Stanford University School of Medicine), Aida Miles (Clinic 4 Kidz)
Discussant: Marisela Alicia Aguilar (West Virginia University)
Abstract: Treatment for pediatric feeding disorders often takes place in a clinic, either day-treatment or inpatient; however, recent research has shown that treatment can successfully be carried out via telehealth or in patients’ homes. In this poster, we describe a novel hybrid, telehealth and home-based program to treat feeding problems which captures the benefits of both models. We will describe this program and compare preliminary outcomes from the hybrid model to outcomes from the home-based only model. We will evaluate oral intake, tube feeding elimination, and weight for a patient who was dependent on tube feedings. In addition, we will analyze weight data for a patient who was failure to thrive. Last, we will present the number of foods consumed for a patient who was food selective. Preliminary data from the hybrid model suggest that patients achieved similar outcomes of tube elimination, growth, and increase in variety in a similar amount of time when compared to the home-based only model. Results will be discussed in relation to family preference, rate of progress, outcomes, staff preference, and feasibility.
 
67. Effects of Actual Eating Practice Using Chopsticks With a Non-dominant Hand in Daily Life on Fine Motor Skills in Older People
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
YOSHITSUGU OMORI (Faculty of Medical Sciences, Shonan University of Medical Sciences/ Tokyo Metropolitan University), Yuji Morio (Shonan University of Medical Sciences), Satoru Sekine (The University of Tokyo), Mikayo Omori (St. Marianna University School of Medicine Hospital), Jun'ichi Yamamoto (Tokyo Metropolitan University, Faculty of Systems Design)
Discussant: Gladis Lee Pereira
Abstract: Study Objective: This study examined the effects of actual eating practice using chopsticks with the non-dominant hand in daily life on generalized chopsticks manipulation in older persons. Participants: Six (54-79 years old) and seven (80-88 years old) persons participated in this study. They were right-handed, with no motor deficits. Research Design: Pre-post comparative design was implemented. Independent Variables: The intervention consisted of actual eating at least one meal each day for 2 or 4 weeks using chopsticks with the left (non-dominant) hand at home. Dependent Measures: The number of plastic chips that the participants moved between 2 bowls in one minute using chopsticks with the left hand was measured at pre- and post-assessment. Likert Scale Scores (1-10) concerning “difficulty” and “fatigue” in actual eating with left hand were also evaluated. Results: As for fine motor chopstick skills, 83% of “< 80 years old” persons and 43% of “80? years old” persons moved chips more in post- than pre-assessment. As for “difficulty” and “fatigue” scales in actual eating, decrease was clear in “< 80 years old” and was little in “80? years old” persons. Conclusions: New fine motor learning and behavioral fluency can be achieved in older people.
 
68. Virtual Realty System of Real-Time Visual Prompt Fading for Rehabilitation
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
NAOKI ISO (Faculty of Health Sciences, Tokyo Kasei University), Takuhiro Okabe (Faculty of Health Sciences, Tokyo Kasei University), Kilchoon Cho (Faculty of Health Sciences, Tokyo Kasei University), Kazuo Saito (Faculty of Health Sciences, Tokyo Kasei University), Takako Suzuki (School of Health Sciences, Saitama Prefectural University), Yusuke Maeda (School of Health Sciences at Odawara, International University of Health and Welfare), Jun'ichi Yamamoto (Tokyo Metropolitan University, Faculty of Systems Design), Makoto Suzuki (Faculty of Health Sciences, Tokyo Kasei University; Faculty of Systems Design, Tokyo Metropolitan University)
Discussant: Marisela Alicia Aguilar (West Virginia University)
Abstract: Objective: Despite widespread use of visual prompt fading at rehabilitation, it is still difficult to fade out/in the prompt appropriately during behavior practice. Therefore, this study aimed to develop new virtual reality system (Vractice) for real-time visual prompt fading for target behavior such as reaching, and determine the validity of Vractice. Methods: In Vractice, trackers were attached to the wrist and elbow of the participant, and three-dimensional body coordinates were recorded by optical sensor. The difference in the coordinates between the target avatar and the participant’s avatar was calculated. The transparency of the target avatar was changed (i.e., visual prompt fading) by the difference in the coordinates (x, y, z). Participant is a healthy university student. We compared the participant’s coordinates without fading among Vractice and standard motion capture system (VICON) for validity assessment. Results: Bland-Altman-plots among Vractice and VICON showed the 92–94% difference values were within two standard deviations of the mean. Additionally, the difference in coordinates between Vractice and VICON was within 7 mm. Conclusion: The Vractice, which includes real-time visual prompt fading, showed validity. The Vractice may serve as a meaningful tool for shaping behaviors of patients with motor disorder.
 
69. Adjustment of Physical Guidance Trajectory in Response to Behavioral Disturbance in Upper Limb Rehabilitation
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
AMI KUWABARA (Graduate School Humanities and Life Sciences,Tokyo Kasei University), Makoto Suzuki (Faculty of Health Sciences, Tokyo Kasei University; Faculty of Systems Design, Tokyo Metropolitan University), Yusuke Maeda (School of Health Sciences at Odawara, International University of Health and Welfare), Kazuo Saito (Faculty of Health Sciences, Tokyo Kasei University), Takuhiro Okabe (Faculty of Health Sciences, Tokyo Kasei University), Kilchoon Cho (Faculty of Health Sciences, Tokyo Kasei University), Naoki Iso (Faculty of Health Sciences, Tokyo Kasei University), Jun'ichi Yamamoto (Tokyo Metropolitan University, Faculty of Systems Design)
Discussant: Gladis Lee Pereira
Abstract: Objective: Despite widespread use of physical guidance at rehabilitation, it remains unclear how professional therapists guide the patient’s body. Therefore, we aimed to quantitatively identify changes in behavioral trajectories of professional therapist in response to behavioral disturbance of the target person during physical guidance. Methods: One healthy young adult (guided person) and one professional therapist (guiding person) participated in our study. We instructed the guided and guiding participants to keep their right arms relaxed throughout the guidance, and to perform right elbow flexions and extensions as accurately as possible so that the index fingertip was near and far the light-emitting diode lamp. We delivered the 200 µs-electric stimulation for the right biceps brachii muscle at 0.5 s after the near-lamp blink for behavioral disturbance, and recorded guided parson’s motion trajectory measured by motion capture system as dependent variable. The stimulation was within safety range confirmed by previous studies Results: The difference of identity and actual behavior trajectories decreased over time for lateral and longitudinal directions. Additionally, time-course changes in physical guidance trajectories were associated with the state-change model; the order of the model were 100–370 ms. Conclusion: We quantitatively measured the effect of physical guidance of the professional therapist adjusting the 100–370-ms time lag after disturbance.
 
70. Implementing Behavioral Procedures in a Closed Psychiatric Inpatient Ward – The Sheba Medical Center Model
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
EITAN ELDAR (Psychiatry Department, Sheba Health Center, Israel), Doron Gothelf (Tel Aviv University)
Discussant: Marisela Alicia Aguilar (West Virginia University)
Abstract: The Children Psychiatry Department at the Sheba Health Center offers a pioneering model of collaboration between Psychiatry and Applied Behavior Analysis. Patients are six to twelve years old children experiencing complex behavioral challenges requiring intensive and professional care. Among the challenges are self-injury, social and school difficulties, psychotic and medical issues. Children reside at the department for a few weeks up to three months. Staff include Psychiatrists, Nurses, Psychologists, Social Workers, Teachers, Speech Therapists, Behavior Analysts and Dieticians. The department hosts a school supervised by the Ministry of Education and supports an Applied Behavior Analysis training program enabling students to experience practicum, beneficiary to both. The Behavioral program includes a “growth ladder” for each child, based on a Token Economy system supporting target behaviors defined by the Psychiatrists. It also includes individual interventions such as functional communication training, differential reinforcement, gradual exposure to frustrating triggers and practicing self-control. The Behavioral model will be presented, followed by progress data indicated by tokens accumulation percentage for three children. Key challenges related to the model’s implementation will be highlighted.
 
161. Examining the Presence of Applied Behaviour Analysis Within Behavioural Gerontology: Education, Advocacy and Dissemination
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
KRISTIN GRANT (Brock University), Jisan Phillips (George Brown College)
Discussant: Gladis Lee Pereira (Universidad Autónoma de Madrid)
Abstract:

Applied Behaviour Analysis is most recognized in its application to children with autism. However, ABA provides behavioural supports to several other populations. Behaviour Analysts are tasked with building capacity, providing education, and championing advocacy efforts with populations who would benefit accessing much needed behavioural interventions. With the number of Board-Certified Behaviour Analysts seeing a 7,317% increase from 2001-2021, the duty lies within the growing profession to ensure that the application of the science of behaviour analysis is effectively disseminated, particularly amongst gerontological populations. A literature review was conducted to determine the current presence, gaps, and needs when considering the practice of behaviour analysis within gerontological supports, specifically amongst seniors with dementia. Behaviour analysis is scarcely present within this realm of support, with much literature and research indicating that gaps can continue to be filled with the growing practice of the science. Behaviour analysts can contribute to the holistic, person-centred approach to care when supporting seniors with a diagnosis of dementia. Through this literature review, current applications were examined, along with considerations around the presence of other allied clinicians within gerontological supports to determine how behaviour analysts can continue to be recognized as crucial members of this network of support.

 
 
 
Poster Session #206D
CSS Sunday Poster Session
Sunday, May 28, 2023
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Convention Center, Exhibit Hall F
Chair: Lauren Diane Brown (University of Nevada, Reno)
72. Heed the Call: Systematic Review of Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion Literature in Behavior Analysis
Area: CSS; Domain: Theory
KELCIE E MCCAFFERTY (Florida Institute of Technology), Kaitlynn Gokey (Florida Institute of Technology), Rachael Tilka (Kalamazoo Community College)
Discussant: Jonathan Mark Hochmuth (CDC/NIOSH)
Abstract:

Empirical literature is the basis for providing information to the population about diversity, equity, and inclusion (DEI) topics. Recently, behavior analytic journals have seen more calls to action for additional experimental studies addressing DEI in practice (Conine et al., 2021). The present study is a systematic Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic Reviews and Meta Analyses (PRISMA) scoping review to identify DEI literature in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, Behavior Analysis in Practice, Journal of Organizational Behavior Management, and Behavior and Social Issues. The current study identifies common terms that populate DEI literature, evaluates existing experimental DEI studies using What Works Clearinghouse Criteria (WWC), and delivers recommendations for what is needed to further DEI literature in behavior analysis. Preliminary results have identified overlapping technical Applied Behavior Analysis terminology with DEI terms and few experimental studies evaluating methods of increasing DEI in practice. Revising and clarifying terms can facilitate both research and dissemination of DEI studies. The authors will propose guidelines for selecting and using terminology for clear and precise communication of DEI versus other Applied Behavior Analysis topics.

 
73. The Effects of Immediate Visual Feedback on Average Speed Performance in Indoor Cycling
Area: CSS; Domain: Applied Research
BAILEY HANNAH BURK (Center for Behavior Analysis), Mary Kathryn Reagan (University of West Florida), Michelle Lambert (Center for Behavior Analysis; University of West Florida)
Discussant: Lauren Diane Brown (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: Formative feedback has played a fundamental role for learners in successful skill acquisition (Fayyadh, et al., 2017). Many studies focused on the frequency and structure of performance feedback delivery, suggesting that real-time immediate feedback has the potential to lead to positive effects on learning (Fayyadh, et al., 2017). However, more recent studies have suggested that performance-linked visual feedback systems may slow response times during specific tasks, such as while maintaining required tempo and synchronization during metronome sequences (Chen, Repp, & Patel, 2022). This study focuses on the total presence or absence of immediate visual performance feedback and the impacts it has on individuals’ average revolutions per minute during an indoor cycling class. The purpose of the present investigation is to extend current research on performance outcomes by directly examining the effects of immediate visual performance feedback on average revolutions exercised per minute in a 45-minute indoor cycling class. It is predicted that classes taught with immediate visual performance feedback provided through a monitor screen will lead to lower overall average speed rates than classes taught while omitting total access to bike monitor functions during class.
 
75. Want to Get Healthier?: An Evaluation of Virtual Behavior Interventions on Increasing Healthy Lifestyle Choices
Area: CSS; Domain: Applied Research
Kristin McCoy (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), LINDSAY M. KNAPP (Yellow Brick Academy), Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Robyn M. Catagnus (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Nick Green (BehaviorFit)
Discussant: Lauren Diane Brown (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

Overweight and obesity are health issues that have been a topic of both basic and applied research for over 50 years. There are a multitude of health conditions that are affected by the health choices. Unfortunately, millions of people across the world still make unhealthy choices, particularly when considering food choices. The industry for weight loss is astronomically large, yet overweight and obesity rates continue to rise despite the countless programs that promise results. Standard behavioral treatment for weight loss includes reduced caloric intake, increased physical exercise, and training in behavioral strategies. The types of behavior strategies used in research have included self-monitoring, cognitive restructuring, stimulus control, and goal setting, to name a few. Although a significant amount of research has been conducted to evaluate weight loss, the behavior strategies used to achieve weight loss goals are still unclear. The purpose of this study is to evaluate the effects of self-monitoring and virtual social interaction on weight loss and improved health outcomes.

 
76. A Behavioral Analytic Account of Highly Controlled Groups
Area: CSS; Domain: Theory
THEO FUENTES (University of Nevada, Reno), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno)
Discussant: Jonathan Mark Hochmuth (CDC/NIOSH)
Abstract: Highly controlled groups (HCG) are known as “new religious movements,” “emergent religions,” and colloquially “cults.” HCGs have been a topic of interest and concern in many fields (sociology, social sciences, historians, religious studies, etc.), but they have not received adequate attention from behavior analysis. HCGs are more prevalent than known, as they generally keep off the radar until a crime surfaces. These organized groups have become especially relevant lately as polarization increases in many domains, such as politics and social issues. By drawing upon the mentioned literature, this presentation will provide a behavior scientific overview of a sample of HCGs and their practices. Our focus will expand beyond religious groups by providing the identifying characteristics of HCGs that differentiate them from other cultural groups. This analysis will provide the basis for a behavior scientific account of behavioral systemic contingencies that contribute to the development and sustainability of these cultural groups.
 
 
 
Poster Session #206E
DDA Sunday Poster Session
Sunday, May 28, 2023
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Convention Center, Exhibit Hall F
Chair: Ciara Ousley (The University of Nebraska - Lincoln)
77. Evaluation of Interactions Between Children With Neurodevelopmental Disorders and First Responders
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
KELLYN JESSICA DORSEY (Marcus Autism Center), Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center; Emory University School of Medicine), Alexis Constantin Pavlov (Marcus Autism Center; Emory University School of Medicine), Colin S. Muething (Marcus Autism Center; Emory University School of Medicine), Joanna Lomas Mevers (Marcus Autism Center), Sarah Slocum (Marcus Autism Center and Emory School of Medicine), Summer Bottini (Marcus Autism Center; Emory University School of Medicine), Nadrat Nuhu (Marcus Autism Center; Emory University School of Medicine)
Discussant: Ciara Ousley (The University of Nebraska - Lincoln)
Abstract:

Children and adolescents with autism spectrum disorder and other neurodevelopmental disorders (ASD/NDD) are prone to challenging behavior that can escalate into behavioral crises potentially requiring the involvement of first responders to deescalate the situation. Research indicates that 20% of individuals with ASD/DD have an encounter with police officers by their late 20s as compared to 10.8% of similarly aged neurotypical individuals. Families of individuals with ASD/DD who engage in challenging behavior already experience numerous burdens, consequently these families need to be able to rely on emergency services when needed. In study 1, we examined whether caregivers reported differential use of first responder services based on their child’s demographic characteristics (e.g., race/ethnicity, gender, etc.). In study 2, we conducted a thematic analysis of outputs from focus groups conducted with caregivers who sought assistance with managing their child’s behaviors during a crisis and also conducted interviews with first responders whom had a history of responding to a family with a child with ASD/DD. We will present study findings, discuss clinical implications, and present areas of future research.

 
78. The Effects of Compound Stimuli on Stimulus Control During Match to Sample Procedures
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
HANNAH CHRISTINE GREY (Pathways Strategic Teaching Center; Salve Regina University), Jacob P. Oliveira (Salve Regina University; Pathways Strategic Teaching Center), Jesse Perrin (Pathways Strategic Teaching Center; Salve Regina University), Cody Morris (Salve Regina University)
Discussant: Meghan Deshais (Rutgers University)
Abstract: Using compound stimuli in match-to-sample training arrangements might help establish equivalence classes (Groskreutz et al., 2010). However, utilizing compound stimuli in training arrangements comes with the risk that a client’s responding might come under the restrictive control of one of the individual components of the compound stimulus (Braaten & Arntzen, 2020). As a result, training with a compound stimulus may not produce the desired equivalent responding. There is limited research on the effect of training targets as compound stimuli on the resulting stimulus control exerted by the individual components in applied settings. The purpose of this study was to expand the research in this area by examining the effect of training compound stimuli targets during a match-to-sample procedure in a school setting. The participants were between the ages of 10 and 16 years old enrolled in a special education day program. This study implemented an overlayed multiple baseline across six participant's design. The results demonstrated that training on compound stimuli was not effective at establishing equivalent responding to the individual components of the stimuli for these participants. Interobserver Agreement (IOA) was collected for 46.87% of trials with a mean trial-by-trial agreement of 100%.
 
79. Teaching Co-Regulation Skills to Individuals With Intellectual Disabilities: A Case Study
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
STEPHANIE MIHM (Melmark Pennsylvania), Michael Roesch (Melmark)
Discussant: Ciara Ousley (The University of Nebraska - Lincoln)
Abstract:

Children with intellectual disabilities can display deficits in intellectual functioning (e.g., academics, problem solving), adaptive functioning (e.g., social skills, communication), and emotional regulation (Ting & Weiss, 2017). Although displayed differently across children, those with intellectual disabilities may communicate by engaging in challenging behavior or may display behaviors more indicative of a mental health diagnosis (e.g., anxiety, depression) (American Psychiatric Association, 2013). These deficits can significantly affect both the child and family’s quality of life and overall well-being (Gadow, DeVincent, & Scheider, 2008). To support the child and their family, developing co-regulation skills is imperative. The purpose of this case study was to compare the use of extinction with differential reinforcement to the teaching strategy known as “Cool Versus Not Cool” to see its effects on the frequency of aggression. The results of this study showed aggression decreased in intensity and remained decreased across increased number of days with the addition of the “Cool Versus Not Cool” procedure compared to the use of extinction with differential reinforcement. This study demonstrated the need to take an interdisciplinary approach when developing or implementing behavior support plans.

 
80. Treatment Effects Informed by Competing Stimulus Assessment for Automatically Maintained Self-Injurious Behavior
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
ELIZABETH FREIBURGER (University of Iowa), Matthew O'Brien (The University of Iowa), Alex Pauls (University of Iowa)
Discussant: Meghan Deshais (Rutgers University)
Abstract: As many as one quarter of cases of self-injurious behavior (SIB) in the research literature are identified as being maintained by automatic reinforcement (Hagopian et al., 2015). Behavior analysts commonly prescribe a treatment package consisting of competing stimuli, based on the results of a competing stimulus assessment (CSA), and response blocking (RB). In this case study, we evaluated a treatment of automatically maintained handwringing and hand mouthing, resulting in dermatitis with fissures for a young girl with Koolen-de Vreis syndrome. The treatment functional communication training (FCT) was developed based on the outcomes of a CSA with procedures developed by Jennett and Hagopian (2011). Treatment using FCT alone with ineffective in suppressing SIB to acceptable levels. Using a reversal design, we then compared the effects of FCT with FCT plus RB and response cost (FCT+RB+RC) and observed substantial reductions in rates of SIB when the FCT+RB+RC was implemented. We discuss the clinical applications for using CSAs for the development of treatments for automatically maintained SIB and areas for future research.
 
81. Evaluating Behaviour Support Plans: Measuring Quality and Providing a Multielement Framework to Benefit Consumers
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
GEOFF POTTER (The Centre for Positive Behaviour Support), Rebecca Beights (The Centre for Positive Behaviour Support)
Discussant: Ciara Ousley (The University of Nebraska - Lincoln)
Abstract:

Behaviour support plans (BSPs) provide intervention details within an objective structure. The rationale for a BSP may be well understood; however, quality evaluation is less established and limited in terms of standardized or validated measures. The Behaviour Intervention Plan Quality Evaluation, Version II (BIP-QEII; Browning et al., 2013) is one measure used within the Australian context. The BIP-QEII offers a broad determination of BSP quality according to requirements of the National Disability Insurance Scheme (NDIS) but omits some features of a nonlinear, multielement framework. The current study presents an evaluation of BSPs (n = 265) using the BIP-QEII from a NDIS-registered positive behaviour support organisation. As an organisational practice, BSPs are submitted for scoring; then feedback is provided for required edits. Results show an average score of 17/24, with a majority of BSPs meeting criertia for “good” or “superior” plans (n = 145). Additionally, results suggest improvements in measure domains that better support multielement, progressive and contextual behavioural intervention. Results of the BIP-QEII evaluation and proposed edits for a BSP measure will be discussed. Enhanced evaluation of BSPs using a multielement framework could improve service delivery of behaviour support across settings and contexts with universal, best practice consumer considerations.

 
82. A Competing Stimuli and Clean-Up Response Treatment With Schedule Thinning in a Mouthing Treatment Evaluation
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
YEFRY D QUINONES (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Michelle A. Frank-Crawford (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Margaret Cavanaugh (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Julia Gilloran (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Discussant: Meghan Deshais (Rutgers University)
Abstract:

Children with developmental disabilities often mouth nonedible items; this is problematic as it can increase risk for illness or ingestion. Function-based assessments and intervention are considered to be the gold standard method to treat this type of problem behavior (Dunlap & Fox, 2011); this includes the implementation of a functional analysis to identify the maintaining consequences of problem behavior and then developing an effective intervention based on those results (Ledford et al., 2018). Differential reinforcement of discarding nonedible items has proven effective in decreasing pica (Schmidt et al., 2017); however, it is unknown whether this intervention would be similarly effective for decreasing mouthing. Therefore, the current study sought to extend research on discarding of unsafe items with a child with a history of severe mouthing that had resulted in ingestion of cloth material. A functional analysis was conducted to identify the variables maintaining mouthing, results of which suggested it was maintained by automatic reinforcement. He was then taught a clean-up response to appropriately put away unsafe mouthing items when he was alone, and competing stimuli were available to compete with mouthing. Results showed these procedures to be an effective intervention in reducing mouthing.

 
83. A Systematic Review of Clinical Applications of Punishment
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
SOFIA `ELIZABETH ABUIN (Salve Regina University), Stephanie Hope Jones (Salve Regina University)
Discussant: Ciara Ousley (The University of Nebraska - Lincoln)
Abstract:

Punishment, the contingent addition or removal of a stimulus which decelerates a target behavior(s), is pervasive within society. Although punishment is pervasive, limited research has been conducted on how it is used within clinical applications of behavior analysis. To address this gap in the literature, we conducted a systematic literature review of punishment. We searched ERIC and PSYCINFO using the search terms “punisher” and “punishment”. We then narrowed down the sample to articles that were published in behavior-analytic friendly journals. For our final analysis, we included articles which demonstrated applications of punishment with human participants targeting socially significant behaviors. We analyzed data on multiple variables such as participant demographics, specific punishment procedures, the information surrounding their usage, and their findings. Additionally, we collected data focused on ethical and best practice considerations related to punishment, such as concurrent implementation of extinction and reinforcement interventions. Implications for clinical practice and research are discussed.

 
85. Behavioral Interventions for Children Diagnosed With Cerebral Palsy
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
ALICIA ROCA (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Rebeca Garrido (National Autonomous University of Mexico)
Discussant: Ciara Ousley (The University of Nebraska - Lincoln)
Abstract:

Cerebral palsy (CP) is the leading cause of motor impairment in children. Problem behaviors, including disruption, aggression and stereotypy are commonly observed in children diagnosed with CP. Applied research aimed to reduce or eliminate problem behaviors in this population is scarce. This study describes the assessment and treatment of problem behaviors for three children with CP. For one participant, the targeted behaviors were scratching and biting, which were maintained by access to tangibles and escape from physical contact. A functional communication training (FCT) procedure was effective to eliminate problem behaviors and to establish an alternate response. For the second participant, a FCT procedure was effective to eliminate spitting, which was maintained by peer and teacher attention. For the third participant, the targeted behavior was hand mouthing, which was maintained by automatic reinforcement. A response interruption and redirection (RIRD) procedure resulted in low levels of hand mouthing when compared to baseline. Results show the generality of the FCT and RIRD procedures to decrease problem behaviors in children with CP. The results will be discussed in terms of the positive impact that behavioral interventions had for the children, their families and care providers.

 
86. The Use of Virtual Reality to Increase Engagement in Yoga
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
JEFF SCHRAM (Bancroft), Tracy L. Kettering (Bancroft)
Discussant: Meghan Deshais (Rutgers University)
Abstract:

For adults with diagnoses that require attendance in a day program (e.g., autism spectrum disorder, brain injury), participation in physical activity can have several benefits including increasing social skills, on-task behavior, and reducing maladaptive behaviors (e.g., Elliot et al., 1994; Kunzi, 2015). There are several studies evaluating procedures for increasing engagement in physical activities for children; however, few studies have assessed these procedures with adults (Eun-Young et al., 2021). Strategies for increasing engagement in physical activity for this population are warranted. The purpose of this study was to compare engagement during video-based yoga, a physical activity involving several body movements, across two different presentation modalities (i.e., virtual reality (VR) and television screen). Participants included four adults diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder or brain injury. Utilizing an alternating treatment design, we measured engagement in yoga across both presentation modalities. Results indicate that all participants consistently engaged in the yoga activity during more intervals when yoga was presented using VR compared to a television screen.

 
87. When Saying “Nice job!” Doesn’t Do the Job: Using a Concurrent Operant Arrangement to Assess Forms of Attention
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
MELODY LYNN CULBERTSON (UNMC), Sarah Elizabeth Martinez Rowe (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Caitlin Fulton (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Cynthia P. Livingston (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Javid Rahaman (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Jessie Kaye Weber (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Samantha Bryan (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Discussant: Ciara Ousley (The University of Nebraska - Lincoln)
Abstract:

Preference assessments are often used by clinicians to identify potential reinforcers for behavioral interventions. However, some stimuli may be particularly difficult to assess due to their unique properties. For example, clinicians may find it difficult to assess forms of attention as they cannot be easily arranged into common preference assessment modalities, such as paired stimulus or multiple stimulus assessments. We used a concurrent operant arrangement to evaluate various forms of attention that could function as a reinforcer for an autistic child with attention deficit hyperactivity disorder who exhibited severe aggression. Eight forms of attention were assessed based on anecdotal reports and direct observations. The forms of attention assessed were reprimands, praise, ignore, item removal, immediate physical guidance, two-step prompting, physical attention, and play. The session room was divided into three sections. Theses sections included a neutral zone where no attention was delivered and two zones where different forms of attention were assessed. Through the concurrent operant arrangement, we found the most preferred forms of attention were item removal, play, and immediate physical guidance. We observed the lowest levels of aggression with item removal, play, and praise. Our findings support the use of concurrent operant arrangements to assess preferred forms of attention.

 
Diversity submission 88. Evaluating the Impact of Challenging Behavior Based on Racial and Ethnic Demographics
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
MATEO GOMEZ (Marcus Autism Center), Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Children’s Healthcare of Atlanta; Marcus Autism Center; Emory University School of Medicine), Fabiola Vargas Londono (Children’s Healthcare of Atlanta; Marcus Autism Center; Emory University School of Medicine), Brittany Naugle (Children’s Healthcare of Atlanta; Marcus Autism Center), Angelia Walker (Children’s Healthcare of Atlanta; Marcus Autism Center)
Discussant: Meghan Deshais (Rutgers University)
Abstract: Challenging behavior negatively impacts patients and their families. Given the importance of professionals accounting for cultural diversity in practice, potential differences in the impact of challenging behavior are important to assess across different racial or ethnic groups. Unfortunately, there is little research identifying tools for assessing the severity, and subsequent impact, of challenging behavior and a dearth of studies evaluating this variable across different groups. We assessed the severity of challenging behavior based on the impact the behavior has on the individual, family, and environment for individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities referred to a clinic for the treatment of severe challenging behavior (n=254, mean age = 7.99 years). Assessment included a structured interview with caregivers and a subsequent rating system. We compared outcomes across racial and ethnic groups. Outcomes suggest that white, non-Hispanic participants report more physical harm and more reactive measures such as calling crisis lines, or first responders compared to other groups. Other categorizations like property damage, structural modifications, and situational avoidance of challenge behavior show no significant difference between racial and ethnic groups. These observations highlight the importance of considering differences in the impact of challenging behavior across different races and ethnicities.
 
89. Staff Training and Support for Kindergarten Teachers Using Telehealth: Behavioral Consultation for Children With Neurodevelopmental Disorders
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
TAKUYA ENOMOTO (Tokushima University)
Discussant: Ciara Ousley (The University of Nebraska - Lincoln)
Abstract:

The purpose of the present study was to evaluate a effect of behavioral consultation aimed at staff training and behavioral support was conducted with kindergarten teachers at six private kindergartens. Eleven teachers were included in the study (aged 27-53 years, mean length of service 11.2 years). A total of 24 children with neurodevelopmental disorders (ND-Child) were in the teachers' charge. Consultations were provided via telehealth technology. The frequency was once every three months for four hours. The independent variable, consultation, consisted of three parts: 1) analysis of the ND-Child's behavior, 2) evaluation of the teachers' support skills, and 3) advice on how to behavioral support to the ND-Child. The dependent variables were A) the content of the functional analysis in the interviews about child-teacher contingency, II) Kindergarten teacher stress index and III) the Vineland Adaptive Behavior Scales, Second Edition(Vineland-II) scores of each ND-Child. Results showed that the teachers' functional analysis improved after three consultations using tele-health. In addition, the scores of Kindergarten Teacher Stress Index improved. Furthermore, each ND-Child's score on the Vineland-II (Communication domain and Socialization domain) improved significantly. These results suggest that tele-health consultations may improve teachers' support skills.

 
 
 
Poster Session #206F
DEV Sunday Poster Session
Sunday, May 28, 2023
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Convention Center, Exhibit Hall F
Chair: Crystal Fernandez (University of North Texas)
90. Emergence of Food Preferences During Treatment of Food Selectivity
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research
SARAH ELISE LITTEN (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine ), Alison Kozlowski (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine ), Aaron D. Lesser (Kennedy Krieger Institute, Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Lyndsay Ann Fairchild (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Discussant: Emily Ann Chesbrough (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Many children with feeding disorders exhibit preferences for a limited number of foods. The use and effectiveness of behavioral treatments to increase food variety is widely documented within the literature; however, less research has examined changes in food preferences following the use of behavioral treatments. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate changes in food preferences after establishing an effective behavioral treatment to increase food variety. Charlie was a 3-year-old female with food selectivity, a history of failure to thrive, and constipation. Upon admission, she consumed a small amounts of a limited variety of foods and liquids, and received supplemental feedings via naso-gastrostomy tube. Pre- and post-treatment edible preference assessments were conducted to assess changes in food preferences while a reversal design was used to demonstrate effectiveness of behavioral treatment. Prior to behavioral treatment, her preferences were limited to two foods during the pre-treatment edible preference assessment and increased to six foods during the post-treatment edible preference assessment. Additionally, following the reversal to baseline, treatment components were removed and she continued eating previously nonpreferred foods. These results indicate that following effective behavioral treatment for food selectivity, preference for previously nonpreferred foods may develop.
 
91. The Effects of Choice on Physical Activity Engagement in Elementary-Aged Children
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research
Joseph Pannozzo (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Jack Spear (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Jonathan W. Kimball (Behavior Development Solutions)
Discussant: Crystal Fernandez (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

Choice has been shown as affective in increasing work, and a preference for choice conditions has been consistently shown across animals, children, and adults. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate how providing a choice effected physical activity for elementary-aged children. In this study, the opportunity to choose a physical activity was explored with a small group of neuro-typical children. In the child choice condition, each child was able to vote for a particular activity and the activity with the highest frequency was chosen during this session. During the coach choice condition, the children’s coach selected the activity, these sessions were yoked to the second highest preferred from the previous session. Physical activity was defined as the number of steps completed which was measured through a Fitbit that each child wore, and momentary-time-sampling to measure engagement. The purpose of this study was to measure steps taken and calories expended in both conditions utilizing a randomized alternating treatment design.

 
93. Impact of Language of Delivery on Challenging Behavior Assessments and Interventions
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research
MONSERRAT AUSTIN (Baylor University), Stephanie Gerow (University of Nevada, Las Vegas), Emily Paige Exline (Baylor University)
Discussant: Crystal Fernandez (University of North Texas)
Abstract: An important component of both challenging behavior assessments and interventions is to arrange antecedents and consequences that occur in the natural environment for the child. As the number of culturally and linguistically diverse individuals increases in the United States, the impact of language on challenging behavior assessments and interventions should be assessed. The purpose of this systematic literature review is to assess the current state of the literature regarding the impact of language of delivery on challenging behavior interventions and assessments. Inclusion criteria for this literature review included: (a) a functional analysis of or intervention for challenging behavior was conducted in two or more languages, (b) challenging behavior was measured during assessment and/or intervention sessions, (c) the participant(s) were diagnosed with intellectual or developmental disability, (d) the study used an experimental design, and (e) the study must be peer reviewed. Articles are currently being reviewed for inclusion in the literature review.
 
94. How to Get a Life: A Case Study
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research
JOSEF HARRIS (University of North Texas), Eddie Brandon Amezquita (John Deere)
Discussant: Emily Ann Chesbrough (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: People have difficulty knowing what they want out of life. This leads to uncertainty when creating and achieving life goals. Goldiamond’s (1974) constructional approach offers a way for people to create their ideal lives. This program started off by replicating the constructional approach with a 30-year-old male client. The client was coached on how to arrange their contingencies to achieve their goals. This involved several means: weekly meetings, logging, the constructional questionnaire, an in-session worksheet, and the “Four Questions” (Goldiamond, 1974). During the program, the client’s data demonstrated a lack of skills to identify the outcomes of their goals. This led the coaches to teach how to define measurable, meaningful accomplishments (Gilbert, 1978) which aided in setting and attaining client goals. Another program change occurred after the client failed to meet several sub-goals. The data showed the client lacked multiple communities of reinforcement. This led the coaches to identify immediate reinforcers embedded within communities. This then allowed the client to achieve smaller goals with other collateral effects (Risley, 1999). Data showed clients’ week-to-week success in identifying and achieving measurable sub-goals toward their terminal goals. This proved to be a viable method for clients to take ownership of their own life.
 
165. Analyzing Reading Comprehension Between Text and Print
Area: DEV; Domain: Theory
LIZA E. GEONIE (BCBA), Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract: Reading texts electronically have become more prevalent in the past few years due to electronic text becoming more cost-effective and convenient. Electronic reading material can also be accessed via phone, tablet, or computer desktop and a single device can hold many books and reading material. Other advantages of digital media include more interactive features, non-linearity, search within-text functions, better accessibility for people with disabilities, and the availability of finding information more quickly. There are several explanations researchers have explored to determine why readers have better comprehension and learning when reading on paper versus on a screen. The “shallowing hypothesis” is a theory where people approach digital text with the mindset that they are engaging in more casual reading, as they would when engaging with social media. Or it has been proposed the act of scrolling affects learning because it seems to affect comprehension and learning in readers who exhibit lower working memory capacity. There are many potential mechanisms that may create this difference in comprehension, but all have potentially long-lasting effects, particularly when considering the current adolescent generation reads much of their academic information electronically.
 
 
 
Poster Session #206G
EAB Sunday Poster Session
Sunday, May 28, 2023
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Convention Center, Exhibit Hall F
Chair: Sally L. Huskinson (University of Mississippi Medical Center)
96. Conditional Relations: Modification in the Behavior of the Individual and the Properties of Objects
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
DINORAH ARELY ESCUDERO (Universidad Veracruzana), Betsabe Ruiz Lopez (Universidad Veracruzana), Agustin Daniel Gomez Fuentes (Universidad Veracruzana)
Discussant: Casey Marsh (University of South Florida)
Abstract: The term creativity has been used to designate novel and original processes. the psychological phenomenon from behavior analysis, as creative behavior, emerges as a conditional relationship transforms the properties of objects and the individual himself. the present study analyzes the conditional relationship from a field logic, between an individual and a stimulus object. An observation and continuous recording system in used with molar units of measurement supported by parameters of time and space, and in language as a convectional system. Two artists from Veracruz participated in the study in the process of creating a handwork of art. the results of the present study suggest that psychological phenomenon, as original behavior, emerges as a functional contact of different levels, made possible by historical and situational dispositional factors and in language as a means of conventional contact. the term creativity is not a psychological phenomenon, but a term used to value acts or products as original that imply conditional interactive behaviors between the individual and the object of stimulus, the product of result can be socially valued as creative behavior.
 
97. Preschool Education: Acquisition of Life Skills for Environmental Protection
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
MINERVA PEREZ JUAREZ (Universidad Veracruzana, Mexico), Leiny Johanna Borgwardt (Universidad Veracruzana)
Discussant: Sally L. Huskinson (University of Mississippi Medical Center)
Abstract: In Mexico, educational excellence has focused on improving curriculum and student performance evaluation. However, its application shows limitations related to the concept of competence. An alternative is educational planning centered on the learner and supported by Behavior Analysis (Ribes, 2008, 2018), which includes the domains of knowledge, and the psychological aspects considered in their learning: the levels of functional aptitude and abilities that constitute the competencies, as well as the modes of language involved. The purpose of this study was to analyze the effect of a Teaching-Learning Unit on the acquisition of competencies for environmental protection based on meeting achievement criteria at different levels of functional aptitude. Five children of both sexes from the third grade of preschool participated. A within-subject design with baseline, an intervention phase, and a follow-up phase was used. The results suggest that life skills are displayed more frequently when speaking-listening modes are used and in the five levels of the taxonomy of functions. However, competencies emerge more frequently in the first three levels of the taxonomy of functions. The results are discussed based on the logical categories of behavior theory.
 
98. Reducing Racial Through the Stimulus Equivalence Paradigm
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
DENISE APARECIDA PASSARELLI (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Táhcita Medrado Mizael (Federal University of São Carlos (UFSCar - Brazil)), Julio C. De Rose (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos)
Discussant: Casey Marsh (University of South Florida)
Abstract: Racial Prejudice can be defined as negative evaluations of stimuli that symbolize an ethnicity. Mizael et al. (2016), using a procedure based on the Stimulus Equivalence Paradigm, reduced the frequency that children associating black faces with a negative symbol. There was a reduction in the differences between ratings of black and white faces on a Likert scale. We replicated this procedure and included the Doll Test to investigate generalization. Nine participants (5 Males, 8.2 years) that demonstrated negative evaluations of black faces were selected to participate in the intervention. Participants were trained to relate a positive symbol (A1) to an abstract stimulus (B1) and then B1 with black faces (C1). The symmetry and equivalence relations were tested. Eight participants formed an equivalence class between black faces and the positive symbol. At the group level, after the intervention, we had a reduction frequency that participants related black faces with negative symbols and black dolls with negative attributes. In addition, before the intervention, white faces were significantly more positively evaluated than black faces; after the intervention, there was no significant difference. However, at an individual level, we found significative results only in the reduction frequency that black faces were related to negative symbols. The results replicated the findings of Mizael et al. (2016) but indicated the challenge of obtaining significant findings at the individual level in a more variated set of measures.
 
99. Do Fixed or Variable Schedules Better Protect Against Effects of Integrity Errors?
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
CELIA ROSE CELONA (Salve Regina University), Stephanie Hope Jones (Salve Regina University)
Discussant: Sally L. Huskinson (University of Mississippi Medical Center)
Abstract: Reduced-integrity implementation of reinforcement-based procedures results in degraded therapeutic outcomes. The reinforcement schedules associated with the procedures impact the extent to which errors are detrimental. However, previous evaluations with manipulations of reinforcement schedules across similar procedures only compared fixed schedules. To address this gap in the literature, we assessed the extent to which errors were detrimental when occurring during the same treatment, but with either fixed or variable reinforcement schedules programmed for alternative sources of reinforcement. We hope that these results will inform arrangements of interventions that are differentially robust when faced with implementer error.
 
100. Text Messages as an Intervention Tool to Increase School Attendance of Teenagers
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
BRUNA MARIA BARBOSA DA SILVA FRANÇA (Universidade de Brasilia), Roberta Freitas-Lemos (Virginia Tech), Elenice Seixas Hanna (Universidade de Brasilia)
Discussant: Casey Marsh (University of South Florida)
Abstract: A growing number of studies have been conducted on the effects of sending text messages as a research tool aimed at educational issues. In most of these study designs, the messages are sent to the parents. The present study investigated the effects on school attendance of sending text messages directly to the students. In a series of three experiments to reach the public in situations of socioeconomic vulnerability (n = 24; n = 7; n = 9) , 16 to 19 year old students received text messages during 15 school days. Eligible students had low school attendance (<75%) in the baseline period and were enrolled in the first year of high school. Fifteen messages that reported possible immediate and delayed consequences related to school attendance were developed. Messages were sent at the end of the school day in a randomized order to each participant. Results showed that school attendance rates increased significantly in Study 1. These results were replicated in Study 2, but not in Study 3. We discusses different school procedures that may partially explain the variability of the results between the studies. Text messages might be a useful tool to influence school attendance. Further studies should explore the combination of text messages with other school policies to improve the problematic issue of low school attendance.
 
101. Examining the Magnitude Effect in Rats
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
EMILY SAETEURN (University of Alaska Anchorage), Gwen Lupfer (University of Alaska Anchorage), Mychal Machado (University of Alaska Anchorage)
Discussant: Sally L. Huskinson (University of Mississippi Medical Center)
Abstract: The magnitude effect in discounting tasks refers to the tendency to wait more patiently when the reinforcer value is high (e.g., $100 today vs $150 tomorrow elicits more patient responding than $1 today vs $1.50 tomorrow). In the current project, we sought to determine whether flavor preference would impact the presence of a magnitude effect in rats. Following nonhuman-adapted paired-stimulus (PS) and multiple-stimulus without replacement (MSWO) preference assessments to determine flavor preference, each rat was exposed to a series of delay-discounting tasks. Each task was 60-min and involved the rat choosing between a single, immediate pellet or three pellets delivered after an increasing delay. The percentage of lever presses allocated to the larger delayed reinforcer were averaged across 5 days for each subject for her most and least-preferred flavors. Area under the curve (AUC) was subsequently calculated. Results showed when preferences were measured by the PS and MSWO, AUCs were higher for subjects’ highest preferred and lowest preferred flavors, respectively. These data might suggest that the PS is superior to the MSWO for assessing rat flavor preference, and that the PS should be used to further investigate the magnitude effect in nonhuman animals.
 
102. Effects of Ethanol and Nicotine Co-administration on Risky Choice in Rats
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
ERIN E. WYLIE (West Virginia University), Karen G. Anderson (West Virginia University)
Discussant: Casey Marsh (University of South Florida)
Abstract: Individuals often engage in the comorbid use of alcohol and nicotine, leading to further-escalated health consequences than the use of either drug in isolation. Given these poor health outcomes from combined administration of alcohol and nicotine, some of which may be due to increased risky choice, more basic research is needed to better characterize drug/dose interactions on risky choice. Probability-discounting procedures involve a series of discrete choices between a smaller, certain reinforcer and a larger, increasingly uncertain reinforcer. Such procedures allow for the assessment of risky choice across studies and facilitate the understanding of drug-related increases in risky choice. The present study investigated effects of several doses of acute ethanol alone (Experiment 1) and in combination with several doses of nicotine (Experiment 2) using eight Sprague-Dawley rats. Effects of these drugs on risky choice will be evaluated using both visual and statistical analysis. Preliminary results for Experiment 1 indicate dose-dependent increases in risky choice following ethanol administration. Such altered decision-making patterns may be better understood through further investigation into combined effects of these drugs on risky choice.
 
103. Conditioned Reinforcement by Stimuli Correlated and Uncorrelated With a Schedule of Food Reinforcement
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
LILLIAN LOUISE SKIBA-THAYER (West Virginia University), Michael Perone (West Virginia University)
Discussant: Sally L. Huskinson (University of Mississippi Medical Center)
Abstract: A conditioned reinforcer derives its function from a relation to an established reinforcer. Observing response procedures have been used to evaluate the function of stimuli positively correlated (S+), negatively correlated (S-), and uncorrelated (S1, S2) with established reinforcers such as food (with animals) or money (with humans). Verbal instructions have been shown to alter the extent to which correlated and uncorrelated stimuli reinforce responding in human subjects (Perone & Kaminski, 1992). The present experiment is concerned with the reinforcing function of stimuli with subjects not susceptible to instructional control: pigeons. The pigeons earn food reinforcers by pecking a key on a compound schedule: A variable-interval 60-s schedule alternates irregularly with extinction. On each side of the food key is an observing key. Observing pecks produce, intermittently, brief displays of the stimulus correlated or uncorrelated with the ongoing component of the food schedule. By manipulating the consequences of the two observing keys, we compare the reinforcing function of the correlated and uncorrelated stimuli: (a) S+ and S- vs. S1 and S2, (b) S+ vs. S1, and (c) S- vs. S2. Absolute and relative observing rates provide a measure of the extent to which these stimuli function as conditioned reinforcers.
 
104. Baseline Variability Affects Single-Case Intervention Effect: Bayesian Simulation and Field Studies
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
MAKOTO SUZUKI (Faculty of Health Sciences, Tokyo Kasei University; Faculty of Systems Design, Tokyo Metropolitan University), Satoshi Tanaka (Laboratory of Psychology, Hamamatsu University School of Medicine), Kazuo Saito (Faculty of Health Sciences, Tokyo Kasei University), Kilchoon Cho (Faculty of Health Sciences, Tokyo Kasei University), Naoki Iso (Faculty of Health Sciences, Tokyo Kasei University), Takuhiro Okabe (Faculty of Health Sciences, Tokyo Kasei University), Jun'ichi Yamamoto (Tokyo Metropolitan University, Faculty of Systems Design)
Discussant: Casey Marsh (University of South Florida)
Abstract: Exploring how the accuracy of data comparison between baseline and intervention phases is affected by baseline-data variability and changes in slope and level after treatment may contribute to understanding the effectiveness of intervention for a single patient. The simulation study investigated the relationship between the Bayesian model’s data-comparison accuracy, baseline-data variability, and changes in level and slope. The probability of significant difference between the state and forecast values based on the simulation was fitted to a relation model. Simulation results showed that baseline-data variability and changes in level and slope significantly affect the data-comparison accuracy. The indices of changes in level and slope needed for 95% probability of significant changes from the relation model were 1.43 ± 0.31 and 2.76 ± 2.48, respectively. The field study investigated the intervention effects for actual field data using the relationship derived from the simulation study. Actual changes in level and slope for 64.7% and 41.2% studies were greater than the estimated changes in level and slope. These results imply that baseline-data variability affects the data-comparison accuracy using a Bayesian model and provides information on the extent of changes in the level and slope needed for 95% probability of significant change for field data.
 
105. Surrogate Delay Discounting Rate Depends on Observation of Different Health Behavior
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
RYAN HIGGINBOTHAM (University of Florida), Jesse Dallery (University of Florida)
Discussant: Sally L. Huskinson (University of Mississippi Medical Center)
Abstract: Delay discounting refers to a reward's loss of subjective value as a function of delay to its receipt. Research has linked higher rates of delay discounting to numerous health-related behaviors including cigarette smoking. Observing impulsive or self-controlled inter temporal choices such as smoking cigarettes or engaging in healthy behavior may influence someone's choices on a hypothetical delay discounting task and thus their discounting rate. If observation of intertemporal choice influences discounting, it should not matter whether that observation is from a first- or third-person perspective. We showed participants (N=65) two videos: one of a woman smoking and one of another woman eating an apple. Following each video, participants completed a delay discounting task as a surrogate decision-maker for each woman (i.e., the choices were made from the perspectives of the women in the videos). Discounting rates were consistently higher from the perspective of the woman observed smoking suggesting that choices on delay discounting tasks may be influenced by observation of intertemporal choice.
 
106. Choice, Timing, Motivation, and Memory in the FMR1 KO Rat
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Bryana A Thieret (St. Lawrence University), William DeCoteau (St. Lawrence University), ADAM E. FOX (St. Lawrence University)
Discussant: Casey Marsh (University of South Florida)
Abstract: One gene that has been linked to Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) and developmental disorders more generally, is FMR1. The FMR1 gene is linked most closely with Fragile X syndrome, but loss of expression of the gene is thought to be one of the most common genetic causes of ASD and developmental disability broadly. In a series of experiments, FMR1 Knockout (KO) rats were exposed to temporal bisection, delay discounting, progressive ratio, and delay matching to sample tasks to characterize complex operant behavior in the preclinical model. We found no differences between FMR1 KO rats and controls on the temporal bisection or progressive ratio tasks, but FMR1 KO choice behavior was less sensitive to delay changes in the discounting task, and small differences emerged in the delay matching to sample task. These findings have implications for the clinical relevance of the FMR1 KO model.
 
107. Development of a Discounting Task for Choice Between Qualitatively Different Food Rewards
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
HAYLEE DOWNEY (Virginia Tech (FBRI)), Jeffrey S. Stein (Virginia Tech (FBRI))
Discussant: Brandon Patrick Miller (University of Kansas)
Abstract: Delay discounting refers to the tendency for delayed outcomes to be devalued. Delay discounting is commonly measured using choices for monetary outcomes, but more complex choices for qualitatively different, non-monetary outcomes may more accurately model the decision-making evident in lifestyle-related disease. To address this, we adapted the 6-trial adjusting delay discounting task to incorporate tradeoffs between food immediacy and healthiness. Specifically, 41 participants with healthy weight or obesity (data collection ongoing; additional data to be collected) chose between a less preferred fast-food meal that was available immediately and a more preferred home-cooked meal that was available after a delay (i.e., travel and preparation time). Across trials, the delay to the home-cooked meal was adjusted based on prior choices until reaching an indifference delay. Longer indifference delays reflect less discounting (i.e., greater willingness to wait). The median indifference delays were 2.94 h (IQR = 2.53) and 2.03 h (IQR =1.67) for the groups with healthy weight and obesity, respectively. Additional, more common delay discounting tasks were also examined and will be discussed. In future studies, if appropriate, we will further validate the meal task using other measures of eating behaviors.
 
108. COVID-19-Related Financial Scarcity Is Associated With Greater Delay Discounting but Not Probability Discounting
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
HAYLEE DOWNEY (Virginia Tech (FBRI)), Roberta Freitas-Lemos (Virginia Tech (FBRI)), Kelsey Curran (Virginia Tech (FBRI)), Elena Serrano (Virginia Tech), George Davis (Virginia Tech), Jeffrey S. Stein (Virginia Tech (FBRI))
Discussant: Sara Peck (USU; NECC; WNE)
Abstract: Prior studies indicate that scarcity may increase delay discounting, the devaluation of delayed rewards. Evidence on the effect of COVID-19 on delay discounting is mixed. Additionally, no study has examined the effect of COVID-19-related scarcity on probability discounting, the devaluation of probabilistic rewards. To examine the relationship between COVID-19-related scarcity, delay discounting, and probability discounting, we recruited 1012 participants with low income on Amazon Mechanical Turk in April 2020. Participants completed measures of delay and probability discounting of food and money, COVID-19-related financial impacts, and food security. Using linear regression, we found that compared to those with no COVID-19-related financial impacts, those with severe COVID-19-related financial impacts had greater delay discounting of money and greater delay discounting of a grocery gift card. Greater food insecurity in the past month was associated with greater delay discounting of a grocery gift card but not delay discounting of money. COVID-19-related financial impact was not associated with probability discounting. Combined with laboratory experiments, this study provides additional evidence for the idea that feelings of scarcity may increase delay discounting. However, because this study was observational, no assumptions of causality can be made about the specific effect of COVID-19 on delay discounting.
 
109. An Evaluation of the Distribution of Follow-Up Sessions on Skill Maintenance
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
MOLLY MATTES (Western Michigan Universtiy), Sacha T. Pence (Western Michigan University)
Discussant: Brandon Patrick Miller (University of Kansas)
Abstract: For behavior change to be effective, it not only needs to occur across persons and settings, but it needs to maintain over time. The distribution of follow-up sessions may influence maintenance of learned skills. Follow-up sessions can be conducted using an equal distribution where the number of days between follow-up sessions stays consistent. Follow-up sessions can also be conducted using a progressive distribution where the number of days between follow-up sessions gradually increase. The experimenters used a multielement design to evaluate follow-up session distribution (control, equal distribution, and progressively increasing distribution) on the maintenance of an arbitrary labeling task taught to nine college-aged students. Following acquisition, the participants completed virtual follow-up sessions across at least 30 days. Both follow-up session distributions conditions were equally effective on skill maintenance for six participants. The progressively increasing distribution condition was associated with higher maintenance for two participants and the equal distribution condition had higher maintenance with one participant. Across all participants, some distribution of opportunities to practice the skill led to higher levels of maintenance when compared to the control condition during which no opportunities to practice were provided.
 
110. Methods for Calculating AUC with Discounting Data
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
KATILYN MARIE ASHLEY TREEM (Georgia Southern University), Charles Casey Joel Frye (Portland, Oregon), Jonathan E. Friedel (Georgia Southern University)
Discussant: Sara Peck (USU; NECC; WNE)
Abstract: Delay discounting describes how an outcome loses value as the delay to the outcome increases. Area-under-the-curve (AUC) is an atheoretical measure of discounting. One problem with AUC is that it is not always calculated consistently (Borges et al., 2016). For example, if there is no data point obtained when a participant does not have to wait, then that data point should be interpolated. It is not reliably reported in the literature whether people interpolate that data point. Additionally, there is not a standard method for calculating the AUClog when there is an indifference point when the delay equals zero (Borges et al., 2016). Here new methods are proposed are to calculate all forms of AUC with an associated R package (a free data analysis tool) to do those calculations. The R package provides a consistent, common ground for researchers to accurately compute all versions of AUC. References Borges, A. M., Kuang, J., Milhorn, H., & Yi, R. (2016). An alternative approach to calculating area-under-the-curve (AUC) in delay discounting research. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 106(2), 145–155. https://doi.org/10.1002/jeab.219
 
111. The Effect of Social Skills Instructions on Peer Interactions for Preschoolers With Social Withdrawal
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
XIN DONG (Nicholls State University), Julie L. Thompson (Texas A&M University)
Discussant: Brandon Patrick Miller (University of Kansas)
Abstract: Developing social and competence in early childhood is one of the most important aspects of social development with long lasting outcomes (McCabe & Altamura, 2011). Children with social withdrawal often experience peer rejection and victimization (Oh et al. 2008). Children with social withdrawal also have less social interactions with peers which reduce the opportunity for them to practice play skills, communication skills and social skills with their peers. This study replicated a previous study on the effect of social skills instructions on peer interactions (Storey et al., 1994). A multiple probe across participants design was used to evaluate the effect of the social skills intervention package including social skills instruction with peer-mediated component and reinforcements on the social interactions of three preschoolers with social withdrawal. All participants showed increase in social initiations after the intervention was introduced. Slight changes in social responses were observed.
 
112. The Impact of Visual Stimuli in a Behavioral Variability Task
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
JOCELYN HANSSON (Eastern Michigan University), James T. Todd (Eastern Michigan University), Claudia Drossel (Eastern Michigan University), Thomas J. Waltz (Eastern Michigan University)
Discussant: Sara Peck (USU; NECC; WNE)
Abstract: Research and theory suggest behavioral variability is important for learning and problem-solving (Neuringer, 2002). Studies have used simple computer programs, where participants earn points based on their behavior, to study human behavioral variability (e.g., Hansson & Neuringer, 2018). The present study aimed to understand methodological differences between studies on this topic by investigating whether visual stimuli affected participant variability. Additionally, participant verbal behavior was assessed. In the present study, 24 participants used two on-screen buttons to move a circle across the screen in 5 steps, after which a point was awarded depending on the participants’ behavior. Analyses compared levels of observed behavioral variability between two visual conditions: one where participants could see a pyramid depicting all possible paths they could move their avatar, and one where they saw an open field. Analyses also compared two contingencies: one where points were awarded for variable behavior (VAR) and one where points were awarded irrespective of variability (YOKE). Results showed that contingency, but not visual condition affected variability levels; participants who were reinforced for varying engaged in more variable behavior. Participants’ post-game self-reported strategy use are also explored. Implications and directions for future research are discussed.
 
113. A Cluster Analysis of Variables Maintaining Internet Use
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
EZEKIEL TORRES (California State University East Bay), Rinisha Naidu (California State University-East Bay), Salma Garcia (California State University East Bay), Liz Kyonka (California State University - East Bay)
Discussant: Brandon Patrick Miller (University of Kansas)
Abstract: Characterizing typical patterns of internet use and determining their relationships to dependent internet use in a general population may help to identify behavioral markers of internet addiction. A nationally representative sample of 326 Americans completed the Young Diagnostic Questionnaire (YDQ), which assesses internet dependence, and the preliminary Internet Consequences Questionnaire (ICQ-P), which identifies variables potentially maintaining internet use. Hierarchical cluster analysis with ICQ-P scores for 6 categories of reinforcement identified five distinct subgroups of internet users: Procrastinators (N = 83) endorsed escape from demand and private events more than other categories. All-around moderate users (N = 99) had neither the highest nor lowest scores for any category of reinforcement. Moderate social users (N = 54) had relatively low endorsement of all categories except attention. Intensive users (N = 54) had relatively high endorsement of all categories. Asocial users (N = 56) endorsed attention and social avoidance less than other categories. YDQ scores differed across the five clusters, indicating that internet dependence was least likely in moderate social users and most likely in intensive users. Results suggest that people who report deriving the most reinforcement from using the internet may be at greater risk for internet addiction.
 
114. A Comparison of Demand for Sleep Among Undergraduate Students Based on Shift Work Status
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
CRYSTAL YUET WEN LIM (Eastern Michigan University), Kayla Rinna (Eastern Michigan University), Thomas J. Waltz (Eastern Michigan University), Claudia Drossel (Eastern Michigan University)
Discussant: Sara Peck (USU; NECC; WNE)
Abstract: Individuals working outside of the typical 8 am to 5 pm work hours, otherwise known as “shift workers” tend to have inconsistent sleep schedules which may impact quality of sleep. This study is an exploratory analysis of data collected from a series of hypothetical purchase tasks for sleep among college undergraduates. Undergraduate participants (n = 88) were asked how much they would pay in exchange for guaranteed hour(s) of restful sleep with the incentive of coverage at work and without losing pay on their next paycheck. Comparisons across those who worked shift hours (n = 54) with non-shift workers (n = 34) found overall demand was higher among shift workers, as demonstrated by greater expenditure (Omax, Pmax), a greater area under the curve, and greater alpha values. Our findings suggest that demand for restful sleep was greater among shift workers than non-shift workers, as shift workers were more likely to purchase hours of sleep even when prices increased.
 
115. Probability Learning in Two Versions of an Iterated Monty Hall Problem
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
TRYPHENA ARTHUR (California State University, East Bay), Ashley Martinez (California State University, East Bay), Ezekiel Torres (California State University, East Bay), Liz Kyonka (California State University - East Bay)
Discussant: Brandon Patrick Miller (University of Kansas)
Abstract: We investigated effects of inflating probability of winning on switching in the Monty Hall problem. Undergraduate students participated for course credit. On each trial, a participant chose one of three boxes on a computer screen. Next, a box was removed and the remaining two boxes turned green. The participant could stay with the box they chose or switch to the other available box. The optimal strategy was to switch every trial. Choosing the preselected prize box won a point. An enhanced version of the task with an inflated probability of winning for switching should produce higher rates of switching. The probability of winning if the participant switched was 2/3 in the standard phase and 9/10 in the enhanced phase. The order of phases was counterbalanced across participants. Most participants learned to switch over 100 trials. Compared to participants who started with the standard phase, participants who started with the enhanced phase switched more at the end of the first phase, but became less likely to switch in the standard phase. The timing of the introduction of the enhanced version affected performance such that initial exposure to the standard task increased the strategic benefits of experiencing the enhanced task.
 
116. Beyond Lab Lore: Studying the Learning That Occurs During Pre-Experimental Training
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
OSMAR LOPEZ (University of Nevada, Reno), Matthew Lewon (University of Nevada, Reno), Christina M. Peters (Northwest Behavioral Associates), Melanie S Stites (University of Nevada, Reno), Emily Danielle Spurlock (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno)
Discussant: Sara Peck (USU; NECC; WNE)
Abstract: Studies of operant behavior with nonhumans typically involve pre-experimental training. Part of this involves getting a specified response to occur so it can be reinforced, but there is additional learning that must occur before studies of operant behavior can begin. Pre-experimental training is rarely described in detail in published studies, and this training has been described as “lab lore,” or the idiosyncratic procedures developed within individual laboratories. This is unfortunate because a) variability in pre-experimental training (e.g., in “hand-shaping”) within and across laboratories may compromise the generalizability of results and b) what happens during pre-experimental training may allow for the study of important learning processes that are prerequisite to subsequent learning. We present data from several iterations of fully automated pre-experimental training procedures developed in our laboratory for mice as a first step toward systematically describing the learning that occurs before experiments begin. Results show the impact of different training contingencies, reinforcer types (pellets vs. liquid), operanda (lever vs. nose poke), and motivating operations (food vs. water satiation/deprivation). We also attempt to identify the characteristics of animals that do and do not ultimately learn to engage in the specified operant response during these procedures.
 
117. Effects of Multiple Response Options on Target Responding in a Resurgence Procedure
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
KAYLA BRACCIO (UNCW), Emma Auten (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Elizabeth Paige Thuman (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Emily L. Baxter (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Discussant: Brandon Patrick Miller (University of Kansas)
Abstract: Resurgence is the recurrence of a previously reinforced target behavior following a decrease/removal of reinforcement of an alternative behavior. Typically, studies examining resurgence use 2-3 responses in the procedure: a target, alternative, and inactive control response. Across extinction, is expected that the target behavior will decrease across time. It has been observed in human operant studies, however, that target responding persists. The goal of the current study was to test a human operant resurgence procedure that included several inactive control responses, to determine if extinction of the target behavior can be observed following resurgence. Throughout the study, multiple responses were available for participants to respond on. In Phase 1, points were provided for responding on one of the multiple available activities (i.e., target response). In Phase 2, points were provided for responding to a different activity (i.e., alternative response). In Phase 3, all behaviors were placed on extinction. Engagement with all activities was measured across all sessions. It is hypothesized that resurgence of the target behavior would occur initially, followed by complete extinction of the target behavior. Results and implications of human operant resurgence procedures will be discussed.
 
118. Generalized Same-Different Learning With Pigeons in a Slot-Machine Gambling Analogue
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
MICHAEL ALLEN LOSI (Reed College), Manish Vaidya (University of North Texas), Timothy D. Hackenberg (Reed College)
Discussant: Sara Peck (USU; NECC; WNE)
Abstract: As part of a larger project developing a laboratory model of slot-machine gambling, we trained 12 pigeons to discriminate stimuli preceding a win (trials ending in food reinforcement) from stimuli preceding a loss (no reinforcement). The stimuli in each trial consisted of a sequence of 3 colored boxes, presented in succession in a horizontal row, designed to mimic spinners in a slot-machine gambling device. We first trained a series of conditional discriminations based on sameness/difference: responses on one key were differentially reinforced with food if all 3 stimuli were the same (S+) and on a second key if the stimuli were different (S-). The pigeons readily learned these same-different conditional discriminations with 30 different colors in baseline (mean accuracy = 91%, range = 86%-96%). We then tested for generalized responding by interweaving 30 novel stimuli (new colors) with the training stimuli. Mean accuracy on these probe trials was 86% (range = 78%-94%), significantly higher than expected by chance, demonstrating generalized same-different responding in a novel relational learning task. Having thus established conditional discriminative control based on similarity/difference, the pigeons subsequently served in an experiment examining the effects of “near misses” in a slot-machine gambling analogue.
 
163. No Evidence That “Near Misses” Increase Gambling in a Token-Based Laboratory Model With Pigeons
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
MICHAEL ALLEN LOSI (Reed College), Timothy D. Hackenberg (Reed College)
Discussant: Sally L. Huskinson (University of Mississippi Medical Center)
Abstract: In slot machine gambling devices, “near misses” are stimulus configurations that approximate win trials, and presumed to function as conditioned reinforcers through stimulus generalization with win trials. Although plausible, empirical support for the near-miss effect is shaky at best. The present experiment explored the near-miss effect in a token-based laboratory model of slot-machine gambling. Eleven pigeons chose between (a) earning tokens, (b) producing exchange periods in which the tokens could be exchanged for food reinforcers, and (c) gambling a token for a chance to win more tokens. Each gamble choice cost 1 token for a 30% chance to win 3 tokens. The outcome of a gamble choice was preceded by a sequence of three colored stimuli, designed to mimic the spinners in a slot-machine gambling apparatus. Wins were signaled by 3 matching stimuli, all the same color (e.g., red-red-red), and losses by 3 non-matching stimuli, all different colors (e.g., red-green-white). In some conditions, 50% of the loss trials losses were near misses, signaled by stimulus sequences containing two matching stimuli. Gambling choices were no more frequent when loss trials included near misses than when they did not, calling into question the conditioned reinforcing functions of near misses.
 
 
 
Poster Session #206H
EDC Sunday Poster Session
Sunday, May 28, 2023
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Convention Center, Exhibit Hall F
Chair: Traci M. Cihon (Behaviorists for Social Responsibility)
119. Evaluation of a Hypothetical Texting Demand Task in the Classroom
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
DEVON BIGELOW (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Justin T Van Heukelom (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Megan Redmile (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Wendy Donlin Washington (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Discussant: Traci M. Cihon (Behaviorists for Social Responsibility)
Abstract: The behavioral economic framework can be used to examine problematic behaviors. Specifically, suboptimal cell phone use in classrooms can be examined using a hypothetical texting demand task (HTDT), a subtype of a hypothetical purchase task (HPT). College students completed an HTDT, in which a vignette describes they just received a text message in class and asks how likely they are to respond now versus waiting until the end of class if there is a high likelihood of getting caught by the professor. Within subject manipulations were made with time until the end of class (5 min and 30 min), and points deducted by the professor (spanning 0.1-60) from the current grade of 100. The HTDT provided demand indices including demand intensity (Q0) indicating likelihood to text at the lowest point loss value, Pmax representing the point loss value where demand becomes elastic, and breakpoint representing the highest point loss tolerated. A texting questionnaire further characterized cell phone use. The overall purpose of this study was to examine how sensitive students are to losing points from their grade in order to gain access to their cell phones after various delays of no access. This is useful such that it can inform classroom policies and characterize suboptimal cellphone use.
 
120. Look Who Gets to Write... Everyone!
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
THAI RAY WILLIAMS (University of North Carolina- Charlotte), Robert C. Pennington (University of North Carolina-Charlotte), Pamela Mims (East Tennessee State University)
Discussant: Grace Elizabeth Bartle (University of Kansas)
Abstract: Writing is used to express one's knowledge and opinions, organize and plan, and engage in social exchanges. For many individuals, representative of diverse intersecting identities, it is means of expression and in some cases advocacy. Students with intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD) have often been excluded from writing instruction due to low expectations and a lack of knowledge of how to teach writing to students with extensive support needs. This lack of writing instruction has resulted in a population that, in a digital age, has been denied access to what for many are primary modes of communication and social engagement because they are missing the foundational skills needed for such engagement. In this engaging poster presentation, the researcher will discuss a recent study conducted in a rural community on the effectiveness of time delay and sentence frames to teach students with IDD to generate sentences in response to text. Data indicated the intervention package was effective in teaching sentence construction of two sentence types with a large effect size per Tau-U. Additionally, the presenter will describe how this study extends the current literature and its implications for designing more effective literacy packages and increasing meaningful access to inclusive educational communities.
 
121. Overcoming the Picture Interference Effect
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
TAYLOR KENNEDY (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Tom Cariveau (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Alexandria Brown (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Paige Ellington (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Discussant: Traci M. Cihon (Behaviorists for Social Responsibility)
Abstract: The presentation of a compound stimulus that includes picture and textual elements characteristically results in exclusive control by the picture, known as the picture interference effect. Previous research has manipulated the text size or faded the brightness of the picture to produce control by the textual element; nevertheless, presenting the word alone has consistently resulted in more rapid acquisition. To date, no previous research on the picture interference effect has required that the learner differentially respond to the textual stimulus in the compound. In the current study, elementary-aged children at risk for reading failure and attending a high-poverty school were presented with sight words and compound stimulus prompts that included unknown textual and known picture elements. On prompted trials, the participant needed to match the identical textual stimulus from the compound, which allowed for the picture to be used to prompt the target response. Performance increased rapidly following training, generalized to handwritten and tablet-based stimulus modalities, and maintained during one-week probes. The current findings suggest that arrangements that require differential responding to the textual element may mitigate interference by the picture in compound stimulus arrangements.
 
122. Functional Analysis of Peer Aggression
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
Danielle E Butler (May Institute), Emily Sullivan (Western New England University), TAYLOR LACHANCE (May Institute), Yannick Andrew Schenk (May Institute)
Discussant: Grace Elizabeth Bartle (University of Kansas)
Abstract: Students with autism may engage in a variety of challenging behaviors. Perhaps one of the most concerning is aggression towards peers within the school setting. Not only is this topography of problem behavior dangerous for students within the classroom, but since the functional reinforcer for this behavior may be mediated by peer, it may be difficult to capture in an assessment and subsequently control during treatment. Therefore, a confederate peer may be used within the analysis context to ensure safety and establish control, without subjecting other students to peer aggression (Kuhn et al. 2009). The present project implemented a pairwise functional analysis of peer aggression using a confederate peer, with a peer tantrum as the functional reinforcer, for one student with autism. Information from the analysis was used to inform additional assessments and intervention procedures.
 
123. Effects of a Coaching Package on Teacher Delivery of Supported Opportunities to Respond
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
MELISSA TAPP (Catawba College; University of North Carolina- Charlotte), Robert C. Pennington (University of North Carolina-Charlotte), Andrea Bowen Masud (University of North Carolina at Charlotte)
Discussant: Traci M. Cihon (Behaviorists for Social Responsibility)
Abstract: During this poster session, we will share our research on the effects of a coaching package on the rate of teacher implemented supported OTRs (i.e., opportunity to respond, communication support, response prompt) to increase student engagement across three teachers and three students with extensive support needs during small group reading instruction.
 
Diversity submission 124. Always Consider Culture: Incorporating Cultural Responsiveness Into Functional Communication Training
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
GUOFENG SHEN (University of Northern Colorado; Seven Dimensions Behavioral Health), Tracy Gershwin (University of Northern Colorado)
Discussant: Grace Elizabeth Bartle (University of Kansas)
Abstract:

Functional communication training (FCT) involves introducing reinforcements for appropriate or desired communicative responses in lieu of existing challenging behavior(s). Identified as an evidence-based practice, FCT can be applied across multiple populations of students (e.g., autism, intellectual disabilities). Despite the laudable successes and extensive research support, FCT can be impractical or ineffective in schools, clinics or home settings if utilized with students who are from culturally, linguistically, or economically diverse backgrounds, and these cultural considerations are not included through all intervention stages. There is an identified need to develop an awareness and provide culturally responsive practices across the field of education. Participants will learn the impact of culture on behaviors in the home, school, and clinical settings, including implications for the BACB Ethics Code for Behavior Analysts. We present ethical obligations for culturally responsive practices, as well as framework, strategies and four detailed steps for implementing culturally responsive functional communication training when addressing challenging behaviors.

 
125. Self-Monitoring to Increase On-Task Study Time at the University Level
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
NICOLA CEFALO (Data Driven ABA)
Discussant: Traci M. Cihon (Behaviorists for Social Responsibility)
Abstract:

Students often complain about the amount of time it takes to do all the assigned tasks in different academic areas, both in high school and college. Increasing the amount of time spent studying, what is usually called "concentration," could help students make studying more efficient and effective. Self-management has been shown to be a useful approach to improving on-task behavior and, consequently, academic engagement of students with disabilities. This procedure involves teaching the individual various behaviors, such as self-assessment, self-correction, goal-setting, self-registration, and self-monitoring. There is a gap in the literature investigating the usefulness of self-monitoring for adolescents and adults in the typical population. In this study, a self-management procedure is applied to help a college student increase on-task behavior while studying. A changing criteria design was used to assess internal validity. The total study time increased from an average of 10 minutes to 190 minutes.

 
127. The Effects of Matrix Training on the Reading Comprehension of 2nd Grade Students With and Without Disabilities
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
ILIANA TREVINO CONTLA (Teachers College Columbia University), Hannah Walker (Teachers College, Columbia University), Xiaoyuan Liu (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Discussant: Traci M. Cihon (Behaviorists for Social Responsibility)
Abstract: The current study aims to analyze the effects of matrix training production or selection topography responses for fiction reading comprehension on the generalization to nonfiction reading comprehension production and selection responses. Three dyads were selected as participants in a 2nd-grade public school classroom following the CABAS AIL model because of their high reading level placement but low reading comprehension. The researchers probed the participant's selection and production responses to nonfiction reading comprehension. The researchers selected one participant in each dyad for the selection topography response training group and the other participant in the dyad for the production topography response training group on fiction reading comprehension. After training on either reading comprehension response in fiction genre texts, the participants improved both types of reading comprehension responses in nonfiction texts. This demonstrates the generalizable effects of matrix training. However, most participants did not meet the performance criteria in the post-intervention probes. Therefore, the researchers followed training them on the other type of reading comprehension response to meet the performance criteria.
 
128. Using Self-Instruction via Video Activity Schedules to Decrease Reliance on Adult Prompts for Students With an Intellectual Disability
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Kai O'Neill (University of Kentucky), Kennedy Neltner (University of Kentucky), AMY SPRIGGS (University of Kentucky), Sally Bereznak Shepley (The University of Kentucky)
Discussant: Grace Elizabeth Bartle (University of Kansas)
Abstract:

The purpose of this study was to compare the differential effects of mobile assistive technology (AT) loaded with visual activity schedules (VAS; pictures alone) compared to video activity schedules (VidAS; pictures linked to video models) to promote vocational independence and decreased reliance on adult supports for adolescents and adults with intellectual disability, with and without autism. Seven single-case multitreatment designs were used to assess differential effects between the two interventions when participants completed various vocational tasks. All participants were able to perform some of the task steps independently with both VAS and VidAS but demonstrated a greater increase in independence with self-instruction using VidAS than when only given VAS. Results suggest that incorporating VidAS into mobile AT can increase independence while decreasing reliance on additional adult support, suggesting that this could be a reasonable accommodation in school, work, and community settings.

 
129. Feasibility of Teacher Implementation of an Intensive Behavior Protocol in a Public School Classroom
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
CAMILLA YONETTE WOODARD (Emory University; Marcus Autism Center), Keller Oliver Street (Marcus Autism Center), Deva Carrion-McGee (School Consultation Program at Marcus Autism Center)
Discussant: Traci M. Cihon (Behaviorists for Social Responsibility)
Abstract: Conceptual understanding and active implementation of a Behavior Intervention Plan (BIP) through Behavior Skills Training (BST) in a special education school setting is an understudied area in the literature. The purpose of this current case study is to evaluate the feasibility for teachers and paraprofessionals in implementing a BIP with multiple components with a student engaging in severe problem behavior. The BIP was designed through collaboration between the school team and a School Consultation team comprised of Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs). This study is aimed at addressing the following research question: What are the effects of using Behavior Skills Training on Teacher Fidelity Ratings in implementing an intensive behavior protocol as part of a Behavior Intervention Plan? The participants included 1 special education teacher and 3 paraprofessionals without a history of training in applied behavior analysis. Results from this study will show the feasibility of teachers learning and implementing an intensive behavior protocol within a BIP and the effects on student outcomes.
 
130. Embedding Quiz Questions in Asynchronous Lectures: A Comparison of Multiple-Choice vs. Fill-in-the-Blank Items on Exam Performance
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Megan R. Heinicke (California State University, Sacramento), Amanda N Jones (California State University, Sacramento), EMILY STELLHORN (CSU Sacramento)
Discussant: Grace Elizabeth Bartle (University of Kansas)
Abstract: Research has demonstrated that response cards (i.e., a "low-tech" active student response technique) improve student participation and exam scores for in-person college classes. Heinicke et al. (2019) also demonstrated that exam scores were significantly higher when students were presented with fill-in-the-blank questions on response cards compared with multiple-choice items. Given the rapid increase of online course offerings in higher education during the COVID-19 pandemic, we extended Heinicke et al. by embedding multiple-choice vs. fill-in-the-blank quiz questions in asynchronous lectures in an upper-division psychology course using an alternating treatments design blocked by exam schedule. We also measured students’ self-report of preference for embedded quiz questions using a satisfaction survey. We found higher exam scores, learning gains and retention scores for modules with embedded fill-in-the-blank over multiple-choice questions. However, students did not watch a greater percentage of lecture videos across conditions. Overall, our results support that embedded fill-in-the-blank quiz questions may be a preferred strategy to improve students’ exam performance in asynchronous lecture-based courses.
 
131. A Behavioral Intervention to Improve Reading and Writing Skills in Elementary School Students
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
RAMON MARIN (Universidade Federal de São Carlos - Brazil), Letícia Pereira (Universidade Federal de São Carlos, Brazil), Ana Tarifa (Universidade Federal de São Carlos, Brazil), Bárbara Gouveia (Universidade Federal de São Carlos, Brazil), Giulia Mengatto (Universidade Federal de São Carlos, Brazil), Deisy das Graças De Souza (Universidade Federal de São Carlos)
Discussant: Grace Elizabeth Bartle (University of Kansas)
Abstract:

This poster presents the result of a behavioral intervention aimed at improving reading and writing skills in students at a public school in Brazil. Thirty elementary school students (3rd to 5th grade) were exposed to the teaching procedures. The intervention used two of the four programmed units of a computerized teaching program previously developed by de Souza et al. (2009). These two units taught 27 of the 51 stimulus-stimulus relations from the complete program. The main tasks were conditional discrimination trials aimed to establish conditional relations between dictated words, pictures, and printed words. Furthermore, some trials were designed to establish conditional relations between written and dictated syllables. Two tasks, not directly taught, were used to assess the students’ repertoire, using a pre-test x post-test format: a) textual behavior and b) writing under dictation (Constructed Response Matching-to-Sample). The tests presented the words used in training plus a sample of novel words (to assess recombinative generalization). The comparison of the average percentage of correct responses in pre and post-test for each grade indicates an improvement in the reading and writing skills. Applications on a larger scale are recommended.

 
133. Functional Communication Training in Inclusive School Settings for Students With Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities: A Literature Review
Area: EDC; Domain: Basic Research
ANDREA MASUD (University of North Carolina at Charlotte), Alexandra Reilly (University of North Carolina at Charlotte)
Discussant: Traci M. Cihon (Behaviorists for Social Responsibility)
Abstract:

Functional communication training (FCT) is a well-established, evidence-based practice used to address challenging behavior among individuals across settings, ages, and disability categories. However, the research is limited on the implementation of FCT in inclusive school settings for students with intellectual and developmental disabilities. The purpose of this review was to summarize FCT intervention studies implemented in inclusive K-12 school settings for students with intellectual and developmental disabilities. We synthesized studies to summarize study characteristics, quality, and intervention effectiveness. Our findings suggest that FCT was most often implemented as part of a multi-component intervention package and delivered by educational team members. Further, the quality of most studies was either acceptable or strong. The overall effect size estimate for primary dependent measures as measured by Tau-U ranged from moderate to strong. We present implications for practice specific to educational teams that support the behavioral needs of students with intellectual and developmental disabilities in inclusive settings and offer avenues for future research.

 
134. Video Gamification of Behavioral Interventions an Emerging Paradigm
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
EDWARD JUSTIN PAGE (StepOne Neurodiversity Services)
Discussant: Grace Elizabeth Bartle (University of Kansas)
Abstract:

Gamification of education continues to experience a growth in applications and use. In the field of Behavior Analysis, gamification, specifically video gamification, of behavior analytic interventions remains an understudied but auspicious area of growth. Morford et al. (2014) outlined the intersection between behavior analysis and game design, noting the use of behavior analytic principles that appear in game design and operationally defining characteristics of game-playing. In addition, they provided a call to action wherein behavior analysts should study and pursue avenues of integrating behavior analysis into game design. The purpose of this poster is to demonstrate early stages of introducing simple behavioral interventions to change behavior into video games. Creation of games has come from a partnership of a service providing agency, StepOne Neurodiversity Services, and an established transformational game production company, Simcoach Games. This poster describes the efforts of the behavior analyst to disseminate applied behavior analysis to the Simcoach Games team and working with game design experts to produce prototype video games to be deployed as tools in a clinic and special education setting. In addition, future research on these video games in vivo settings is described.

 
135. Differential Effects of Criteria for Increasing Delay Intervals in Progressive Time Delay
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
KAI O'NEILL (University of Kentucky)
Discussant: Traci M. Cihon (Behaviorists for Social Responsibility)
Abstract: The criteria used to determine when to increase to the next delay interval in the progressive time delay (PTD) instructional procedure is not consistently implemented by researchers and practitioners. This study used an adapted alternating treatments design to compare the differential effects of response-independent criteria (RIC; increasing the delay interval after a set number of sessions) and response-dependent criteria (RDC; increasing the delay interval after participants achieve a certain accuracy criterion) when teaching expressive word identification to elementary-aged children with moderate/severe disabilities (e.g., autism, Down syndrome, intellectual disability), language impairments, and reading deficits in order to determine whether one PTD variation required fewer sessions to reach mastery, produced fewer errors, or required less instructional time. Efficiency data were mixed; for participants who required minimal or extensive prompting, there were not noteworthy differences in error rates between variations. However, for participants who required rates of prompting typically associated with students with moderate/severe disabilities, the RIC variation resulted in considerably higher error rates (1.7-16.5 times greater). These results suggest that the RDC variation is likely to be either equally efficient or more efficient than the RIC variation, which can help facilitate educators’ decisions to choose which of these effective variations to implement.
 
136. Generalized Outcome of Self-Questioning Instruction: A Systematic Review
Area: EDC; Domain: Theory
TOLULOPE OLAYEMI SULAIMON (The Ohio State University)
Discussant: Grace Elizabeth Bartle (University of Kansas)
Abstract: Generalization outcome of any intervention determines the measure of the effectiveness or strength of any intervention. Likewise, the main goal of any intervention is for the students to generalize and maintain what was learned beyond the intervention setting or situations. The current review aimed to investigate the generalization outcomes and measures of self-questioning strategies and the instructional strategies that induce generalization of self-questioning instruction. A total of 14 self-questioning experimental studies that measured one form of generalization were reviewed. Findings reviewed generalization probes of self-questioning instruction successful. Also, findings reviewed those instructional strategies that induced generalization of self-questioning included the following components: sequential steps, description of the strategy, modeling, guided practice with feedback, student practice, self-regulation, and prompt fading.
 
 
 
Poster Session #206I
OBM Sunday Poster Session
Sunday, May 28, 2023
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Convention Center, Exhibit Hall F
Chair: Abigail Blackman (Behavior Science Technology)
137. Reported Variables Contributing to Board Certified Behavior Analyst Turnover
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
SANDRA ALEX RUBY (University of Kansas), Abigail Blackman (Behavior Science Technology), Florence D. DiGennaro Reed (University of Kansas), Byron J. Wine (The Faison Center; University of Virginia)
Discussant: Traci M. Cihon (Behaviorists for Social Responsibility)
Abstract: Employee turnover is a pervasive issue across many industries, including behavior analytic service settings. Several negative ramifications are associated with turnover such as increased organizational costs and decreased consumer outcomes. Previous research suggests direct support professionals experience turnover at high rates (M = 43.8%; The Case for Inclusion, 2020), and that predictors of turnover include staff’s satisfaction with training, supervision, pay, and job aspects (e.g., praise, opportunities for promotion; Kazemi et al., 2015). Presently, it is unknown whether turnover and its related variables are an issue at the Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA) level. Thus, the current survey sought to answer these questions. Online anonymous survey results from 476 BCBAs revealed 74.4% (n = 354) had left a previous job as a BCBA. Results from all respondents indicate burnout was the number one contributor to BCBA turnover (n = 202, 22.3%). Other variables such as pay and benefits, supervision and mentorship, collegiality and professional relationships, ethical violations, and training and professional development were nearly equally endorsed by respondents as variables that contributed to turnover.
 
138. Staff Development Model Through Behavioral Skills Training: Preventative Behavioral Skills Focused
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
CHRIS DELAP (APA, Lakemary Center), Tyler Ré (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Discussant: Mary Louise Lewis (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Behavioral Skills Training (BST) is rooted in Applied Behavioral Analysis (ABA) principles and is an evidenced-based teaching strategy to enhance staff training and staff development in a variety of employment fields. More specifically within residential treatment settings, BST strategies can teach staff at all levels the necessary competencies for working with learners who display challenging behaviors. Not only does the implementation of evidence-based training strategies positively impact the quality of care for learners within residential programs, but it also improves staff retention and perceived efficacy of their own skills in positive engagement, preventative strategies, and crisis de-escalation. The BST model is comprised of four main components: 1) providing instruction; 2) modeling skills; 3) role playing skills; and 4) providing performance feedback. This model has been used as a training strategy across several different employment settings and types of positions from direct support professionals (Lerman et al. 2015), to teachers (Sarokoff & Sturmey, 2004). This paper will review the process of implementing a BST curriculum for direct care staff at a Psychiatric Residential Treatment Facility (PRTF) in Kansas. Key implementation strategies for positive outcome include developing a staff mentor program, implementing fidelity checklists and ongoing evaluations.

 
139. An Evaluation of Preferred Feedback Selection on Performance
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
RUAIRI LAURENCE DEVEREUX (Munroe-Meyer Institute), Bethany Hansen (Munroe Meyer Institute)
Discussant: Abigail Blackman (Behavior Science Technology)
Abstract: Performance feedback is commonly used to increase performance across settings and behaviors. However, it is not well understood how feedback functions relating to behavior change, or which components of feedback are necessary (Johnson, 2013; Alvero et al., 2001). Existing research suggests that feedback may have several functions, such as a consequence, antecedent, or rule depending on how components of feedback are delivered (Mangiapanello & Hemmes. 2015; Johnson et al., 2015). Limited research exists assessing employee preferences for feedback components and its impact on performance. The current study included up to three Registered Behavior Technicians in a pediatric feeding disorder program and aimed to assess whether incorporating feedback that consisted of self-reported preferences would increase performance on multiple protocols. For each participant, a multiple baseline design across treatment protocols was used to evaluate a feedback package selected by the participants, which consisted of three components: temporal location of feedback (i.e., immediate or delayed), feedback content (e.g., objective, supportive or critically evaluative, and affirmative or corrective), and feedback source (e.g., written or vocal). Additionally, participants will complete a satisfaction survey following exposure to their selected feedback package. Preliminary results found that incorporating preferences for feedback may positively increase performance.
 
140. Examining the Effects of Feedback Timing on Performance
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
BROOKLIN DAVIS (James Madison University), Trevor F. Stokes (James Madison University), Hannah Lockwood (James Madison University), Angelina Clark (James Madison University)
Discussant: Mary Louise Lewis (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: The purpose of this study is to examine the effects of two temporal locations of feedback on performance rates of behavior specific praise and behavior descriptions. Temporal locations of feedback include feedback provided right before a session and feedback provided right after a session with a delay before the next opportunity to respond. An adapted alternating treatments design within a multiple baseline across participants is used to compare the two feedback conditions when implemented with two independent but equivalent dependent measures. Three staff members in a public school setting were given instructions on specific child-lead play interaction skills to build positive relationships with students. During baseline, participants were provided no feedback on child-directed interactions. The experimental phase includes the participants receiving feedback before a session on one skill and feedback after a session on the other skill. The temporal location of feedback can have important practical implications across settings depending on the frequency feedback can be available and time between feedback and the next opportunity to respond.
 
141. Evaluation of Clicker Feedback in Context of Behavioral Skills Training (BST)
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
MICHELLE BUHRMAN (Mount St. Mary's University), Elizabeth Parthum (Mount St. Mary's University), Leora Ezri (Mount St. Mary's University), Lynn Schumacher (Mount St. Mary's University), Kwadwo O. Britwum (Mount Saint Mary's University)
Discussant: Abigail Blackman (Behavior Science Technology)
Abstract:

Behavior skills training (BST) is an effective staff training procedure used in many diverse settings to teach many different skills. Feedback is an essential component of BST and is often delivered verbally during role play and in situ practice of skills being taught. This said however, no studies to date have systematically evaluated the use of innovative feedback procedures such as clickers, during BST to determine their additive intervention effects. The current study involved a component analysis of BST with the addition of clicker feedback in place of verbal or written feedback to train staff to implement preference assessments with individuals diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). The research design comprised of a concurrent multiple baseline, with an ABCD design. Results provide useful implications on the role of immediate clicker feedback during staff training procedures.

 
142. ACTing to enhance Register Behavior Technicians' job performance in center-based Applied Behavior Analysis
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
JULIE CROCHET (Mount St. Mary's University), Elizabeth Parthum (Mount Saint Mary's University), Leora Ezri (Mount Saint Mary's University), Amelia Trail (Mount St. Mary's University), Kwadwo O. Britwum (Mount Saint Mary's University)
Discussant: Mary Louise Lewis (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the effects of brief Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) activities from the Accept, Identify, Move (AIM) curriculum on Registered Behavior Technicians’ (RBT) job performance in a center-based Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) program. Three RBTs working in a clinic offering intensive early intervention services to children diagnosed with autism participated in the study. A multiple probe design was used to evaluate changes in RBT-initiated interactions with clients and accuracy of data collected during Discrete Trial Teaching (DTT) sessions following brief ACT. The Maslach Burnout Inventory (MBI) survey was also administered as an additional self-report measure to evaluate the effects of brief ACT on the participants’ perceived degree of burnout. Current results show an increase in RBT-initiated interactions for one participant and an increase in the accuracy of data collection compared to baseline. One participant shows a steady state in the accuracy of data collection and one participant shows a slight decrease in the accuracy of data collection.
 
143. The Use of Metaphor to Teach Group Home Staff About Motivating Operations in Improve Reinforcer Delivery
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
SHAI MAOR (Pyles and Associates)
Discussant: Abigail Blackman (Behavior Science Technology)
Abstract:

The use of metaphors as described by Stewart and Barnes Holmes (2001) was used to teach four group home staff about motivating operations and reinforcement to increase accurate reinforcement schedule implementation in the home. Correct reinforcement delivery was observed to be ineffective across the four staff in the group home. Staff were offering both too much access and attention whereas other times too little access and attention were provided. The metaphors of vampires and werewolves were related to the concepts of deprivation (based on the response latency of reinforcement delivery) and satiation (based on the magnitude of reinforcement delivered) to explain when and how much reinforcement is and is not appropriate to deliver. The study employed a multiple baseline design to evaluate the effectiveness of utilizing imagery and metaphors (vampires and werewolves) during training to increase accurate implementation of the client’s reinforcement schedule. In the study, the intervention increased the treatment integrity scores in three of the four group home staff to 90% or higher across observations.

 
 
 
Poster Session #206J
PCH Sunday Poster Session
Sunday, May 28, 2023
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Convention Center, Exhibit Hall F
Chair: Camilo Hurtado-Parrado (Southern Illinois University)
144. Social Validity Trends in Applied Behavior Analysis Journals: An Update
Area: PCH; Domain: Theory
QICHAO PAN (University of Minnesota), Amber Reilly (University of Minnesota, Twin Cities), Moon Young Savana Bak (University of Minnesota, Twin Cities)
Discussant: Melisa Santacroce
Abstract:

Social validity is the heart of applied behavior analysis and is used to validate behavioral interventions. Previous studies investigated the social validity measures in manuscripts published in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis (JABA) from 1968 to 2016. However, an up-to-date comprehensive analysis is needed to examine an update on trends in social validity measures after 2016 and to understand how the field has been advancing towards socially valid interventions. The current review assessed social validity measures reported in JABA and Behavior Analysis in Practice (BAP) between 2017 and 2022. JABA is a primarily applied research journal while BAP broadly disseminates research to front-line practitioners of behavior analysis. Four aspects were coded for all empirical articles that included at least one participant – type, dimension, target population, and time of social validity measurement. The results showed that 29% of articles reported social validity. Of manuscripts that included social validity assessment, rating scales were the most widely used type of measurement, and more than two-thirds of the studies collected social validity data after the intervention. Outcome and procedure were the most commonly reported dimensions of social validity. Implications and future directions are also discussed.

 
145. Funding Trends in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis (1968–2021)
Area: PCH; Domain: Theory
LIAM MCCABE (Rutgers University Children's Specialized Hospital-Rutgers University Center for Autism Research, Education, and Services), Nizar Bekai (Rutgers University Graduate School of Applied and Professional Psychology), Daniel R. Mitteer (Rutgers University (RUCARES)), Brian D. Greer (Rutgers Robert Wood Johnson Medical School), Gabrielle Pignatelli (Rutgers University, GSAPP)
Discussant: Camilo Hurtado-Parrado (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: Previous research has demonstrated that funding (e.g., a federal grant) is correlated with a myriad of benefits including probability of publication, higher citation rates, and increased probability of promotion. To date, no study has examined the prevalence of funded articles and associated outcomes in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis (JABA). We examined every JABA publication from 1968 to 2021 to determine whether funding was disclosed and, if so, the funding source and article type. To examine the trends of articles cited by funding type, we extracted citations for both funded and unfunded articles. The total number of funded articles per volume has remained stable over time despite the number of JABA articles per volume increasing. Most funded articles were research articles and involved funding from a federal government. Overall, funded articles were cited more often than unfunded articles. We discuss implications and future directions regarding funding in JABA and the field of behavior analysis.
 
146. The Operant-Respondent Framework: Implications of an Integrative Approach
Area: PCH; Domain: Theory
THEO FUENTES (University of Nevada, Reno), Sadie Lynn Klassen (Student), Matthew Lewon (University of Nevada, Reno)
Discussant: Melisa Santacroce
Abstract: Due to the influence of B. F. Skinner, the research and analytic focus within behavior analysis has been more on operant conditioning than respondent conditioning, especially in the applied domain. Historically, the distinction between operant and respondent conditioning seems influenced by the idea that they are fundamentally different phenomena, instead of just different procedures that involve common associative principles. However, some have proposed viewing the outcomes of both types of conditioning procedures in common terms of substitution of stimulus functions, and that they should therefore not be seen as distinct phenomena (Delgado and Hayes, 2014). Others have suggested that respondent conditioning plays a fundamental role in the development of stimulus equivalence, though this and other forms of relational responding are often attributed to operant learning (Rehfeldt and Hayes, 1998; Tonneau, 2001). The aim of this poster is to consider the implications of different approaches to conceptualizing the relationship between operant and respondent conditioning and suggest that recognizing their common features and concurrent operation may prove beneficial in both conceptual and applied work. Additionally, we will highlight the relevance of respondent conditioning to applied issues and make suggestions regarding the training of behavior analysts in this domain.
 
 
 
Poster Session #206K
TBA Sunday Poster Session
Sunday, May 28, 2023
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Convention Center, Exhibit Hall F
Chair: Michele R. Traub (St. Cloud State University)
147. Can a Podcast Change Behavior? Teaching Staff to Implement Positive Reinforcement
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
SETAREH MOSLEMI (University of North Texas; UNT Kristen Farmer Autism Center), Samantha Bergmann (University of North Texas), Susan Marie Nichols (UNT Kristin Farmer Autism Center), Ray Lai (University of North Texas; UNT Kristen Farmer Autism Center), Julia Wang (Texas Academy of Mathematics and Science at the University of North Texas), Karen A. Toussaint (University of North Texas)
Discussant: Michele R. Traub (St. Cloud State University)
Abstract:

Using Behavior Skills Training (i.e., providing instructions, modeling, role play, and feedback) to train individuals is effective but can be time intensive, costly, and requires direct interaction with a trained clinician. These resources can be scarce in settings that train staff to implement applied behavior analytic interventions with children with autism/autistic children. Therefore, there is a need to identify more efficient ways to train individuals to implement behavior-change procedures. In the current study, we used a 100 min audio-only (i.e., podcast) training with worksheets to teach listeners how to use positive reinforcement. We conducted the study with three new direct-line staff at a university-based autism center and evaluated the effects using an A-B design across multiple target behavior scenarios with a confederate. Two participants showed mastery-level performance in one or more of the target behavior scenarios following listening to the podcast, and one participant required additional training. All participants had higher scores on a knowledge assessment following the podcast. Results suggest that an audio-only training can teach staff to implement positive reinforcement and may be an efficient and efficacious way for delivering staff training. Implications for future research directions are discussed.

 
148. Comparing the Effectiveness of Synchronous and Asynchronous Continuing Education Trainings for Board Certified Behavior Analysts
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
FRANCESCA BARBIERI (Behavior Leader, Inc.; Saint Louis University), Natalie A. Parks (Saint Louis University), John M. Guercio (Benchmark Human Services; Saint Louis University), Heather Lynn Lewis (Saint Louis University)
Discussant: Sheri Kingsdorf (Masaryk University)
Abstract: The spread of COVID-19 revolutionized our lives and prompted us to quickly transition many activities, including education, online, with no time to prepare. A requirement for Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs) to renew their certification is to complete 32 units of Continuing Education (CE) every two years. While online trainings for Continuing Education Units (CEUs) have existed for several years, COVID-19 forced almost all of them, in addition to conferences, to be online. While this is now a common delivery modality, there is little research regarding the best format for online learning. Participants will be randomly assigned into two groups, each of which will receive the same two sets of training, one synchronously and one asynchronously. A multiple baseline probe design across skills will be used to determine which type of training results in better outcomes for participants. It is hypothesized that synchronous learning will result in higher accuracies on competency assessments conducted post training. This study will expand the current research regarding online learning and help support behavior analysts in establishing best practices for delivering continuing education courses to BCBAs.
 
149. The Impact of the Center for Autism and Social Inclusion (CAIS) in the Teaching of Discrete Trials for Psychology Students in Brazil
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
CLÁUDIO ALMEIDA SARILHO (Universidade de São Paulo (USP))
Discussant: Michele R. Traub (St. Cloud State University)
Abstract:

The Center for Autism and Social Inclusion of the University of São Paulo (CAIS-USP) was created in 2007 as a result of a binational project involving the Brazilian research agency CAPES, the american FIPSE and north American universities. CAIS´s mission is to teach professional behavior analysts to effectively assist people with Autistic Spectrum Disorder. This mission is relevant due to both the shortage of free services for people with ASD in Brazil, and the growing demand for this type of service, which results in few qualified professionals prepared to implement effective interventions. The present study aimed to teach the following discrete trial training domains to therapists: organization of the environment, attention, instruction, consequence, intertrial interval, data recording and randomization of stimuli. Nineteen students from the psychology course at the University of São Paulo (USP) participated. Teaching consisted of BST elements such as modeling, testing and practice with feedback. Baseline data were initially collected to verify students repertoire prior to the teaching procedure and 2 reassessments were conducted throughout the process to monitor student performance. Results indicate that the teaching procedure using some BST components was effective in discrete trial teaching. Students demonstrated higher score in domains such as: instruction, consequence, interval, record and randomization. In addition, students with greater participation in the practical class performed better than students with a number equal to or greater than 4 absences throughout the semester.

 
151. Graph Adjustments Between Unpublished and Published Culminating Projects
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
BENJAMIN N. WITTS (St. Cloud State University), Corey Peltier (University of Oklahoma), Ryan Farmer (University of Memphis)
Discussant: Michele R. Traub (St. Cloud State University)
Abstract:

Recently, psychology in general has explored concerns around the publication process, though this exploration is less so in behavior analysis. One potential source for identifying areas of interest in understanding the publication process is through behavioral product analysis. In our study, we semi-randomly selected five articles from 2020 across three behavior-analytic journals that were based on at least one author’s thesis or dissertation. We then compared graph construction and general participant data between published and unpublished works. Our findings show some graphs improving in quality, graph construction changes (e.g., moving from bar charts to line charts), and changes in participant representation. Possible sources of explanation are explored with an eye toward future efforts to better understand the process of change from unpublished to published capstone work.

 
152. Creating a Discrete-Trial Laboratory Experiment for Goldfish
Area: TBA; Domain: Basic Research
KATHRYN POTOCZAK (Shippensburg University), Spencer Kemmerzell (Shippensburg University of Pennsylvania), Todd Melisauskas (Shippensburg University of Pennsylvania), Nicole Tormann (Shippensburg University of Pennsylvania)
Discussant: Sheri Kingsdorf (Masaryk University)
Abstract: This project sought to create an alternative to teaching basic operant conditioning techniques with rodents by developing a means to illustrate discrete-trial water maze training with goldfish. It utilized two comet goldfish, and after food wand training, subjects were placed in a start area within the maze and a timer was started, with each trial concluding when the designated finish area was reached, resulting in a food reinforcer. Data was recorded on sheets created specifically for use with this procedure; response time from start to finish decreased over subsequent trials, as did errors (wrong turns) within the maze. This experiment will teach future students about the operant concept of shaping (teaching a new behavior using successive approximations, positive reinforcement, and extinction) and demonstrate the difference between discrete-trial and free-operant learning paradigms, foundational concepts in the field of behavior analysis. This study was a part of a larger project that aims to create a complete operant lab manual for use with goldfish, which would allow students the opportunity to participate in a lab that is less costly and more manageable than a traditional rat lab.
 
153. Generalization in Single-Case Research: Examining Inclusion and Rigor in the Published Literature
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
COLLIN SHEPLEY (University of Kentucky), Sally Bereznak Shepley (The University of Kentucky), Amy Spriggs (University of Kentucky)
Discussant: Michele R. Traub (St. Cloud State University)
Abstract: Single-case research has played a pivotal role in shaping the instructional practices utilized by behavior analysts to promote learning. The types of learning we are referring to are often conceptualized as phases that include acquisition, fluency, maintenance, and, arguably the most critical, generalization. Despite the significance of generalization, there has been minimal research on the extent to which generalization is being assessed in single-case research within a rigorous experimental design. Therefore, we examined the trends and prevalence of single-case publications that included evaluations of generalization and the rigor of those evaluations. We searched 240 peer-reviewed journals spanning 40 years (1978-2017). A total of 1,324 single-case publications were identified, of which 424 publications assessed generalization. Of these, only 36 contained an evaluation that met the minimum standards of rigor for a single-case deign as proposed by the What Works Clearinghouse. Although generalized learning is the ultimate goal of most educational programming, few rigorous examples were found in the peer-reviewed literature. This poster will promote discussion about the importance of generalized learning for the individuals being served and the extent attendees’ program for and evaluate generalized learning in their everyday practice.
 
 
 
Poster Session #206L
VRB Sunday Poster Session
Sunday, May 28, 2023
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Convention Center, Exhibit Hall F
Chair: Deisy das Graças De Souza (Universidade Federal de São Carlos)
154. A Comparison Study of Total Communication Training and Vocal Alone Training to Teach Mands
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
AMANDA SCHECHTMAN (Bancroft, Rider University), Sarah Brown (Bancroft; Rider University), Stephanie Flamini (Bancroft; Autism New Jersey), Miranda Slotkin (Bancroft), Tracy L. Kettering (Bancroft)
Discussant: MERAL KOLDAS (Queen's University of Belfast)
Abstract: Total communication training has been demonstrated as effective in teaching basic expressive language skills and in some cases may facilitate an increase in speech (Barrera & Sulzer-Azaroff, 1983). In this study, we compared total communication teaching procedures with vocal alone teaching to teach mand responses. A manual sign along with a vocal mand is emitted to receive reinforcement during total communication teaching procedures while the correct vocal response during the vocal alone teaching procedure is reinforced dependent on the corresponding time delay. Three children with autism were each taught 4 vocal verbal mand responses, two responses with total communication and 2 responses with vocal alone teaching procedures. Participant one acquired total communication in fewer trials than vocal alone across both targets while participant two and three’s acquisition did not show any consistency across the four targets.
 
155. Analysis of Conditional Relationships in Dyadic Verbal Behavior Interactions
Area: VBC; Domain: Basic Research
EMANUEL MERAZ-MEZA MEZA (Universidad Veracruzana), Abdiel Florentino Campos Gil (Universidad Veracruzana), Enoc Obed Obed De la Sancha Villa Villa (Universidad de Guanajuato)
Discussant: Deisy das Graças De Souza (Universidade Federal de São Carlos)
Abstract:

Verbal Behavior interactions are episodes of the daily life of humans. Despite its relevance, few studies (e.g., Conger & Killeen, 1974; McDowell & Caron, 2010; Simon & Baum, 2017) evaluate the individual's response as a stimulus in the modulation of another’s individual response. The objective of this study was to evaluate the establishment of contingent relationships in verbal behavior interactions. Fifteen adults participated, each one was assigned a descriptor or executor role. The first ones had to describe six printed models-figures, which only they could see. The seconds had to draw what described their partner. Four phases were programmed, in phases 1 and 3 the executors solved the task with Descriptor A, and in phases 2 and 4 with Descriptor B. The sessions ended when the six model-figures were completed. An index for data analysis was designed (effective responses divided by total responses). In all cases, performance improved in the last two phases compared to the first ones, this could be due to the establishment of contingency relationships in which the partner's response had stimulus functions. These results allow us to recognize that, with some methodological modifications, this task can be useful for the empirical analysis of verbal behavior in dyadic interactions.

 
156. Exploring the Interdependence of Verbal Operants Following Brain Injury
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
MARLA BALTAZAR-MARS (Collage Rehabilitation Partners; University of North Texas), April M. Becker (University of North Texas), Valeria Laddaga Gavidia (Action Behavior Centers), Skylar Stewart (University of North Texas)
Discussant: MERAL KOLDAS (Queen's University of Belfast)
Abstract: Following a brain injury, individuals may be diagnosed with aphasia, a communication disorder which involve the loss of some relation associated with verbal stimuli. This two-part study contributes to the limited research focusing on the verbal behavior of individuals with brain injury by extending Sundberg et al. (1990) and Magat, Heinicke and Buckley (2022). The overall goal of this study was to evaluate the emergence of disrupted verbal operants, mand and intraverbal, following the re-acquisition of another verbal operant, tact. Participants for Study 1 were two uninjured adults (pilot) and two adults with acquired brain injury (ABI). The dependent measure was accuracy of responding during tact training and mand and intraverbal probes. All pilot participants and one ABI participant showed mand transfer for all stimuli, while intraverbal transfer varied. One adult with brain injury served as a participant for Study 2. The dependent measures were rate and latency of responding during fluency training for tacts and mand and intraverbal probes. The participant met the designated aim (rate of responding) and showed a decrease in latencies for tacts and untrained intraverbals; mand latencies varied. Implications for practice and future research are presented.
 
157. Relational Density Theory: Exploration of Resistance Among Low-Volume, High-Density Relational Classes
Area: VBC; Domain: Basic Research
MIKAYLA CAMPBELL (Utah Valley University), Lauren Mather (Utah Valley University), Caleb Stanley (Utah Valley University), Kelsi Walker (Utah Valley University), Yamileth Beltran Medrano (Utah Valley Unviersity)
Discussant: Deisy das Graças De Souza (Universidade Federal de São Carlos)
Abstract:

Relational Density Theory (RDT) is an extension of Relational Frame Theory that attempts to describe high-order interactions within relational behavior by utilizing Newtonian classical mechanics from physics as a quantitative metaphor. RDT states that relational networks demonstrate higher order properties of density, volume, and mass, which affect the relative likelihood of change along those relational networks. Recent research has shown the merging of classes after coherence training and their relative densities (Belisle & Clayton, 2021). The purpose of this study was to evaluate the relative degree of change of a pre-established low volume-high density relational class when exposed to a strategic disruptor. Twenty-nine participants were randomly assigned to one of two groups. One group received coherence training and the other received a strategic disruptor. We found the strategic, randomized disruptor applied to the disruptor group was not enough to produce change in the low-volume, high-density pre-established relational network. Participants responded consistent with their pre-established relational classes rather than responding consistent with the random stimulus pairings established in the disruptor phase. These findings suggest low-volume, yet high density relational networks are resistant to Future research may explore the degree of strength required for a disruptor to produce changes in such responding.

 
158. Relational Density Theory: Evaluation of Change Across Relational Classes
Area: VBC; Domain: Basic Research
YAMILETH BELTRAN MEDRANO (Utah Valley Unviersity), Caleb Stanley (Utah Valley University), Mikayla Campbell (Utah Valley University), Kelsi Walker (Utah Valley University), Lauren Mather (Utah Valley University)
Discussant: MERAL KOLDAS (Queen's University of Belfast)
Abstract:

Relational Density Theory (RDT; Belisle & Dixon, 2020) states that relational classes demonstrate properties of density, volume, and mass, which affect the relative likelihood of change along those relational classes. Recent research on RDT suggests that low-volume, high-density relational classes demonstrate resistance to change when exposed to a strategic, randomized disruptor. Previous research is limited in that it does not determine the relative counterforce necessary to produce change in low-volume, high-density relational classes. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate whether a structured non-coherence training was sufficient to produce change along a pre-established low-volume, high-density relational class. Participants were assigned to either a coherence training or a non-coherence training group and a Multidimensional Scaling Procedure was administered prior to and following the respective training for each group to obtain a quantitative measure of distance between relational classes. A Stimulus Pairing Observation Procedure was utilized to establish coherent relational classes for each group, then a coherence training was administered to one group and a non-coherence training was administered to the other. Overall, the results showed significant fractionation for the non-coherence group and not for the coherence group, which suggests low-volume, high-density relational classes can be altered with sufficient counterforce.

 
159. Testing the Generality of Hayes et al. (1986): When Do Rules Produce Insensitivity?
Area: VBC; Domain: Basic Research
GRAYSON BUTCHER (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas)
Discussant: Deisy das Graças De Souza (Universidade Federal de São Carlos)
Abstract:

Previous research has indicated that “insensitivity” to changing reinforcement contingencies is a potential consequence of rule following. To further evaluate the variables of which insensitivity may be a function, participants were tasked with earning blocks in a PORTL-like experiment (cf. Hunter & Rosales-Ruiz, 2019). During the experiment, which was modeled after Hayes et al. (1986), participants could earn reinforcers by pressing a button during alternating FR7 and DRL 5-s schedules of reinforcement. In some conditions, the instructions of “Go fast” and “Go slow” were used to either aid or mislead participants. Results indicated that instructions influenced the range of response rates as well as stimulus control over those rates. However, by the end of the experiment, all participants demonstrated sensitivity to both reinforcement contingencies, even in the presence of conflicting instructions. Additionally, there was no evidence that instructions necessarily led to schedule insensitivity. These results suggest that some instances of insensitivity may result simply from how instructions restrict response alternatives—and stimulus control over those alternatives—instead of by specifying a second contingency of reinforcement.

 
160. Mand Generalization Following an Enhanced Stimulus-Stimulus Pairing Training Procedure to Increase Vocal Verbal Behavior
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
MAUREEN BOOTH (May Institute), Brittany Ann Juban (May Institute), Kristen Contois (May Institute)
Discussant: MERAL KOLDAS (Queen's University of Belfast)
Abstract: Stimulus-stimulus pairing (SSP) is a procedure used to increase vocal verbal behavior in children with significant language delays where specific vocalizations are repeatedly paired with reinforcers to establish those vocalizations as conditioned reinforcers. Following this pairing, reinforcement is provided for any subsequent vocalizations that the individual engages in, thus providing more opportunities to shape those vocalizations into functional communication. In 2009, Esch, Carr, and Grow sought to evaluate the effectiveness of an enhanced SSP procedure on the vocalizations of three children with an autism spectrum diagnosis (ASD). Results suggested that these procedures led to a moderate increase in vocalizations from baseline levels and that the topographies were further strengthened when subsequent programmed reinforcement was used. The purpose of this study was to partially replicate and extend the procedures of Esch, Carr, and Grow (2009) by introducing the programmed reinforcement immediately following SSP sessions and to evaluate the generalization of manding outside of the context of training sessions. Initial results indicate that while an increase in the target vocalizations has not occurred within the SSP and programmed reinforcement sessions, an increase has occurred during mand generalization sessions. Clinical implications for the use of enhanced SSP and future research will be discussed.
 
 
 
Noteworthy Activity #204C
Author Signing
Sunday, May 28, 2023
2:00 PM–3:00 PM
Convention Center, Exhibit Hall F

Purchase one of the many available titles at the bookstore and stop by to have it signed by the author!

  • Linda J. Parrott Hayes and Mitch Fryling
  • Abigail B. Calkin, Kent Johnson, Patrick McGreevy, and Jesus Rosales-Ruiz
  • Andrew Roberta Kieta
  • Bobby Newman
  • Collin E. Streetman
  • Henry Schlinger and Julie Riggott
  • Jesus Rosales-Ruiz and Mary Elizabeth Hunter
  • Kent Johnson
  • T.V. Joe Layng, Awab Abdel-Jalil, and Paul Thomas Andronis
  • Thomas J. Waltz and Claudia Drossel
  • Tonya Nichole Davis and Jessica Akers
  • William L. Heward
  • Willam M. Baum
 
 
Noteworthy Activity #206O
Transforming Lives Together: How RCM Companies and ABA Clinics Collaborate to Deliver Impactful Care
Sunday, May 28, 2023
2:00 PM–2:30 PM
Convention Center, Exhibit Hall F
 
Aparna Suresh (ASP-RCM)
 

At the heart of this collaboration between billing companies and ABA clinics is a shared vision: to provide exceptional care to children with ASD. Billing companies recognize the importance of ABA clinics in the lives of children with ASD and work diligently to ensure that clinics have the support they need to deliver quality care. By working together, billing companies and ABA clinics are able to create a healthcare ecosystem that empowers healthcare providers to deliver exceptional care to those in need and create the neurodiversity that ABA clinicians are striving to create.

 
 
Symposium #185
CE Offered: BACB
Considerations for Safety and Readiness in the Treatment of Pediatric Feeding Disorders
Sunday, May 28, 2023
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Hyatt Regency, Capitol Ballroom 5-7
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Connor Sheehan (Center for Pediatric Behavioral Health)
Discussant: Caitlin A. Kirkwood (Center for Pediatric Behavioral Health)
CE Instructor: Caitlin A. Kirkwood, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Children diagnosed with a feeding disorder represent a unique population due to the wide range of presenting problems (e.g., from refusal to self-feed to food selectivity to total food refusal ). The etiology of feeding disorders is complex due to underlying medical and biological conditions likely contributing to the feeding difficulties; therefore, a comprehensive and interdisciplinary evaluation is necessary to evaluate if a child is medically safe and ready to begin feeding therapy (Rommel et al., 2003). Additionally, children with feeding disorders often engage in inappropriate mealtime behavior, self-injurious behavior, and/or have skill deficits (e.g., oral-motor delays) that can interfere with food or liquid consumption leading to reliance on tube feedings, pureed foods, and/or liquids. The current symposium includes two studies that evaluated the importance of collaboration amongst interdisciplinary team members before and throughout treatment. Additional studies addressed the readiness and safety for beginning feeding therapy when children engage in self-injurious behavior or have oral-motor skill delays. The presenters will discuss best practice in the treatment of feeding disorders in regard to safety and readiness for feeding therapy.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Chewing, Feeding Disorders, Interdisplinary, Self-injurious behavior
Target Audience:

Board Certified Behavior Analysts

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the importance of ongoing and comprehensive interdisplinary evaluation within a feeding context; (2) identify assessments used to determine as starting point for skills training within a feeding context; and (3) describe considerations for treatment for children with feeding disorders who engage in self-injurious behaviors.
 
Coordination of Care During Day-Treatment Feeding Therapy
RONALD J. CLARK (University of Florida), Vivian F Ibanez (University of Florida), Faith Kirkland (Florida Autism Center, a division of BlueSprig Pediatrics, University of South Florida), Nicole Perrino (Florida Autism Center, University of Florida), Daniella Nicole Fronte (Florida Autism Center - a division of BlueSprig Pediatrics), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
Abstract: The etiology of feeding disorders is multiple and complex (Rommel et al., 2003). Therefore, a comprehensive, interdisciplinary evaluation is necessary to indicate a child with a feeding disorder is medically ready for feeding therapy. However, ongoing support might be required for health complications (e.g., aspiration, allergies, constipation) that emerge during treatment, particularly as intake increases. Unfortunately, less is known about these events and the contributions of different disciplines (e.g., nutrition, occupational therapy; Sharp et al., 2016). For some emergent problems, collecting data on clinical markers like stool patterns, vocal quality, or temperature after oral intake could support the coordination of care between a behavior analyst and other disciplines. In the current investigation, we reviewed the medical records of children admitted to a day-treatment feeding program to understand how often health complications occurred after initial medical clearance and how data on temperature and stool score influenced the recommendations of other providers (e.g., speech, gastroenterology, cardiology). We discuss considerations for monitoring other symptoms like changes in vocal quality or disrupted sleep patterns and how these may be critical for important oversight and safeguards in day-treatment feeding programs which aim to promote substantial and rapid changes in oral intake (Sharp et al., 2020).
 

Assessing Safety and Readiness Among Children With Feeding Disorders

BRITTANY JEAN MARTINO (Childrens Specialized Hospital), Jaime Crowley-Zalaket (Children's Specialized Hospital), Kathryn Peterson (Rutgers University and Children's Specialized Hospital), Christopher W Engler (Children's Specialized Hosptial)
Abstract:

Given the complex etiology of pediatric feeding disorders, it is best practice for behavior analysts who assess and treat these disorders to work collaboratively with interdisciplinary teams. Experts in in pediatric swallow safety can evaluate a child to confirm whether they are safe oral feeders and provide recommendations for appropriate textures and bolus. However, children who engage in persistent food refusal often fail to participate in swallow evaluations, making it difficult for swallow-safety experts to provide confident safety recommendations. We addressed the food refusal of a seven-year-old male with autism who was bottle dependent. During his day-treatment admission, we decreased behavior that interfered with consumption and increased acceptance of both pureed solids and liquids, with the initial goal of preparing him for a modified barium swallow study. Results of a modified barium swallow study at this stage yielded inconclusive results due to the child’s unique packing behavior. Following additional assessment and in conjunction with input from the swallow-safety expert, we initiated a treatment comprised of antecedent and reinforcement-based strategies that successfully increased his swallowing of pureed solids and later, of thin liquids. Once we observed improvements in swallowing, the child underwent a second modified barium swallow study that confirmed he was swallowing safely.

 
Using a Sequential Skills Training Model to Increase Oral Motor Skills for Consuming Table Textured Foods
HOLLY M NEY (Clinic 4 Kidz), Meeta R. Patel (Clinic 4 Kidz & Stanford University School of Medicine)
Abstract: Children with pediatric feeding disorders often display deficits in oral motor skill development related to chewing and consuming table textured foods. Chewing is a complex skill that is not explicitly taught but emerges with experience with different types and textures of foods. However, with children with pediatric feeding disorders, the necessary experience may be interrupted due to underlying medical issues, which may result in reliance on tube feedings, pureed foods, and/or liquids. Therefore, these children may not go through the same developmental stages of eating, hence leading to oral motor deficits with regards to consuming table textured foods. Increasing oral motor skills to be able to successfully eat table textured foods goes beyond just teaching chewing. The purpose of this study was to evaluate a skills training model that focused on individual skills, such as mashing and tongue lateralization, in addition to chewing to increase consumption of table textured foods. At the conclusion of skills training, a child with pediatric feeding disorders was successfully consuming table textured foods. These data are discussed in relation to the developmental model of chewing and assessments necessary to determine the starting point for skills training.
 

Self-injurious Behavior During Treatment of Pediatric Feeding Disorders: An Evaluation of Treatment Outcomes

SARAH D HANEY (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Hailey Ripple (Mississippi State University), Racheal Clark (Brighter Hope Wellness Center), Alison Kozlowski (Kennedy Krieger Institute and Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Abstract:

Children with feeding disorders often engage in inappropriate mealtime behavior (e.g., pushing the utensil away, covering their mouth) that can interfere with food or liquid consumption. Although self-injurious behavior (SIB; self-biting, self-hitting) is less frequently discussed in relation to feeding disorders, researchers have found that some children with feeding disorders may also engage in SIB during meals (e.g., González & Stern, 2016; Wilder et al., 2005). Research has shown that behavior analytic interventions are the most empirically supported interventions for pediatric feeding disorders, but less is known about treatment outcomes for children who engage in SIB during meals. In the current study, experimenters compared treatment outcomes for children with feeding disorders who engaged in SIB during meals with those of children who did not engage in SIB during meals (i.e., SIB Group and Control Group). Interestingly, there were no statistically significant differences in problem behavior (e.g., inappropriate mealtime behavior, negative vocalizations) between groups throughout their admissions. However, there were statistically significant differences in the types of treatments used between groups. The experimenters discuss these results in terms of considerations for treatment for children with feeding disorders who may engage in SIB during meals.

 
 
Symposium #190
CE Offered: BACB
The Experimental Analysis of Relational Networks Using Advances in Relational Frame Theory
Sunday, May 28, 2023
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom A
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Ramon Marin (Universidade Federal de São Carlos - Brazil)
Discussant: Julio C. De Rose (Universidade Federal de São Carlos; Instituto Nacional de Ciência e Tecnologia sobre Comportamento, Cognição e Ensino, Brasil )
CE Instructor: Ramon Marin, M.A.
Abstract:

The study of complex relational networks within relational frame theory (RFT) has typically received far less attention than the study of individual relational frames. In so far as sophisticated language and cognition involves responding in accordance with complex relational networks, rather than simple frames, it seems important for researchers to increase their focus on the former. Recent conceptual and empirical advances in RFT may help facilitate progress in this regard. The current symposium presents four papers that contribute to this effort. Specifically, the four papers will consider (1) recent developments in the use of a hyper-dimensional multi-level (HDML) framework in applied behavior analyses and the development of complex language abilities; (2) a recent attempt to experimentally model the relating of relational networks; and (3) two recent research programmes examining specific variables critical for relational networking effects produced by the implicit relational assessment procedure (IRAP), one involving stimuli with pre-experimentally established functions and the other involving stimuli that were assumed to be novel before the experimental session. Overall, the current session seeks to highlight some recent ways that advances in RFT have helped facilitate research into complex relational networking and some potentially important variables for the emergence of such behavior.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): HDML, IRAP, Relational Networks, RFT
Target Audience:

A basic background in behaviour analysis is assumed

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) summarize recent developments in RFT; (2) articulate the way in which recent developments have paved new ways for the study of complex human behaviour as relational networking; (3) provide examples of how recent developments in RFT connect more directly with the development of derived relational responding.
 
Experimentally Modelling the Relating of Relational Networks: A First Study
CAINÃ TEIXEIRA GOMES (Universidade de São Paulo), WILLIAM Ferreira PEREZ (Paradigma - Centro de Ciências e Tecnologia do Comportamento), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (Ulster University), Colin Harte (Federal University of São Carlos)
Abstract: Relating relational networks involves understanding how one responds to sets of stimuli with intricate relations within and between stimulus sets. The current study sought to experimentally model this type of responding. First, two nonsense stimulus classes were established based on comparative relations before training participants to select stimuli based on a symbolic rule that established a relation between two stimuli: one from network 1 and one from network 2. Participants were then trained to relate network 1 to network 2 before testing derived relations in the opposite direction. Seven of eight participants reached mastery criterion in training and responded accurately in test. In a final stage, reinforcing and punishing consequences varied systematically in the presence of two novel stimuli and antecedent control was observed for all seven participants. A second experiment replicated these results but using contextual cues from natural language, while a final experiment sought explore the effects of pretraining responding using natural language words. Interestingly, participants in Experiment 3 needed fewer trials to achieve mastery criteria for symbolic responding in accordance with relating relational networks. The results and future directions are discussed in the context of recent updates in Relational Frame Theory.
 

Exploring Native Versus Foreign Language Words in the IRAP: Supportive Evidence for the DAARRE Model

COLIN HARTE (Federal University of São Carlos), Margarete Schmidt (Universidade Federal de Minas Gerais), Renato Bortoloti (Universidade Federal de Minas Gerais), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (Ulster University)
Abstract:

This study tested a basic assumption of the differential arbitrarily applicable relational responding effects (DAARRE) model by examining the impact of native versus foreign languages on IRAP performances. The DAARRE model highlights the importance of not only the relational (Crel) properties of stimuli, but also the functional (Cfunc) properties of the stimuli and response options presented in the IRAP trials. Since the native language (NL) is acquired in an emotionally naturalistic and richer context compared to a foreign language (FL), one can expect that a NL word should have stronger orienting and evoking functions than its equivalent (or synonymous) in a FL. Twenty-one Brazilian participants (who speak both Portuguese and English) completed two IRAPs, one in which Portuguese-language stimuli were predominantly used and a second in which English-language stimuli were predominantly used. The IRAP trial-type containing Portuguese-language (i) labels, (ii) targets, and (iii) response options produced the largest effect across all eight IRAP trials -types (four within each IRAP). This result supports the basic assumption of the DAARRE model regarding the overlap of Cfunc and Crel properties within that trial-type for native Portuguese speakers and provides further support for the utility of this conceptual model for interpreting IRAP effects.

 
Exploring Differential Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure Effects Using Arbitrary Experimental Stimuli
KIAN ASSEMI (University of Nevada, Reno), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno), Gregory S. Smith (University of Dayton; University of Nevada, Reno School of Medicine)
Abstract: Past research has shown that unexpected single trial type dominance effects are reliably produced from individuals’ interactions with Implicit Relational Assessment Procedures (IRAPs) despite the lack of strong emotional stimulus functions (e.g., shapes and colors; Finn et al., 2016). The differential arbitrarily applicable relational responding effect (DAARRE) model proposes explanations for these unexpected IRAP effects (Finn et al., 2018). Based on DAARRE’s explanations of the controlling variables responsible for such effects, further analysis of the established history of stimuli included in IRAPs should allow for the accurate prediction of the produced effects. By drawing upon previous literature, we examined predictions of the DAARRE model by using arbitrary stimuli to determine the influence of participant history on IRAP effects. Arbitrary experimental stimuli were trained under distinct learning conditions based on dimensions proposed by the Hyper-Dimensional Multilevel (HDML) framework (Barnes-Holmes et al., 2020). Preliminary data suggest that some of the predictions of the DAARRE model, regarding IRAP effects correspond with participant results. Additional data sets will be discussed as well as their implications pertaining to both the predictive utility of the DAARRE model and its experimental value in the analysis of cultural repertoires.
 
 
Special Event #207
CE Offered: BACB
Diversity submission Award for Distinguished Contributions to DEI: Cultural Responsiveness in ABA: Conceptualization to Actionable Steps
Sunday, May 28, 2023
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Convention Center Four Seasons Ballroom 1
Area: DEI
Instruction Level: Basic
Chair: R. Wayne Fuqua (Western Michigan University), Jovonnie L. Esquierdo-Leal (California State University, Fresno)
CE Instructor: R. Wayne Fuqua, Ph.D.
 
Diversity submission Cultural Responsiveness in ABA: Conceptualization to Actionable Steps
Abstract: Culture has a substantial impact on a wide range of behaviors related to behavioral research and services. Although we and others have written about the topic of cultural responsiveness in behavior analysis, it can be challenging to link literature outside of our field to our conceptual systems and incorporate existing literature into practice. In this talk, we highlight the necessity of considering culture for improved service delivery. In addition to conceptualizing many diversity terms behaviorally, we describe actionable steps behavior analysts can implement in their research and practice. Our primary focus will be on the importance of self-assessment, disrupting biases, and social validity.
 
LAUREN BEAULIEU (Newton Public Schools), CORINA JIMENEZ-GOMEZ (University of Florida)
 

Dr. Beaulieu earned her BS in Psychology from Florida State, her MS in Applied Behavior Analysis from Florida Institute of Technology, and her PhD in Behavior Analysis from Western New England University. She received training as a Clinical Specialist at the Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine's Kennedy Krieger Institute. Dr. Beaulieu is currently a District Behavior Analyst for Newton Public Schools in Massachusetts. She was previously an Associate Professor at Florida Institute of Technology (FIT). Prior to her appointment at FIT, she founded and directed the Master's in Applied Behavior Analysis program at Regis College in Weston, MA where she earned tenure in 2017. She also held a faculty appointment at the University of Massachusetts Lowell's MS in Autism Spectrum Disorders program from 2011-2013. Dr. Beaulieu has been a practitioner and researcher in behavior analysis for 20 years across a variety of settings including public schools, clients' homes, residential psychiatric hospitals, and group homes with individuals diagnosed with and without disabilities. She has also consulted internationally with BCBAs on conducting functional analyses, improving cooperation with young children, and improving sleep.  Her research has been recognized by the Berkshire Association for Behavior Analysis and Therapy, and in 2021 she received the Applied Behavior Analysis Award for Scholarly Contributions to Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion from the Association for Behavior Analysis International, and. She currently serves on the editorial board for the journal Behavioral Interventions and has previously served on the editorial board for the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis.

 

Dr. Corina Jimenez-Gomez (she/her/ella) is an Assistant Professor in the Behavior Analysis program at the University of Florida. She earned a Licensure in Psychology at the Universidad Católica Andrés Bello in Caracas, Venezuela, and a doctoral degree in Psychology with an emphasis in Behavior Analysis from Utah State University. She completed post-doctoral training at the University of Michigan and was a Research Fellow at The University of Auckland, New Zealand. She has held faculty positions at the Florida Institute of Technology and Auburn University. In addition, she served as clinical supervisor at The Scott Center for Autism Treatment at Florida Tech and was the Director of the Center for Autism Research, Treatment, and Training (CARTT) at Auburn University. Dr. Jimenez-Gomez is a Board Certified Behavior Analyst at the doctoral level, whose professional interests include translational and applied behavioral research in the areas of choice and reinforcement processes, the use of technology in ABA settings, caregiver and staff coaching, and cultural responsiveness in Behavior Analysis. Dr. Jimenez-Gomez has served as a reviewer for various scientific journals and is currently on the editorial board of the Perspectives on Behavior Science and the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, and is Associate Editor for Behavior Analysis in Practice. She is also the mom of two amazing humans and an elderly Labrador, and is married to a fellow behavioral scientist.

 
Target Audience:

BCBAs (researchers and practitioners)

Learning Objectives: 1. Attendees will identify the necessity of considering culture for improved service delivery and a more complete understanding of human behavior. 2. Attendees will learn how to self-identify their biases in action and methods to reduce the impact of their biases on their service delivery. 3. Attendees will learn methods to assess whether their service delivery is culturally responsive.
 
 
 
Symposium #208
CE Offered: BACB
Competing Stimulus Assessments: Procedural Modifications to Improve Effectiveness and Efficiency
Sunday, May 28, 2023
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 4E/F
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jennifer Rebecca Weyman (California State University, Los Angeles)
CE Instructor: Jennifer Rebecca Weyman, Ph.D.
Abstract: Competing stimulus assessments have been used to identify items that compete with automatically maintained problem behavior. Traditionally, stimuli are provided in isolation and data are collected on the rate of problem behavior as well as the duration of toy engagement or contact. The items associated with the lowest level of problem behavior and highest level of engagement are considered competing stimuli. These stimuli may then be provided noncontingently to decrease problem behavior. The following presentations will review different ways to improve the effectiveness as well as the efficiency of conducting competing stimulus assessments. The first presentation will replicate findings on the augmented competing stimulus assessment and extend those findings to Subtype 1 automatically maintained self-injurious behavior. The second presentation will include a description of modifications to the augmented competing stimulus assessment for a medically complex child diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. The third presentation will involve assessing a latency-based competing stimulus assessment to increase the efficiency of conducting these assessments.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Automatic reinforcement, Competing stimuli, Problem behavior
Target Audience: Functional analysis, problem behavior, treatments for automatically maintained problem behavior
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants should be able to: 1) describe the procedures of the traditional competing stimulus assessment, 2) describe procedural modifications to improve the effectiveness of competing stimulus assessments, and 3) describe procedural modifications to improve the efficiency of conducting competing stimulus assessments.
 

Outcomes of an Augmented Competing Stimulus Assessment for Automatically Maintained Self-Injurious Behavior: A Consecutive Controlled Case Series

DREW E. PIERSMA (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Michelle A. Frank-Crawford (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jonathan Dean Schmidt (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jasmeen Kaur (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Courtney C Hanlin (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract:

A competing stimulus assessment (CSA) is a stimulus assessment designed to identify stimuli that reduce problem behavior, ostensibly through reinforcer competition or substitution. It is particularly difficult to identify high competition (HC) stimuli for treatment-resistant subtypes of automatically maintained self-injurious behavior (ASIB; Subtypes 2 and 3). Recent findings indicate that augmenting the CSA by including response promotion and response disruption tactics can effectively identify and establish HC stimuli (Hagopian et al., 2020). The current study sought to replicate these findings with additional participants, and extended it to include individuals with Subtype 1 ASIB. As expected, more HC stimuli were identified in the initial Free Access condition (without any augmenting procedures) for most with Subtype 1, but in fewer cases for Subtypes 2 or 3. Following the application of the augmenting procedures, the number of HC stimuli identified in the Repeated Free Access condition increased for 6 of 8 participants. Overall, at least one HC stimulus was identified in 19 of the 20 applications. Furthermore, at least one HC stimulus was still effective during maintenance probes conducted for a subset of individuals. Results suggest that the augmenting procedures may not be necessary for most individuals with Subtype 1, and they support its use as an effective tool for individuals with Subtypes 2 and 3.

 

Modifications to Competing Stimulus Assessments for Medically Complex Children With Self-Injurious Behavior

JASMINE HASMIK POETRY (Thompson Autism Center, Children's Hospital of Orange County), Casey J. Clay (Children's Hospital of Orange County), John Budde (California State University, Los Angeles), Rebecca Vigil (Children’s Hospital of Orange County), Armen Gushchyan (Children's Hospital of Orange County)
Abstract:

Competing stimulus assessments (CSA) have been effective in identifying effective stimuli that compete with automatically-maintained challenging behavior, thus decreasing the rate of that behavior. Hagopian and colleagues (2020) introduced the augmented CSA (A-CSA) to further refine the assessment process. The A-CSA includes the progressive sequential introduction of variations in presentation to promote engagement. This research presentation includes a description of modifications to a A-CSA for a 7-year-old medically complex child diagnosed with ASD. We conducted a functional analysis to determine the function of self-injurious behavior (SIB) and CSA to identify competing stimuli for intervention. We found the SIB was automatically maintained. While conducting the A-CSA, we made modifications to address the participant’s movement and motor dexterity limitations. Specifically, we compared different conditions in which presentation methods varied in the CSA to determine which was more effective. Current data show modifications to CSA might be necessary for some medically complex patients and presentation procedures result in different outcomes. Data collection is ongoing.

 
Evaluation of a Latency-Based Competing Stimulus Assessment (LBCSA)
MADISON HALE IMLER (University of Missouri), Jennifer Rebecca Weyman (California State University, Los Angeles)
Abstract: A competing stimulus assessment (CSA) is used to identify stimuli that are associated with a low level of problem behavior and a high level of engagement. These stimuli are often used as a treatment component for automatically maintained problem behavior. One limitation of implementing CSAs is that they may be time consuming. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the effectiveness of a latency-based competing stimulus assessment (LBCSA) to increase the efficiency of using CSAs. During the LBCSA, a therapist presented potential competing stimuli to the participants, and contingent on the occurrence of problem behavior, the session was terminated. The results of this study indicated that the items associated with a long latency to problem behavior were effective in competing with problem behavior relative to items associated with a short latency to problem behavior for three of three participants. Subsequently, the LBCSA increased the efficiency of conducting the traditional CSA.
 
 
Symposium #209
CE Offered: BACB
Smart Continues to Get Smarter: Reducing Response Effort and Increasing Contextual Fit of Technological Interventions When Working With Adolescents and Adults With an Autism Spectrum Disorder
Sunday, May 28, 2023
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 3C
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Daniele Rizzi (Fondazione Oltre le Parole Onlus - Pescara)
Discussant: Jessica Zawacki (PAAL)
CE Instructor: Jessica Zawacki, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Social validity, in a broad sense, considers the appropriateness and acceptability of applied behavior analysis (ABA) interventions as both process and outcome measures (Kazdin, 1977; Wolf, 1978). One aspect of social validity that should be further investigated is the impact contextual fit may have on an intervention’s overall effectiveness, efficiency, and desired outcomes (Albin et al., 1996; Horner et al., 2015; Slocum et al., 2014). The contextual fit of an intervention or teaching strategy refers to the extent that the procedures of the plan are consistent with the knowledge, values, skills, resources, and administrative support of those who are expected to implement the plans (Monzalve et al., 2020). Considerations of contextual fit become critically important with the increasing prevalence of individuals receiving a diagnosis of an autism spectrum disorder (one in 54 children) resulting in the adult system being flooded with individual struggling to have their needs met with limited services and supports (Center for Disease Control, 2020; Friedman, 2018). The ongoing advent, increased availability, and reduced costs of smart devices should be considered as one means to increase a practitioner’s ability to address issues of contextual fit particularly in the community or home environments. In 2022, the gains made in the ‘age of technology’ have revolutionized the use of assistive technology in the world of developmental disabilities. Despite these gains, research on the use of technology with older learners to increase self-management and skill of daily living, reduce reliance on others for success and independence, and to increase overall efficiencies within the community continue to be lacking. As the old adage suggests, with so much to do, and so little time, technology should be affording us the ability to ‘work smarter, not harder.”

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): AAC, Contextual Fit, Prompt Fading, Technology
Target Audience:

Community-based Instruction AAC devices and programming Utilization of technology for instruction

Learning Objectives: t the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) increase awareness of potential technology for more efficient community-based instruction ; (2) be able to re-evaluate how technology is being utilized within their practice; and (3) leave with easily replicable methods to use technology for increased independence.
 

Teaching an Independent Nighttime Routine Through Prompt Fading and Transfer-of-Stimulus-Control Procedures to Functional Technology: A Case Study

ALESSANDRO DIBARI (Fondazione Oltre le Parole Onlus), Angela Cardascia (Fondazione Oltre le Parole Onlus)
Abstract:

There is clear evidence that individuals with an autism spectrum disorder receiving mental health treatment are at an increased risk for abuse and maltreatment (Brenner et al., 2017). The turnover rates for direct support professionals (DSPs) are extremely high. Estimates suggest the average adult services organization may see anywhere from a 30% to 70% DSP turnover annually (Bogenschutz et al., 2014; Bogenschutz et al., 2015; Friedman, 2018). There is evidence to suggest that DSP turnover directly impacts the quality of services provided to individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities (ID) in community settings (Bogenschutz et al., 2015; Hatton et al., 2001; Woltmann, et al., 2008). Friedman (2021) analyzed data from 251 adults with ID (including autism) to assess their experiences with DSP turnover. Results indicated that DSP turnover negatively impacted the participant’s ability to be integrated into their community. Individuals who experienced turnover had an increased frequency of visits to the emergency room, reported increased instances of abuse and neglect and incurred an increased number of injuries compared with those who did not have any turnover in the prior 2 years. This creates a critical need for achieving independence for learners across a variety of skills and domains, but specifically targeting personal care skills and routines where individuals are at a higher risk for potential abuse. This study has targeted the independent initiation and completion of a nighttime routine for an adolescent with an autism spectrum disorder (ASD). A chain composed of brushing his teeth, using the bidet, changing into pajamas, and completing laundry tasks. The chain was initially evoked with a WhatsApp video message directing the participant to “get ready for the night”, in combination with gestural and verbal prompts. Prior to engaging the routine, a reinforcer was identified that was delivered contingent upon completion of the routine. The initiation of the routine was transferred to a telephone reminder that was pre-set to one hour before bedtime. Data showed rapid acquisition of the nighttime routine and further generalization to when the participant was alone with his parents and maintenance after 2-months follow up. Not only did the individual achieve independence in critical personal care tasks, but also increased his access to increased safety and preservation of his dignity.

 

I Can’t Talk With My Hands Full: Utilizing an Apple Watch™ as a More Functional Augmentative and Alternative Communication (AAC) Device in the Real World

CARMEN LOPEZ-ARVIZU (Kennedy Krieger)
Abstract:

Growing up in a digital world has opened up new and exciting opportunities for those individuals who require an augmentative and alternative communication (AAC) device. The decreased cost and increased social acceptability of these devices has led to increased opportunities for community participation and integration (McNaughton & Light, 2013; Shane et al., 2012). However, despite these innovations, there remain significant challenges to ensure that individuals have access to their fundamental human right to meaningfully and effectively communicate (American Speech-Language-Hearing Association, 2014; Brady et al., 2016). Light (1988) defined four social purposes for communication: expression of wants and needs, information transfer, social closeness, and social etiquette. While the field of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) has made considerable process in moving to using more portable, customizable devices to increase turn taking, requesting, commenting, expand vocabulary and length of utterances (Ganz & Simpson, 2018; Light et al., 2019; O’Neil et al., 2018), these devices remain ineffective and under analyzed for teaching critical social behaviors particularly while in the community. In a post COVID-19 world, the use of social space or interpersonal distance between two individuals is more important now than ever. Individuals with an autism diagnosis regularly misunderstand social situations demonstrate a broad range of competencies and preferences in interpersonal distance (Perry, 2015). There can be a considerable amount of effort required to utilize an AAC device in complex social situations which can lead to lower levels of motivation to access and utilize the device (e.g., hands full in the grocery story). This study sought to decrease the latency and response effort to make critical social requests by utilizing an Apple Watch™ as a means to gain personal space within the community. Using a multiple-baseline design, three adults with autism were able to increase their independent initiation and decrease their latency from motoric initiation to device output response while grocery shopping.

 
 
Paper Session #210
Advances in Staff Training
Sunday, May 28, 2023
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 1E/F
Area: AUT
Instruction Level: Advanced
Chair: Karoline r Kenville (Oakland University)
 
Staff Training Using Behavior Skills Training with a Robot to Teach DTT Skills
Domain: Applied Research
KAROLINE R KENVILLE (Oakland University), Jessica Ann Korneder (Oakland University), Wing-Yue Louie (Oakland University)
 
Abstract: . When training is not sufficient, the integrity of the delivery of the ABA is at risk. Lack of sufficient training, the children in ABA programs may not receive quality services, thus limiting the chance for the child to have an opportunity to reach their fullest potential. Poorly trained therapists could inadvertently reinforce challenging behaviors, stall the child’s learning, or make learning an aversive activity. Training traditionally often relies on presentations, webinars, training videos, and lectures. These programs can help support flexibility, accessibility, and cost effectiveness for a vast number of participants, however, leaving little room for clarification, expanding learning, and practicing implementation of skills before implementation with a child. Relying on presentations, webinars and training videos leaves little flexibility to measure retention of knowledge and the measurement of the skills to apply the knowledge. With the combination of Behavior Skills Training (BST) and a Humanoid Robot, training new technicians discrete trial training (DTT) in a ABA program was shown to be efficient and effective.
 
Training Behavior Technicians to Increase Positive Interactions With Children
Domain: Applied Research
NOEL E. OTETO (Michigan State University), Andrea D Mata (Michigan State University), Josh Plavnick (Michigan State University)
 
Abstract: The present investigation replicated and extended the work of Jimenez-Gomez et al (2019) by examining the impact of teaching staff to implement an imitation training procedure on positive interactions between the behavior technician and child. Three adult behavior technicians employed in an early childhood behavioral intervention center for autism spectrum disorders were paired with three children receiving therapy at this center. A multiple probe across dyads design was used to evaluate the effect of behavioral skills training (BST) on behavior technicians’ accurate implementation and number of positive interactions with children. Results showed that BST of the imitation training procedure led to improved implementation but did not impact number of positive interactions between behavior technician and child. Additional training in engaging in positive interactions with clients was necessary for all adult participants. Additionally, child-level data will be included to assess any changes in child behavior following explicit training in positive interactions for adults. Although difficult to operationally define, qualitative aspects of interactions between behavior technician and client may have an impact on treatment and are important areas for applied behavioral research.
 
 
 
Invited Paper Session #211
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Social Validity and the Spectrum: Finding the Rhythm of Autism in the Heart of ABA
Sunday, May 28, 2023
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Convention Center Four Seasons Ballroom 2/3
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Yanerys Leon (University of Miami)
CE Instructor: Yanerys Leon, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: AMY GRAVINO (Rutgers Center for Adult Autism Services/A.S.C.O.T Consulting)
Abstract: Forty-five years ago, Dr. Montrose Wolf named and defined the concept of “social validity” in his seminal published paper on the subject. Changes to and controversies within the field of ABA over the intervening years have made obtaining and measuring social validity for autistic individuals challenging, but more necessary now than ever before. This presentation discusses the need for social validity as it pertains to children and adults on the autism spectrum and highlights the barriers that exist to collecting social validity, as well as how we can make the ideas put forward by Wolf relevant to the present state of the field of ABA. Strategies for creating collaboration between relevant stakeholders and ABA practitioners will also be discussed. At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1) Understand how best to support the rights and promote the well-being of autistic clients when delivering ABA services; 2) Define “social importance” as it pertains to individuals on the autism spectrum and the autistic community; 3) Identify several strategies for collaborating with relevant stakeholders to promote social validity when implementing services for autistic clients.
Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

ABA practitioners, researchers, those working in the field of early intervention, clinicians/professionals working with autistic adults, and anyone looking to learn more about autism.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1) Understand how best to support the rights and promote the well-being of autistic clients when delivering ABA services; 2) Define “social importance” as it pertains to individuals on the autism spectrum and the autistic community; 3) Identify several strategies for collaborating with relevant stakeholders to promote social validity when implementing services for autistic clients.
 
AMY GRAVINO (Rutgers Center for Adult Autism Services/A.S.C.O.T Consulting)
Amy Gravino, M.A., is an autism sexuality advocate and Relationship Coach in the Center for Adult Autism Services at Rutgers University. She is also the President of A.S.C.O.T Consulting, which offers autism consulting, college coaching, and mentoring services for organizations, schools, individuals on the autism spectrum, and their families. Amy is an international speaker who has given TED talks, spoken twice at the United Nations for World Autism Awareness Day, and presented worldwide to audiences on a variety of topics related to autism, with a dedicated special focus and research on the subject of autism and sexuality. Ms. Gravino obtained her Masters degree in Applied Behavior Analysis from Caldwell University in 2010 and currently serves on the Boards of Directors of Yes She Can, Inc. and the Golden Door International Film Festival of Jersey City, as well as the Scientific Advisory Board of Simons Foundation Powering Autism Research (SPARK). She is an award-winning writer who has co-authored a chapter on autism and sexuality in the Handbook of Quality of Life for Individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder, and her work has been featured in Spectrum, the leading online news source for autism research, and other outlets. Visit www.amygravino.com to learn more.
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #212
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Use of Rodent Behavioral Models to Investigate the Effects and Mechanism of Action of Classical Psychedelic Drugs and Related Molecules
Sunday, May 28, 2023
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom D
Area: BPN; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jonathan W. Pinkston (Western New England University)
CE Instructor: Adam Halberstadt, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: ADAM HALBERSTADT (University of California San Diego)
Abstract: Classical psychedelic drugs such as lysergic acid diethylamide (LSD) and psilocybin induce profound alterations of consciousness via 5-HT2A receptor activation. Over the last twenty years, considerable clinical evidence has emerged indicating that psychedelic drugs may have therapeutic efficacy against a range of disorders, including depression, anxiety, substance abuse, and chronic pain. The therapeutic use of psychedelics has a number of potential limitations, including off-target interactions and the intense hallucinogenic effects produced by these substances, which necessitates close clinical supervision for several hours and can cause anxiety and confusion in some patients. However, the degree to which the clinical efficacy of psilocybin and related substances are linked to their psychedelic effects is not entirely clear. It may be possible to decouple the psychedelic and therapeutic effects produced by this drug class, potentially permitting the development of analogs of existing psychedelics that retain therapeutic activity but with less potential to produce hallucinogenic effects and undesirable side-effects. Developing and evaluating new agents from this class has historically been difficult due to the complexities associated with the preclinical assessment of psychedelic potential. The presentation will review work conducted over the last decade to develop and optimize preclinical behavioral models that can be used to characterize psychedelic-like molecules. In addition to helping to answer fundamental questions about the mechanism-of-action and structure-activity relationships of psychedelic drugs, the availability of these models has facilitated the identification of new members of this drug class with unique pharmacological properties. These second-generation molecules are starting to move through the drug development pipeline and are being investigated as novel therapeutics.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Basic and clinical researchers and mental health professionals.

Learning Objectives: Participants will be able to: (1) Describe potential therapeutic effects of psychedelic drugs on depression, anxiety, substance abuse, and chronic pain, (2) Discuss the potential limitations of the therapeutic use of psychedelics, including off-target interactions and the hallucinogenic effects produced by these substances, and (3) Describe work conducted over the last decade to develop and optimize preclinical behavioral models that can be used to characterize psychedelic-like molecules.
 
ADAM HALBERSTADT (University of California San Diego)
Dr. Adam L. Halberstadt is an Associate Professor of Psychiatry at the University of California San Diego (UCSD). He received a B.S. in Neuroscience from the University of Delaware in 1998 and a Ph.D. in Neurobiology from the University of Pittsburgh in 2006. Dr. Halberstadt’s research focuses on the neurobiology of serotonin and the pharmacology and effects of psychedelic drugs (serotonergic hallucinogens). He is currently the co-director of the Psychedelics and Health Research Initiative (https://phri.ucsd.edu), which coordinates novel basic and clinical research with psychedelics at UCSD. His laboratory at UCSD studies psychedelic drugs using a cross-species translational approach and includes both preclinical and clinical research programs. Dr. Halberstadt is currently conducting a clinical trial at UCSD to investigate whether psilocybin can relieve the symptoms of intractable phantom limb pain in amputees. His preclinical research program focuses on the pharmacology and mechanism-ofaction of existing and novel psychedelic molecules. Dr. Halberstadt was also the primary editor of “Behavioral Neurobiology of Psychedelic Drugs”, a volume that was published by Springer in 2018 as part of their Current Topics in Behavioral Neurosciences (CTBN) series.
 
 
Panel #213
BLEND Behavior Change Agents: Accessibility & Equity within Universal Design
Sunday, May 28, 2023
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Hyatt Regency, Mineral Hall D-G
Area: CSS/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Adriana De la Torre (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
ARVIND RAMAKRISHNAN (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
ERIN HERNDON (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
ANDREINA MELENDEZ (60614)
Abstract: Adopting the practice of cultural humility requires application across all professional practices within Behavior Analysis. Behavioral Leadership in Education, Novel Science, and Dissemination (B.L.E.N.D.), a research lab based out of The Chicago School of Professional Psychology Chicago Campus, rises to the call to action to build our behavior analytic repertoires to include additional cultural humility practices within the domains of accessibility and universal design (Wright, 2019; Tervalon & Murray-García, 1998). Building community focused projects that promote the values of the community and individuals require us to understand and obtain information from those we aim to serve (Fawcett, 1991). Presenters will discuss the application of inclusive practices as defined by disability studies (disability models, DisCrit, etc.) as a way to promote potential for access and use for all of its members, not just the majority, in research, community work, and clinical practice.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Disability, Inclusion, Person-Centered Care
 
 
Symposium #214
CE Offered: BACB
Evidence-Based Practice in Functional Analysis
Sunday, May 28, 2023
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 2A
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Megan A. Boyle (Upstate Caring Partners)
Discussant: Nicole M. DeRosa (Daemen University)
CE Instructor: Megan A. Boyle, Ph.D.
Abstract: Functional analysis is the gold-standard method of identifying behavioral function and developing reinforcement- and function-based interventions for severe behavior. There are a variety of functional-analysis methods from which practitioners may choose (e.g., Bloom et al., 2013; Iwata & Dozier, 2008; Jessel et al., 2022). With so many procedural variations, as well as recent messaging regarding the utility of different functional-analysis formats (Tiger & Effertz, 2021), practitioners may struggle with identifying functional-analysis methods that are best suited for their clients. This symposium will first present a theoretical talk on an evidence-based practice framework (Contreras et al., 2022) applied to functional analysis. Second, the symposium will include a data-based case study that illustrates how such a framework can be utilized. The symposium will highlight the need for conceptually systematic and individual analyses. Finally, both speakers and the discussant will discuss the dangers of adhering to a single functional-analysis format across all clients.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): evidence-based practice, functional analysis
Target Audience: Listeners should have had exposure to functional analysis in a general sense (that they entail reinforcement of problem behavior and the rationale for doing so). Listeners might benefit from previous exposure to evidence-based practice frameworks, although this is not required.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Describe evidence-based practice as a verb (a set of activities); (2) Describe what evidence-based practice looks like in the context of conducting functional analyses (e.g., intervening on certain topographies of behavior, basing methods on contemporary best-available evidence, incorporating caregiver concerns/values); (3) Describe some variations of functional analyses that may be considered in light of certain treatment characteristics (e.g., doing pairwise analyses when learners may have difficulty discriminating conditions).
 
Evidence-Based Decision Making Applied to Ethical Functional Analyses
AUDREY N. HOFFMANN (Utah State University)
Abstract: Evidence-based practice is a decision-making framework that integrates the best available evidence, consideration for client values and contexts, and clinical expertise. Although it has been considered as an important element of behavior analytic practice, there are minimal resources guiding practitioners to engage in evidence-based decision-making relative to the varied practice decisions they encounter. One practice decision practitioners encounter relates to functional analysis (FA) and meeting the ethical requirement to design assessments that are based on scientific evidence, conceptually consistent, and that consider the unique characteristics and needs of the client context and resources (BACB, 2020). Engaging in evidence-based decision-making relative to FA design and implementation ensures that there is no “one-size-fits-all” approach to assessment and FA technology. This presentation will review ethical evidence-based decision-making related to designing and conducting individualized FAs. The presentation will also present strategies for practitioners to consider the best available evidence, improve and apply their clinical expertise, and select and design FAs in the context of differing client characteristics and needs.
 
A Demonstration of Flexible Decision Making in the Functional Analysis Process
MEGAN A. BOYLE (Upstate Caring Partners), Sophia MacDonald (Missouri State University), Lauren Rector (Missouri State University)
Abstract: Researchers have validated a variety of formats and measurement systems in the context of functional analysis. Practitioners who are responsible for assessing and treating severe behavior should be able to select and modify formats to effectively and ethically serve clients during the assessment process. This talk will walk the audience through the functional-analysis process of the aggression of an adolescent autistic girl in a clinical setting. We will highlight how we incorporated learner and stakeholder (her primary caregiver) values, utilized available resources, incorporated the best available empirical evidence, and relied on clinical judgement of the primary clinician (a doctoral-level board certified behavior analyst with a specialization in assessing severe behavior) when making decisions. We identified functional reinforcers that influenced this learner's severe behavior (tangibles and escape) and ruled out others (attention), and used this information to develop a reinforcement-based intervention. Finally, we will highlight the specific benefits (and limitations) of the functional-analysis variations we chose and describe our rationale for using them.
 
 
Symposium #215
CE Offered: BACB/QABA
Recent Advancements in the Measurement, Assessment, and Treatment of Challenging Behavior
Sunday, May 28, 2023
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 1A/B
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Anthony Concepcion (University of South Florida)
CE Instructor: Anthony Concepcion, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Challenging behaviors emitted by individuals with autism and developmental disabilities can have detrimental consequences on quality of life for themselves and their caretakers. Although much is known regarding practices to create function-based interventions, many challenges in the treatment of challenging behavior remain. Therefore, it is imperative researchers continue to assess interventions to reduce challenging behavior, improve methods of analysis, and consider the social validity of interventions. This symposium consists of three presentations. Tiago and colleagues will demonstrate advancements in assessment and treatment of stereotypy and an extension of the subtyping model proposed by Hagopian et al. (2015) to stereotypic behavior. Bauer and colleagues will discuss challenges encountered with delay-tolerance training procedures and demonstrate a novel exchange program used to treat challenging behavior related to relinquishing items. Last, Sheppard and colleagues will present a comparison of the efficacy of momentary DRO and fixed-momentary DRO to reduce challenging behavior. Further, they will discuss caregiver preference and feasibility of the procedures.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): caregiver preference, functional analysis, problem behavior, Subtyping
Target Audience:

Audience members would benefit from prior experience implementing behavioral interventions for individuals with autism and/or developmental disabilities. Audience members would benefit from having prior competency in basic principles of applied behavior analysis and common assessments for assessing problem behavior.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Identify subtypes of automatically reinforced behavior thorough FA graphs and briefly describe the level of differentiation analysis. (2) Identify challenges to delay-tolerance training and describe an exchange program for increasing tolerance to delayed reinforcement. (3) Describe differences and similarities between momentary and fixed-momentary differential reinforcement of other behavior and discuss the importance of caregiver preference.
 
Subtyping stereotypy: Level of differentiation in the FA is predictive of responsiveness to treatment.
TIAGO SALES LARROUDÉ DE MAN (Universidade Estadual de Feira de Santana/Western New England), William H. Ahearn (New England Center for Children), Julia Lynne Touhey (New England Center for Children), Haley Steinhauser (Melmark New England; Regis College)
Abstract: The general purpose of this study was to determine whether the subtyping methods developed to analyze automatically-reinforced self-injury (SIB), described by Hagopian and colleagues (2015/2017), apply to stereotypy. The criterion lines were applied to FAs of stereotypy, and the levels of differentiation (LoD) between the alone/no interaction conditions and each of the other conditions types (i.e., play/control, demand, and attention) were calculated. Fifteen students diagnosed with autism, between 3 and 18 years old, and who engaged in stereotypy were exposed to the following: Functional Analysis (FA); Augmented-Competing Items Assessment (A-CSA); and, Treatment Analysis (TA). The TA consisted of two condition types: 1) access to alternative sources of reinforcement; and, 2) prompting of functional/contextual engagement. The LoD analyses suggested that the maximum LoD between the FA conditions was predictive of responsiveness to treatment in the TA (R2 0.79 and R2 score up to 0.91, with an expanded model that included the max LoD between FA conditions). We discuss what type of data our visual analysis inspects and what treatments were predicted as being effective by the subtyping model and LoD analyses.
 

Evaluating an Exchange Program for the Treatment of Problem Behavior Maintained by Access to Tangibles

MELANIE BAUER (University of North Texas), Joseph D. Dracobly (University of North Texas), Elizabeth Joy Houck (University of North Texas), Danielle Pelletier (University of North Texas), Aaron Joseph Sanchez (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

Previous studies, typically with children, have used delay-tolerance training to treat problem behavior maintained by access to tangibles. This often involves physical prompting and waiting rather than exchanging, two practices that may not be possible or relevant to adults with intellectual disabilities (ID). For many adults with ID in residential settings, exchanging items, rather than waiting per se, may be evocative for problem behavior. In the current study, we evaluated an exchange program to treat problem behavior maintained by access to tangibles for adults diagnosed with ID at a residential facility. We measured the latency to exchange low- and high-preference items following a request for the item and the individual’s problem behaviors. Results demonstrated that the exchange program increased relinquishing of an item while decreasing the rate of problem behavior. This analysis provides another method to treat problem behavior maintained by access to tangibles for adults without using physical prompting.

 
A Comparison of FM-DRO to VM-DRO to Reduce Challenging Behavior
CHRISTINA MARIE SHEPPARD (Florida Institute of Technology), David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology), Grant Michael Ingram (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: Differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO) is commonly used to reduce behavioral excesses. Interval DRO schedules involve delivery of reinforcement contingent upon the absence of the target behavior during an entire interval whereas momentary DRO schedules involve delivery of reinforcement contingent upon the absence of the target behavior at a given moment. Two variations of momentary DRO exist: fixed-momentary (FM) DRO and variable-momentary (VM) DRO. In the current study, we directly compared FM-DRO and VM-DRO to reduce challenging behavior maintained by automatic reinforcement exhibited by four children with autism spectrum disorder. The results show that both DRO schedules were equally effective to reduce challenging behavior. However, most caregivers rated the FM-DRO as easier to implement.
 
 
Symposium #216
CE Offered: BACB
Examining the Effectiveness of Two Interventions in Establishing Observational Learning Cusps
Sunday, May 28, 2023
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Hyatt Regency, Capitol Ballroom 1-3
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Hung Chang (Fred S Keller School)
Discussant: Jessica Singer-Dudek (Teachers College, Columbia University)
CE Instructor: Hung Chang, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Researchers in past behavior analytic studies had identified different types of observational learning cusps that allow individuals to 1) acquire new operants, 2) perform behaviors that are already in repertoire, and 3) establish new reinforcers. We will present two papers, one of which used a peer-yoked-contingency game board game to establish an observational learning cusp for individuals with disabilities. In the other paper, we conducted a component analysis of an observational conditioning-by-denial procedure; specifically, we examined the role of the confederate in the effectiveness of the conditioning procedure.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Developmental cusps, Observational conditioning-by-denial, Observational learning, Peer-yoked contingency
Target Audience:

The target audience for the symposium is individuals who work in an educational setting that focus on improving the general well-being of students with disabilities.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify the various components within the observational conditioning-by-denial procedure; (2) have a basic understanding of peer-yoked contingency; (3) assess observational learning cusps.
 
A Comparison of Establishing Conditioned Reinforcer through an Observational Procedure across Peer and Adult Confederates
Jessica Singer-Dudek (Teachers College, Columbia University), HUNG CHANG (Fred S Keller School), Jennifer Longano (Fred S. Keller School)
Abstract: Prior studies had identified a type of observational learning repertoire (observational conditioning-by-denial; OCDI) that allows individuals to acquire new reinforcers. The findings from previous OCDI studies have shown the presence of a confederate is one of the contributing factors that facilitate the effectiveness of OCDI procedure. However, there are still other components embedded within the OCDI procedure need to be systematically tested. In the present study, we selected 4 preschoolers who demonstrated the observational performance repertoire prior to the study. We used a pre- and post-intervention design across participants combined with a reversal design to test the change in reinforcing properties of neutral stimuli across two different intervention conditions. In the first intervention condition, an adult confederate and the participant were asked to perform the same task, during which the confederate received neutral stimuli throughout the intervention, while the participant was denied access to those stimuli. The second intervention condition was identical to the first, except that a peer confederate was present instead of an adult. The post-intervention data from 2 of the participants showed that the reinforcing value of the neutral stimuli increased only when the participants underwent the peer confederate condition. The study is currently ongoing for the other 2 participants.
 

The Effects of Peer-Yoked Contingency on Establishing Observational Learning Cusps for Individuals With Disabilities

FRANCIS HWANG (Touchstone ABA)
Abstract:

In a typical public-school classroom, it is not feasible for all learners to have individual opportunities to receive feedback from the teacher in the moment of the lesson. However, a select few learners may receive direct consequences from the teacher as they respond to class-wide questions. When individuals demonstrate observational learning (OL), they do not require direct consequences from a teacher to acquire new operants; rather, they will acquire new operants by observing others receive consequences. I tested the effects of a peer-yoked contingency game board to induce OL to learners who did not previously demonstrate acquisition of novel operants through observing others. I used a multiple probe design across 2 participants in 3 dyads. The participants’ chronological age ranged between 6 to 20 years old. The participants were paired into dyads based on their chronological age and verbal behavior repertoires. The participants had a clinical diagnosis of Down syndrome and/or autism spectrum disorder. The participants did not demonstrate OL for acquisition when a probe was conducted using novel picture-word relations in the pre-intervention probe. The stimulus control of OL was measured by the number of correct responses the client emits to untaught picture-word relations after observing a peer confederate receive learn unit instruction. Participant A in dyad 1 demonstrated OL using novel stimuli after three intervention phases. Participant C in dyad 2 demonstrated OL using novel stimuli after two intervention phases. Intervention is currently ongoing for Participants B, D, and dyad 3.

 
 
Symposium #217
EAHB Distinguished Contributions Award: Celebrating the Contributions of Dr. Timothy Hackenberg
Sunday, May 28, 2023
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom C
Area: EAB; Domain: Translational
Chair: Catherine Williams (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Discussant: David J. Cox (RethinkFirst; Endicott College)
Abstract: The Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior Special Interest Group invites you to formally recognize the contributions of Dr. Timothy Hackenberg, whose extensive research career has shed much light on the complexities of human behavior. A colleague of Dr. Hackenberg will reflect on his many contributions toward advancing our understanding of complex human behavior and Dr. Hackenberg will subsequently deliver an address on a topic of his choosing. Please join us to celebrate the contributions of Dr. Timothy Hackenberg.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): EAHB, Human Behavior, Human Operant, Token Economies
 
Tokens of Gratitude
(Theory)
TIMOTHY D. HACKENBERG (Reed College)
Abstract: Science is a social enterprise, and this is nowhere more evident than in collaborative research we undertake with students, mentors, and colleagues. In this talk, Dr. Hackenberg will provide an overview of a program of research on token reinforcement, highlighting along the way the many contributions of my collaborators. This line of work began with an attempt to better understand human-nonhuman differences in self-control, where token-based methods have been used to narrow the procedural disparities that have plagued past species comparisons. The research then moved into an analysis of token reinforcement in its own right, including behavioral-economic applications, where token-based methods have proven especially useful in addressing a wide range of behavior in a economic context. Whether in one these main lines of research, or in the various offshoots that have sprung up along the way, the research has been truly collaborative in nature. Dr. Hackenberg have been fortunate to work with some great students and colleagues, who deserve much credit for any lasting significance of this work, and with whom Dr. Hackenberg genuinely share this award.
 
Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior Special Interest Group Distinguished Contributions Award
(Theory)
CATHERINE WILLIAMS (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Abstract: Dr. Hackenberg was turned on to behavior analysis by Jane Howard at Cal-State Stanislaus, in the late 1970s, the first of many fortunate accidents in his journey. He later finished his bachelors at UC-Irvine. While there was not much behavior analysis at Irvine, he was lucky to work with a great group in an applied setting, and became involved in the fledgling SoCal-ABA. He attended an APA convention in LA and met Phil Hineline, who later became his PhD mentor at TempleU. There, he worked with rats and pigeons but acquired an appreciation for cross-species continuity of behavior. Following a one-year hiatus spent navel gazing back in Southern Cal, he began a post-doc with Travis Thompson at Minnesota, splitting time between the operant lab and the state hospital. He worked for nearly two decades on the faculty in the Behavior Analysis program at UF with talented and productive students and colleagues, followed by 13 years at Reed College, where he enjoyed the challenges and joys of teaching in a small liberal arts setting. He retired in 2022, and now lives in southern England enjoying nature walks with his two dogs and one wife, learning how to drive on the other side of the road, and watching daily drama unfold at the bird feeder.
 
 
Panel #218
PDS: Tips from OBM Experts on Building your OBM Competency
Sunday, May 28, 2023
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Hyatt Regency, Mineral Hall A-C
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Sandra Alex Ruby (University of Kansas)
NICOLE GRAVINA (University of Florida)
SHANNON BIAGI (Chief Motivating Officers)
ABIGAIL BLACKMAN (Behavior Science Technology)
Abstract:

A growing number of students and Board-Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBA) are interested in advancing their knowledge and skills in Organizational Behavior Management (OBM) but do not know where to start. OBM is the application of behavioral principles to the workplace to improve employee performance and business outcomes. Although students and BCBAs are familiar with clinical assessment and treatment, assessments (e.g., Performance Diagnostic Checklist, process mapping) and interventions (e.g., task clarification, feedback, systems re-design) used in OBM differ from those in schools or clinics. Thus, BCBAs working in schools or clinical settings lack the skills necessary to function as competent OBM practitioners. Additionally, many individuals do not have a strategy for systematically obtaining learning opportunities. Therefore, the purpose of this Professional Development Series panel is to bring OBM experts together to describe how interested parties can expand their scope of practice to include aspects of OBM.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): OBM, Organizational Behavior, Practice Scope, Professional Development
 
 
Symposium #220
CE Offered: BACB — 
Supervision
Structured, Supportive, and Competency-Based Approaches to the Supervision of Behavior Analytic Trainees
Sunday, May 28, 2023
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Convention Center 401/402
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Janice Frederick (The ABRITE Organization)
CE Instructor: Janice Frederick, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Over the last 15 years, the field of behavior analysis has experienced accelerated and unprecedented growth with the Behavior Analysis Certification Board® (BACB®) reporting that less than half of its certificants have been credentialed for more than 5 years. There are many implications for these data including that an increasing number of Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs) are taking on the role of supervisor for those individuals seeking a credential. Both the roles of supervisor and supervisee can be challenging particularly in the presence of formal guidance and a literature base related to behavior analytic supervision that is growing in detail and volume but remains lean. The current symposium examines competency-based models for supervision of behavior analytic trainees and offers considerations and tools for supervisors and supervisees that may support their success in their respective roles. A primary purpose of the symposium is to encourage those that function as supervisors to participate in dissemination and empirical analyses of their supervision practices. The presentations will include detailed descriptions of supervision processes and resources, competency-based assessments, and measures of supervision quality.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Individuals who hold or pursuing a credential in behavior analysis

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the symposium, participants will be able to: (1) describe components of a competency-based model of behavior analytic supervision, (2) detail methods for measuring content mastery by behavior analytic trainees and (3) describe an evidence-based coaching process designed to improve the performance of supervisees.
 

A Competency-Based Model for the Provision of Supervision to Aspiring Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs)

MATTHEW CHRISTOPHER PETERSON (The ABRITE Organization; Brite Horizons), Janice Frederick (The ABRITE Organization)
Abstract:

Currently, there are 4 different pathways to Board Certified Behavior Analyst® (BCBA®) certification, all of which require between 1500 and 2000 hours of practical fieldwork in applied behavior analysis. Rapid growth in our field has resulted in an increasing number of Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs) providing supervision to future applicants. Sellers, Valentino, Landon & Aiello (2019) distributed a survey on current supervisory practices and barriers to effective supervision. One identified area of improvement relates to using a structured system to track trainees’ mastery of skills with a specific focus on competency-based training. The Behavior Analyst Certification Board, Inc.® has built out requirements related to the nature of supervision, content of supervision, acceptable activities for supervision, tracking supervision, and the supervisor-supervisee relationship, but there are not yet requirements for assessing mastery of content covered during supervision. The current paper summarizes the evolution of the model of supervision within a clinical organization and provides detailed descriptions of its components including curriculum sequence, format for group supervision meetings, terminology and practical-based competencies, self-assessment on learning outcomes related to the BCBA task list items, check-in meetings, regular evaluation of the supervisory relationship, and opportunities for individual and group supervision. Methods used to support and measure learning outcomes, supervisee self-assessment on content mastery, quality of supervisor-supervisee relationships, and performance of the supervisor will also be reviewed.

 

Decreasing Burn Out in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Supervision: How Mock Exams and Banked Resources Can Increase Supervisor Satisfaction, Supervision Quality, and Supervision Consistency

CAS BREAUX (Central Reach)
Abstract:

In applied behavior analysis, supervision responsibilities are often combined with an active case load, management, and other responsibilities. In organizations without formal supervision models and banked resources, supervisors are responsible for assessment, training deficit competencies, and ensuring quality services are delivered by their trainees. In many organizations, supervisors are additionally responsible for their own supervision process and resources, making supervision quality inconsistent, even within the same organization. The use of competency assessments in supervision is also limited, due in part to the time-consuming nature of creating and updating questions that are similar to those on certification exams. Assessments designed to identify deficits within and across items listed on the Behavior Analyst Certification Board® (BACB®) 5th ed. task-list are then less likely to be used in supervision. Similarly, the time required to create and maintain a bank of supervision resources for task-list items can limit the quality of supervision offered, especially when additional resources are needed to address trainee deficits in within and across task-list items. This manuscript will explore increasing supervisor satisfaction and increasing supervision quality and consistency across organizations, using partial mock exams for competency assessment and banked supervision resources.

 

Maximize Supervision Impact With Accomplishment-Based Coaching

SHANE ISLEY (Performance Thinking Network)
Abstract:

In most Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) treatment programs using a tiered-service delivery model, behavior analysts are responsible for providing ongoing supervision of assistant behavior analysts and behavior technicians. This type of supervision aims to enable each supervisee to produce valuable contributions (e.g., positive, therapeutic relationships, clients who meet frequency aims on instructional programs) that help the organization improve service quality and client progress while strengthening employee engagement. Clinical supervisors (i.e., Board Certified Behavior Analysts® who oversee supervisees in ABA organizations) typically learn what is expected of them as supervisors in graduate school, supervised fieldwork, and the required Behavior Analyst Certification Board® (BACB®) 8-hour supervision training program. However, they often do not learn how to improve the performance and engagement of employees through coaching and evidenced-based management practices. In this presentation, we will provide an overview of a coaching process that clinical supervisors can employ to help them manage individuals and teams while continuously improving the quality of services delivered by their supervisees. Influenced by Thomas Gilbert and other thought leaders in Human Performance Technology, this accomplishment-based coaching process helps supervisors sharpen their focus on improving the valuable contributions of those they manage and optimize conditions to ensure that they produce the accomplishments as expected.

 
 
Symposium #221
CE Offered: BACB
Supporting Individuals on the Autism Spectrum Through Robotics and Virtual Learning
Sunday, May 28, 2023
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 4C/D
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Theory
Chair: XIAONING SUN (University of Utah)
Discussant: Aaron J. Fischer (University of Utah)
CE Instructor: Aaron J. Fischer, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The technological age in which we live has brought with it new methods of harnessing technology to bring valid and reliable interventions to individuals on the autism spectrum. This symposium will present a review of technology to support ABA practice for individuals on the autism spectrum, as well as three targeted reviews of emerging technologies and their ability to support individuals on the autism spectrum. Specifically, these technologies include virtual reality, telepresence robots, and programmable robots. The findings and implications of these studies are discussed. Studies on virtual reality demonstrated strong training abilities for supporting individuals on the autism spectrum, particularly those practicing social skills. Research on telepresence robots showed promise in assisting educators with behavior assessment procedures and revealed increased compliance and improved student academic skills. Despite limited research highlighting the role of programmable robots in autism intervention, studies have shown great potential for teaching social and occupational skills. Strengths, limitations, and future directions for each technology will be discussed.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Autism, robotics learning, technology-based intervention, virtual learning
Target Audience:

Individuals or groups who are interested in technology-based interventions

Learning Objectives: 1) learn about emerging technologies and their ability to support individuals on the autism spectrum 2) learn training abilities of virtual reality for supporting individuals on the autism spectrum 3) learn how to integrate telepresence robots into the consultation process, their strengths and limitations, and considerations for future research on telepresence robots in education 4) learn the role of programmable robots in autism intervention, especially its great potential for teaching social and occupational skills
 

Applying Technology-Based Interventions in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Practice for Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD)

CAROLINE DUCLAUX (University of Utah)
Abstract:

Individuals on the autism spectrum experience difficulties in social-emotional reciprocity, nonverbal communication, and developing and maintaining relationships, along with particularities in interest and motor skills. Fortunately, the technological age in which we live has brought with it new methods of harnessing technology to bring valid and reliable interventions to individuals on the autism spectrum. In the current digital age, practitioners and researchers have increasingly focused on how technology can be leveraged to develop more effective and accessible training programs. Moreover, technological efficiency enables the provision of treatment to an increased number of individuals, particularly those who may not have previously had the means to access the care they need. This presentation will report the recent technological developments in delivering ABA service to individuals with ASD. For instance, technologies such as virtual reality (VR) and telepresence robots can enable remote service provision, reducing the need for direct practitioner contact, eliminating the burden of travel, and expanding the reach of practitioners trained to deliver ASD interventions.

 
Cornerstone of the Technological World–Virtual Reality
AN AN CHANG (California State University, Northridge)
Abstract: Virtual reality (VR) has become a cornerstone of the technological world: changing the landscape of the videogame world and reinventing the way we experience our surroundings. A virtual setting, or world, is a simulation of real-world environments containing various entities. This feature renders VR ideal for interventions for which contingencies may need to be precisely altered. VR technology, when applied correctly, can have numerous benefits for ASD-focused interventions. The alleviation of concerns related to social abilities and professional skills can help ease the stress of childhood and pave the path to success for transition-aged individuals on the autism spectrum. Customizing environments, amplifying accessibility, and pinpointing contingency control are all ways that VR contributes to pre-existing interventions, and bringing those advantages into practice helps alleviate the concerns posed by ASD, allowing individuals to discover their capacities and utilize their strengths out in the world. This presentation demonstrated strong training abilities of virtual reality for supporting individuals on the autism spectrum, particularly for those practicing social skills. Strengths, limitations, and future directions are discussed in detail.
 
Delivering School Psychology Services Through Telepresence Robots
HUNTER KING (University of Utah)
Abstract: An emerging line of research has demonstrated the use of telepresence robots to remotely train educators to support the behavioral and academic needs of children and youth on the autism spectrum. Whether stationary or mobile, telepresence robots include a docking system that incorporates video conferencing software for purposes of service delivery. Using telepresence robots, consultants met with educators across several sessions to conceptualize student needs, support educators’ comfort with treatment procedures, provide ongoing performance feedback to sustain high levels of treatment integrity, and formatively evaluate students’ response to treatment. To date, the teleconsultation literature has primarily focused on the provision of indirect supports in schools targeting educators’ adherence to ABA-based strategies (e.g., functional analysis, stimulus fading, guided complaince) and their effectiveness for achieving student outcomes (e.g., instruction following, number discrimination). While limited in number, a series of recent publications have shown telepresence robots to be a feasible and acceptable medium through which to achieve these outcomes. Considering the recency of telepresence robots in education, this presentation will provide guidance on how to integrate telepresence robots into the consultation process, their strengths and limitations, and considerations for future research on telepresence robots in education.
 

Programmable Robots: Conducting Interventions Without a Direct Practitioner

LAUREN ELIZABETH MARTONE (University of Utah)
Abstract:

Programmable robots can be designed and programmed to imitate skills training normally provided by an interventionist. There are two ways programmable robots can be used. One way is with a human operator actively controlling the robot from a distance using a computer. The other way is by preprogramming the robot to engage in different behaviors based on what it is seeing or hearing, often referred to as “autonomous” control. Researchers have been creative in the development of these robots to support children with Autism in other ways. One way is teaching necessary skills to teachers and practitioners. Robots, simulating clients, can be helpful for training because the trainees are exposed to real-life scenarios and challenges (e.g., a client experiencing a breakdown of emotions), access new or rare experiences (e.g., a client engaging in self-injury in the form of hitting their own head), obtain immediate performance feedback from the robot or a trainer standing by, and repeatedly practice in a safe environment. Despite limited research highlighting the role of programmable robots in autism intervention, studies have shown great potential for teaching social and occupational skills. Strengths, limitations, and future directions for each technology are discussed in detail.

 
 
Symposium #222
CE Offered: BACB
Training and Supporting Caregivers of Children with Autism
Sunday, May 28, 2023
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 1C/D
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Andrew Sodawasser (University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Discussant: Cynthia P. Livingston (University of Nebraska Medical Center)
CE Instructor: Cynthia P. Livingston, M.A.
Abstract:

Autistic children commonly present with difficulties in communication and social interactions and are at risk for developing dangerous problem behavior (Doehring et al., 2014). These difficulties and risks can increase as children age (Gray, 2006; Ingersoll & Hambrick, 2011). As a result, caregivers of these children experience increased stress and challenges in providing care. Caregiver reports and surveys indicate a need for training to address their child's specific challenges and support to cope with associated stress (Lai & Oei, 2014). This symposium comprises four studies to improve the lives of caregivers and their autistic children. Studies focused on training caregivers to teach skills or address problem behavior with their children and evaluated caregiver-related outcomes. Study results suggest that clinical providers consider the care and wellness of the children they serve and their caregivers.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Caregiver training, Problem Behavior, Skill Acquisition
Target Audience:

Board Certified Behavior Analysts; Board Certified Assistant Behavior Analysts; Therapists; Practitioners Audience members should have a general understanding of caregiver training, behavior skills training, and common symptomology of Autism Spectrum Disorder.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1) Identify strategies in which telehealth and video conferencing platforms may be used for the assessment and treatment of not only children with autism, but their parents and caregivers as well, 2) Identify the mental, physical, and psychological challenges parents and caregivers may experience when caring for individuals with severe challenging behaviors, and 3) Identify at least one strategy to better support parents, caregivers, and their children with autism.
 

Virtual Acceptance and Commitment Therapy Groups for Parents of Children With Autism: Acceptability and Feasibility

ABIGAIL MORETTI (Rowan University), Christina Simmons (Rowan University)
Abstract:

Parents of children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) experience higher rates of anxiety, depression, stress, poor overall well-being, and difficulty with adaptive coping, particularly when their child also engages in challenging behavior. As such, acceptance and commitment therapy (ACT), which encourages psychological flexibility and mindfulness, is particularly suited for this population. The current study examined the feasibility and acceptability of implementing virtual ACT groups with parents of children with ASD and co-occurring challenging behavior. Participants attended an in-person intake interview, six virtual ACT group sessions, and two in-person individualized parent training sessions to learn behavior management techniques and practice implementing behavioral intervention when faced with treatment challenges. Participants included 10 parents across three different groups; however, only six completed all post-study measures. Participants who completed all study measures demonstrated a statistically significant improvement in psychological flexibility and reduction in stress, and perceived the intervention to be highly acceptable. Findings suggest that participating in six virtual group sessions may not be feasible for all parents of children with ASD and challenging behavior. However, the intervention produced positive treatment outcomes for participants completing all study measures, suggesting that this intervention should be adapted to improve feasibility and promote accessibility for this population.

 

Caregivers of Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder and the Impact of Their Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Symptomology

JENNIFER M. HODNETT (University of South Florida), Nadrat Nuhu (Marcus Autism Center), Joanna Lomas Mevers (Marcus Autism Center), Mariah Huggins (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract:

Posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) can be a debilitating mental health illness, consisting of persistent cognitions, feelings of detachment, and severe dysfunction surrounding an individual’s daily life (National Institute of Mental Health, 2020). Most often PTSD is associated with being a victim of a violent crime, exposure to combat situations, and/or experiencing natural disasters (Breslau, 2009; National Institute of Mental Health, 2020). However, exposure to traumatic events is the key variable which results in a formal diagnosis of PTSD. We investigated how the severe challenging behavior children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder and related neurodevelopmental disorders impact their caregivers, specifically if it results in PTSD symptomology. The presence of PTSD symptomology could influence a caregiver’s ability to adhere to treatment recommendations thus affecting a child’s intervention for challenging behavior. By better understanding the potential association between the challenging behaviors caregivers encounter and the presence or absence of PTSD, the most appropriate and effective resources can be accessed.

 
Further Evaluating Skills-Based Approaches: Training Caregivers to Teach Behavioral Readiness for Child-Dyads via Telehealth
JAVID RAHAMAN (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Kevin C. Luczynski (Universal Behavioral Consulting Services)
Abstract: Caregivers face the daunting task of preparing their children for everyday expectations and challenges. This task can increase in difficulty when more than one child is in the household and risk factors for problem behavior are present (e.g., autism). Skill-based approaches have been used to teach behavior readiness for various challenging situations children may commonly encounter. These approaches use a combination of probabilistic reinforcement, synthesized reinforcement, and contingency-based delays to teach communication and self-control skills. Despite its efficacy, skill-based approaches have only been used to teach a single child at a time, and an evaluation of simultaneously teaching multiple children is warranted. We trained caregivers over telehealth to teach two children communication and self-control skills across various challenging situations to promote behavioral readiness. After, we evaluated the generality of training for caregivers and teaching, for each child, across other distinction situations. We observed decreases in emerging problem behavior and increases in communication and self-control skills for four autistic children. Caregivers averaged procedural integrity scores above 90% following training. Moreover, caregivers reported high acceptability scores on the training procedures and modality, and children’s outcomes. All children reported favorable social validity outcomes. Future directions, considerations, and limitations will be discussed.
 

Comparing Vocal and Textual Feedback in Behavioral Skills Training With Parents via Telehealth

MADELYN DOUGLAS (The New England Center for Children), Cammarie Johnson (The New England Center for Children; Western New England University; Simmons University)
Abstract:

Extensive research demonstrates that behavioral skills training (BST) is effective in training a wide range of skills, including training parents to implement behavior analytic teaching methods. In a literature review, the feedback component of BST was often not technologically described, which hinders potential replications of BST studies. A technological definition of feedback would include when and where it is delivered, what is delivered, how and by whom it is delivered, and how many feedback statements are given, with specific examples of the feedback given. The purpose of this study was to compare the effectiveness and efficiency of preferred vocal and textual feedback in behavioral skills training delivered via a video conference application. A secondary goal was to serve as a technological application and description of feedback. An alternating treatment, nonconcurrent multiple baseline design across 2 parents of children with autism was used to teach two craft activities. Reliability measures were collected on the dependent and independent variables and were above 90%. Results did not suggest that one feedback condition was more effective or efficient than the other. A post-study, social validity survey indicated that parents valued the training and were confident in their ability to perform the activities they learned.

 
 
Symposium #223
Humor Behavior, Time Perception, Hierarchical Categorization and Perspective Taking. A Functional Analysis Based on Relational Frame Theory
Sunday, May 28, 2023
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom B
Area: EAB/VBC; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Francisco José Ruiz Jiménez (Fundación Universitaria Konrad Lorenz)
Discussant: Paolo Moderato (IULM & IESCUM)
Abstract:

Relational Frame Theory (RFT) is a functional-analytic approach to human language and cognition that allows to analyze complex humans’ behavior in which derived relational responding is involved. This symposium aims to analyze complex behaviors such as humor, time perception, hierarchical categorization and perspective taking following this approach. The first study analyzes the conditions under which hierarchical categorization is established in laboratory settings. The second study aims to describe and discuss the circumstances, historical and present, under which time is experience. The third study aims to use the IRAP methodology to measure the history of participants with experimental protocols involving humor behavior. Finally, the fourth study is focused on the effect on psychological flexibility of deictic framing established through exemplar training reading. The four studies are analyzed following an ideographic approach and will be discuss in the context of the experimental conditions in which these behaviors emerge.

Instruction Level: Advanced
Keyword(s): hierarchical categorization, Humor, RFT, Time perception
 

A Functional Approach to Hierarchical Responding

JORGE VILLARROEL VILLARROEL (University of Almeria), Carmen Luciano (University Almeria, Spain)
Abstract:

The response involved in grouping classes of stimuli (e.g., animals and plants) in higher order classes (e.g., living beings) is typically referred as hierarchical responding or hierarchical categorization. According to RFT, hierarchical responding is a type of arbitrary applicable relational responding involved in complex aspects of human behavior such as concept formation or abstract experience as the self. The aim of this study is to analyse the circumstances under which derived hierarchical responding is established. A total of 10 adults participated in this study, in the first phase two arbitrary stimuli were establish as relational cues: Sameness and Inclusion. In phase 2, two arbitrary networks were trained using this relational cue. In phase 3, functions were assigned to different stimuli of the two networks. Finally, all stimuli of the networks were tested for derived relations and transformation of functions and most of the participants showed a pattern consistent with hierarchical responding

 

Humor Behavior by Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP)

MATHEUS BEBBER (Université Paris-Nanterre)
Abstract:

Recent research on humor used protocols showing the roles of perspective framing and discomfort functions to alter the humor responses. However, the function that the protocols generated in interaction with the individual's personal history is unclear. The present study aimed to advance in this direction by designing a preliminary implicit relational assessment procedure (IRAP) to measure the personal history in interaction with the protocols applied before two jokes. Undergraduate students (N=8) were asked to complete an IRAP to assess the perspective-taking framing and the discomfort functions related to the joke's content. Results showed that the IRAP captured differences when the personal history (I-Joke with discomfort functions vs. Other-Joke with discomfort functions) is linked to the participants smiling or not at the joke. These findings corroborate the previous study, and it suggests that the IRAP as designed in this study, is a good indicator of the personal history of the humor response.

 

Life With Lloyd: A “Dose-Response” Effect on Psychological Flexibility and Mental Health of Reading Perspective-Taking Based Dialogues for 90 Days

NANNI PRESTI (Kore University), Valeria Portelli (Kore University), Antonella Rampello (Kore University), Silvia Cau (Kore University)
Abstract:

Ninety dialogues were administered in 90 days to volunteers participating via a web page to investigate if a rehearsal based on a leading metaphor and a role-exchange dialogue had effects on mental health in terms of acceptance, experiential avoidance, cognitive fusion, depressive symptomatology and mindful attitude. Dialogues were taken from the books written by Simone Tempia, Life with Loyd series. A total of 311 participants were randomized with a 1:2 proportion either to the Lloyd group (n=132) or to the control group (n=179) who, instead, read dialogues from the famous Italian novel I Promessi Sposi (The Betrothed) by Alessandro Manzoni. Each day participants received an email with a link to a Google form, which included the paragraph with the dialogue followed by two questions: the first a comprehension question, to check for reading the paragraph, and the second perspective taking question. The following scales were administered at baseline and after 30, 60, 90 (end training) and 180 days: AAQ-II; CompACT; MAAS; CFQ-13; BDI-II; BAI; MHC-SF. Data show a reduction in levels of depression and anxiety of subjects who participated in at least 70% of the daily readings in Lloyd group as an effect of the metaphor and perspective taking exercises.

 
 
Symposium #224
CE Offered: BACB
Strategic Incremental Rehearsal to Teach Discrete Academic Skills: Reflections and Future Directions
Sunday, May 28, 2023
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Convention Center 403/404
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jessica Herrod (Ohio University)
Discussant: Sara S. Kupzyk (University of Nebraska Omaha)
CE Instructor: Jessica Herrod, Ph.D.
Abstract: In schools and clinics, teachers and behavior analysts often use flash-card based interventions as a method for teaching discrete skills. Flashcard procedures differ based on the ratio of known to unknown targets or the rates of opportunities to respond (OTRs) presented to the known and unknown targets (Burns, 2007; Cates et al., 2003). One newer procedure, strategic incremental rehearsal (SIR), uses an interspersal method that focuses more OTRs on unknown targets by using learner performance as an indicator for when to change instructional targets (Kupzyk et al., 2011). This symposium includes four presentations that evaluate the effectiveness and efficiency of SIR with children with and without disabilities ranging in age from preschoolers to adolescents. In addition, presenters discuss the effects of other environmental variables that may inhibit the effectiveness of SIR such as mask wearing when teaching. Across the studies, the results demonstrate the effectiveness of SIR to teach many discrete skills including naming Spanish words, letters, letter sounds, numbers, and sight words. Considerations for enhancing the efficiency of the procedure will be discussed. Overall, the studies suggest that SIR may be an effective procedure to teach different academic skills, in a variety of contexts for a range of students.
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): academic, flash card, opportunities respond, schools
Target Audience: This presentation will likely benefit those behavior analysts and teachers who already have some learning history with using a learning trial, using prompts and prompt fading strategies, and teaching discrete skills to learners.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentations, participants will be able to: - Identify (list) the types of populations and arrangements in which researchers have successfully used SIR. - Identify (list) the types of skills in which researchers have successfully used SIR. - Identify (list) two factors that may impact the effectiveness of SIR. - Describe the critical components of SIR that make it effective as compared to other flashcard-based procedures. - Describe the behavior analytic mechanisms responsible for the success of SIR.
 
Using Strategic Incremental Rehearsal to Teach Academic Skills to Students with Autism Spectrum Disorder and Developmental Disability
ALEXANDRA N. MERCADO BAEZ (University of Georgia ), Tyler-Curtis Cory Elliott (University of Georgia), Kevin Ayres (University of Georgia)
Abstract: Strategic incremental rehearsal (SIR) is a teaching approach that uses flashcards to teach discrete academic skills. The purpose of the study is to validate SIR for children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) and Developmental Disability (DD). The researchers used a multiple baseline design across sets of targets with random assignment of stimuli sets to evaluate the effects of SIR with students with ASD/DD. The researchers conducted the experiment with four participants with ASD and DD whose ages ranged from young child to adolescent. The researchers used a variety of socially significant target behavior such as letter sounds, numbers, tacting items in Spanish, and irregular sight words. The results are discussed in relation to the effectiveness and appropriateness of SIR for individuals with ASD and DD with a wide range of skills as well as future recommendations for research related to SIR.
 

An Evaluation of Strategic Incremental Rehearsal on Sight Word Acquisition Among Students With Specific Learning Disabilities in Reading

LAURA E PHIPPS (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Eric Robinson (Baylor University), Stacey Grebe (Kennedy Krieger)
Abstract:

To date, SIR has not been evaluated with children identified as having a specific learning disability in reading. This study uses a multiple baseline design across participants to examine the effects of SIR with a modified criterion for removal on sight word reading with three third-grade students receiving special education services for a specific learning disability in reading. Results indicated sight word reading increased for all 3 participants at the onset of intervention compared to baseline. The total intervention time for each participant ranged from 16 to 48 min. All 3 participants correctly read a minimum of 21 out of 25 targeted words at a 5-week maintenance check. The results indicated that SIR with a modified criterion of removal is a potentially effective and efficient intervention for sight word reading for participants with specific learning disabilities in reading.

 
A Comparison of Individual and Group Strategic Incremental Rehearsal
TYLER-CURTIS CORY ELLIOTT (University of Georgia), Alexandra N. Mercado Baez (Center for Autism and Behavioral Education Research, University of Georgia), Scott P. Ardoin (Center for Autism and Behavioral Education Research, University of Georgia)
Abstract: Teaching pre-reading skills such as letter identification at a young age is one way to prevent future reading failure. One flashcard teaching method used to teach discrete academic skills is strategic incremental rehearsal (SIR). Although the evidence for SIR is strong, no studies have evaluated the effectiveness and efficiency of SIR when used in a small-group format. The current study used a combinatorial design using a multiple baseline with an embedded alternating treatments design to comparatively evaluate the effects of SIR used in a small group and individual context with three preschool children to teach letter identification in the classroom. Results indicated that although Group SIR was an effective procedure for all three participants, the Individual SIR procedure resulted in slightly more efficient learning. However, when taking into account the additional teacher time needed to conduct 1-1 instruction, it is clear that for teachers with multiple students, it would still be more time-efficient to use SIR in a small group context. Post-test probes demonstrated that the skills learned in SIR generalized to other behaviors (receptive identification), other people (teachers), and other stimuli (letters presented on a worksheet). Future researchers should systematically replicate these results with different populations and skills.
 
Examining the Influence of Visual Access to Articulatory Gestures on Acquisition of Grapheme-Phoneme Correspondences
CHRISTINA NOVELLI (University of Georgia), Scott P. Ardoin (Center for Autism and Behavioral Education Research, University of Georgia)
Abstract: To become a proficient reader and speller, children must acquire foundational decoding and encoding skills through the acquisition of graphophonemic connections (i.e., letter sound correspondences). According to the motor theory of speech perception, articulatory gestures (AG)–motor movements of the mouth and oral articulators–act as a visual model for speech sounds. This study examined whether access to the instructor’s AG (i.e., visual, mouth cues) is an instrumental component of phonics instruction. That is, does visual access paired with an attentional prompt to AG increase efficiency and maintenance of the acquisition of letter sound correspondences? A multiple probe across behaviors with an embedded adapted alternating treatment design measured four-year-old preschoolers’ acquisition of letter sounds across three conditions: (a) control, (b) strategic incremental rehearsal (SIR) with a masked instructor, and (c) SIR with an unmasked instructor. Results replicated within and across participants will be discussed, as well as retention probes.
 
 
Symposium #225
CE Offered: BACB
Diversity submission All Appetitives All The Time: The Case for Centering Freedom In Behavior Analysis
Sunday, May 28, 2023
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom H
Area: PCH/CSS; Domain: Theory
Chair: Hannah Kaplan-Reimer (Louisiana Contextual Science Research Group, reSOURCE)
Discussant: Teresa Camille Kolu (Cusp Emergence)
CE Instructor: Emily Kennison Sandoz, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The field of behavior analysis has rightfully received troubling criticism since its application, particularly around the use of aversives for exerting stimulus control, instructional and otherwise. The practices in question emerge from analyzing the functions of discrete units of behavior, that do not capture the various context-behavior relations at any given moment that may be salient to an individual’s repertoire. However, some behavior analytic perspectives converge to focus on complex, nonlinear, and dynamic functional relations that can be characterized as aversive or appetitive to some degree. The present symposium will demonstrate the analysis of some socially significant practices necessary in the field of behavior analysis to mitigate harm. The first paper will introduce appetitive functional relations and their implementation in behavior analytic practice. The second paper will demonstrate the application of appetitive learning via an implementation of the enhanced choice model (Rajaraman, 2020). The third paper will provide an analysis of masking behaviors utilizing Goldiamond’s nonlinear contingency analysis (Layng et al., 2021). The final paper will discuss the development of a repertoire of cultural humility (Tervalon & Murray-Garcia, 1998) that embodies appetitive learning.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Appetitives, Assent, Cultural Humility, Freedom
Target Audience:

The audience must be familiar with basic behavior analytic concepts and principles. The audience must be able to understand behavior analytic terminology utilized in the talks.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. Define and discriminate between appetitive and aversive control 2. Define the critical features of an appetitives-based choice model, assent and assent withdrawal response classes, and a repertoire of cultural humility 3. Identify the implications of an appetitive learning paradigm.
 
Diversity submission Convolving Breadth and Flexibility: Exploring Appetitive Functional Relations
EMILY KENNISON SANDOZ (University of Louisiana Lafayette), Karen Kate Kellum (University of Mississippi), Louisiana Contextual Science Research Group LCSRG (University of Louisiana, Lafayette)
Abstract: Functional relationships among context and behavior have been conceptualized in a number of ways across different behavioral perspectives. One way to evaluate these conceptualizations, and the terms associated with them is functionally - that is, in terms of (1) sociocultural contexts that evoke their use, and (2) their impact in particular contexts of interest. A recent approach to conceptualizing functional relations involves their characterization in terms of breadth, flexibility, and direction: that is, as appetitive or aversive to a particular degree. This approach may be most useful as part of an extension of the interbehavioral field construct, where appetitive describes the breadth, flexibility, and direction of the convolving field. This approach to characterizing functional relationships has been applied to events of such sociocultural significance such as privilege (LCSRG, 2022) and affirmative sexual consent (LCSRG, 2021), and such clinical significance as the psychotherapy process (Sandoz et al., 2022). In fact, it may be particularly well suited to addressing some of the social and clinical challenges that face behavior analysis today. This paper will explore the concept of appetitive functional relations, and how commitment to interventions that limit programmed consequences to those that function appetitively (i.e., all-appetitive, all-the-time; AAAT) might serve this time and place in our field.
 
Diversity submission Programming For Autonomy With The Enhanced Choice Model: Two Case Studies
MELISA SANTACROCE (Balance Speech and Behavior; PFA and SBT Community; Louisiana Contextual Science Research Group), Jayven J. Encarnacion (Touchstone ABA), Janani Vaidya (National Louis University; Louisiana Contextual Science Research Group; Assent Lab), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana Lafayette; Louisiana Contextual Science Research Group (LCSRG))
Abstract: Physical management procedures such as restraint or seclusion come with both psychological and physical risks to both the client and treatment team. The Enhanced Choice Model (ECM) as described by Rajaraman et al. (2020) attempts to mitigate the need for such invasive strategies. In the following case studies, ECM was utilized with an adolescent and an adult client in the home and community settings over the course of one year. Dangerous escalation and physical management procedures were eliminated while increasing skill development and quality of life. Participating individuals were given three ongoing choices: (a) “practice” by participating in treatment tasks (b) “hangout” with noncontingent access to reinforcement or (c) “leave” by ending the session. For both individuals, safety was maintained within the treatment sessions over the course of one year while time spent in “practice” increased leading to improvements in community access and participation. Standardized and criterion-referenced assessment tools demonstrated gains in all areas across both clients over the course of treatment. Therapy sessions expanded to include community-based activities with peers, vocational tasks, and an increase in activities of daily living both inside and outside of the home. Both individuals participated to a greater extent in educational activities than they did at baseline without direct support from the ABA team. Implications for using the enhanced choice model to emphasize shared-governance, appetitive functional relations (Sandoz et al., 2022), rapport, and assent while maximizing safety for both adolescent and adult clients are discussed.
 
Diversity submission Creating Space to Receive Authenticity: Assent, Appetitives, and the Absence of Coercion
WORNER LELAND (Sex Ed Continuing Ed)
Abstract: Skinner conceptualized tacting of private events as an operant behavior acquired through the cultural contingencies of one’s verbal community. One form of hypothesized learning was that of response reduction, meaning that verbal behavior initially acquired as an overt operant may contact punishment such that responding is reduced to an undetectable magnitude, one which we may colloquially label as covert (Skinner, 1945) or subtle (Hayes & Fryling, 2009). With this, we see the possibility for a divergence between simultaneously occurring overt behavior and covert behavior. This phenomenon may be conceptualized as a component of “masking” (Pearson & Rose, 2021; Miller, Rees, & Pearson, 2021). This talk will consider a conceptual analysis of masking, and will utilize Goldiamond’s non-linear contingency analysis approach (Layng et al., 2021) to describe how response reduction may be differentially and contextually shaped across time. This talk will also present putative critical components for environments that foster authenticity and learning environments that foster authentic assent.
 
Diversity submission Field of (Appetitive) Dreams: Rooting Cultural Humility in Appetitive Learning
JANANI VAIDYA (National Louis University; Lousiana Contextual Science Research Group (LCSRG); Assent Lab), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana Lafayette; Louisiana Contextual Science Research Group), Michael C May (Louisiana Contextual Science Research Group; Compassionate Behavioral Healthcare, LLC)
Abstract: Contemporary behavior analysis touts the importance of training cultural awareness skills (BACB, 2020) and developing cultural competence for researchers and practitioners (Fong, 2013). However, the field has recently begun evolving towards encouraging cultural humility (Foronda, 2020; Wright, 2019), an ongoing process of self-reflection and lifelong commitment to learning clinical and research practices that are mutually beneficial with diverse communities and populations (Tervalon & Murray-Garcia, 1998). This evolution, may, however, be maintained more by the avoidance of criticism than the benefits of a culturally humble science. The present paper will conceptualize cultural humility from a contextual behavioral perspective in terms of learning patterns that foster growth and expansion of one’s repertoire specifically via repeated exposure to diverse contexts. This conceptualization will discuss the shift from developing cultural humility that is rule-governed and aversively controlled to a repertoire built as a function of an individual’s valuing behaviors. Finally, the paper will utilize this conceptualization to discuss implications for behavior analysts to develop a culturally humble repertoire while operating in a variety of domains.
 
 
Symposium #226
CE Offered: BACB
Improving Supervision Practices With Observational Learning: Lessons Learned From Behavior Analysis and Related Fields
Sunday, May 28, 2023
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Convention Center 406/407
Area: TBA/DDA; Domain: Theory
Chair: Yelba Yelitza Vallecillo (Western Michigan University )
Discussant: Lisa N. Britton (Britton Behavioral Consulting)
CE Instructor: Lisa N. Britton, M.S.
Abstract:

The Behavior Analyst Certification Board established additional accountability for supervisors with recent guidelines (BACB, 2021). In particular, newly certified behavior analysts (i.e., less than a year) are required to meet with a consulting supervisor if they wish to supervise trainees’ fieldwork experience. These guidelines aim to support newer supervisors and spotlight the critical role of supervision in safeguarding quality training and service delivery. This symposium will present four papers that offer recommendations, resources, and tools which are derived from training and supervision from the behavior analytic literature and related fields. The first presentation will discuss the positive supervision movement in clinical psychology and translate the model into specific behaviors for behavior-analytic supervision. The second presentation will discuss the use of peer feedback in medical training and offer recommendations and tools for supervisors. The third presentation will focus on a responsibility for which supervisors are commonly held accountable: training behavior analysts and stakeholders to conduct functional behavior assessments (FBAs) and discuss the current state of FBA training. The final presentation will share recommendations and resources for new supervisors, including ways to practice feedback delivery and reception, incorporate ethics into supervision, and a model for teaching FBAs.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): FBA, PBS, Peer Feedback, Supervision
Target Audience:

The symposium is geared toward new and veteran BCBA supervisors. As such, the attendee should possess basic competence in supervision practices.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the positive supervision model; (2) identify ways to use peer feedback with trainees; (3) describe how training behavior analysts can address barriers with conducting functional behavior assessments, and (4) locate resources that can be used to establish and maintain an effective relationship with a consulting supervisor.
 
Guiding Supervisees to Greater Competence: The Case for Positive Supervision in Behavior Analysis
AMBER VALENTINO (Trumpet Behavioral Health), Meaghan Kantrowitz (Trumpet Behavioral Health)
Abstract: The quality of behavior analytic supervision influences many important aspects of our profession, including the quality of clinical care our clients receive, workplace satisfaction for our employees, and the impression we make on society about our science and its impact. To address the quality of supervision, behavior analysts have produced many high-quality pieces of supervision literature over the past decade. This literature has propelled our profession toward a comprehensive conceptualization of supervision and has begun to give supervisors and supervisees tools to ensure supervision is high quality and effective. However, more is needed. In this presentation, we propose that “something more” is the adoption of positive supervision. We inform the audience of the roots of the positive supervision movement in clinical psychology and translate the positive supervision model into specific supervisory behaviors. We will describe the use of a self-assessment, provide specific behavioral recommendations, and a supervisor task analysis to fully facilitate adoption of a positive supervision approach.
 
Peer Feedback: Recommendations for Behavior Analysts’ Training and Supervision
ELIAN ALJADEFF (Kinneret College on the Sea of Galilee), Avner Fraidlin (Kinneret College, David Yellin College, Western Michigan University,), Jessica E. Van Stratton (Western Michigan University), Alyssa R McElroy (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Although performance feedback has been established as a critical supervisory skill, Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA) supervisors report receiving little to no explicit feedback training (Sellers et al., 2019). To provide trainees with routine practice opportunities, which trainees may require to develop proficiency, graduate training course instructors and fieldwork supervisors can use peer feedback as an instructional method. The utility of peer feedback has been recognized in the organizational behavior management (OBM) literature (e.g., behavior-based safety interventions; Lebbon et al., 2012; Wirth & Sigurdsson, 2008), and has been used successfully in medical student training for several decades. However, in the context of behavior analytic training and supervision, peer feedback has yet to be established as a training method. Similarities in the behavioral and medical fields (e.g., significance of interpersonal skills) make the medical field a good model from which behavior analysts can learn. This presentation will highlight review findings on the use of peer feedback with medical students, discuss recommendations, and share tools supervisors can use to promote trainees’ technical and nontechnical feedback skills. A discussion of the strengths and drawbacks of different strategies for shaping trainees’ feedback skills will be highlighted.
 

Review of Functional Behavior Assessment (FBA) Training Procedures – The How, the Who, and Future Directions

NATALIE ROLIDER (Kinneret Academic college), Elian Aljadeff (Kinneret College on the Sea of Galilee)
Abstract:

Functional behavior assessments (FBAs) are a set of procedures aimed to determine the function of a behavior and are considered the gold standard in the practice of behavior analysis (Germansky et al., 2020.; Lambert et al., 2014). FBA procedures can be categorized by method of implementation into three types: indirect assessments, descriptive assessments, and functional analyses (FA; Germansky et al., 2020). While it is widely agreed that conducting FBAs prior to the development of a behavioral intervention is crucial for the success of the behavior analytic service, many behavior analysts skip this step due to lack of time and/or lack of training (Iwata & Dozier, 2008). One way to overcome barriers to the implementation of FBAs is to train behavior analysts and other people involved in the behavioral treatment to conduct the assessments. The purpose of this paper is to review the literature concerning the training of FBA procedures and to summarize the types of FBA procedures that are trained, the characteristics of trainees, and the training methods used. At the conclusion of the presentation implications for training faculty and supervisors will be discussed and future research will be suggested.

 
Designing a Successful Supervision Journey: Recommendations for New Supervisors
AVNER FRAIDLIN (Kinneret College, David Yellin College, Western Michigan University,), Jessica E. Van Stratton (Western Michigan University), Alyssa R McElroy (Western Michigan University), Ky'Aria Moses (Western Michigan University), Kayla Jenssen (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: As of 2022, Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs) who are certified for less than one year and have met the qualifications to serve in a supervisory capacity are required to meet with a consulting supervisor if they wish to supervise trainees’ fieldwork experience (BACB, 2021). Recommendations that are uniquely tailored for new supervisors, adapted from Sellers, Valentino, and LeBlanc’s (2016), will be provided along with resources new supervisors can use to design a successful supervision journey with a consulting supervisor. Recommendations will discuss variables new supervisors should consider when searching for a consulting supervisor, steps new and consulting supervisors should take when establishing a relationship, strategies for identifying goals and skills from which new supervisors may benefit from targeting during the consultative relationship, and effective ways for incorporating ethical skills and maintaining professional development throughout and following the consultative relationship with a consulting supervisor will be discussed. Tools and resources new and consulting supervisors can use will be provided (e.g., resources for practicing ethical problem-solving, time management resources, a model for teaching case conceptualization).
 
 
Symposium #227
CE Offered: BACB
Investigations of Complex Interbehavior
Sunday, May 28, 2023
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 3A
Area: VBC/EAB; Domain: Translational
Chair: Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno)
Discussant: Steven C. Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno)
CE Instructor: Courtney Smith, M.S.
Abstract: In this symposium, empirical investigations of complex behavior and methodological strategies for their investigation are described. Common to these investigations are their concern for the actualization and participation of substitutional processes in the performance of complex interbehavior. The oft claimed notion that the interbehavioral perspective is ill-suited to empirical investigation is dismissed in the first presentation by a proper focus on the role of the scientific worker. Following this, investigations of a basic sort with significant applied implications are presented. The first of these examines processes of substitution in rule following, focusing on factors that may foster and hinder the development of substitute stimulus functions. A second investigation examines processes of substitution operating in the context of the linguistic behavior of listeners, specifically how predicted outcomes of linguistic responding may facilitate self-editing. A final study offers an interbehavioral conceptualization of memorial events in which remembering is held to occur when previously established substitute stimuli are later encountered. In this experiment, factors limiting the establishment of substitutive stimulus functions are examined as well as how those functions may evolve in such a way as to disturb their operation in authentic memorial events.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): measurement, memory, rule-following, self-editing
Target Audience: This symposium is intended for a target audience at an intermediate instruction level. It is encouraged that attendees have a foundational knowledge of concepts related to verbal behavior, derived stimulus relations, (such as equivalence relations), and conceptual issues regarding the philosophy of behaviorism.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Understand the role of the scientist in experimental research design; (2) describe the link between rule-following behavior and derived responding; (3) characterize the potential practical implications of behavior-analytic accounts of self-editing, remembering, and forgetting.
 

Experimental Designs From an Interbehavioral Perspective

(Theory)
COURTNEY SMITH (University of Nevada, Reno), José G. Ardila-Sánchez (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

A common criticism of the interbehavioral perspective is that it does not dependably yield experimental research. This shortage of research indicates that the philosophical assumptions from which the scientific worker is operating impact the experimental design, as well as the descriptions of observed events. This presentation will clarify this misconception by focusing on the role of the scientific worker from an interbehavioral perspective. A review of the factors in the psychological event—the stimulus function, response function, interbehavioral history, setting factors, and the medium of contact (Kantor, 1958)—will be provided, with a focus on the factors being investigated by the other presenters in this symposium. The design of an experiment—the event of interest, the subject matter, and measurement of the manipulated variables—and the descriptions generated from the experiment—both qualitative and quantitative—will be considered in the context of interbehavioral experimental research. To conclude, this presentation will address some factors to consider when designing an interbehavioral experiment.

 
Persistent Following of Rules Actualized by Equivalence: Historical Factors Preventing the Development of Stimulus Functions
(Basic Research)
ABRAAO FIGUEIRA DE MELO (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: Rule-following behavior may produce insensitivity to operative contingencies in the immediate environment. Rule-following behavior is linked to derived relational responding such as equivalence relations, defined by the untrained substitutability of functions across dissimilar stimuli. However, the degree of such functional substitution has been shown to vary according to training parameters. Studies have investigated rules of which functions are actualized by their participation in equivalence networks. In the present study, the alternation of two sets of baseline training differentially actualized the function of an experimentally defined rule. Contingencies of a subsequent task were only rule-consistent following the original set of baseline training. Following the alternative-baseline training, task contingencies came to be rule-inconsistent due to the most recent network established. We investigated the persistence of rule-following when these parameters of baseline training were manipulated: (a) the presentation of transitivity-consistent trials, (b) the feedback contingent on transitivity-consistent responding, (c) the number of trained relations necessary for rule actualization, and (d) the number of stimuli comprising the relational network. One of five participants showed persistent rule-following when feedback was presented in transitivity trials for the original network, but not for the alternative, warranting future investigations on the historical variables influencing persistent rule-following.
 
An Examination of Self-Editing Behavior on the Part of the Listener
(Basic Research)
TERRALYN LEILANI TIFFER (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: From an operant analysis, self-editing is described as complex verbal behavior that occurs when a speaker, functioning as his own listener, can examine the effect (or potential effect) of his own verbal response and revoke, or edit, the response prior to affording access to it on the part of an external listener. Following this conceptualization by Skinner (1957), very few experimental preparations have examined this verbal phenomenon from a behavior analytic perspective (Hyten & Chase, 1991; Epting, 2003). The current study suggests a reconceptualization of self-editing behavior using an interbehavioral approach to verbal interactions (Kantor, 1977). As such, self-editing is described as a complex verbal event comprised of six phases (orienting, listening, understanding/self-observing, reorienting, predicting, and editing). From this reconceptualization, an experiment was programmed to allow for the examination of self-editing behavior on the part of the listener. Specifically, the procedural structure of conditional discrimination training was used to observe the occurrence of self-editing behavior with respect to repeated presentations of shifting configurations of arbitrary sample stimuli. The results were analyzed with respect to the interbehavioral perspective, and revealed that 19 of 20 participants, functioning as a listener, engaged in self-editing behavior.
 
Factors Fostering the Forgetting and Remembering of Childhood Abuse
(Basic Research)
STAHELI MEYER (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: Forgetting, in part or in full, is a common of many victims of childhood abuse. The most common account of memory is the storage metaphor. It is suggested here that storage accounts are mentalistic, reductionistic, organocentric and have degraded the believability of forgotten memories, a common experience of survivors of sexual assault. An alternative conceptualization of forgetting and remembering derived from Interbehavioral Psychology will be described. Interbehavioral Psychology offers a naturalistic account, free from reductionistic and dualistic notions. An experimental analysis, afforded by this viewpoint, will be reviewed. The aim of the experimental analysis was to investigate the factors fostering forgetting and subsequent remembering. Of particular focus is: 1) the factors participating in the decreased establishment of substitutive stimulus functions in the initial association condition, 2) the evolution of stimulus functions antithetical to those established in the initial association condition, and 3) the setting factors which actualize particular functions at particular times.
 
 
Paper Session #234
Collaboration in Applied Behavior Analysis
Sunday, May 28, 2023
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Convention Center 405
Area: EDC
Chair: Dani Pizzella (TBD)
 
Collaboration and Behavior Analysis in Schools: A Two-Part Study
Domain: Applied Research
CHERYL LIGHT SHRINER (University of Illinois Urbana Champaign), Dani Pizzella (University of Missouri St. Louis; Simmons University; Latitude Therapy), James Schreiber (Duquesne University ), Charis Lauren Wahman (Michigan State University)
 
Abstract: Based on the most recent Code of Ethics (BACB, 2022), behavior analysts are required to engage in collaborative practices with other related service professionals. However, the extent to which behavior analysts are trained in collaborative practices and have opportunities to implement such practices is unknown. We examined training experiences in collaborative practice, and the frequency of collaborative practices for behavior analysts who have been associated with school environments. Using Latent Class Analysis (LCA), our results indicate three profile models emerged that describe the frequency of collaborative practices. Participants report little to no training in collaborative practices. Notably, behavior analysts employed by public school districts report engaging in high-level collaborative practices. Future research is needed to determine the quality of training in collaborative practices for behavior analysts and ways to support implementation efforts in accordance with our ethical standards. A secondary study was conducted based on survey data looking at the way behavior analysts defined collaboration. A keyword analysis was conducted as well as qualitative coding. Key themes emerged around the areas on students, team, and working together. This analysis helped to determine an operation definition of the term collaboration.
 

Teaching Interprofessional Collaboration Through Experiential Learning With Behavioral Psychology, Business, and Engineering Students

Domain: Applied Research
PAMELA SHEA (St. Lawrence College), Rajni Dogra (Queen's University, Kingston, Ontario), Kaela Shea (University of Toronto, Toronto, Ontario)
 
Abstract:

Research has indicated that interprofessional collaboration improves client outcomes, enhances work life, optimizes costs, and allows professionals to tackle complex situations with increased knowledge and creativity. The inherent barriers and challenges of developing effective interprofessional teams has been documented in literature. Interprofessional education (IPE), focusing on teaching future professionals with the capacity to effectively work collaboratively, requires a more defined pedagogy supported by quantitative research. This research provides two experiential learning projects to teach interprofessional collaboration within behavioral psychology, engineering, and business students. Within study one interprofessional teams were presented with complex cases and teams created a functional assessment and developed a function-based treatment using technology developed by the engineering students. Within study two, community stakeholders, provided interprofessional teams with community-based challenges. Students worked collaboratively to analyze the reason why the challenge existed, and created innovative solutions based on behavioral economics. Significant increases in the Interprofessional Collaborative Competency Attainment Scale were found. Student reflections were analyzed using a sentiment analysis.

 
 
 
Panel #128
CE Offered: BACB
Diversity submission Global Perspectives on the Need for Behavior-Based Cultural Evolution - Working Together
Sunday, May 28, 2023
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Hyatt Regency, Mineral Hall D-G
Area: CSS/PCH; Domain: Translational
CE Instructor: Henry S. Pennypacker, Ph.D.
Chair: Francisco Ignacio Perez (University of Texas Health Science Center - Houston School of Public Health)
HENRY S. PENNYPACKER (University of Florida)
NAOKO SUGIYAMA (Medical Safety Promotion Organization)
NEIL TIMOTHY MARTIN (Behavior Analyst Certification Board)
Abstract:

The panel discussion will encourage audience participation. Together, we will focus on how we can promote and cultivate prosocial behavior on a global scale as well as in our own communities. As John Lennon told us, “imagine all the people living life in peace.” Skinner (1973) educated us that the science of behavior plays a leading role in creating an environment where cultural evolutionary changes for the better can be selected. He urged us to act and apply our knowledge about human behavior to prevent a catastrophic future and secure a healthy world for those who follow us. To accomplish these objectives, the panel will address the need to conceptualize our mission and discuss the necessity for formal training in the cultural and evolutionary sciences so that behavior analysts can become proficient leaders that can educate their communities and promote the environment that will facilitate behavior change, such as increasing the frequency of prosocial behavior, that will be needed to live together in harmony, peace, and prosperity. This can be our gift to those who follow us!

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Board-certified behavior analysts and psychologists.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Understand and describe cultural evolution and the role of selection by consequences in the promotion of prosocial behavior; (2) describe the actions associated with prosocial behavior and be able to provide examples of prosocial actions; (3) recognize and describe the urgency to engineer our culture and become knowledgeable with the necessary tools and technologies for implementing a global cultural behavior based evolutionary process towards the greater good.
Keyword(s): Behavior Engineer, Cultural Evolution, Prevention Science, Prosocial Behavior
 
 
Symposium #183
CE Offered: BACB/QABA
Diversity submission Applied Behavior Analysis Across the Globe: An Overview of Research, Education, and Service Delivery in Different Countries
Sunday, May 28, 2023
4:00 PM–5:50 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 4E/F
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Andresa De Souza (University of Missouri-St. Louis)
Discussant: Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento)
CE Instructor: Andresa De Souza, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The applications of applied behavior analysis for the intervention of people with developmental disabilities have received recognition across the United States of America and Canada. Nonetheless, many other countries across the globe still have limited availability in terms of country-specific research, the presence of advanced education, and access to specialized services. This situation is even more prevalent in developing countries where financial barriers and public health policies might impede the dissemination of behavior analysis as a science and evidence-based intervention. This symposium will provide an overview of behavior analytic research, education, and service delivery in developing countries worldwide. First, Carlos Santos will present a literature review of applied studies conducted with participants with autism in Brazil. Next, Meral Koldas will provide an overview of the dissemination efforts in education and service delivery in Turkiye. In the third presentation, Dr. Zhichun Zhou Ostlund will describe the service delivery model in China and discuss the cultural barriers commonly encountered by practitioners. Finally, Dr. Daniella Pizzella will review the applications of behavior interventions in South Africa and Sub-Saharan schools. Dr. Caio Miguel will serve as the discussant for this symposium.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): diversity, international, research, service-delivery
Target Audience:

The audience should understand research methods, credentialing requirements, and behavior interventions in different contexts.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Describe the status of applied research, training, and service delivery across different countries. (2) List dissemination efforts carried over in at least one of the countries included in this symposium. (3) Discuss the importance of considering cultural variables in research, training, and service delivery.
 
Diversity submission 

A Literature Review of Applied Behavior Analytic Interventions for People With Autism in Brazil

ANDRESA DE SOUZA (University of Missouri-St. Louis), Carlos Henrique Santos da Silva (Brock University), Renata Michel (Instituto de Pesquisa Conduzir)
Abstract:

The vast majority of research providing empirical support for the effectiveness of interventions based on applied behavior analysis (ABA) for people with autism has been conducted in the United States and Canada. The lack of diverse representation in ABA-based research can compromise the external validity of outcomes and the extent to which these intervention procedures are culturally sensitive to and equally effective for communities of diverse cultural backgrounds. Brazil is a country with a long tradition in the study of behavior analysis and basic research and currently has a large demand countrywide for behavior analytic interventions for children with autism. This literature review aimed to identify and analyze ABA-based research for people with autism in Brazil. We conducted a search in international and national databases using English and Portuguese keywords. We conducted reference and citation checks to identify additional articles that might not have appeared in the original search. Studies identified and included in the review were published in Brazilian and foreign peer-reviewed journals. We will present the findings in terms of journal language, participants' demographics, target behaviors and procedures, outcomes, and study quality. The implications for service delivery and policy change will be discussed.

 
Diversity submission 

Dissemination Efforts of Applied Behavior Analysis Education and Intervention in Türkiye

MERAL KOLDAS (Queen's University of Belfast), Elif Tekin-Iftar (Anadolu University), Demet Tavukcu (Maltepe University)
Abstract:

The Republic of Turkiye has a unique geographic position as a transcontinental country in Asia and Europe on the Balkan Peninsula. About 6.9% of the total population in Turkiye, ages 3 years and older, have some type of disability, including autism (TUIK, 2021). Policies related to the intervention for individuals with disabilities typically involve meeting that population’s free health care in state hospitals and basic educational needs, such as 2-hour one-to-one therapeutic intervention weekly at rehabilitation centers. Evidence-based interventions based on applied behaviour analysis (ABA; Leaf et al., 2021) for children with disabilities are an emerging field in Turkiye. Currently, there are both institutional and clinical efforts to disseminate ABA-based technologies in agencies and schools across the country. However, considering the total number of individuals with developmental disabilities, including autism, the dissemination of ABA-based interventions nationwide is far behind the ideal level. This presentation will discuss the historical development of behavior analysis in Turkiye from an educational and service-delivery perspective.

 
Diversity submission 

The Development of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Training, Credentialing, and Services in China: Local Solutions in a Global Field

ZHICHUN ZHOU OSTLUND (Webster University), Tian Jiang (University of Rochester)
Abstract:

Applied behavior analysis (ABA) has been recognized as an evidence-based practice for people with autism and related developmental disabilities nationally and internationally. As a result, behavior analytic services and credentials have rapidly increased in the USA, and behavior analytic techniques have been translated from English to at least twelve languages, including Chinese. This presentation will delve into the practice of ABA in China, one of the non-English speaking countries. We will provide an overview of (a) the current number of ABA training programs and agencies offering ABA services in the country; and (b) the cost and duration of obtaining a Chinese version of behavior analyst credentials (undergraduate and graduate level). We then will look into the quality of ABA services and the ethical implications of ABA practice in China in general. We will end the presentation with a question: While we can translate the techniques and strategies of ABA to the Chinese language, can we truly implement the practice of ABA in the current social and cultural context in China?

 
Diversity submission Research and Application of Behavior Interventions for Classroom Management in South Africa and Sub-Saharan Countries
Robin Katzen (University of the Western Cape), DANI PIZZELLA (University of Missouri-St. Louis), Andresa De Souza (University of Missouri-St. Louis), Nicolette Roman (University of the Western Cape)
Abstract: Globally, educators are challenged with barriers in facilitating sustained behavior management interventions in classrooms. In South African and Sub-Saharan African contexts, educators are inhibited due to being structurally disadvantaged (Theron & van Rensburg, 2018). Common barriers include educators' difficulties in employing evidence-based classroom management strategies, as well as a shortage of training, implementation materials, and funding (Gagnon et al., 2021). One approach to assist educators in a sustainable transition to effective classroom management is continuous research and facilitation of evidence-based classroom management (Hartnack, 2017). Contextual understanding and awareness of educators’ daily challenges and pressures (resource constraints and funding) can impact strategies to facilitate the implementation of strategies for classroom behavior management (Feldman, 2021). Furthermore, behavior intervention plans (BIP) focused on functional behavior assessments (FBA) adopted by trained educators can make significant improvements in overall classroom management (Ibigbami et al., 2021). This presentation gives a brief account of South African and Sub-Saharan research and applications of behavior interventions with a particular emphasis on educators working in mainstream and special needs schools.
 
 
Symposium #200
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Providing Feeding Services in a Service Desert
Sunday, May 28, 2023
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 2A
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Hallie Smith (Mississippi State University )
CE Instructor: Hallie Smith, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Picky eating is a normal phase of child development, but what happens when it goes beyond general pickiness? Pediatric Feeding Disorder (PFD; Goday et al., 2019) affects up to 25% of the general population and 80% of children with developmental disabilities (Galai et al., 2022). It is reported that children on the autism spectrum are five times more likely than their peers to develop PFD and to require intervention (Bareaskewich et al., 2021). Without treatment, PFD can lead to increased caregiver stress, impaired development, poor nutrition, and other health concerns (Kozlowski et al., 2015; Silverman et al., 2020). The assessment and treatment of feeding disorders by behavior analysts requires specialized training and collaboration with an interdisciplinary team (Tereshko et al, 2021). Unfortunately, in areas where behavior analytic services are more sparse, many providers do not have access to the appropriate training, supervision, or resources needed to treat this complex disorder. The purpose of this symposium is to discuss the training and supervision of future behavior analysts to treat PFD, ethical considerations and the importance of care integration when working with this population, and innovative ways that providers in service deserts are treating these patients.

Instruction Level: Advanced
Keyword(s): Ethical Considerations, Feeding Disorders, Interdisciplinary Care, Service Accessibility
Target Audience:

We have classified this training as advanced; the presentation is focused specifically on providing services to a niche population that requires the behavior analyst in question to have specific training. Attendees are encouraged to have a baseline knowledge of pediatric feeding disorders and an interest in furthering their knowledge to better improve their practice or train future practitioners.

Learning Objectives: 1) Identify appropriate stakeholders needed to effectively and ethically treat a child with a pediatric feeding disorder. 2) Describe training strategies appropriate for teaching future behavior analyst to treat pediatric feeding disorders. 3) Apply the use of digital health services to the treatment of pediatric feeding disorders, specifically in underserved areas.
 

Feeding Intervention in Traditional Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Settings: To Feed or Not to Feed

GARET S. EDWARDS (GulfSouth Autism Center), Bradley Scott Bloomfield (Monash University), Christina Gladden (Gulfsouth Autism Center)
Abstract:

Children with autism and other developmental disabilities frequently present to traditional ABA clinics with a comorbid diagnosis of Avoidant Restrictive Food Intake Disorder (ARFID) or Pediatric Feeding Disorder (PFD). These children may have been enrolled and discharged from a multidisciplinary feeding program, may be currently receiving feeding therapy services, or may have not had access to feeding therapy yet. In some instances, it may be appropriate for behavior analysts to continue feeding intervention in order to increase variety, develop self-feeding, or to promote generalization and maintenance in novel settings. The purpose of this presentation is to review ethical considerations when providing behavioral intervention for feeding concerns in traditional ABA or early intervention clinics. Consultation with external providers from relevant disciplines and common intervention strategies to promote generalization and maintenance will also be discussed.

 
A Model for Establishing Pediatric Feeding Services and Training Future Providers in a Rural Community
HALLIE SMITH (Mississippi State University), Hailey Ripple (Mississippi State University Pediatric Feeding Lab)
Abstract: One of the contributing factors to the lack of behavior analysts who address pediatric feeding disorders (PFD) is the limited opportunity for master’s level behavior analysts to receive training and supervision in this area during their training. Most providers who specialize in the assessment and treatment of PFD had the opportunity to train in one of the few intensive, multidisciplinary feeding programs housed in hospitals in urban areas; these training experiences are primarily reserved for doctoral level clinical psychologists and not master’s level BCBA’s. As a result, there are few providers who have the skills to implement feeding interventions, much less design them. This presentation will describe the development of a university-based lab that allows faculty with expertise in PFD to conduct research while providing services to high-need areas while simultaneously training graduate students to implement and develop treatment to address PFD. Presenters will discuss how this model fills the gap in the training and availability of practitioners who provide feeding services. Presenters will discuss the development of this lab while highlighting the training methods used to increase competency of master’s level students with the implementation of feeding protocols, data collection and analysis procedures, and clinical decision making.
 
The Digital Age of Feeding Therapy
ANNE H LIPSCOMB (Ochsner Hospital for Children), Margaret Bernheim Powell (Ochsner Hospital for Children)
Abstract: During the COVID-19 pandemic, we saw a drastic increase in the use of digital health services among behavior analysts. In addition to telehealth services being a practical way to observe generalization of treatment at home, it is also beneficial in increasing access to feeding services for both patients and providers who may not have access to certain specialties due to location. Additionally, therapists are able to use digital health services to provide preventative programming for patients at risk for developing a Pediatric Feeding Disorder (PFD). This presentation will discuss the innovative ways in which behavior analysts trained to treat PFD have utilized digital health services to increase access to behavioral feeding services. Presenters will discuss how digital health services are beneficial for not only reaching those patients in more rural areas but bridging the gap between specialties through virtual consultation. Presenters will provide information on the use of outpatient telehealth services, virtual co-treatment services with occupational and speech therapists, preventative webinars, and waitlist workshops to treat PFD.
 
 
Symposium #228
CE Offered: BACB
Subtyping, Predictive Validity, and Treatment of Restrictive and Repetitive Behaviors
Sunday, May 28, 2023
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 4A/B
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Meka McCammon (University of South Florida)
CE Instructor: Meka McCammon, Ph.D.
Abstract: Researchers have established subtyping procedures for predicting effective interventions designed to treat self-injurious behavior (Hagopian et al., 2015). This symposium extends this methodology by subtyping and treating restricted and repetitive behaviors in children with autism spectrum disorder. The first presenter discusses the application of a hands on shoulder intervention to treat idiopathic toe -walking, its effectiveness and social validity. The second presenter applied subtyping methodology to inform a multicomponent intervention for the treatment of higher level restricted and repetitive behavior; arranging and ordering. Finally, the third presenter will discuss findings from a systematic review of automatically maintained stereotypy during functional analysis conditions. Their findings suggest promising predictive validity of the subtyping methodology when combined with an expanded analysis.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): functional analysis, RRB, subtyping
Target Audience: Attendees should have a thorough understanding of functional analysis methodology
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the application and effectiveness of a hands-on shoulder procedure to reduce instances of toe-walking among children with autism; (2) understand the subtyping methodology, its expanded analysis, and be able to identify predictors of treatment efficacy when assessing and treating stereotypy; (3) understand the application of subtyping analysis to higher level repetitive behavior.
 

Evaluation of a Hands-On Shoulder Procedure to Reduce Toe Walking Among Children With Autism

FRANCHESCA IZQUIERDO (Florida Institute of Technology), Christina Marie Sheppard (Florida Institute of Technology), David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Idiopathic toe-walking (ITW), also known as toe-walking, is commonly exhibited among children with intellectual and developmental disabilities. There have been many medical and behavioral treatments that have been evaluated as interventions for toe-walking. The behavioral interventions include differential reinforcement procedures, feedback paired with reinforcement, stimulus control procedures, and punishment based procedures. In a recent study, Wilder et al. (2020) used a feedback procedure with paired reinforcement and a hands-on shoulder procedure to decrease toe-walking to low levels. The hands-on shoulder procedure includes both positive and negative punishment-based components. Although the hands-on shoulder procedure has been used as an intervention component within other studies to treat toe-walking, but has not been evaluated as the main intervention. The purpose of the current study was to further evaluate the effectiveness of hands-on shoulder procedure to reduce instances of toe-walking among children with autism. The procedure was largely effective; we discuss the results and social validity of the procedure in this presentation.

 

Functional Analysis and Delineating Subtypes of Restricted and Repetitive Behavior in Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder

ASHLEY MATTHEWS (New England Center for Children), RILEY FERGUS (New England Center for Children), William H. Ahearn (New England Center for Children)
Abstract:

Hagopian, Rooker, and Zarcone (2015) evaluated a model for subtyping and predicting effective treatment methods for automatically reinforced self-injurious behavior (SIB). It is possible that this subtyping model could be extended to treatment of other topographies of automatically maintained challenging behavior, including stereotypy. To date, only one study has examined automatically maintained arranging and ordering, which is a form of higher level repetitive behavior (Rodriguez et al., 2012). The current study applied Hagopian’s subtyping analysis to higher level repetitive behavior (Hagopian et al. 2015, 2017). Treatment applied information from the subtyping literature in that Subtype-1 higher level repetitive behavior was exposed to reinforcement alone while Subtype-2 higher level repetitive behavior involved reinforcement with added components (e.g., redirection, response-blocking). A variety of assessments, including preference assessments and augmented-competing stimulus assessments (A-CSA) were conducted to inform treatment methods. Following treatment, generalization probes were conducted. Treatment effects were reviewed to determine if the subtyping model was effective in predicting effective intervention. Reliability data were collected across at least 30% of all sessions, conditions, measures, and participants. Mean interobserver agreement (IOA) data ranged from 80%-100%.

 
Subtyping Stereotypy: Do Subtypes Predict Treatment Outcomes?
ALYSSA ROJAS (University of South Florida), Catia Cividini-Motta Cividini (University of South Florida), Tiago Sales Larroudé de Man (Universidade Estadual de Feira de Santana/Western New England), William H. Ahearn (New England Center for Children)
Abstract: The identification of predictors of treatment efficacy has extensive value for clinical programming. In this review, we re-analyzed data from functional analysis (FA) and treatment evaluations from the studies on automatically reinforced stereotypy included in the reviews published by Virués-Ortega et al. (2022) and Wunderlich et al. (2022). Using subtyping methodology similar to those described by Hagopian et al. (2015) which entail analyzing data from the FA, each data set was categorized into two subtypes. To further extend this methodology and validate its applicability to stereotypy, we completed an expanded analysis which entailed comparing levels of stereotypy during the alone to the play condition and the levels of stereotypy during the alone condition to the other test conditions (i.e., demand, attention). To evaluate correspondence between subtypes and treatment efficacy, we evaluated which types of treatments were associated with reductions in stereotypy classified as Type 1 and Type 2. Preliminary results indicate the presence of different subtypes across analyses, predictive validity is partially obtained when using the Hagopian et al. (2015) subtyping methodology, with a minor increase in predictive validity when using the expanded analysis.
 
 
Symposium #229
CE Offered: BACB
Recent Advancements in Teaching Functional Living and Employment Skills for Neurotypical and Neurodiverse Learners
Sunday, May 28, 2023
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 1E/F
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: James Maraventano (Rutgers University)
CE Instructor: James Maraventano, Ed.D.
Abstract: As neurotypical and neurodiverse individuals age, it is crucial for caregivers and/or support service providers to routinely evaluate and program to teach skills of daily living. Preparing our learners to develop these skills is necessary to promote independence in their everyday lives. Further, as neurodiverse populations age out of their educational entitlements and into adult services, where resources are typically less robust, the importance of learning skills of independent living are amplified. Neurodiverse adults lacking repertoires of independent functional living skills are often reliant on others to complete said skills, which could adversely affect their dignity, ability to make choices, and right to privacy. Our three presentations intend to disseminate recent research in the teaching functional living skills to promote independence across the lifespan of individuals with autism. Emily Stevens study evaluated assessed the systematic introduction of treatment components for increasing sleep conducive behavior in children with autism in a residential setting. Carolina Arguello’s study evaluated the effectiveness of behavioral skills training, task analyses, and a rating scale for teaching post-bowel movement hygiene skills to neurotypical children. Courtney Butler’s study evaluated the effectiveness of a visual aid in promoting independence completing repetitive job tasks at community-based employment sites.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): autism/developmental disabilities, employment skills, functional skills, independent living
Target Audience: Development of program development for functional living skills and activities of daily livign; assessment and treatment of skills deficits; experimental design;
Learning Objectives: (1) Describe a variety of intervention components for decreasing latency to sleep onset and increasing duration of sleep-conducive behavior in individuals with ASD in a residential setting. (2) Describe how behavioral skills training can be an effective instructional strategy for improving hygiene skills (3) Implement and describe processes for developing and implementing instructional strategies and visual aids for improving independence in community-based settings
 

Effects of Visual Aids and Self-Management for Improving Independence at Jobsites for Adults With Autism

COURTNEY BUTLER (Rutgers University), James Maraventano (Rutgers University), SungWoo Kahng (Rutgers University), Robert LaRue (Rutgers University)
Abstract:

Few studies have evaluated methods to improve job-related skills in community-based settings for adults with autism. This dearth of literature could explain why poor outcomes are associated with employment for this population. Research suggests that upwards of 75% of adults with autism are unemployed (Howlin et al., 2004; Hurlbutt & Chalmers, 2002) and of those that are employed many are?underemployed, work fewer hours, switch jobs frequently,?and are paid less than their?neurotypical?counterparts. As resources in the form of funding and qualified staff to support positive employment outcomes are scarce (Gerhardt & Lainer, 2011), to assist this population to access their community and maintain gainful employment, there is a need to develop interventions to ensure they can self-manage the completion of work tasks as independently as possible. For the present investigation, we employed an alternating treatment with reversals design to compare the effectiveness of a visual aid (map outlining repetitive tasks to complete and path to follow) to traditional teaching strategies (verbally describing the skill, modeling, practicing, and providing performance-based feedback) for improving efficiency and completeness of repetitive work tasks at community-based jobsites. Results indicate that the use of a visual job aid improved independent performance of job tasks for study participants.

 
Treatment for Improving Sleep-Conducive Behavior: A Component Analysis
EMILY STEVENS (The New England Center for Children), Eileen M. Roscoe (The New England Center for Children), Zoe A. Newman (The New England Center for Children; Western New England University)
Abstract: Sleep problems have been reported to occur in 50-80% of children with intellectual and developmental disabilities (Kotagal & Broomal, 2012). Poor sleep is often correlated with increases in challenging behavior (Goldman et al., 2011; Kennedy & Meyer, 1996) such as aggression (O’Reilly, 1995) and hyperactivity (Mazurek & Sohl, 2016). The purpose of the present study was to conduct a component analysis of common sleep-treatment interventions for two individuals with autism spectrum disorder living in a residential setting. We assessed the systematic introduction of treatment components including continuous white noise via a sound machine, bedtime fading, conducting a bedtime routine, and differential reinforcement. Dependent variables included sleep-conducive behavior and latency to sleep onset. Measurement was obtained via live data collectors and from a Fitbit Inspire 2 watch. These measurement systems were compared by conducting a Bland-Altman (REF) statistical analysis to determine their correspondence. An effective intervention was identified for both participants, and experimental control was established using a reversal design. The practical applications of a component analysis for sleep treatment for individuals with autism in a residential setting will be discussed.
 

Teaching Effective Post-Bowel Movement Hygiene

VALERIE MONICA COLANTUONO (A.J. Drexel Autism Institute at Drexel University), Jessica Day-Watkins (Drexel University), April N. Kisamore (Hunter College), Frank R. Cicero (Seton Hall University), Carolina Arguello (Hunter College)
Abstract:

An extraordinarily important skill, while not glamorous, is toileting hygiene. Hygiene is an essential part of successfully using the toilet, maintaining a healthy lifestyle, and can directly improve social life as well. Research in post-bowel movement hygiene is minimal with just two research articles. The purpose of this study is to teach post-bowel movement hygiene (i.e., wiping) to neurotypical participants using behavior skills training (BST), a task analysis, and a Likert type cleanliness scale to assess clean versus soiled toilet paper. Within our BST procedure we used video models to teach participants these skills. We programmed for generalization across different simulated bowel movement consistencies during training. All participants acquired the post-bowel movement hygiene response and two of the three participants generalized and maintained the skill in the home setting. all participants generalized their new wiping repertoires with differing consistencies. Caregivers reported this to be an acceptable procedure to teach wiping skills. In addition, they reported they would be willing to use this teaching procedure again with their child.

 
 
Panel #230
CE Offered: BACB
Accessing Applied Behavior Analysis and Other Necessary Services and Tools Among Minorities and Different Cultural Backgrounds
Sunday, May 28, 2023
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Convention Center Four Seasons Ballroom 4
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Saba Torabian, Ph.D.
Chair: Saba Torabian (Intervention Center for Autism Needs)
EDUARDO IBARRA (Intervention Center for Autism Needs)
MARITZA HEREDIA (Intervention Center for Autism Needs)
BADREDDINE SMATI (Intervention Center for Autism Needs)
Abstract:

Children with autism are among one of the most underserved populations in the world. Minority children with autism are even more deprived of accessing services that are necessary and critical for their skill acquisitions and progress. These are children who come from families with scarce knowledge about the initial diagnosis of autism (minorities usually get diagnosed at least 1-2 years later than their peers who are from the majority culture). Even after the diagnosis, majority of the families are lost as to where to go and how to get started with either early start programs, special education, and receiving ABA, speech, OT, and other important services. Based on the data collected from our practice, 6 out of 10 newly diagnosed families with autism have never heard the term IEP and did not even know how to start the process. About 9 out of 10 did not know that their children with autism also qualify for Medical coverage. Once they heard their children qualify for medical coverage, their first response was that “they were always under the impression that Medical is only for low-income families”. And about 9 out of 10 were not receiving In-Home Supportive Services (IHSS) funds to care for their children with autism. AS BCBAs, a big part of our work must be related to empowering families both from the clinical as well as advocacy perspectives. A successful BCBA is the one who: 1) Provides information about the service delivery and access to care to families of children with autism. For it to be the most efficient, the BCBA must familiarize him/herself with their state laws, how to work with Regional Centers, how to start the IEP process, and what is needed for a successful IEP. 2) Participate in school IEPs and help with their client’s accessing the tools and equipment’s such as AAC or other technology that must be provided by the school districts. 3) Educate families about other state-related services including IHSS and the funds available to families of children with special needs that allow them to be their children’s care provider and get paid through state funds. Of all the families attending our practice, none were receiving IHSS services until we got them educated. The ones who knew or had heard about it, the most common reason they provided for not using it was receiving misinformation about their application or significant delays on their application process by the organization that was handling their cases. During this panel discussion, we will discuss the necessary aspects of advocacy and clinical recommendations done by the BCBAs for the families of children who are from lower SES and/or minority backgrounds.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

BCBAs

Learning Objectives: 1) Help with accessing appropriate care for children with autism 2) help with service delivery 3) appropriately advocate for children from minority background and lower SES families
 
 
Symposium #231
CE Offered: BACB
Advances in Preference Assessment Implementation and Training
Sunday, May 28, 2023
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 1A/B
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Catharine Lory (University of Nevada, Las Vegas)
Discussant: Steven W. Payne (University of Nevada, Las Vegas)
CE Instructor: Catharine Lory, Ph.D.
Abstract: Preference assessments are a critical part of designing effective interventions as they allow interventionists to identify putative reinforcers through a systematic method rather than making assumptions about stimuli that are reinforcing to an individual. Due to its utility, there has been continued research on not only the efficacy of preference assessments across client populations and settings, but also on the efficiency and feasibility of implementation in natural environments. This symposium aims to highlight current advances in conducting preference assessments and training procedures for implementation. The first paper of this session will present a review of preference assessment training procedures involving a wide range of methods, such as instruction manuals, virtual trainings, and in-person performance feedback. In the second paper, we will present a study that examined the predictive value of a Multiple Stimulus Without Replacement Preference Assessment within an interactive web-based program across 10 children with developmental disabilities. Finally, we will discuss how behavior analysts may increase the accessibility and efficiency of preference assessments, with a focus on technological advances, and provide recommendations for both research and practice.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): preference assessment, technology, training, web-based program
Target Audience: Researchers, BCBAs, RBTs, practitioners with basic knowledge and experience conducting preference assessments
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify three personnel training methods in implementing preference assessments, (2) describe the procedure of a video-based preference assessment, (3) identify three factors that should be considered in the implementation of technology-aided preference assessments.
 
A Systematic Review of Preference Assessment Training Procedures
DAVID RAY GUTIERREZ MIRANDA (Purdue University), Rose A. Mason (Purdue University), Eric Shannon (Purdue University), Allison Tracy (Ball State University), Isaac Joseph Melanson (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Abstract: Preference assessments refer to systematic procedures to identify putative reinforcers (Kang et al., 2013). Because reinforcers play a critical role in the effectiveness of behavioral interventions, it is important for change agents, both behavior analysts and non-behavior analysts, to learn how to implement preference assessments with fidelity. To date, only one review (i.e., Leaf et al., 2020) has evaluated how change agents are trained to implement preference assessments. Though Leaf et al., (2020) found multiple training procedures to be effective, the researchers did not evaluate the research quality of the identified studies, which is an important to identifying evidence-based practices. Thus, the primary purpose of the current systematic review is to expand upon Leaf et al. (2020) by using the What Works Clearinghouse (WWC) standards to evaluate the evidence-base for preference assessment trainings and provide guidance for future studies. The secondary purpose of this review is to provide an updated synthesis on advancements in preference assessment trainings, including how researchers have integrated technological advances to improve accessibility and efficiency of trainings.
 

Identifying Video Preferences With the Multiple-Stimulus-Without-Replacement Preference Assessment Tool

HUGO CURIEL (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

Behavior analysts are in a position to merge behavior-analytic technologies with technological devices and web-based programs. Stimulus preference assessments and reinforcer assessments are two areas of research and practice that have benefitted from such merge. The Multiple-Stimulus-Without-Replacement Preference Assessment Tool (MSWO PAT) is a free, interactive web-based program that allows users to assess video preferences. We evaluated the program with 10 participants of various ages (3- to 11-years-old) and diagnoses and subsequently assessed the reinforcing effects of select videos. The program had predictive value for most participants. This talk will (a) present data that resulted from the implementation of the MSWO PAT and (b) describe how to access and use the program.

 
 
Symposium #232
CE Offered: BACB
The Reciprocal Relationship Between Response and Reinforcer: Three Evaluations of the Effects of Conjugate Reinforcement on Response Force
Sunday, May 28, 2023
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom C
Area: EAB; Domain: Translational
Chair: John T. Rapp (Auburn University)
CE Instructor: John T. Rapp, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Rapp (2008) described conjugate reinforcement schedules to be well utilized by developmental psychology researchers but largely ignored by behavior analysts. Subsequently, he called for behavior analysts to re-assess the potential uses and benefits of these schedules. Only recently, several evaluations of conjugate schedules have emerged in the literature, specifically as a method to manipulate response force. The first two presentations in this symposium will highlight the use of conjugate schedules to assess the preferences of adult human participants. Results of the preference assessments were compared to those of a verbal stimulus without replacement (VMSWO) assessment. The first presentation will demonstrate a method for assessing preference for visual stimuli (i.e., pictures), while the second describes the same for auditory stimuli (i.e., music). The third presentation will show an extension these studies by using auditory stimuli in a conjugate preparation as a consequent variable to control the movement of human participants on a treadmill. Taken together, these presentations describe a novel avenue of research that may have meaningful implications in a translational context.

Instruction Level: Advanced
Keyword(s): conjugate schedules, preference assessments, response force, variability
Target Audience:

Behavior analysts, professors, graduate-level practitioners, experimental psychologists, researchers, graduate students

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe conjugate schedules and their utility for manipulating response force; (2) describe a method for using conjugate reinforcement to assess stimulus preference; (3) describe trends in responding that are commonly observed when applying conjugate reinforcement and a subsequent extinction component.
 
Identifying Preferences Using a Conjugate Preparation
(Applied Research)
DANIEL JOHN SHERIDAN (Auburn University), John T. Rapp (Auburn University)
Abstract: Conjugate schedules of reinforcement are found in everyday contingencies of continuous response-reinforcer relationships, such as adjusting the blinds to allow the preferred level of sunlight in a room or swinging in a swing to obtain preferred levels of vestibular stimulation. Recent research has also shown conjugate arrangements may be a useful method to study stimulus preference. The purpose of the current investigation was to replicate and extend Davis et al. (2021). Specifically, researchers utilized a conjugate arrangement to examine how participants’ response force changed based on preference for visual stimuli. First, each participant’s preference for viewing five picture categories was assessed using a verbal multiple stimulus without replacement (VMSWO) preference assessment; this process identified high preference (HP) stimuli and low preference stimuli (LP) for most participants. Researchers exposed each participant to the five stimulus categories in a randomized order while using a force dynamometer to measure their response force to increase visual clarity of each stimulus. Results from this study will be depicted and described along with recommendations for future research.
 

Comparing Stimulus Preference and Response Force in a Conjugate Preparation: A Replication With Auditory Stimulation

(Basic Research)
JENNIFER L COOK (University of Manitoba), Rasha Baruni (University of South Florida), Jonathan W. Pinkston (Western New England University), John T. Rapp (Auburn University), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida), Shreeya Deshmukh (University of South Florida), Sharayah Tai (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

In this study, researchers used a similar conjugate preparation to evaluate how response force changed based on 17 participants’ preferences for auditory stimuli. Researchers used a verbal preference assessment to evaluate each participant’s preference for listening to five genres of music; this process identified high preference (HP) and low preference (LP) music for each participant. Thereafter, researchers exposed each participant to the five music genres in a randomized order while using a force dynamometer to measure their response force to increase auditory clarity of the music. Results indicate (a) about half of the participants’ HP music genres corresponded to the genre for which they exerted the highest mean force and (b) nearly all of the participants’ LP music genres corresponded to the genre for which they exerted the lowest mean force. These findings are consistent with those from Davis et al. (2021) and further support using conjugate preparations for measuring the relative value of some stimulus events.

 

A Running Start: Applications of Conjugate Schedules to Human Ambulation

(Basic Research)
JONATHAN W. PINKSTON (Western New England University), Jennifer L Cook (University of Manitoba), John T. Rapp (Auburn University), Rasha Baruni (University of South Florida), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida), Shreeya Deshmukh (University of South Florida), Sharayah Tai (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

The utility of programmed schedules of reinforcement lies in their ability to augment or create contingencies that do not occur naturally, and facilitate behavior change when natural contingencies are insufficient. Conjugate schedules arrange relationships between continuous response-stimulus units and may be more useful in those circumstances. We applied conjugate schedules to the study of human ambulation on a treadmill. For 17 participants, music was conditional on their speed falling within a predefined “band” criteria that defined upper and lower limits for music production. We used a changing criterion design using varying band levels and widths, with a final extinction component. As the band criteria changed, the participants’ speed initially adjusted then rapidly conformed to the new band criteria, while extinction induced variability. This first study shows walking or running can be regulated by conjugate schedules and may have useful applications in the domains of exercise and human performance training.

 
 
Symposium #233
CE Offered: BACB
Telepractice: A Necessary Bandage During COVID-19 or a Valuable Tool in a Post-Pandemic World?
Sunday, May 28, 2023
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Convention Center 405
Area: EDC/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Valerie R. Rogers (The ABRITE Organization)
CE Instructor: Valerie R. Rogers, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Though the COVID-19 pandemic brought many challenges related to securing and maintaining access to applied behavior analysis (ABA) intervention for children with autism, it also brought forth an opportunity to evaluate the effectiveness of new service models, teaching procedures, and skill acquisition targets. The use of telepractice intervention across distance learning educational models and insurance-funded services became a necessary experience for many learners under pandemic conditions. It provided an occasion to assess the effectiveness of telepractice and ask questions such as “Under what conditions is telepractice effective?”, “How can telepractice be more effective?”, and “Is telepractice as effective as in-person intervention?” The current symposium attempts to address these questions. The first paper evaluates a tool for assessment of technology-based prerequisite skills for distance learning with special education students while subsequently teaching the identified skill deficits. The second paper provides a description of a telehealth treatment model and an analysis of outcomes achieved for learners receiving telehealth only intervention. The final paper examines the outcomes achieved for individuals receiving telehealth only, in-person only, and a hybrid model of both treatment modalities in attempt to assess relative effectiveness across conditions.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Distance Learning, Outcomes, Telehealth, Telepractice
Target Audience:

The target audience should have experience and understanding as it relates to the provision of ABA services for individuals with autism and an understanding of standardized assessments results and an introductory knowledge of telepractice at the technician level.

Learning Objectives: (1) Participates will be able to describe components of an assessment and intervention involving behavioral skills training (BST) designed to identify deficits in and teach prerequisite skills involved in distance learning instruction. (2) Participants will be able to describe the relationship between rates of skill acquisition, proportion of recommended treatment hours received, and learner variables including telehealth prerequisite skills for children receiving telehealth intervention. (3) Attendees will be able to describe at least 2 of the advantages of BT delivered telehealth.
 
No Student Left Behind: Assessment and Acquisition of Technology-Based Prerequisite Skills to Promote Access to Distance Learning for Special Education Students
JANICE FREDERICK (The ABRITE Organization), Matthew Christopher Peterson (The ABRITE Organization; Brite Horizons), Jessica Karen Pizzica (Santa Cruz City Schools)
Abstract: The COVID-19 pandemic resulted in tremendous disruption to educational systems grounded in an immediate and complete shift to distance-based instruction for nearly all students. Students faced multiple barriers that impeded access to their educational programs during this unprecedented period. For some students, skill deficits served as a barrier to accessing education within virtual models of instruction. Special education students were and continue to be at higher levels of risk for skill gaps that may reduce their engagement and acquisition under distance learning conditions. In the current study, a tool for assessment of technology-based prerequisite skills for distance learning was developed and administered to special education students ranging from 1-12 grades. For a subset of students, assessment data were used to identify specific skills to target via behavioral skills training (BST) implemented by individualized support staff. A within-subject, multiple baseline design was employed to evaluate the effects of BST across skills. All students met mastery criteria for each targeted technology-based skill within 5 or fewer BST sessions each lasting no longer than 10 minutes. The assessment tool, assessment administration, and BST protocol will be discussed in detail. Implications of findings, necessity for further development of methodologies to promote access to virtual instruction for special education students, and future research will be discussed.
 
Outcomes of Telehealth Intervention: Is it Effective and for Whom?
VALERIE R. ROGERS (The ABRITE Organization), Ginger R. Raabe (The ABRITE Organization), Janice Frederick (The ABRITE Organization)
Abstract: The COVID-19 pandemic changed the way insurance-funded intervention has been implemented for many learners with autism including modifications in treatment modality. Direct behavior technician (BT) intervention via telehealth has now been implemented with a variety of learners under various conditions. Early in the pandemic, BT provided telehealth was the only available option for many consumers, yet it currently remains the only option for some learners given various barriers to in-person care including health concerns, location difficulties, or staffing shortages. Given the relative novelty of this mode of treatment, ongoing description of the treatment model and analysis of the effectiveness of the model remains essential. The current presentation provides a description of a BT provided telehealth model including practical guidelines and subsequently presents outcomes for learners receiving telehealth intervention. More specifically, an analysis of skill acquisition data in relation to variables such as age, proportion of recommended treatment hours received, standardized assessment results, treatment goals met, and telehealth prerequisite skills will be presented across multiple participants receiving telehealth only intervention for over 1 year. The presentation attempts to address the question of if BT provided telehealth is effective. Results are discussed in terms of factors correlating with improved outcomes and provides support for insurance-funded ABA treatment under these conditions. The need for ongoing outcome analyses and future research are discussed.
 
An Examination of Telehealth Service Delivery: Data and a Cautionary Tale
GINGER R. RAABE (The ABRITE Organization), Valerie R. Rogers (The ABRITE Organization), Janice Frederick (The ABRITE Organization)
Abstract: The COVID 19 pandemic created an unparalleled threat of access to services for learners with developmental delays and their families. Many behavior analysts minimized this threat to our stakeholders by navigating a new mode of service delivery, namely telepractice services. This shift in the delivery of services created a serendipitous opportunity to examine the effects of this mode of delivery, particularly at the behavior technician (BT) level. Now, nearly 3 years later, research-practitioners are asking questions regarding the effectiveness of BT level telehealth services and the conditions under which this service delivery model could be recommended. Some considerations include not only the effectiveness of telehealth, but also the relative effectiveness. The griping effects of the pandemic could be described as waning and there are now conditions under which both in person and telehealth options are possible, yet are the data clear on how a behavior analyst decides? Is BT level telehealth as effective as in-person? For what type of learner is BT level telehealth likely effective? The current presentation will present data for learners who experienced traditional in-person services while also examining learners’ data who experienced telehealth only or a hybrid model. Within and between category analyses were conducted and observations of learning trends led to some preliminary practical recommendations for clinicians. In addition to the presentation of results, the discussion will focus on the cautions for clinicians to consider while exploring the relative benefits of BT delivered telepractice.
 
 
Panel #235
CE Offered: BACB
Building a Practice of Compassionate Care Through Mission-Driven Organizational Behavior Management (OBM) Strategies
Sunday, May 28, 2023
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Hyatt Regency, Mineral Hall A-C
Area: OBM/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Amy Rachel Bukszpan, M.S.
Chair: Amy Rachel Bukszpan (Endicott College, Butterfly Effects)
MOLLY ANN MCGINNIS (Butterfly Effects)
LEAH BEAN (Butterfly Effects)
KIMBERLI SANTA MARIA (Butterfly Effects)
Abstract:

Providing compassionate care to consumers of ABA services has rightfully become a focus in practice over the last few years. From training programs for clinicians to the addition of compassion as a core principle in the Ethics Code for Behavior Analysts (2022), compassionate care is not just a buzzword, but rather a call to action. But compassionate practices cannot focus solely on client care. True compassionate care needs to run through every vein of a company beginning with the mission and affecting all aspects including staff hiring and training, BCBA caseload management and administrative duties, appropriate evaluation of client success, social validity, and care coordination. Providing clinicians with effective OBM-based strategies and company systems allows them to focus on clinical outcomes and service delivery while effectively managing administrative duties. When clinicians are efficient across their many roles and responsibilities, they can focus on their primary mission of providing a socially significant change in the community. This panel will discuss opportunities how to integrate mission and compassion to drive successful company strategies, to sustain a successful ABA service delivery model.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

The target audience for this panel is ABA practitioners, company owners, managers, and supervisors. This includes individuals with duties including quality assurance, practice management, and oversite, as well as training and development.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this presentation, participants will be able to: 1. Identify strategies to build compassionate practices through training and development of new talent. 2. Idenitfy strategies that increase opportunties to enhance and respond to reporting on social validity across client outcomes. 3. Identify opportunities to improve coordination of care and parent collaboration to encourage the generalization of client outcomes.
Keyword(s): Collaboration, Mission, OBM, Social Validity
 
 
Invited Tutorial #236
CE Offered: BACB
Incorporating Virtual Reality Into Behavior Analysis: Innovation and Interdisciplinary Opportunity
Sunday, May 28, 2023
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Convention Center Four Seasons Ballroom 2/3
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: Paula Ribeiro Kenyon, Ph.D.
Chair: Paula Kenyon (Northeastern University and Grupo Método)
Presenting Authors: : CASEY CLAY (Children's Hospital of Orange County)
Abstract:

Several industries are leveraging virtual reality (VR) training to teach a variety of skills. These trainings have been shown to be efficacious, offer cost savings, and offer the potential for more efficient and replicable training. Behavior analysts have expertise in crafting effective learning programs making this area ripe for interdisciplinary collaboration. One example of an effective behavior analytic training procedure is Behavioral Skills Training (BST) involving written and verbal instructions, modeling of the skill, rehearsal of the skill, and feedback on the performance. This training, like other trainings in related fields, typically involves extensive in vivo experience in which trainees and trainers are exposed to risk (e.g., bodily harm to trainer, trainee, and client; and errors in teaching performance). Including BST in a virtual reality (VR) context involving virtual experiences in which training experiences are difficult to be recreated or put an individual at risk may be an effective training method and ameliorates challenges. The purpose of the current presentation is to outline and describe how virtual reality is currently being used across industries and within behavior analysis to guide and train a range of individuals. Furthermore, a case example including data on VR training on behavior assessment and intervention will be provided and discussed.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Scientist practitioners

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Identify novel and effective uses of VR in ABA; (2) Plan for and identify opportunities for interdisciplinary collaboration to incorporate virtual reality into their research and practice (3) Describe how skills training can be accomplished via the use of technology including virtual reality
 
CASEY CLAY (Children's Hospital of Orange County)
Casey Clay received his PhD at Utah State University in 2015. He was previously a post-doctoral fellow and an assistant professor in the Department of Special Education at the University of Missouri and served as a clinical director at the Thompson Center for Autism and Neurodevelopmental Disabilities. He is currently the Director of Behavior Clinics at Children’s Hospital of Orange County (CHOC) in California. Dr. Clay is a former President of the Four Corners Association for Behavior Analysis. He is an ad hoc reviewer for the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, Behavior Modification, Behavior Analysis: Research and Practice, Journal of Organizational Behavior Management, and Behavior Analysis in Practice. Dr. Clay’s research interests include assessment and treatment of problem behavior, assessment of non-traditional preferred and competing stimuli, and methods to efficiently and effectively train challenging behavior assessment and intervention practices. Dr. Clay has been involved in the use of fully immersive virtual reality training for assessment and intervention for use in educational and other settings. Dr. Clay is an author of the forthcoming 7th edition of Behavior Analysis and Learning textbook.
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #237
CE Offered: BACB
Early Class Start Times are Bad for Sleep, Attendance, and Grades
Sunday, May 28, 2023
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom D
Area: SCI; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jeanne M. Donaldson (Louisiana State University)
CE Instructor: Joshua Gooley, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: JOSHUA GOOLEY (Duke NUS Medical School)
Abstract: Healthy sleep and attending classes are important for college students’ academic success. We tested whether early morning classes are associated with shorter sleep, lower attendance, and poorer academic performance by analysing digital traces of more than 35,000 students at a large university. Daily patterns of login activity on the Learning Management System (LMS) and wrist-worn activity trackers showed that nocturnal sleep was an hour shorter for early morning classes because students woke up earlier than usual. Internet Wi-Fi connection logs revealed that lecture attendance was the lowest for early morning classes, and this was partly explained by students sleeping past the start of class. Analyses of grades showed that the number of days per week that students had morning classes was negatively associated with grade point average. These findings suggest that universities should avoid scheduling mandatory early morning classes in order to improve students’ sleep health and ability to learn.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

general audience; educational practitioners; school leaders; researchers working on the following topics: learning analytics, student lifestyle behaviours, psychology, or neuroscience, cognition and performance

Learning Objectives: (1) To understand the associations of class start times with sleep and class attendance (2) To understand the relevance of ‘chronotype’ for students’ sleep and learning (3) To understand how students’ interactions with university digital platforms can be used to estimate their sleep behaviour and class attendance
 
JOSHUA GOOLEY (Duke NUS Medical School)
Dr Joshua Gooley is an Associate Professor in the Neuroscience & Behavioural Disorders Programme at Duke-NUS Medical School in Singapore. He is Principal Investigator of the Chronobiology and Sleep Laboratory and Director of Research of the SingHealth Duke-NUS Sleep Center. He is Neuroscience Theme Lead of the Institute for Applied Learning Sciences and Educational Technology at the National University of Singapore, and past president of the Singapore Sleep Society. He received his PhD in Neurobiology from Harvard Medical School, where he studied neural pathways that regulate sleep and circadian rhythms. His research program at Duke-NUS focuses on understanding the role of sleep and circadian rhythms in regulating human performance and health outcomes.
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #238
CE Offered: BACB
Developmental Variability and Developmental Cascades: Lessons from Infants with an Older Sibling with Autism
Sunday, May 28, 2023
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Convention Center Four Seasons Ballroom 1
Area: VBC; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Alice Shillingsburg (Munroe-Meyer Institute, UNMC)
CE Instructor: Jana Iverson, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: JANA IVERSON (Boston University)
Abstract: The onset of sitting and walking are among the most transformational events of infancy. In this talk, I will present findings from research designed to examine ways in which advances in these two motor skills afford infants foundational opportunities and experiences that benefit communicative and language development. More generally, these results reveal how the achievement of new motor skills exerts far-reaching, cascading effects on development that extend beyond the individual to impact the behavior of social partners and the broader communicative environment. Much of the data come from longitudinal studies of an exceptionally interesting group of infants, those with an older sibling with autism. Some of these infants will themselves eventually receive an autism diagnosis, and many exhibit developmental delays, especially in language and communication. Finally, I will argue that improving our understanding of the links between early motor, communicative, and language development in a way that focuses on the constant, dynamic, and complex interplay between developing infants and their environments is critical for the development of effective intervention for infants and toddlers with or at risk for developmental delays.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Behavior analysts, BCBAs, clinicians and practitioners, and researchers

Learning Objectives: Upon conclusion of this session, participants will be able to: a) describe the concept of developmental cascades; b) identify ways in which advances in early appearing foundational skills can influence change in other domains of development, in caregiver behavior, and in the learning environment; and c) describe ways in which small, subtle delays in foundational behaviors may impact the emergence and later development of interrelated skills and the learning environment.
 
JANA IVERSON (Boston University)
Jana M. Iverson, Ph.D. is Associate Dean for Research for the College of Health & Rehabilitation Sciences: Sargent College and Professor of Physical Therapy at Boston University. Her research, funded by NICHD, NIDCD, and Autism Speaks, focuses primarily on the interface between the development of early motor skills and the emergence of communication and language in neurotypical development and in children with or at risk for developmental disorders. Dr. Iverson has published a co-edited book and more than 100 articles and book chapters. She is on the editorial boards of the Journal of Child Language and Language Learning and Development. Since 1991, she has served as an international investigator at the CNR in Rome, Italy. Dr. Iverson was awarded the University of Pittsburgh’s Chancellor’s Distinguished Research Award in 2007 and the Chancellor’s Distinguished Teaching Award in 2018. She is a Fellow of the Association for Psychological Science.
 
 
Symposium #239
Applications of Behavioral Economics to Understand Wellness, Health, and Safety Decision Making
Sunday, May 28, 2023
4:00 PM–5:50 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 2B
Area: CSS/OBM; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Oliver Wirth (CDC/NIOSH)
Discussant: Mikhail Koffarnus (University of Kentucky College of Medicine)
Abstract:

Understanding factors that influence safety-related decisions can help us assess needs, identify barriers, specify targets, and improve measurements for interventions. Research methods from behavioral economics have been used to better understand a range of socially significant, health-related decisions associated with substance use, sex, medical treatment, suicide, and more. Recently, behavioral economic methods have been extended to additional domains, such as safety-related decisions of drivers and workers. A fundamental behavioral economic principle known as discounting describes a decrease in the subjective value of some outcome (e.g., health or money) as a function of an increase of some other parameter (e.g., time or probability). This symposium presents four applications of discounting to decisions concerning (1) seeking mental health services, (2) securing personal information, (3) texting while driving, and (4) implementing a safety solution in the workplace. Each of these studies contributes to our better understanding of behavioral economic principles that underly decision making with the goal of informing interventions that promote healthier and safer choices.

Instruction Level: Basic
 
Discounting as a Tool to Understand the Desirability of Mental Health Services
JONATHAN E. FRIEDEL (Georgia Southern University), Sofia Perez (Georgia Southern University), KATILYN MARIE ASHLEY TREEM (Georgia Southern University), Shakeia Salem (Georgia Southern University), Maya Poole (Georgia Southern University), Bekah Estevez (Georgia Southern University), Brooke Smith (University of Nevada Reno Counseling Services)
Abstract: Minoritized people are less likely to obtain mental health services than non-minoritized people. One reason minoritized people are less likely to obtain mental health services is because of a perception that therapists will not “be like them” and will be unable to understand their lived experience. There are increasing calls and demands for mental health providers to be trained in cultural competence. Cultural competence refers to mental health providers learning about other cultures, so they are informed and respectful of other beliefs, values, and traditions in that culture. This presentation will cover several discounting studies that have been completed as an ersatz needs assessment for minoritized people in relation to their desires culturally competent therapy. The findings overwhelmingly support the notion that minoritized people desire culturally competent therapy. If forced to choose, participants would rather have less effective culturally competent therapy than more effective non-competent therapy. Ethical review was obtained.
 

Relationship Between Social Discounting and Paying to Protect Personal Information

PAUL ROMANOWICH (Gonzaga University), Jacob Battaglia (Gonzaga University)
Abstract:

Recent social discounting studies have shown that individuals share less personal information as social distances between a person and the individual they can share with increases. However, personal information is not a tangible commodity like money that can be easily divided between individuals. That is, you still have possession of all of your personal information, even if you share it with another person. Thus, the economic utility (i.e., value) is questionable for personal information as a sharable commodity. One way to validate personal information as a sharable commodity is to ask how much an individual would pay to protect different types of personal information, and determine whether the amount they were willing to pay was inversely related to how willing they were to share that type of personal information. The current study tested this by asking participants to complete a social discounting for personal information task and an economic demand task asking about how much they would be willing to pay to protect different types of personal information. The results showed that there was an inverse relationship between sharing during the social discounting task and the economic demand task. That is, participants’ willingness to pay to protect their financial information (Figure 1) and willingness to share a certain type of personal information were inversely related (i.e., pay less to protect health information, but share more). These results help to validate personal information as a sharable commodity with value for individuals.

 
Role of Response Inhibition and Delay Discounting in the Discrepancy Between Perceived Risk and Frequency of Texting While Driving: A Cluster Analysis
YUSUKE HAYASHI (Pennsylvania State University, Hazleton), Jonathan E. Friedel (Georgia Southern University), Anne Foreman (CDC/NIOSH), Oliver Wirth (CDC/NIOSH)
Abstract: The goal of the present study was to investigate the potential mechanism underlying the discrepancy between perceived risk and frequency of texting while driving (TWD) in young drivers. A sample of 170 college students participated in this study. Using a hierarchical cluster analysis, an analytic technique to categorize cases based on their similarities across selected variables, we first identified the following three distinct subgroups: (a) drivers who perceive TWD as risky but frequently engage in TWD, (b) drivers who perceive TWD as risky and infrequently engage in TWD, and (c) drivers who perceive TWD as not so risky and frequently engage in TWD. For each gender, the subgroups were then compared on the extent to which they differed in response inhibition (as measured by a self-report scale) and delay discounting of hypothetical monetary reinforcers. The results showed that the subgroup of male, but not female, drivers who perceive TWD as risky but frequently engage in TWD showed significantly higher levels of response inhibition, but not delay discounting, than the other two subgroups. Implications for developing effective and efficient intervention strategies for reducing TWD are discussed.
 
The Effects of Perceived Risk and Cost on Manager Decisions to Implement a Safety Solution
JONATHAN MARK HOCHMUTH (CDC/NIOSH), Ron Van Houten (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Understanding how managers of industrial workplaces make decisions to allocate resources is critical to improving occupational safety. Discounting methods have been applied to the health and safety decisions of workers but not to leadership. This study presented hypothetical scenarios to investigate the effects of perceived injury probability, injury severity, and cost of a safety solution on the likelihood of manager decisions to implement a safety solution in a manufacturing setting. Two experimental surveys were conducted on Amazon Mechanical Turk, each consisting of 75 participants with the “management” qualification. The first experiment varied percentage of safe behaviors/conditions (injury probability) and cost. The second experiment varied percent safe and cost under three different injury severities (i.e., amputation, strain/sprain, and laceration/puncture). Managers’ likelihood of implementing a safety solution decreased as percent safe and cost increased. Perceived severity of injury had a smaller effect. The results suggest that managers discount occupational safety risks when risks are low, and costs are high. This study provides the first attempt to apply behavioral economic methods to study manager workplace safety decisions. Further extending and refining this application to other workplace safety concerns could better inform interventions with the goal of improving occupational safety.
 
 
Symposium #240
CE Offered: BACB
Comprehensive Application of Behavior Analysis to Schooling Graduate Research Developments
Sunday, May 28, 2023
4:00 PM–5:50 PM
Hyatt Regency, Capitol Ballroom 4
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Lin Du (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Discussant: R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences)
CE Instructor: R. Douglas Greer, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The Comprehensive Application of Behavior Analysis to Schooling (CABAS), a program based out of Teachers College, Columbia University, focuses on research devoted to increasing verbal behavior developmental cusps that increase student's academic achievement. In this symposium, four doctoral candidates will present the most recent research coming from the CABAS program. The first study researchers evaluate the effects of varying performance criteria level frequency values on response maintenance of listener responses of four preschool students with disabilities. The second study measures the effects of teaching relational responding across frames on language development for three preschoolers with disabilities. The third study evaluates the acquisition and maintenance of sight words with lower elementary students with disabilities. The final study measures the effects of a collaborative independent reading protocol on vocabulary acquisition, reading comprehension, and the reinforcement value for reading narrative and science, technology, engineering, and math (STEM) texts with third graders with and without disabilities. Studies were run in either pre-school classrooms with children with and without disabilities, lower elementary classrooms with children with disabilities, or inclusion, upper-elementary classrooms.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): conditioned reinforcement, derived relations, mastery criterion, sight words
Target Audience:

Participants should have a basic understanding of derived relational responding, mastery criterion, multiple exemplar instruction, and conditioned reinforcement.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Apply the knowledge of mastery criteria to consider individualizing the performance criteria str for student instructional programs; (2) Identify how to teach basic concepts to increase student derived arbitrary relational responding and acquisition of language; (3) Identify the most effective instructional method for increasing acquisition and maintenance of sight words; (4)Tact the relationship between reinforcement value for narrative and STEM texts and apply it to educational practice.
 
The Effects of Varying Performance Criteria Level Frequency Values on Response Maintenance of Listener Responses of Preschoolers
MANINDER VIRK (Teachers College Columbia University), Daniel Mark Fienup (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract: Students with disabilities commonly receive instruction using Discrete Trial Training in which they respond to a predetermined level of performance criteria. There are three different levels within performance criteria: criterion level, criterion level with frequency value and supplementary variables. In this study, the researchers use an alternating treatment design embedded in a non-concurrent multiple probe design to evaluate the effects of varying performance criteria level frequency values on response maintenance of listener responses of four preschool students with disabilities. The researchers taught three conditions using learn units to a criterion level with varying frequency of 100% accuracy across one, two and three sessions and included a control condition and conducted response maintenance probes 2 weeks, 4 weeks and 7 weeks following mastery.
 

Effects of Teaching Relational Responding Across Different Levels, Frames on the Language Development for Three Preschoolers With Disabilities

WENHUI ZHANG (Teacher College, Columbia University), Daniel Mark Fienup (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract:

The current article studied the effects of teaching relational responding across different levels, frames on language development for three preschoolers with developmental disabilities using a multiple probes design. Experimenters selected three preschoolers with developmental disabilities with incidental acquisition of the listener component of naming (UniN) at the onset of the study. The independent variable was the relational responding teaching procedure, which included two stages: Stage 1 taught the nonarbitrary relational responding across five frames and Stage 2 provided direct instruction on relative arbitrary relational responding and tested the untaught arbitrary relational responding following the mastering of the trained relational responding across same frames. The dependent variables were: 1) the degree of the incidental acquisition of listener and speaker component of naming (Inc-BiN), 2) the number of the correct responses on taught and novel nonarbitrary relations during the pre-or post-Stage 1-intervention probes and the number of the correct responses on taught and derived arbitrary relations during pre-or post-Stage 2-intervention probes, and 3) the number of correct mutual entailment (ME) and combinatorial entailment (CE) relational responses during the testing phases at the Stage 2. All three participants acquired the contextual cues as discriminative stimuli through the Stage 1 teaching, demonstrated higher level of responding on arbitrary relations after the Stage 2 teaching, and demonstrated criterion level on the derived arbitrary coordinative and comparative relations. However, there was no improvement on the degree of BiN for the three participants.

 
An Evaluation of the Acquisition and Maintenance of Sight Words
TANYA BAJWA (Teachers College, Columbia), Daniel Mark Fienup (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract: In 2 experiments, researchers investigated the acquisition and maintenance of sight words and related behavioral cusps and capabilities. In experiment 1, researchers evaluated the effects of 3 interventions on sight word acquisition and maintenance; single exemplar instruction (SEI) across textual responses, multiple exemplar instruction (MEI) across point-to, textual and intraverbal responses, and MEI across textual, point-to, and dictation responses (MEI+). Researchers measured sight word acquisition and maintenance through 5 response topographies; textual, intraverbal, point-to, sentence generalization, and dictation responses and measured maintenance 1 and 4 weeks post-set mastery per condition. The results demonstrated all participants acquired all responses and demonstrated the highest level of maintenance for sight words learned in the MEI+ condition. Participants did not maintain dictation responses for SEI and MEI conditions. This indicates that reading and writing behaviors are acquired separately but may join as a function of the transformation of stimulus function (TSF) across reading and writing, as in MEI+. In experiment 2, researchers will evaluate the effects of MEI+ on the TSF across reading and writing for sight words. The researchers will also evaluate the effects of the establishment of TSF across reading and writing on participants rate of learning in academic areas.
 

Narrative Versus Stem Texts

Mary-Genevieve White (Teachers College, Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences)
Abstract:

Research has demonstrated the positive effects on reading achievement measures when print stimuli and content are conditioned as reinforcers (Bly, 2019; Gentillini; 2019; Cumisky-Moore, 2017; Tsai & Greer, 2006). Previous research has focused on conditioning narrative texts on the relation to increased comprehension, with no current research on the effects of conditioning science, technology, engineering, and math (STEM) texts. The current study examined whether the effects of conditioning narrative texts as a reinforcer extends to STEM texts for both typically developing and delayed third graders. Researchers replicated successful conditioning procedures used with elementary-aged participants in previous studies where narrative texts were conditioned. Using a four-step, peer-collaborative procedure, peers were used as the conditioned reinforcer to condition narrative texts. Participants engaged in independent reading, word activities, and conditioned seeing tasks within the intervention. Results indicated that reinforcement value of conditioned narrative texts does not transfer to STEM texts. The second study is underway and measuring the inverse relation. Researchers are conditioning STEM texts and measuring whether the reinforcement value transfers to literature texts. Researchers are adding additional academic achievement and vocabulary acquisition measures.

 
 
Symposium #191
CE Offered: BACB
Some Important Variables for the Formation of Stimulus Equivalence Classes
Sunday, May 28, 2023
5:00 PM–6:50 PM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom A
Area: EAB/VBC; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Erik Arntzen (Oslo Metropolitan University)
Discussant: Karen M. Lionello-DeNolf (Assumption University)
CE Instructor: Erik Arntzen, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The main purpose of the present symposium is to present some results on variables influencing emergent relations. The first paper by Arntzen and Thomassen presents an experiment studying (1) how simple discrimination training can produce stimuli for testing of expansion of equivalence classes documented by sorting tests and (2) self-talk during training and testing. In the second paper, Viela and Tomanari present an experiment focusing on time as a stimulus in procedures involving conditional discrimination. The authors employed a One-to-Many (AB/AC) training structure in which A was different time intervals, and B and C stimuli were colored images. The third paper by Fields analyzes one of the four parameters (Fields & Verhave, 1987) that could influence responding in accordance with stimulus equivalence, that is, the distribution of singles on equivalence class formation. The last paper by Silguero and Vaidya presents results from an experiment on differential outcomes effect when establishing conditional discriminations, and they propose mechanisms for partitioning of subclasses.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): self-talk, stimulus equivalence, time, variables
Target Audience:

Intermediate

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) know how time could be a part of equivalence classes; (2) the four different structural parameters influencing equivalence class formation; (3) the use of self-talk in sorting tests
 
Equivalence Class Formation: Sorting, Class Expansion, and Self-Talk
ERIK ARNTZEN (Oslo Metropolitan University), Linn Thomassen (Oslo Metropolitan University)
Abstract: The purpose of the experiment was twofold in studying: (1) how simple discrimination training can produce stimuli for testing of expansion of equivalence classes documented by sorting tests and (2) self-talk during training and testing. Twenty-four adults were exposed to three experimental phases. In the first phase, the participants were trained on 12 conditional discriminations arranged as a linear series training structure, with A, B, D, and E stimuli being abstract shapes, and C stimuli being meaningful pictures, and a sorting test. The second phase included simple discrimination training of C stimuli, training two, four, and six key presses in the presence of C1, C2, and C3. Half of the participants were exposed to an expansion test (F1, F2, and F3 stimuli were 2, 4, and 6, respectively), including AF, BF, DF, and EF relations. The final phase contained sorting and MTS tests. A talk-aloud procedure was implemented in different parts of the experiment. The main findings were that all participants talked aloud during the simple discrimination training, 92% during the expansion test, and 79% during the second sorting test. Furthermore, with and without exposure to the expansion test did not influence the percentage who formed three 6-member classes.
 

Time as Part of Equivalence Classes

Eduardo Cunha Vilela (University of São Paulo, Brazil), GERSON YUKIO TOMANARI (Universidade de Sao Paulo)
Abstract:

Time is a fundamental part of operant behavior, as studies on schedules of reinforcement, timing and temporal discrimination have shown. Data on how time may function as stimulus in a conditional discrimination and how different intervals may be part of equivalence classes are the main contributions to the symposium. Participants underwent a matching-to-sample (MTS) training procedure that established the equivalence classes A1B1C1D1E1F1 and A2B2C2D2E2F2. A one-to-many training structure was used, in which set A were time intervals (300 ms and 1200 ms) and sets B and C were colored images. Class formation was evaluated by three distinct measures: the emergence of conditional relations among B, C, D, E and F stimuli; sorting the stimuli according to the derived equivalence classes; and assigning durations to the visual stimuli by pressing a key on the keyboard according to the corresponding Set A. Results from all measures demonstrated equivalence classes; however, a series of procedural adjustments had to be experimentally controlled, what highlights some particulars of time as a source of discriminative control.

 

What Happens When a Stimulus “Drops Out” of an Equivalence Class? Revisiting Sidman’s (2000)

RUSSELL SILGUERO (University of North Texas), Manish Vaidya (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

Sidman’s (2000) theory of stimulus equivalence states that when an individual satisfies a reinforcement contingency, all positive members of the contingency will become members of an equivalence class. When two reinforcement contingencies contain elements from the same equivalence class, there is a conflict between the equivalence class and the contingencies. Sidman proposed that under these conditions, the class members that conflict with the contingency will “drop out” of the equivalence class. A study by Minster et al. (2006) tested Sidman’s “dropping out” hypothesis and found evidence that the conflicting member does not drop out of the class and that it continues to mediate derived performances. Their results can be interpreted in terms of an equivalence class partitioned into subsets of functional classes. However, their procedures do not clearly show the process by which these subclasses develop. We employed a variation of their procedures by first establishing equivalence classes before conditional discrimination training. We then provide a clear picture of the process of subclass differentiation, observed as differential outcomes effect in conditional discrimination learning. We discuss how Sidman’s “dropping out” hypothesis relates to this and other empirical work.

 
 
Invited Symposium #240A
CE Offered: BACB
Diversity submission Scholarly Contributions to Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion Paper Competition Winners
Sunday, May 28, 2023
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Convention Center Four Seasons Ballroom 1
Area: DEI; Domain: Translational
Chair: Daniel Kwak (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
CE Instructor: Daniel Kwak, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This competition is designed to encourage, promote, and reward behavior analytic scholarship on topics and issues in DEI, both in the field of behavior analysis and more broadly. Students (graduate or undergraduate) and post-graduate professionals who have completed empirical or conceptual papers relevant to DEI that are informed, at least in part, by a behavior-analytic perspective were invited to submit.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Describe the cultural and linguistic diversity, and related training and experiences, of applied behavior analysis service providers and service recipients; (2) describe areas for growth with respect to training and education in cultural responsiveness for behavior analysts and trainees; (3) Evaluate areas for optimization with traditionally-applied computer-based instruction for staff training; (4) Identify examples of potential prerequisite skills to be trained before training complex skills related to DEI; (5) Recognize the current barriers that may impede culturally and linguistically diverse individuals with autism from learning a second language; (6) Use the generalization tactics from this study to promote the development of tacts across multiple languages with other individuals with autism or other developmental disabilities.
 
Diversity submission Cultural Responsiveness in Behavior Analysis: Provider and Recipient Perceptions in Ontario
(Service Delivery)
PAIGE O'NEILL (University of Nebraska Medical Center - Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Abstract: Cultural responsiveness is critical in behavior analytic services, particularly when providers and recipients have different cultural backgrounds. The purpose of this study was to systematically replicate and extend Beaulieu et al. (2019) by investigating the diversity among applied behavior analysis (ABA) service providers and service recipients in Ontario, service providers’ training and experiences in working with diverse families, and service providers’ and recipients’ perceptions of behavior analysts’ cultural responsiveness in practice. Results from 428 participants suggest that service providers and recipients in Ontario differ in demographic characteristics; service providers report having little training in how to serve diverse families; and although service recipients rate providers’ skills relatively positive, there is room for improvement. Results suggest a path forward for behavior analysis that includes education and training in cultural responsiveness as well as encouraging and fostering a bidirectional relationship between behavior analysts and the families they serve.
Paige O’Neill is a doctoral student at the University of Nebraska Medical Center’s Munroe-Meyer Institute (MMI) studying under the advisement of Dr. Catalina Rey. She obtained her master’s degree in applied disability studies with a specialization in applied behavior analysis from Brock University in Ontario, Canada under the mentorship of Dr. Julie Koudys. Paige is a BCBA in the Early Intervention program at MMI where she works with early learners and supervises trainees. Her research interests include topics related to mediator training and treatment integrity; teaching procedures to promote skill acquisition for early learners; and diversity, equity, and inclusion in the field of behavior analysis.
 
Diversity submission Diversity Term Accuracy: A comparison of SAFMEDS and Computer-Based Instruction Training Models
(Service Delivery)
CANDACE R FAY (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: Promoting diversity and inclusion can impact a variety of different groups. Many organizations rely on various training methods to help ensure diversity in the workplace. However, little research has compared the effects of different training approaches on increasing recall of specific cultural terms. Thus, the present study employed an adapted alternating treatment design to explore the effectiveness of two different training approaches. A SAFMEDS training model was compared to a traditionally-applied. Computer-Based Instruction, to determine which is more efficient at promoting cultural fluency. The number of correct definitions for diversity terms across various demographic categories, served as the dependent variable. Participants mastered a higher number of diversity terms when trained with SAFMEDS, compared to the computer- based instruction procedures. During maintenance sessions, participants exhibited sustained performance. SAFMEDS may be ideal for improving precision when training terms to be used in conversations about diversity, and culturally-related topics. These skills will aid in building more culturally-relevant social skills that include more complex response requirements.
Candace Fay is a BCBA and a Ph.D. student at the Florida Institute of Technology (FIT). Her core values include authenticity, balance, competence, and growth. Throughout her education, research, and practice, she has worked in areas such as ABA service delivery, training and development, performance management, behavioral systems analysis, instructional design, DEI, and intimacy and sexual behaviors. Candace currently practices within the scope of behavior-analytic instruction, research, operations consulting, and program management for ABA service delivery.
 
Diversity submission Evaluation of Instructive Feedback and Multiple-Exemplar Training as Strategies for Generalizing Tacts Across English and Spanish Responses
(Service Delivery)
PATRICIO ERHARD (University of Texas at Austin)
Abstract: Research has indicated that bilingual learners with autism have difficulty accessing culturally responsive interventions. Emerging research has shown that people with ASD have benefited from the use of instructive feedback and serial multiple-exemplar training for promoting the generalization of tacts. However, to date no study has examined the effects these combined strategies have on the emergence and generalization of tacts across multiple languages. We used a nonconcurrent multiple baseline design across participants to teach children from heritage language homes tacts in English and Spanish. The results demonstrated that instructive feedback and serial multiple-exemplar training were effective at producing generalization across novel stimuli exemplars in primary and secondary languages for two of the four participants. Additional training components (i.e., rehearsals and no-no prompts) were effective in producing the same generalization outcomes with the remaining two participants.
Patricio Erhard is a Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA), PhD candidate, and assistant instructor in the autism and developmental disabilities program at the University of Texas at Austin. Prior to UT Austin, Patricio attended the autism/ABA program at Texas State University where he earned his Master's in Education. His current research interests include multiple exemplar training, instructive feedback, dual language development, verbal behavior, social skills training, and equivalence-based instruction. Patricio is also currently teaching Trastorno del Espectro Autista at UT Austin, a Spanish course about autism.
 
 
Symposium #242
CE Offered: BACB
Treatment Resistant Behavior: Procedures and Perceptions
Sunday, May 28, 2023
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 1A/B
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Bethany Munden (University of Alaska Anchorage)
CE Instructor: Alexis Constantin Pavlov, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium will address procedures and perceptions related to the assessment and treatment of challenging behavior. The first presentation will focus on an augmented competing stimulus assessment for treatment resistant challenging behavior. The second presentation will focus on a consecutive controlled case series to determine the prevalence of masked social functions with the use of protective procedures. The final presentation will focus on how perceptions of behavioral severity impact the perceived acceptability and effectiveness of reinforcement- and punishment-based procedures for challenging behavior.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): perception, protective equipment, stimulus avoidance, treatment-resistant behavior
Target Audience:

Attendees should have a familiarity with the common functions of challenging behavior as well as some common assessment (e.g., competing stimulus assessments) and treatment (e.g., functional communication training) options for individuals who engage in challenging behavior.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify at least one consideration for treatment resistant challenging behavior maintained by automatic reinforcement; (2) describe how the use of protective procedures might mask social functions during an functional analysis; and (3) identify at least one way perception can impact determinations of a treatment's acceptability and effectiveness.
 

Augmented Competing Stimulus Assessment for Treatment Resistant Challenging Behavior

ALEXIS CONSTANTIN PAVLOV (Marcus Autism Center), Sarah Slocum (Marcus Autism Center and Emory School of Medicine)
Abstract:

Competing stimulus assessments (CSA) used to identify items or activities that compete with an identified reinforcer can be very effective for challenging behavior maintained by automatic reinforcement. While these assessments have been validated for the selection of competing items, engagement with said items is a necessary prerequisite. When individuals are lacking the skills to or interest in engaging with a potentially novel stimulus, prompting can serve to augment engagement allowing for a more throughout examination of a competing stimulus in assessment. This talk will examine an essential consideration for treatment resistant challenging behavior maintained by automatic reinforcement prior to considering more intrusive treatment evaluations. This talk will present data from participants admitted to an intensive outpatient program whose treatment involved an augmented CSAs that included the use of prompting and/or response interruption and redirection. Subsequent treatment data for challenging behavior maintained by automatic reinforcement will also be discussed. Results indicate that an augmented CSA can successful identify an effective competing stimulus to include in treatment for the reduction of automatically maintained challenging behavior.

 
Unmasking Social Functions: A Consecutive Controlled Case Series
JASMEEN KAUR (Kennedy Krieger institute), Michelle A. Frank-Crawford (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Nicole Hausman (Journey Autism & Behavioral Care Centers), Molly K Bednar (Little Leaves Behavioral Services)
Abstract: Procedural modifications are often required to clarify initially ambiguous functional analysis results. For example, some case reports suggest that the application of protective procedures may elucidate social functions when the initial functional analysis outcome indicated that problem behavior was only sensitive to automatic reinforcement. However, because prior research in this area included a small number of participants, it is unclear how often the application of protective procedures produces similar outcomes. The purpose of this study was to conduct a consecutive controlled case series to determine the prevalence of masked social functions with the use of protective procedures when the initial functional analysis indicated an automatic function. The study illustrated three general patterns of outcomes among the participants. These findings suggest that when an initial functional analysis indicates an automatic function, the addition of protective procedures may (a) unmask social functions; (b) elucidate multiply maintained results and; (c) suppress problem behavior via sensory extinction. The systematic use of protective procedures may aid in clarifying ambiguous functional analysis results.
 
Severity of Challenging Behavior Effects on the Acceptability and Effectiveness of Reinforcement and Punishment Treatments
ABIGAIL LEIGH MARTINEZ (University of Alaska Anchorage), Mychal Machado (University of Alaska Anchorage), Kristin Riall (Alaska Association for Behavior Analysis)
Abstract: The challenging behaviors exhibited by individuals diagnosed with autism have been successfully treated using both reinforcement- and punishment-based procedures. Some studies have focused on identifying variables that impact a treatment’s perceived acceptability and effectiveness, but these studies have relied on textual descriptions of challenging behavior, treatments for challenging behavior, or both. The current study evaluated how severity impacts caregiver and child-care professional ratings of acceptability and effectiveness with respect to reinforcement- and punishment-based procedures using video vignettes of a confederate caregiver working with a confederate child with autism. Vignettes included the confederate child engaging in either low-severity and high-severity challenging behavior, and the confederate caregiver implementing one of six empirically-supported treatments (brief interruption, communication training, contingent noxious stimulation, differential reinforcement, timeout, and social disapproval). Following each vignette, caregivers and child-care professionals were asked to rate the severity of the behavior displayed as well as the acceptability and effectiveness of the treatment displayed. Results demonstrated reinforcement-based procedures were considered more acceptable and effective than punishment-based procedures, regardless of the perceived severity of the behavior.
 
 
Panel #243
CE Offered: BACB/QABA/NASP
Diversity submission Embracing Virtual Opportunities: Bringing Multidisciplinary School-Based Consultation to Life
Sunday, May 28, 2023
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Convention Center 403/404
Area: EDC/OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Heather Volchko, M.Ed.
Chair: Manuel Huecias Rodriguez (Threshold Learning Consultancy)
HEATHER VOLCHKO (Threshold Learning Consultancy)
MARLA WATTS (Threshold Learning Consultancy; Positive Behavior Supports Corporation)
ALLISON L HALE (Illinois School District U-46)
Abstract:

The world saw a spike in available technology during the global pandemic of 2020 and schools led the charge to provide continued access to education from beyond the classroom walls. Teachers learned new ways of fostering engagement and students learned all kinds of new skills. Professionals found new ways of working together as colleagues who used to be down the hall - and found new colleagues across the country and the globe while battling unfathomable personal and societal adversity. The mantra of lifelong learning was on full display in education! Leveraging this increased openness and comfort with collaborating in virtual spaces, this diverse panel of colleagues and friends continues to work together remotely to serve communities with a wide range of social and ethnic backgrounds. These school-based BCBAs will share their experiences consulting with schools as they answer your questions. Join them to explore how they have met organizational and individual needs by expanding their use of virtual school-based consulting.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

This session is appropriate for professionals who interface directly with the highly applied school setting. Basic understandings of behavior analysis and varied applications of principles will be assumed as part of this conversation.

Learning Objectives: (1) Participants will learn about different forms of education consultation positioned in diverse (e.g., socioeconomic, linguistic, racial) contexts; (2) Participants will learn how behavior analysis is applied individually, class-wide, and at the systems level of school settings based on presented and identified needs; (3) Participants will learn how one group of BCBAs leverage virtual methods to extend and scale their consultation capacity.
Keyword(s): consulting, multidisciplinary, school-based, virtual
 
 
Symposium #244
CE Offered: BACB
Recent Advancements in Behavioral Safety Programs in the Industry
Sunday, May 28, 2023
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Hyatt Regency, Mineral Hall A-C
Area: OBM/CSS; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Andressa Sleiman (Florida State Unviersity )
CE Instructor: Andressa Sleiman, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Built on the foundation of behavior analysis, behavioral safety aims to prevent harm and reduce human suffering by targeting risk and intervening upon environmental factors related to safe behaviors. Yet, behavioral safety programs are only as effective as their implementation. This symposium will report on recent advances in behavioral safety data analyses and methodologies used to document current front-line supervisors’ safety practices and conversations with their workers in the chemical, petroleum, and manufacturing industries. Specifically, the first presentation investigated the impact of individual observations on near term injury probability by analyzing 3-years of data gathered in a chemical organization. The second presentation will showcase a data-based case study of a methodology used to document the day in the life of a front-line supervisor and how that information was used to create white space in their day to allow them to interact and have safety conversations with their workers. The final presentation will present a data-based case study conducted to investigate the components of front-line supervisor’s and their worker’s quality of safety conversations in a manufacturing setting.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Behavioral Safety, Conversations, Leardership, OBM
Target Audience:

The target audience for our symposium is anyone who is interested in learning more about behavioral safety, OBM, the impact that conversations has on the supervisor-supervisee relationship, and methodologies to understand a workers day and interactions. Although the topic is being presented via a safety lens, the contents can be generalized to anyone who has a supervisor-supervisee relationship or are interested in learning more about data analysis. All attendees can benefit from this presentation, but introductory knowledge to behavior-based safety would lead to a deeper comprehension of the content presented.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusions of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Explain the impact that individual behavior-based observations has on predicting injuries and near misses (2) Discuss an effective methodology to identify ways to create white space in a workers job (3) Explain the critical components of conversations between supervisors and front-line employees
 

Safety Analytics in Three Organizations Suggest the Probability of Injury Decreases After a Behavioral Safety Observation

TIMOTHY D. LUDWIG (Appalachian State University), Jacob Leslie (Appalachian State University), Yalcin Acikgoz (Appalachian State University), Shawn Bergman (Appalachian State University), Nickolas Granowsky (Appalachian State University)
Abstract:

Behavioral safety programs have been efficacious in reducing injury outcomes (Ludwig & Laske, 2023). The present study attempts to investigate the impact of individual observations on near term injury probability. Rolling sum time-series logistic regression analysis was performed on 3-years of behavioral safety observations and incident data (injuries and near misses) across two divisions of a chemical organization (manufacturing & maintenance). Each additional safety observation performed by an employee decreased the likelihood of an incident occurring over the next three days by 17% (manufacturing) - 23% (maintenance). At current rates of behavioral safety observations in these divisions were related to the avoidance of 7 (manufacturing) - 44 (maintenance) incidents per year.

 

The Day in the Life of a Front-Line Supervisor: A Case Study Conducted to Create White Space in Their Day to Increase Safety Conversations

ANDRESSA SLEIMAN (Florida State Unviersity), Timothy D. Ludwig (Appalachian State University)
Abstract:

We will present a data-based case study that we conducted in a refinery to document the day in the life of a front-line supervisor (FLS). Through our assessment we were able to identify several opportunities to streamline or eliminate tasks in order to create white space in their day for them to be able to interact with and have more meaningful safety conversations with their workers. The need for this case study arose based on the exigency of FLS to allocate more of their time on the field interacting, training, and supporting their team, to ultimately improve production and decrease injuries. Throughout this presentation we will explain the methodology we used to gather data, highlight the benefits and the limitations of using this methodology, and we will finish by explaining how we used the information to make positive changes in the refinery.

 
Measuring Safety Conversations in a Manufacturing Setting: A Step Towards Improving Communication in the Workplace
DAVIS SIMMONS (University of Florida), John Austin (Reaching Results), Nicole Gravina (University of Florida)
Abstract: Prior research has demonstrated a relationship between supervisors having safety conversations and improved safety performance. However, researchers have not evaluated the components of safety conversations. Drawn from the literature, we measured critical components of conversations between supervisors and front-line employees in a manufacturing setting. Components included the topic of the conversation, the presence of back and forth in the conversation between individuals, and the presence of open-ended questions, pinpointed positive feedback, pinpointed constructive feedback, negative comments, and other measures also important to the organization. Although some components were present across conversations, the data suggests many components did not occur consistently. Measurement considerations and possible interventions to improve conversations will be discussed.
 
 
Symposium #245
CE Offered: BACB/QABA/NASP
Is There a Future for Behavior Analysis as a Science and a Practice?
Sunday, May 28, 2023
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom D
Area: PCH/VBC; Domain: Theory
Chair: Zhihui Yi (Univeristy of Illinois Chicago)
Discussant: RuthAnne Rehfeldt (Emergent Learning Center)
CE Instructor: Mark R. Dixon, Ph.D.
Abstract:

It has been decades since the debut of contextual behavior science. During this time a small proportion of behavior analysts have shifted their world view from a predominate Skinnerian science to a broader definition of what behavior analysis could be. Additionally, many outside the field have also embraced this modified version of behaviorism and by doing so have made significant progress in understanding the human condition. This symposium will describe the various similarities and differences in contextual and radical behaviorism and suggest that our path to a more successful future of saving the world will require movement from our past traditions.

Instruction Level: Advanced
Keyword(s): Contextual Behaviorism
Target Audience:

Behavior analysts, students, and faculty

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe contextual behaviorism; (2) describe the differing views on human language and cognition from a Skinnerian and contextual behaviorism perspective; (3) describe arguments for the field to evolve and embrace contextual behaviorism.
 

Why Contextual Behaviorism is Needed for Behavior Analysis to Assume Its Rightful Role

STEVEN C. HAYES (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

Skinnerian Behavior Analysis has had a major and positive impact on the world. Skinner's Radical Behaviorism got many things right, including a naturalistic approach, a focus on the importance of the individual organism, a focus on processes, the contingency as an integrated unit of analysis, insistence that behavioral development was an evolutionary process and thus that behavior analysis belonged as a part of evolutionary science, a pragmatic truth criterion, and the willingness to apply behavioral principles to scientists themselves. These positive steps were undermined, however, by a failure to appreciate what was truly new about verbal behavior, and a resulting excessive reliance on principles derived solely from non-human animals. These mistakes were amplified by a lack of clarity about the role of theory, an excessive reliance on interpretation, methodological rigidity, disconnections with evolutionary science and mainstream psychological science, and professionalization driven by principles and methods that fail to respond in a timely way to advancements within the field. The result has been increasing intellectual isolation, the practical narrowing applied behavior analysis, and a crisis of sustainability within the field. This paper will argue that these problems are self-inflicted and are unnecessary given the state of the evidence. Contextual behaviorism is a proven and robust offshoot of classical radical behaviorism and BA / ABA with a body of empirical and practical products that prove that a bright future awaits behavior analysis if it can overcome the limitation of Skinner's approach to verbal behavior, and return to its rightful role as a driving force in the development of principles that help in modification of human behavior, including with those who are highly verbally competent, and doing so with high precision, scope, and depth.

 

Why I Am Not a Radical Behaviorist

MARK R. DIXON (University of Illinois Chicago)
Abstract:

After 25 years in the field of behavior analysis, it is now time to redefine what I believe is a successful and acceptable form of behaviorism. Movement beyond the ideas of “radical” behaviorism towards a contextual world view of “contextual“ behaviorism will be necessary in order to expand the impact of this approach to human behavior in any meaningful way. All sciences progress, adapt, or die. Our field is currently at a crossroads of holding onto antiquated traditions that risk the very elimination of our field. New discoveries and robust outcomes are occurring in contextual behavior science, and it is time for the current and future generations of behaviorists to adopt a contextual behaviorism, and leave behind radical behaviorism just as we have done before with methodological behaviorism.

 
 
Paper Session #246
Behavior Analysis of Compassion and Compassionate Care
Sunday, May 28, 2023
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom H
Area: PCH
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Chair: Donna West (University of Nevada, Reno)
 

The Role of Language Processes in Lack of Compassion for Others: Insights From Relational Frame Theory

Domain: Theory
GREGORY S. SMITH (University of Dayton; University of Nevada, Reno School of Medicine)
 
Abstract:

A core concept within Relational Frame Theory (RFT) is arbitrarily applicable relational responding (AARR), which describes the ability of verbally sophisticated humans to learn and respond in terms of relations among stimuli based on arbitrary cues applied to those stimuli, as opposed to being based on their formal, physical properties. Through conceptual analysis, this paper will argue the human capacity for AARR underlies many instances of how individuals justify the mistreatment of and lack of compassion toward a variety of living beings, both human and non-human. This phenomenon will first be demonstrated for the audience by incorporating their participation in absurd examples meant to clearly highlight the verbal processes of interest. From there, more subtle and nuanced examples drawn from contemporary culture will be considered, in order to draw attention to the seemingly “true” or “real” nature of our justifications for violence and lack of compassion toward others, while exposing them for the linguistic illusions they actually are. The implications for Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion (DEI) efforts as well as potential remedies pointed up by the analysis will be discussed.

 
Conceptual Congruence of Compassionate Care, Cultural Humility, and Psychological Flexibility: Implications for Applied Behavior Analysis
Domain: Theory
DONNA WEST (University of Nevada, Reno), Kian Assemi (University of Nevada, Reno), Swathi Ragulan (University of Nevada, Reno), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno)
 
Abstract: Taylor and colleagues (2019) recommended that applied behavior analysts develop more collaborative relationships with their clients' caregivers by researching, training, and providing compassionate care in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA). A behavior analytic interpretation of compassionate care could support the development of such training and support collaborative relationships with not only caregivers, but all participants in ABA services (e.g., clients, stakeholders, providers, supervisors, and other professionals). The present paper will provide a Relational Frame Theory (RFT) perspective of compassionate care and discuss the possibility of expanding the concept of compassionate care by reviewing its conceptual congruence with cultural humility and psychological flexibility. This process includes an overview of ways that Acceptance and Commitment Training (ACT) may provide ABA with a viable and comprehensive means for training and practicing compassionate care among members of human service organizations. Finally, implications of this approach to practitioners, clients, and ABA as a whole will be discussed in conjunction with recommendations for future research and how ABA leadership can support the development and sustainability of compassionate care in ABA organizations.
 
 
 
Panel #247
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Diversity submission Ethical and Cultural Considerations When Providing Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Services to Latinx Families in Mexico and the United States
Sunday, May 28, 2023
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Convention Center 406/407
Area: TBA/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Berenice de la Cruz, Ph.D.
Chair: Berenice de la Cruz (Texas A&M University-San Antonio)
MARIANA DE LOS SANTOS (Bloom Children's Center)
FABIOLA VARGAS LONDONO (Independent Researcher)
Abstract:

This panel will discuss ethical and cultural considerations when providing Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) services to Latinx families in Mexico and the United States. The United States is diversifying at a fast rate. According to the 2021 Census data, 18.9% of the United States population are Hispanic, and Mexican account for over 60% of the Hispanic subgroup. Mexico is the third-largest country in Latin America and has the second-largest economy. In Mexico, a lack of medical and educational services is common, especially for families of individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities. Panelists will share about the creation of a professional organization to disseminate the science of behavior analysis across Mexico and about the first behavior analytic organization in the United States formed to specifically address diversity of behavior analysts in the field of ABA. Results from a study that examined early intervention needs in the Mexican population and compared these needs to those in the Latinx Spanish-speaking population in the United States will also be discussed. Panelists will discuss their experiences, challenges, and lessons learned when providing ABA services to Latinx families. Attendees are encouraged to ask questions and share their own experiences during this interactive panel session.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Audience members should minimally have the competencies and pre-requisite skills for a Board Certified Behavior Analyst as defined by the Behavior Analysis Certification Board 5th Edition Tasklist.

Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will describe ethical and cultural considerations when providing ABA services to Latino families in Mexico. 2. Participants will describe ethical and cultural considerations when providing ABA services to Latino families in Mexico. 3. Participants will compare the early education needs of Latinx Spanish-speaking children and children living in Mexico.
Keyword(s): cultural considerations, dissemination, ethical considerations, Latinx
 
 
Invited Paper Session #248
CE Offered: BACB
A Behavioral Approach to the Treatment of Aphasia: Scratching the Surface
Sunday, May 28, 2023
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Convention Center Four Seasons Ballroom 2/3
Area: VBC; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Rocio Rosales (University of Massachusetts Lowell)
CE Instructor: Rocio Rosales, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: ZUILMA GABRIELA SIGURDARDOTTIR (University of Iceland)
Abstract: Aphasia is an adult language disorder that can be acquired following a cerebral vascular accident (e.g., stroke). There are many types of aphasia and it is common for patients to be diagnosed with one type of aphasia in the beginning but be diagnosed with a different type of aphasia during the healing period. Healing typically lasts for 6 to 18 months post trauma. After the healing period the condition becomes chronic. Broca´s aphasia, which I mostly focus on, is characterized by a diminished vocabulary and by the slow, broken, and labored formation of sentences. The processes that enable improvements in fluent speech, e.g., in naming, reading, sentence structure, etc., are not well understood. Various approaches have been used to treat patients with Broca´s aphasia including speech therapy. Most studies show improvements after treatment. Still, the development of an effective and efficient treatment, one that reliably works better than others for specific patients with specific symptoms, remains to be established. Treatment based on operant conditioning or stimulus control procedures seemed to be promising in the very limited number of available studies over 20 years ago. My curiosity with regard to Broca‘s aphasia, and my firm believe that the application of learning principles could alleviate some of those symptoms led me into experimenting with a behavioral treatment. It is my goal for today to present the data of these studies as an example of how learning principles can be applied systematically in the treatment of aphasia to increase fluent speech. These studies just scratched the surface and need to be continued. It was my intent to try out something that could potentially help a few patients achieve more fluent speech. Participants in these studies were adults with chronic-aphasia, aged 51-63. The performances that were treated varied across participants but all had to do with fluent speech, e.g., naming people or objects, making sentences, sequencing stimuli, discriminating written words or reading compound words. Treatment was based on stimulus control procedures like errorless learning, backward chaining, and other operant conditioning. They were treated for up to 7 months. Treatment variables were clearly defined and systematically used in standard ways across participants with flexibility for adaptation to individual outcomes using clearly defined criteria. Prompts that were used in training faded out as performances improved. Treatment effects were evaluated with single subject experimental designs. The performances of all participants improved significantly. Performances ultimately reached 100% correct in some tasks without any prompts from the experimenter. Generalization measures across stimuli and settings demonstrated that their improved performances generalized to novel stimuli and novel settings. One study was directly replicated. When a replication failed further studies were undertaken in an attempt to understand the reasons for the failure to replicate. Systematic replications are needed to assess generality of effects of this experimental treatment. Replication of therapeutic effects is a prerequisite for advancement in any therapeutic field. Only with direct and systematic replications of single-subject experimental studies is it possible to ultimately determine which type of therapy is effective for what type of patient with what type of etiology and symptoms and in which particular situation (Barlow & Hersen, 1984; Hayes, Barlow, & Nelson-Gray, 1999; Sidman, 1960).
Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

All ABA practitioners

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to:(1) List the main symptoms of Broca‘s aphasia; (2) Describe an intervention based on errorless learning and performance feedback for symptoms of aphasia; (3) Discuss the benefits of applying the methods and strategies of applied behavior analysis in the treatment of aphasia.
 
ZUILMA GABRIELA SIGURDARDOTTIR (University of Iceland)
Zuilma Gabriela Sigurðardóttir finished her BA in psychology in 1985 at the University of Iceland, her MA in Behavior Analysis and Therapy in 1989 at Southern Illinois University-Carbondale and her PhD in Psychology in 1992 at Northeastern University-Boston. She became member of ABAI in 1987. She has worked on the dissemination of behavior analysis in Iceland and Europe for 30 years. First as therapist, consultant, and adjunct faculty at the University of Iceland, while also being an administrator and developer of services for the disabled in Reykjavík. Then she became an administrator and developer of psychological services for schools at the compulsory level for the City of Reykjavík. She entered academia full time in 1999 as assistant professor of behavior analysis in the psychology department of the University of Iceland. She became associate professor in 2004 and full professor in 2018. She has taught behavior analysis at all levels, both required and elective courses that she established. She has guided and supervised approximately 190 students‘ research projects for thesis in behavior analysis at all levels, including the only PhD thesis in behavior analysis in Iceland so far. She has managed and coordinated graduate student practica in public schools for 23 years. She has aided Icelandic students to find programs of study in behavior analysis in the United States and Europe since 1998 and has guided them in the application process. She was department chair of the psychology department at the University of Iceland in 2003-2005. She was president of the European Association for Behavior Analysis in 2015-2017 and past-president in 2017-2020. Her research interests include the analysis of language acquisition from a stimulus equivalence paradigm and applied behavior analysis in various contexts. She has served as associate editor of EJOBA and JOBE for many years and was on the review board of EJOBA for many years prior to becoming associate editor. She has reviewed manuscripts for various other scientific journals like JEAB and for scientific journals in various other disciplines as well. She has served as reviewer of grant proposals for the Icelandic Research Council and other granting agencies. She was an exchange teacher at the University of Latvia with Erasmus fellowships in 2015-2019 and led the establishment of the Baltic Association for Behavior Analysis. She has continued teaching for Latvia through the internet in the last three years. She aided in coordinating the first conference on behavior analysis in Sofia, Bulgaria in 2016. She has taught re-education courses for elementary school teachers, psychologists, administrators, and allied health professionals in Iceland and Latvia. She has also offered behavior management classes to parents and teachers in Iceland in Icelandic, English, and Spanish. She has had a small private practice where she provides services to families. She presently serves as board chairman of the newly established Applied Behavior Analysis masters program at the University of Iceland. She enjoys travel and culture, classical music concerts, family gatherings, and her dog. She has two adult children and a grand-daughter on the way. She was born in Mexico City but moved from there at age 10 and settled down in Iceland at age 11 with her Mexican mother and Icelandic step father. She is the recipient of the SABA 2023 award for International Dissemination of Behavior Analysis.
 
 
Symposium #249
CE Offered: BACB
Recent Advancements in Skill Acquisition Programming and Clinical Problem Solving
Sunday, May 28, 2023
5:00 PM–6:50 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 4A/B
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Landon Cowan (Marquette University)
Discussant: Tom Cariveau (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
CE Instructor: Landon Cowan, M.A.
Abstract: Behavior analysts regularly design and implement interventions to teach individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) numerous skills; however, intervention strategies for teaching relatively more complex skills are still emerging and in need of refinement. Additionally, few resources exist to guide behavior analysts in engaging in problem solving when barriers to learning emerge while teaching these skills. This symposium will describe four studies examining practices and future directions for the development of efficacious and efficient skill-acquisition procedures. The first presentation will describe the impact of different forms of visual stimuli used during training impacted generalization to untrained stimuli. The second presentation will describe the outcomes of a teaching procedure designed to teach learners to mand for information across operants. The third presentation will describe an intervention designed to teach learners to respond differentially to examples and non-examples of bullying. The fourth presentation will describe a clinical problem-solving model that can be used to identify and address barriers to learning that occur in skill acquisition programs. To end, the discussant will review the findings in each presentation and consider areas for future research.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Bullying, Generalization, Problem Solving, Verbal Behavior
Target Audience: The target audience for this symposium will be students, researchers, and practitioners that are interested in the study and application of skill-acquisition procedures with individuals receiving applied behavior analytic intervention services. Attendees should be familiar with common procedures and components commonly included in intervention services, such as those used in discrete trial instruction.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the impacts of different visual stimuli on generalization outcomes; (2) describe intervention procedures to promote generalization across operants; (3) identify at least one instructional strategy for teaching individuals how to respond to and report bullying; (4) describe at least one step of systematic clinical problem solving.
 

When Red Apples Are Green: Generalization by Picture Type

KELSEY FLYNN BURREN (New England Center for Children; Western New England University), Chata A. Dickson (New England Center for Children)
Abstract:

For individuals with complex communication needs, learned relations between pictorial stimuli and their referents can serve as the basis for communication. One young man with autism participated in this study investigating whether the form of visual stimuli used in training object-to-picture matching would affect accuracy of responding to untrained variations of those objects. Matching between objects and 2-dimensional stimuli was trained and assessed with color photos, black and white photos, black and white line drawings, and written words. A parallel treatments design compared the number of teaching trials required to reach the mastery criterion and the accuracy of responding to novel variations of the object. Color photos resulted in more efficient mastery and more accurate responding to a wider array of novel stimuli. When novel objects differed in size or shape, selection of the corresponding comparison stimulus was most likely with color photos. However, when novel objects differed in color, selection of the appropriate comparison stimulus was more likely with black and white photos or line drawings. These preliminary data suggest that for some individuals with autism, the degree of similarity between pictures and corresponding target objects may influence acquisition of the stimulus relations needed for communicating.

 

Teaching Children With Autism to Mand for Information Across Tact and Intraverbal Operants

DESIREE DAWSON (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Nicole M. Rodriguez (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Jamie Gilmore-Black (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Michael A. Aragon (Behavioral Learning Network)
Abstract:

We replicated and extended research teaching children with autism to mand for information (e.g., Ingvarsson and Hollobaugh, 2019) by evaluating transfer of the “I don’t know please tell me” (IDKPTM) response across operants. We used a progressive prompt delay and echoic prompts to teach two school-aged boys and one school-aged girl with autism to mand for information when presented with unknown questions (intraverbals) and unknown pictures (tacts). Sessions consisted of three known targets intermixed with six unknown targets, only three of which were exposed to the teaching procedures. For all participants, we saw generalization of IDKPTM within but not across operants. All participants required some exposure, albeit brief, to direct prompting and reinforcing of the correct answer following presentation of the initial question. Upon returning to a delayed prompt to the mand for information, all participants acquired the target intraverbals and tacts based on the therapists answers to their mands for information. Ivan and Bonnie did not need this additional exposure to prompting and reinforcement to the correct answer in the subsequent operant whereas Xander did. Although generalization of the IDKPTM response was observed within operant, acquisition after acquiring this mand for information in the baseline condition differed across participants.

 

Teaching Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder to Respond Differentially to Examples and Non-Examples of Bullying

BIANCÉ JASMINE FERRUCCI (Marquette University), Landon Cowan (Marquette University), Tiffany Kodak (Marquette University), Jessi Reidy (Marquette University), Paige Wortman (Marquette University), Ashley Van Handel (Marquette University), Lauren Casper (Marquette University), Brittany Brown (Marquette University)
Abstract:

Individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) are more likely than their neurotypical peers to experience bullying at some point in their lives. Previous research has taught individuals with ASD to respond to statements of bullying using behavioral skills training (BST) and in-situ training; however, there is limited research on teaching individuals to respond differentially to examples and non-examples of bullying. The purpose of the current study was to teach individuals with ASD to respond differentially to examples and non-examples of bullying in short video clips. Specifically, we included close non-examples and far non-examples of bullying in the training. Following limited generalization of responding to untrained exemplars, we also taught participants to specifically tact exemplars as either bullying or non-bullying. Results of the current study extend the literature on teaching individuals to respond to bullying using video stimuli while including both close and far non-examples.

 
A Problem-Solving Model for Identifying and Addressing Barriers to Learning in Skill-Acquisition Programs
LANDON COWAN (Marquette University), Tiffany Kodak (Marquette University), Jessi Reidy (Marquette University), Marisa E. McKee (Marquette University), Laura Biwer (Marquette University), Kirsten Lloyd (Marquette University)
Abstract: Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) services for learners with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) and other intellectual and developmental disabilities frequently involve teaching a variety of skills, such as those related to communication, daily-living, and safety. There is an extensive literature available demonstrating effective instructional procedures (e.g., discrete-trial teaching, prompt-fading strategies) as well as procedural or environmental modifications that clinicians can apply when teaching these skills; however, minimal literature exists to guide clinicians in applying these procedures when learners encounter a barrier to learning. Thus, it is unclear what systematic methods (if any) clinicians are using to determine efficacious and efficient instructional modifications. The current study demonstrates the application of a problem-solving model- which considers barriers caused by skill- and performance-deficits- with two learners with ASD to identify and subsequently address barriers to learning on current acquisition goals. Results suggest the efficacy of using a problem-solving approach to skill-acquisition program modifications to improve learner outcomes.
 
 
Symposium #250
CE Offered: BACB
Improving Sustainability of Treatments for Problem Behavior
Sunday, May 28, 2023
5:00 PM–6:50 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 1E/F
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Sydney Arthur (Georgia Southern University)
Discussant: Adam M. Briggs (Eastern Michigan University)
CE Instructor: Adam M. Briggs, Ph.D.
Abstract: Interventions that incorporate differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA) aim to replace problem behavior such as aggression and self-injurious behavior with an appropriate behavior such as functional communication. These types of interventions (e.g., functional communication training; FCT) have been demonstrated to be efficacious across a wide variety of behaviors, populations, and settings; however, these interventions are not without limitations or challenges. Issues may arise during these interventions such as when therapists initiate training of alternative functional communication, when additional compliance procedures are incorporated into FCT, when FCT is extended to mirror more natural contexts (e.g., reinforcement-schedule thinning), or when problem behavior is maintained by automatic reinforcement. Thus, the continued search for improving and refining DRA interventions is warranted. This symposium will present on ways to improve sustainability of DRA treatments for problem behavior. In this symposium, Ms. Davis will present a Systematic Literature Review on FCT pretaining, Ms. Pelletier will present An Evaluation of Sensory Integration Techniques on Automatic Maintenance on Problem Behavior, Ms. Nercesian will present on Procedural Refinements during Delay Tolerance, Dr. Mauzy will present on the Evaluation of Returning Preferred Items during S-Delta Components. Dr. Adam Briggs will discuss implications.
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Automatic Behavior, DRA, FCT, Problem Behavior
Target Audience: BCBA's who practice FCT and/or treatments for problem behavior
Learning Objectives: 1) Audience members will identify types of DRA interventions 2) Audience members will name at least 2 considerations when conducting DRA treatments 3) Audience members will describe challenges that may be encountered during DRA interventions
 

A Systematic Literature Review on Functional Communication Pretraining Procedures

KAYLA RANDALL (Georgia Southern University), Jackee' Davis (Georgia Southern University), Katherine Brown (Utah State University), Ryan Kimball (University of Saint Joseph (West Hartford, CT)), Samantha Nercesian (Utah State Univeristy), Caroline Bach (Georgia Southern University)
Abstract:

Functional communication training (FCT) is a common differential reinforcement of alternative behavior procedure to establish a functional communication response (FCR) as an alternative to destructive behavior. The initial teaching phase, sometimes referred to as FCT pretraining, is critical because it marks the beginning of clinicians teaching an FCR. In addition, this phase is often the first time clinicians place destructive behavior on extinction. Precisely conducting FCT pretraining is critical given high-levels of FCR fluency are related to generality and maintenance of the response, and extinction for destructive behavior. Despite the importance of FCT pretraining, no synthesis of the FCT pretraining literature currently exists. We conducted a systematic literature review to determine procedures used during FCT pretraining. We identified 21 articles that included a description of FCT pretraining. Results overwhelmingly indicate methods used to teach the FCR during FCT pretraining are often underreported or omitted altogether. In this presentation, we will share our findings, discuss implications, and provide future directions for future research.

 
A Review of a Differential-Reinforcement Intervention to Increase Compliance and Decrease Problem Behavior Related to Tangible Restriction
COURTNEY MAUZY (University of Georgia), Sarah Slocum (Marcus Autism Center and Emory School of Medicine)
Abstract: Individuals who demonstrate problem behavior maintained by access to tangibles often exhibit noncompliance during times when caregivers attempt to restrict the tangible item (Kalb and Loeber; 2003). Differential reinforcement for compliance is a frequently used and empirically supported intervention for the treatment of problem behavior maintained by social-negative reinforcement (i.e., escape or avoidance; Petscher et al., 2009). However, little research has attempted to implement these procedures to increase compliance and decrease problem behavior surrounding tangible restriction. We reviewed a compliance training procedure (i.e., differential reinforcement of compliance) implemented with several individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) who engaged in severe problem behavior surrounding the act of restricting preferred tangible items. Preliminary results indicate some success in increasing compliance and decreasing problem behavior, thus highlighting the need for further research and more in-depth analyses of compliance training procedures applied to tangible restriction.
 
Procedural Refinements During Delay Tolerance Training
SAMANTHA NERCESIAN (Utah State Univeristy), Katherine Brown (Utah State University)
Abstract: Delay tolerance interventions are commonly used after functional communication training to teach an individual to tolerate delays and denials to access functional reinforcers. Two common approaches to teach delay tolerance are contingency-based progressive delays (CBPD) and multiple schedules. A previous study that compared these approaches found multiple schedules were more effective at teaching delay tolerance relative to CBPD (Brown et al., 2021). To further the research from Brown et al. (2021), we compared standard CBPD procedures to CBPD procedures with components of a multiple schedule to determine if the additional components increase the efficacy of the procedure. In the current study we had participants for whom CBPD was ineffective at maintaining reductions in destructive behavior and discriminated use of FCRs. As such, we examined if embedding discriminating stimuli in the form of red/green cards during CBPD sessions would improve treatment efficacy and if these stimuli could subsequently be faded from the treatment. The findings of this study have direct implications on procedural modifications to improve the efficacy of delay tolerance interventions and systematically remove discriminative stimuli to promote generalization outside clinical contexts.
 

An Evaluation of Sensory Integration Techniques on Automatic Maintained Problem Behavior

Joseph D. Dracobly (University of North Texas), DANIELLE PELLETIER (University of North Texas), Elizabeth Joy Houck (University of North Texas), Melanie Bauer (University of North Texas), Aaron Joseph Sanchez (University of North Texas), Richard G. Smith (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

Sensory integration techniques are a common treatment procedure among occupational therapists. The goal is to “apply” input that competes with input from problem behavior. Although this is a commonly recommended intervention, there is limited empirical evaluation with adults with intellectual disabilities. Therefore, we evaluated the effectiveness of occupational therapist-suggested sensory stimuli on the automatically maintained problem behavior of adults. Specifically, we compared the effects of non-contingent access to sensory stimuli and non-contingent access to highly preferred stimuli on the rate of problem behavior. Results suggested that, relative to highly preferred stimuli, sensory stimuli had either a limited effect on problem behavior, or in some cases, were correlated with increases in problem behavior. This suggests that sensory stimuli may not produce the same automatic stimulation as problem behavior. We will discuss implications for treatment, including methods for better identifying stimuli for use in the treatment of automatically maintained problem behavior.

 
 
Symposium #251
CE Offered: BACB
Interbehaviorism in Application: Post-Kantorian Implications for the Clinician-Scientist
Sunday, May 28, 2023
5:00 PM–6:50 PM
Hyatt Regency, Capitol Ballroom 5-7
Area: CBM/PCH; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Nicole Pyke (The University of Louisiana at Lafayette)
Discussant: Karen Kate Kellum (University of Mississippi)
CE Instructor: Karen Kate Kellum, Ph.D.
Abstract:

A clarified and coherent philosophy of science is of significant importance to the natural science approach to human behavior. Within recent years, there has been renewed behavior analytic interest in JR Kantor’s Interbehaviorism (Kantor, 1924), in particular. Despite the repeated characterizations of Interbehaviorism as merely descriptive, increases in interest appear to be primarily driven by enthusiasm around its practical implications. This renewed interest in a context far removed from that in which Interbehaviorism was developed may necessitate novel explorations of its implications. In what specific ways is Interbehaviorism useful to the behavior analytic clinician in conceptualization, treatment planning, and intervention? How might Interbehavioral conceptualizations of learning increase a clinician's effectiveness in responding in the moment of the client-clinician interaction? Within this symposium, we will address these questions by expanding upon previous conceptual analyses, and bringing these analyses to bear on the activities of the clinician through explicit examples. Beginning with a brief introduction to Interbehavioral concepts that will be of use to the clinician, each subsequent contribution within this symposium will then proceed to examine these concepts with respect to matters of the therapeutic relationship, clinical behavior analysis (writ large), and exposure-based approaches to psychotherapy.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Clinical, Interbehaviorism, Psychotherapy, Therapeutic Alliance
Target Audience:

Basic competency in philosophical tenets. of Radical Behaviorism and Interbehaviorism.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Identify components of the interbehavioral field and define basic interbehavioral terminology. (2) Functionally define "appetitive" and "aversive" in an interbehaviorally-consistent manner. (3) Contrast interbehaviorally informed clinical approaches versus non-interbeahviorally informed clinical approaches.
 

Setting the Stage: An Introduction to Core Concepts from Interbehavioral Psychology and Extensions to the Characterization of the Interbehavioral Field

MATTHEW DAVID ANDERSLAND (University of Louisiana Lafayette), Michael C May (Louisiana Contextual Science Research Group; Compassionate Behavioral Healthcare, LLC), Abbey Warren (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Brad Michael Parfait (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana Lafayette)
Abstract:

Interbehavioral psychology is the applied form of J.R. Kantor’s naturalistic philosophy of science, Interbehaviorism, to the study of interbehavior within an environment (Kantor, 1924). Adopting an Interbehavioral lens as a behavior analytic clinician often requires modifications to one’s conceptual vocabulary involved in the description and analysis of interbehavioral phenomena. This paper will explore core Interbehavioral that may have particular utility for the behavior analytic clinician. For example, interbehavioral psychology adopts a field approach to conceptualize the complex interactions of the elements making up the IBF: stimulus and response function, interbehavioral history, setting factors, and the medium of contact (Kantor, 1958). Another useful interbehavioral concept is stimulus substitution, whereby a stimulus object assumes the functions of another stimulus object via shared properties or close spatio-temporal proximity within an organism’s interactional history (Fryling, 2012). This process may be of particular relevance to making sense of organismic responding in the absence of a topographical stimulus object. As another example, the Kantorian conception of subtle behavior will be explored as a naturalistic alternative to the interpretation of behaviors typically classified as covert or private events (Kantor, 1953, pg. 268). Lastly, contemporary concepts that may offer additional utility to the behavior analytic clinician by allowing for characterization of the breadth, flexibility, and orientation of the IBF will be considered.

 

Into the Interaction: Reconceptualizing the Therapeutic Relationship With Interbehavioral Psychology

BRAD MICHAEL PARFAIT (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Michael C May (Louisiana Contextual Science Research Group; Compassionate Behavioral Healthcare, LLC), Abbey Warren (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Matthew David Andersland (University of Louisiana Lafayette), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Janani Vaidya (National Louis University)
Abstract:

The therapeutic relationship, sometimes referred to as the therapeutic alliance, has been conceptualized from a variety of theoretical perspectives. Traditional accounts of behavior therapy have de-emphasized the importance of the therapeutic relationship in favor of the study of active ingredients and mechanisms of action (Dougher, 2004). This changed with the development of Functional Analytic Psychotherapy (FAP), which demonstrated that critical aspects of the therapeutic relationship may be those that are functionally similar to other relationships out in the client’s life (Kohlenberg and Tsai, 1991). Adopting an Interbehavioral stance extends this conceptualization beyond the interpersonal context such that any significant contexts can be made functionally present for direct observation and intervention. In this way, the therapeutic relationship can be conceptualized as the primary unit of analysis for the behavior analytic clinician (Sandoz, 2020). This paper will expand on the use of the therapeutic relationship that is consistent with evolving understandings of how to apply Interbehavioral psychology to clinical settings.

 

Clinicians in the Field: Exploring the Implications of an Interbehaviorally-Informed Approach to Clinical Behavior Analysis

ABBEY WARREN (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Michael C May (Louisiana Contextual Science Research Group; Compassionate Behavioral Healthcare, LLC), Brad Michael Parfait (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Matthew David Andersland (University of Louisiana Lafayette), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana Lafayette)
Abstract:

Clinical Behavior Analysis (CBA) is the umbrella term for the systematic application of the principles of a natural science approach to human behavior in the treatment of various topographies of behavioral disorders (Dougher, 2000), colloquially, mental health disorders. As interest in CBA continues to grow among behavior analytic clinicians, likewise so has interest stirred in the basic philosophical and epistemological assumptions underlying clinical applications of behavior analytic principles. Among the various philosophies of behavioral science, J.R. Kantor’s Interbehaviorism (Kantor, 1924) has been advanced as a philosophy that can, in particular, be invaluable to the behavior analytic clinician in their work with clients (Sandoz, 2020). With an emphasis on practical implications, the present paper will examine the ways in which Interbehavioral concepts may improve the effectiveness of clinical behavior analytic interventions. Some core components of Interbehaviorism with particular action implications for CBA will be discussed and illustrated utilizing concrete examples.

 

Unshackled Exposure: Practical Implications for Exposure and Response Prevention Through the Lens of Interbehaviorism

MICHAEL C MAY (Louisiana Contextual Science Research Group; Compassionate Behavioral Healthcare, LLC), Abbey Warren (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Brad Michael Parfait (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Matthew David Andersland (University of Louisiana Lafayette), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Janani Vaidya (National Louis University)
Abstract:

Exposure and Response Prevention (ERP), colloquially known as “Exposure Therapy”, is widely acknowledged as the gold-standard in the empirically supported treatment of anxiety-related disorders (Norton & Price, 2007; Tolin, 2010; Koran & Simpson, 2013; APA, 2010). Having its theoretical grounding in both classical as well as operant paradigms (Mowrer, 1960), its utility and effectiveness is of immediate relevance to the behavioral clinician-scientist. As an overarching approach grounded in basic scientific principles, ERP has been codified into numerous formal protocols (Foa & Rothbaum, 1998; Barlow & Craske, 2007; Foa, Yadin, & Lichner, 2012) and subject to numerous theoretical reconceptualizations (Foa & McNally, 1996; Craske et al., 2014). However, ERP has yet to receive a novel reconceptualization through the lens of J.R. Kantor’s Interbehaviorism (Kantor, 1924). The present paper will examine the core characteristics of Interbehaviorism in terms of their practical implications for ERP. Building upon recent calls for Interbehavioral conceptual analyses of clinical phenomena (e.g., Sandoz, 2020), we will examine the ways in which Interbehaviorism could facilitate a paradigmatic shift in ERP application allowing for increased sensitivity and effectiveness of the behavioral clinician-scientists.

 
 
Symposium #252
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
The Complexities of Ethical Decision Making
Sunday, May 28, 2023
5:00 PM–6:50 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 1C/D
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Translational
Chair: Stephanie M. Peterson (Western Michigan University)
Discussant: R. Wayne Fuqua (Western Michigan University)
CE Instructor: R. Wayne Fuqua, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Decision making in clinical applications of behavior analysis is complex. This symposium will consist of three of the papers describing applied research and one conceptual paper. The first presentation will describe a study in which the the component skills involved in ethical decision were taught to students of behavior analysis. The steps students would implement given scenarios were compared to each other and to experts. The results of this study will be discussed in terms of the instructional considerations for those teaching students to engage in ethical decisions. The second presentation is another applied study, in which the decisions of novice and expert behavior analysts were compared. Experts and novices were asked to rate risk in conducting a functional analysis with and without a structured decision-making tool. The results of this study showed that both experts and novices benefited from use of the tool. The third presentation will describe an applied study of the underlying behavioral processes involved in clinical decision making. Researchers manipulated the televisibility and short-term harm to the clients of decisions. A loss-discounting framework was used to analyze the variability in responding of participants. The final presentation will challenge the audience to consider ethical decision making in a new context—that of artificial intelligence. This paper will address the question, what are the ethical considerations when designing artificial intelligence technologies? Finally, the discussant will summarize the common themes of complex, ethical decision making and implications for the field.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): decision making, ethics
Target Audience:

Prerequisite skills are certification as a beahvior analyst, detailed knowledge of the BACB's Code of Ethics, a detailed understanding of a variety of assessments and treatments commonly used in practice, as well as common ethical challenges related to the implementation of these assessments and treatments.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. Use a rubric/decision tree to improve the quality of recommended actions for ethical scenarios, 2. State factors that influence ethical decision-making and the difficulty of measuring risk and decision-making processes, 3. Describe how the probability of their clinical choices leading to harm or being observed by others influences the decisions they make, and 4. State open-ended questions the field should answer as AI begins to be used more frequently in ABA.
 
Using a Decision Tree to Evaluate Contextual Factors in Ethical Scenarios
(Applied Research)
VIDESHA MARYA (Endicott College; Village Autism Center), Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College)
Abstract: The successful navigation of ethical dilemmas is an important skill set for practitioners of behavior analysis. Component skills include detection of the dilemma through ethical radar, the consideration of core principles, the identification of relevant codes, and the consideration of relevant contextual factors. Implementation and follow up skills require the analysis of effectiveness, the need for additional action, and the inclusion of preventative strategies for the future. In the instruction of the skill set, systematic ways are needed to teach these components. Specifically, students need to learn to analyze contextual factors and to methodically navigate a wide variety of potential circumstances. In this study, students of behavior analysis were taught ethical navigation skills using the Behavior Analyst Certification Board ethical decision-making model or using a worksheet in addition to the Behavior Analyst Certification Board decision making model. Their responses regarding actions to take were compared to one another and to experts in ethical conduct. Implications for instruction of this skill set are reviewed, as well as issues in the generalization and social validity of instructional procedures and outcomes.
 
Expert and Novice Use of the Functional Analysis Risk Assessment Decision Tool
(Applied Research)
ALI SCHROEDER (Western Michigan University), Stephanie M. Peterson (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Risk assessment and evaluation before behavioral assessment and intervention is required by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board® (BACB®) Ethics Code for Behavior Analysts (BACB, 2020). Methods to do so and potential factors to consider are not readily available. Deochand et al. (2020) developed the Functional Analysis Risk Assessment Decision Tool (FARADT) to aid behavior analysts in ethical decision-making regarding whether to conduct a functional analysis. An empirical evaluation of whether use of the FARADT impacts novice users’ ratings of risk has not yet been conducted. The research discussed in this presentation evaluated expert and novice behavior analysts’ ratings of risk with and without access to the FARADT when given scenarios in which a functional analysis was being considered. Results indicated FARADT decreased variability of risk ratings for novices and produced ratings of risk that more closely matched the intended risk level of the vignette for both experts and novices. Results provide preliminary evidence that decision-making tools may be helpful to both novice and expert behavior analysts and provide insight into the complex variables considered during risk assessment and decision-making.
 
Influence of Televisibility and Harm Probability on Clinical-Ethical Decision-Making
(Applied Research)
ALAN KINSELLA (Endicott College), David J. Cox (RethinkFirst; Endicott College), Asim Javed (Endicott College)
Abstract: Researchers have recently begun to use a behavioral economics framework to study the clinical-ethical decisions made by practicing behavior analysts. Much of this work, however, has examined broad patterns as opposed to isolating the underlying behavioral processes. In this study, we sought to extend past research by studying how clinical-ethical decisions would be influenced by a parametric manipulation of the probability that each available option would be televisible or cause short-term harm to the client. Behavior analysts ( n =15) were largely influenced only by the probability of short-term harm. In contrast, the control group ( n =30) was influenced by the probability each choice was televisible and the probability of short-term harm. Further, across all choices, control group participants showed a higher tendency than behavior analysts to not allow the individual to engage in the harmful behavior. Quantitative models built using machine learning algorithms were able to predict ~75% of choices made by participants using only the independent variables manipulated in this study. At the individual level, a probability loss discounting framework seemed to account for the data; however, deviations from traditional probability loss discounting methods provide many areas for future research. In total, the present experiment highlights the potential behavioral processes involved in clinical-ethical choices, similarities between individual and group-level responding, and areas where practicing behavior analysts may have preferences that differ from their clients or their clients’ caregivers.
 
The Ethical Use of Artificial Intelligence in Applied Behavior Analysis: Some Data & Conversation Starters
(Service Delivery)
ADRIENNE JENNINGS (Daemen University), David J. Cox (RethinkFirst; Endicott College)
Abstract: Artificial intelligence (AI) is increasingly a part of our everyday lives. Though much AI work in healthcare has been outside of applied behavior analysis (ABA), researchers within ABA have begun to demonstrate many different ways that AI might improve the delivery of ABA services. However, though AI offers many exciting advances, absent from the literature is conversation around the ethical considerations when developing, building, and deploying AI technologies. Further, though AI is already in the process of coming to ABA, it’s unknown the extent to which behavior analytic practitioners are familiar (and comfortable) with the use of AI in ABA. The purpose of this presentation is threefold. First, to describe how AI fits with existing ethical publications (e.g., BACB Code of Ethics) and where our ethical literature is silent. Second, to discuss considerations that can inform ethical guidelines and decision-aids for developing, and using, AI in ABA service delivery. Lastly, to present data around current perceptions and comfortability with the use of AI in ABA. In total, we hope this presentation sparks proactive dialog around the guidelines for the ethical use of AI in ABA before the field is required to have a reactionary conversation.
 
 
Symposium #253
CE Offered: BACB
Recent Translational Investigations Examining Resurgence-Mitigation Strategies
Sunday, May 28, 2023
5:00 PM–6:50 PM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom C
Area: EAB; Domain: Translational
Chair: Carla N Martinez-Perez (University of Florida)
Discussant: Andrew R. Craig (SUNY Upstate Medical University)
CE Instructor: Charlene Nicole Agnew, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Resurgence is the recurrence of a previously extinguished target response (i.e., problem behavior) following a worsening of conditions for a more recently reinforced alternative response through differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA). Researchers across the basic-applied continuum rigorously examine the behavioral processes related to resurgence and provide a better understanding of this phenomenon. Thus, this symposium incorporates recent research evaluating potential mitigation strategies across basic and applied researchers. To start, two presentations will examine data using rats as subjects. The first presentation will examine resurgence following an expanded-operant treatment through DRA. The following presentation investigates alcohol consumption through differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO) treatment. The following presentation investigates the use of response cost as punishment for target responses during DRA with data collected via crowdsourcing and provides a meta-analytic review of the effects of these results. The last presentation re-evaluates and extends a prior study on treatment duration on the resurgence of destructive behavior within a clinical setting. Audience members will gain insight into variables that may contribute to treatment relapse in both the laboratory and the clinic. Dr. Kathryn Kestner will provide a discussion.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): mitigation, relapse, resurgence, translational research
Target Audience:

The target audience is graduate students, and faculty doing research in laboratory models of treatment relapse such as resurgence. A basic understanding of the literature on relapse and training conceptualizing experimental procedures of resurgence is recommended.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to identify different resurgence mitigation strategies; describe the purpose of examining variables that contribute to resurgence of problem behavior; discuss recent empirical data on resurgence.
 

Examining Punishment of Target Behavior on Resurgence: A Parametric Study of Response Cost and Meta-Analysis

(Basic Research)
CARLA N MARTINEZ-PEREZ (University of Florida), Carolyn Ritchey (Auburn University), Toshikazu Kuroda (Advanced Telecommunications Research Institute International), Kyleigh Montague (University of Florida), Christopher A. Podlesnik (University of Florida)
Abstract:

Resurgence occurs when a worsening of conditions for an alternative response increases a previously reinforced and subsequently extinguished target response. Researchers have evaluated the extent of resurgence-mitigation strategies by punishing target responses during conditions that differentially reinforce an alternative response (i.e., DRA) across different punishers (e.g., shock, response cost, timeouts) and species (e.g., rats, pigeons, fish, humans). We systematically replicated this line of research with human participants recruited via crowdsourcing using response cost as punishment. In Phase 1, we reinforced target responses with points exchangeable for money and did not reinforce alternative responses. In Phase 2, we reinforced alternative responses and parametrically manipulated the magnitude of point loss (-1, -100, -320, -1000) contingent upon target responses. During Phase 3, we arranged a resurgence test by extinguishing target and alternative responses. The results of this experiment suggest similar resurgence effects across groups. The second study was a meta-analytic review to compare the effects of these results to literature that included punishment of target response during Phase 2, across a range of punishers and species. The results of the meta-analysis suggest that including a punishment contingency reduces target responding during Phase 2 but the effects on resurgence are mixed.

 
Further Evaluation of Treatment Duration on the Resurgence of Destructive Behavior
(Applied Research)
JESSICA L FRENCH (Rutgers University - Rutgers University - Children's Specialized Hospital Center for Autism Research, Education, and Services), Brian D. Greer (Rutgers Robert Wood Johnson Medical School), Timothy A. Shahan (Utah State University), Wayne W. Fisher (Rutgers Robert Wood Johnson Medical School), Daniel R. Mitteer (Rutgers University (RUCARES)), Ashley Marie Fuhrman (Trumpet Behavioral Health)
Abstract: Translation of promising procedures for mitigating treatment relapse has received considerable attention recently from researchers across the basic–applied continuum. One procedure that has demonstrated mixed support involves increasing the duration of treatment as a strategy for blunting resurgence. In a recent translational study, Greer et al. (2020) failed to detect a mitigation effect of increased treatment duration on the resurgence of destructive behavior. However, design limitations may have been responsible. The present study corrected these limitations by (a) employing a sequential design to decrease the possibility of multiple-treatment interference, (b) evaluating more treatment durations, (c) arranging treatments of fixed durations, and (d) conducting treatments of more extreme duration in a different clinical sample. Despite these improvements in experimental rigor and the testing of more extreme boundary conditions, the present study also failed to detect a mitigation effect of increased treatment duration. Likely explanations are discussed.
 

Voluntary Abstinence From Ethanol Self-Administration Produced by Differential Reinforcement of Other Behavior

(Basic Research)
CHARLENE NICOLE AGNEW (Proud Moments ABA), Kate Elizabeth Derrenbacker (Upstate Cerebral Palsy), Beatriz Elena Arroyo Antunez (SUNY Upstate Medical University), William Sullivan (Golisano Children's Hospital & Center for Special Needs; SUNY Upstate Medical University), Henry S. Roane (Upstate Medical University and Elemy Autism Care), Andrew R. Craig (SUNY Upstate Medical University)
Abstract:

Treatments for alcohol use disorders such as contingency management may result in an individual abstaining from alcohol consumption while treatment is in place. However, once treatment is discontinued, resurgence of alcohol consumption may occur. Laboratory investigations of resurgence with alcohol self-administration allow for the development of a better understanding of this phenomenon. However, many laboratory investigations involve extinction of alcohol-seeking, which may have questionable face validity as alcohol is freely available in most applied contexts during treatment and therefore abstinence is voluntary. In this study, a resurgence paradigm without extinction for ethanol seeking was used to study alcohol consumption in rats. During baseline, rats were provided with access to ethanol contingent on lever pressing. Treatment consisted of differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO). Here, food pellets were delivered following intervals with no lever pressing. During resurgence tests, both ethanol and food were unavailable. DRO treatment was successful at decreasing ethanol seeking to zero and near-zero levels for most rats. Resurgence of ethanol seeking did occur to various degrees. The findings and implications of this study are discussed through the lens of treatments for alcohol use disorder.

 
Examining Resurgence in Rats Following Expanded-Operant Treatments
(Basic Research)
ANTHONY NATHAN NIST (Utah State University), Timothy A. Shahan (Utah State University)
Abstract: Resurgence of previously reinforced behavior represents a challenge to otherwise successful differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA) based interventions. Expanded-operant treatments seek to increase the number of functional alternative behaviors through DRA, thereby potentially mitigating resurgence. However, few studies exist that have directly examined these methods as a tool for resurgence mitigation providing limited and unclear results. As such, the present set of experiments were designed to investigate the impact of expanded-operant DRA methods on resurgence of previously reinforced behavior using rat subjects. In both experiments, groups of rats experienced either concurrent, serial, or single DRA interventions following a baseline phase in which a target response was trained to examine potential differences in resurgence. Additionally, primacy/recency effects in the Serial group were examined by arranging slight differences in the presence or absence of stimuli associated with alternative reinforcement during DRA across experiments. Both experiments showed that neither serial nor concurrent DRA had any effect on resurgence compared to single DRA when obtained reinforcement rates were similar across groups. Further, despite differences in stimuli arrangements across experiments, the Serial group showed a primacy effect in both experiments. Overall, these results suggest that expanded-operant treatments may not help to reduce resurgence.
 
 
Symposium #254
Investigations of Schedule-Induced Behavior: Pausing, Escape, and Polydipsia
Sunday, May 28, 2023
5:00 PM–6:50 PM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom B
Area: EAB/BPN; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Carson Yahrmarkt (Northern Michigan University)
Discussant: Chris Hughes (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Abstract: Under certain circumstances, the delivery of stimuli that serve as positive reinforcers can cause disruptions in operant behavior. The present symposium arranges four recent areas of research that further our understanding of these phenomena. The first presentation evaluates the control of pausing observed during transitions from rich schedules of reinforcement to lean schedules of reinforcement (i.e., rich-lean transitions) with rats by manipulating the kind of stimuli associated with the schedules. The second presentation evaluates situations in which pigeons escape auditory stimuli associated with rich-lean transitions. The third presentation investigates effects of pharmacological methods to control polydipsia in rats. The fourth presentation investigates pharmacological methods to ameliorate the disruptions caused by rich-lean transition with monkeys. The symposium will conclude with a discussion led by Dr. Christine Hughes. The goal of this collection of talks is to bring interested researchers up to speed with current research that investigates behavior that can be generated by the delivery of positive reinforcers and to highlight areas where future research could aid in our understanding of these phenomena.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Animal models, Polydipsia, Rich-lean transitions, Schedule-induced behavior
 
Control of Pausing in Rich-Lean Transitions by Spatially Localized and Spatially Diffuse Stimuli
CARSON YAHRMARKT (Northern Michigan University), Forrest Toegel (Northern Michigan University), Cory Toegel (Northern Michigan University)
Abstract: Transitions from rich schedules of reinforcement to lean schedules (i.e., rich-lean transitions) can disrupt operant behavior. We arranged a two-component multiple fixed ratio-fixed ratio (FR-FR) schedule to evaluate effects of different types of schedule-correlated stimuli on pausing in rich-lean transitions using rat subjects. Components had equivalent FR requirements and were each signaled by unique schedule-correlated stimuli. In one component, rich, satisfying the FR requirement produced 3 food pellets. In the other component, lean, satisfying the FR requirement produced 1 food pellet. Each session consisted of 41 components arranged to produce 10 transitions of four types (rich-lean, rich-rich, lean-lean, lean-rich). Across conditions, we manipulated the type of stimuli that signaled the components. In one condition, Spatially Localized, the components were signaled by inserting one of two levers (e.g., right = rich, left = lean). In the other condition, Spatially Diffuse, the components operated on the same lever and were signaled by different tones (e.g., 500 Hz = rich, 1500 Hz = lean). Results and potential theoretical implications will be discussed.
 

Escape From Auditory Stimuli Associated With Rich-to-Lean Transitions

JEREMY SAUL LANGFORD (West Virginia University), Michael Perone (West Virginia University)
Abstract:

Signaled transitions from rich-to-lean conditions of reinforcement have been shown to occasion several aberrant behaviors, including pausing, escape, and aggression. However, these measures are not strongly correlated. Although rich-lean transitions reliably produce extended pausing, escape either occurs at low rates or is undifferentiated across transition types. One potential barrier to studying escape from schedules of positive reinforcement is that unauthorized escape occurs (e.g., turning away from the response key). We have developed a version of the rich-to-lean procedure in which the components are signaled with tones (Hz between 500 and 3500) instead of colored response keys to mitigate the occurrence of unauthorized escape. Pigeons responded on a multiple fixed ratio fixed ratio schedule in which completion of each ratio resulted in either a large (rich) or small (lean) reinforcer presentation. Components alternated irregularly to arrange for four transition types: lean-lean, lean-rich, rich-lean, and rich-rich. Components were signaled with a unique tone that was correlated with the transition type that occurred at the start of the component. We found extended rich-lean pausing under the auditory version of the rich-lean procedure for some pigeons. Current manipulations aim to compare the probability of escape across the auditory and visual versions of the procedure.

 

Effects of Dextromethorphan on Schedule-Induced Polydipsia in Rats

MADELINE T VAN FOSSEN (Northern Michigan University), Adam J. Prus (Northern Michigan University)
Abstract:

Dextromethorphan (DM) is a sigma1 receptor agonist and over-the-counter cough suppressant. DM is also FDA-approved for pseudobulbar affect, and is approved, in combination with bupropion, for the treatment of major depressive disorder. Antidepressant drugs with sigma1 receptor agonist activity attenuate symptoms of obsessive-compulsive disorder (OCD). The present study aimed to evaluate the effects of DM in rats using the schedule-induced polydipsia procedure, a model of compulsive behavior. In this paradigm, food-, but not water-, restricted animals drink excessive amounts of water when food is delivered on a fixed schedule. This study examined male Wistar rats (food restricted to 85% of free-feed weights) during 60 min sessions with fixed-time 60 second schedules and free access to a lickometer-equipped water-bottles. Following 20 consecutive daily training sessions, rats were divided into high or low drinker groups. Dextromethorphan (15.0 to 60.0 mg/kg) dose-dependently reduced water consumption and frequency of licks in both the low and high drinker groups. DM reduced food-receptacle head entries in only the low drinker group. Based on these findings, DM may be effective for treating compulsive behavioral disorders.

 

Using Rich-Lean Transition Procedures as an Assay for Putative Anti-Anxiety Medications

Forrest Toegel (Northern Michigan University), Cory Toegel (Northern Michigan University), James K. Rowlett (University of Mississippi Medical Center), Austin Zamarripa (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine ), SALLY L. HUSKINSON (University of Mississippi Medical Center)
Abstract:

Potential anti-anxiety medications are commonly assessed by measuring their “anti-conflict” effects. While these procedures have good predictive validity, there are practical limitations that may be alleviated using a different procedure. Transitions from favorable to unfavorable schedules of positive reinforcement (rich-lean transitions) disrupt operant behavior, are putatively aversive, and these disruptions can be reduced following benzodiazepine administration. We evaluated the suitability of a rich-lean transition procedure as an assay for potential anti-anxiety medications. Adult rhesus monkeys’ lever presses were reinforced using a two-component multiple schedule with equivalent fixed-ratio (FR) requirements. Components were differentially signaled by colored cue lights. Completing a lean component produced one food pellet, and completing a rich component produced four food pellets. Sessions consisted of 41 components arranged irregularly to produce 10 iterations of four transition types: rich-lean, rich-rich, lean-lean, and lean-rich. Consistent with previous findings, extended pausing was observed in rich-lean transitions. Acute administration of benzodiazepines (midazolam and alprazolam) and a benzodiazepine-type compound (TPA023B) selectively and dose-dependently reduced pausing in rich-lean transitions, morphine selectively increased rich-lean pausing, and (+)amphetamine had unsystematic effects. Thus far, repeated (5-day) benzodiazepine administration also reduced pausing in rich-lean transitions. The suitability of rich-lean procedures as assays for putative anti-anxiety medications appears promising.

 
 
Symposium #255
CE Offered: BACB
Interventions for Instruction Following and On-Task Behavior
Sunday, May 28, 2023
5:00 PM–6:50 PM
Convention Center 405
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Milad Najafichaghabouri (Utah State University )
Discussant: Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
CE Instructor: Milad Najafichaghabouri, M.S.
Abstract: This symposium features four research presentations that will focus on interventions for and measurement of on-task behavior and instruction following across various settings. The first presentations will demonstrate the use of synchronous reinforcement to increase mask wearing in young children. The second presentation compares the effects of synchronous reinforcement to noncontingent reinforcement for increasing task engagement in school-aged children. The third presentation will evaluate strengthening of precursors to increase compliance with instruction in children with developmental disabilities. The final presentation will examine correspondence betwesen on-task behavior, work completion, and work accuracy under contingencies of reinforcement. Presenters will discuss clinical implications and future direction in each of the discussed areas.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): academic engagement, on-task behavior, precursor behavior, synchronous reinforcement
Target Audience: Intermediate. Attendees should have a general understanding of schedules of reinforcement.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the symposium, participants will be able to: (1) Define synchronous reinforcement and describe how to use synchronous reinforcement to increase mask wearing, and on-task behavior; (2) Discuss possible behavioral processes by which increasing precursors may result in improvement in compliance for some children; (3) Discuss how children’s academic engagement may be affected by different contingencies of reinforcement.
 
Using Synchronous Reinforcement to Increase Mask Wearing in Young Children: Maintenance and Generalization
STACHA LESLIE (University of Kansas), Claudia L. Dozier (The University of Kansas), Marissa E. Kamlowsky (The University of Kansas), Catherine McHugh (University of Kansas), Sara Camille Diaz de Villegas (University of Kansas), KY Clifton KANAMAN (University of Kansas)
Abstract: Previously, the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC, 2021) recommended the use of masks, physical distancing, and handwashing for children ages 2 and older to prevent the spread of COVID-19. In the current study, we replicated and extended McHugh et al. (2022) by evaluating the effect of synchronous schedules of reinforcement (SSR; Diaz de Villegas, 2020) for increasing mask wearing in six young children with or without intellectual and developmental disabilities. Additionally, we conducted a generalization evaluation and normative evaluation to (a) evaluate the degree to which SSR effects generalized to the classroom or program setting and (b) to compare participants’ all-day levels of mask wearing to children from two additional classrooms in which children were reportedly wearing their masks. Results indicated SSR was effective for increasing mask wearing for 30 min for five participants. For one participant, SSR plus desensitization training and response blocking was required to increase mask wearing for 30 min. Additionally, generalization was demonstrated for five participants across classroom or program settings. Finally, three participants displayed mask-wearing levels across their day similar to that of their same-aged peers.
 
A Comparison of Noncontingent and Synchronous Reinforcement Effects on Task Engagement
ELIZABETH HARDESTY (University of Kansas), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Jordan Hardee (University of Houston – Clear Lake)
Abstract: Synchronous schedules of reinforcement (SSR) are those in which the onset and offset of a reinforcer are synchronized with the onset and offset of behavior. Recently, synchronous reinforcement has been shown to increase on-task behavior of preschool children and mask wearing of adults with intellectual and developmental disabilities (Diaz de Villegas et al., 2020; McHugh et al., 2022). The current study replicated and extended Diaz de Villegas et al. (2020) by comparing the effects of synchronous reinforcement and noncontingent reinforcement for on-task behavior of school-age children to determine the necessity of synchronizing reinforcement delivery. In addition, the experimenter conducted a concurrent-chains preference assessment to determine the preferred schedule of reinforcement. The experimenter conducted all sessions via telehealth and delivered the reinforcer remotely for all children. Results indicated that synchronous reinforcement was more effective than noncontingent reinforcement at increasing on-task behavior, but the children preferred noncontingent delivery. Secondary dependent variables measures showed responding under synchronous reinforcement produced more completed tasks compared to noncontingent reinforcement and baseline procedures.
 

An Evaluation of Strengthening Precursors to Increase Compliance With Instructions

JACQUELINE ROGALSKI (New England Center for Children; Western New England University), Elizabeth Prescott (The New England Center for Children and Western New England University), Eileen M. Roscoe (The New England Center for Children)
Abstract:

Low compliance is a common childhood problem and has been shown to be correlated with poor social, academic, and behavioral outcomes later in life. One empirically validated method for increasing compliance in typically developing preschoolers is to teach individuals to emit precursors to compliance such as making eye contact and stopping competing activities in response to their name. These results suggest that training precursors is sufficient to increase compliance without direct intervention for compliance. The purpose of this study was to extend this line of research by evaluating a similar intervention with four individuals with developmental disabilities during discrete trial instruction. Additionally, the current study extended previous research by evaluating if treatment effects generalized to compliance with untrained instructions as well as to instructions delivered via a telehealth platform. Treatment components included prompting and reinforcement. For two participants, prompting and reinforcement of precursors was sufficient to increase compliance and the outcome generalized to compliance with untrained instructions. For the remaining two participants, prompting and reinforcement of compliance was necessary to increase their compliance with both the target task and a generalization task. IOA was sufficient for all participants. Implications for precursor behavior and compliance will be discussed.

 
Comparison of Product and Observational Measures of Academic Engagement Under Different Contingencies of Reinforcement
MILAD NAJAFICHAGHABOURI (Utah State University), P. Raymond Joslyn (Utah State University), Emma Preston (Utah State University)
Abstract: Educational researchers frequently target and measure student on-task behavior in academic settings. On-task behavior is typically defined based on the topography of the behavior (i.e., what it looks like to be on task). However, few studies have assessed if students being on task corresponds with students completing more work or responding more accurately. The current study examined correspondence between on-task behavior, work completion, and work accuracy for six elementary and middle-school aged children across different contingencies of reinforcement in a clinical setting. Academic engagement was assessed for each participant under different conditions: baseline, on task, work completion, work accuracy, and noncontingent reinforcement. We observed varying degrees of correspondence between on-task behavior, work completion, and work accuracy for participants across conditions. All participants responded most accurately during the work accuracy condition. The condition with most completed problems and highest percentage of on-task behavior varied across participants. The results of this study suggest there may be induvial differences in children’s sensitivity to contingencies of reinforcement for academic engagement. Implication of the study and future direction are discussed.
 
 
Paper Session #256
Digital Applications of Organizational Behavior Management (OBM)
Sunday, May 28, 2023
5:00 PM–6:50 PM
Hyatt Regency, Mineral Hall D-G
Area: OBM
Chair: Donald A. Hantula (Temple University)
 
The Future of Work is Digital: AI, Help Seeking, Neurodiversity, Robotics, and Behavior
Domain: Applied Research
DONALD A. HANTULA (Temple University), Elizabeth Garrison (Temple University), Slobodan Vucetic (Temple University), Matthew Tincani (Temple University), Lindsay Oulette (Temple University), Drew Kronstadt (Temple University), Madelyn Upthegrove (Temple University), John T Nosek (Guiding Technologies)
 
Abstract: Digital technology is rapidly changing the way we work. This paper describes a series of related studies funded by the National Science Foundation’s Future of Work program and National Institute of Health integrating these technologies with insights from behavior science. Examples include AI performance assistants for individuals working in clinical settings and vocational rehabilitation, performance of neurodiverse and neurotypical workers in data annotation jobs, seeking help for computer problems from humans and bots, and human interaction with autonomous robots. There is a dual focus on how AI can be used as a behavioral prosthetic to extend human capabilities and competence, and how behavior science can be used to adapt these technologies to work with humans. As sophisticated and bedazzling as many digital technologies appear, they are destined to fail without behavioral insights; but at the same time behavioral applications in the workplace that do not integrate digital technologies are destined to become irrelevant. The presentation concludes with some reflections and recommendations for incorporating OBM into technology development and digital technology into OBM the challenges and rewards of working with a multidisciplinary team to accomplish this kind of work.
 
Increasing Practical Verbal Behavior in Esports Players
Domain: Applied Research
VICTORIA GERMAN (Florida Institute of Technology), Kaitlynn Gokey (Florida Institute of Technology), Rachael Ferguson (Kalamazoo Valley Community College), Alyson Intihar (Florida Institute of Technology)
 
Abstract: Verbal behavior, sports, and organizational performance have all enjoyed extensive behavior analytic research, particularly in more ‘traditional’ areas such as schools, clinics, businesses, and field sports. However, no research to date has targeted performance in Esports as an organization, nor has verbal behavior in organizational settings been studied as extensively as it has been with children, particularly those on the autism spectrum. Esports is a large, growing industry of competitive and professional videogaming, featuring various games, many of which are team-based and require significant coordination and cooperation between players. Thus, in the present study, the behavior analysts targeted various verbal responses, including mands and tacts, in a team of collegiate Esports players. Drawing from the organizational behavior management literature, the behavior analysts implemented task clarification, goal setting, and individualized graphic and verbal feedback. The results showed visible increases in verbal behaviors such as descriptive statements and requests for help across the team, and high social validity scores.
 

Applications of Behavior Analysis in Tech: A Constructional Approach of Construction

Domain: Applied Research
EDDIE BRANDON AMEZQUITA (John Deere)
 
Abstract:

Behavior-analytic research methods have a lot to offer the fields of industrial manufacturing and technology; however, the research design and data analysis may not be easily consumable by these audiences. This presentation will describe methods and outcomes of user experience research for product design at John Deere, an international manufacturing company in the United States. Behavior analysis provides a comprehensive account of the variables responsible for behavior change. This research sought to understand the effects of emerging technology used in manufacturing machine operator behavior, specifically safe reversing. Participants were operators of heavy construction vehicles of various ages, races, and genders. The effects of assistive technology were evaluated using 1) verbal reports through usability and feedback surveys, 2) physiological responses through eye-tracking, Galvanic skin response, and heart-rate variability, and 3) operator behavior and machine outcomes. Data showed increased usage of assistive technology during back-ups, increased productivity, and change in verbal reports of “trust”. The physiological data was mixed where eye-tracking supported an understanding of stimulus control of operator behavior change, but Galvanic Skin response and heart rate need further investigation. Operator behavior can be influenced by assistive technology if designed for the environmental and consequential needs for safe reversing.

 
Organizational Behavior Management in the Age of Data Analytics
Domain: Service Delivery
CHRISTOPHER HEBEIN (Behaviorship LLC)
 
Abstract: Organizational Behavior Management (OBM) has historically applied a unique set of tools anchored in behavior analytic principles to improve performance and solve practical problems in organizations. Concurrently, data science developed in an effort to squeeze meaningful insights from existing raw datasets. Using statistically-based data visualizations and incorporating advances in predictive modeling algorithms and machine learning applications the field is growing with data-platforms projected to represent a market size of over $19 billion by the end of the decade. As work (and leisure) move ever more thoroughly into digital spaces, data scientists have access to increasingly useful troves of data to aid them in their mission. We ask the questions: How represented is OBM in this space and how are OBM professionals helping to develop tools used by data scientists? This presentation highlights key features of both OBM and data science, offers suggestions on areas of potential cooperation between OBM practitioners and modern software analytics platform users and examines some of the current structural barriers between these two fields within data collection and interpretation procedures.
 
 
 
Symposium #323
CE Offered: BACB/QABA
Developing a Multilayered Evidence-Based Program for Individuals With Autism: Ensuring Collaboration Amongst All Stakeholders
Sunday, May 28, 2023
5:00 PM–6:50 PM
Convention Center Four Seasons Ballroom 4
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Mian Wang (University of California, Santa Barbara)
Discussant: Dimitrios Dimitriou (UCSB-University of California Santa Barbara)
CE Instructor: Dimitrios Dimitriou, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Providing quality therapy rooted in the principles of applied behavior analysis (ABA) to individuals with autism needs to be a multi-layered approach. While a trained behavior therapist (i.e., board certified behavior analyst, qualified behavior analyst) can develop an evidence-based program to help individuals with autism develop positive skills and extinguish problem behaviors, without: (1) parent-education, (2) sibling involvement, (3) school collaboration, and (4) proper on-going supervision, it will be difficult for the client to make meaningful progress. In this symposium, we will cover original research and published materials. Dr. Dimitriou will present key findings across his 13 published books on effective parent education support embedding elements of the eco-cultural theory. Incorporating key elements from each presentation will be pivotal in ensuring a well-rounded quality program for individuals with autism. Dr. Glugatch will review her research on providing a novel training program to siblings in order to help improve play strategies for children with autism. Dr. Kim will present her original research on how to support and train school personnel to facilitate social interactions between children with autism and their peers. Lastly, Dr. Ford will review her findings from a cross-sectional survey regarding supervision practices and satisfaction.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Autism, collaboration
Target Audience:

Professionals, practicing behavior analysts, teachers, parents, caregivers, graduate students, and undergraduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) recognize barriers for client progress; (2) identify solutions to increase parent/guardian and sibling involvement during therapy sessions; (3) improve collaboration with school personnel; and most importantly (4) identify strategies to foster a strong collaborative working relationship amongst all key stakeholders.
 
Multicultural Parent Education Training: Embedding Cultural Beliefs and Values
(Theory)
DIMITRIOS DIMITRIOU (UCSB-University of California Santa Barbara)
Abstract: Ensuring parent/guardian involvement and collaboration is pivotal in ensuring a child’s success. However, parents/guardians may be reluctant to participate in their child’s therapy for several key reasons. Based on the 13 published books by Dr. Dimitriou, he will explore key variables that are correlated with low parent/guardian participation/involvement. First, some cultural beliefs and values may limit a parent/guardian’s willingness to participate in their child’s therapy sessions. Second, parent’s may not believe in the value of therapy and may have negative preconceived ideas. Third, parents may feel inadequate and/or feel inferior supporting their child’s needs. Lastly, parents may view therapeutic time as an opportunity for “alone time.” These potential factors will be discussed in greater details and solutions for each of these variables will be addressed.
 

Sibling Techniques for Enhanced Play and Support (STEPS) for Strengthening the Sibling Bond of Children With Autism

(Applied Research)
LINDSAY GLUGATCH (University of Oregon)
Abstract:

Sibling relationships are a unique and special bond throughout the life span. Having a sibling with autism may present extra difficulties to form a close and meaningful relationship. While siblings play an important role in the child with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) life, there is no consistent method for involving siblings in treatment for individuals with ASD. This current study evaluated a novel treatment package including training siblings on play strategies (called play tips when communicating with the participants) in combination with a sibling support group to increase positive sibling play and perceived relationship quality. Using two concurrent multiple baseline designs, nine sibling dyads participated in the online STEPS program. Specifically, the intervention package included an online implementation of behavior skills training on simple play strategies and participation in a sibling support group. The intervention package improved quality of sibling play and increased the perceived quality of the sibling relationship.

 

Training Paraprofessionals to Target Socialization in Students With Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD): Fidelity of Implementation and Social Validity

(Applied Research)
SUNNY KIM (University of California, Santa Barbara)
Abstract:

Although the literature suggests that it is feasible to train paraprofessionals to effectively implement social interventions for students with Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD), there is a paucity of research that addresses the social validity of these programs. The present study replicated and extended previous research on paraprofessional training, as well as assessed social validity. Our results suggest that (a) paraprofessionals can be trained to fidelity using a package consisting of lecture and performance feedback, (b) there are collateral gains for paraprofessionals following the training, (c) the social interactions between students with ASD and typically developing peers improve following paraprofessional training, and (d) there is strong social validity in regard to acceptability of the training program. Limitations and future directions are discussed.

 

Supervision Practices and Predictors of Supervision Satisfaction for Clinicians Providing Behavioral Services for Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD)

(Applied Research)
KATERINA FORD (University of California, Santa Barbara)
Abstract:

Despite increasing empirical support for applied behavior analysis over several decades, little attention has been paid to the ways in which supervision is implemented among service providers for individuals with autism. In this study, a cross-sectional survey was designed based on the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB) supervision guidelines and research literature. 125 clinicians from California service agencies completed a survey inquiring about supervision practices and satisfaction with (1) “typical” sessions and (2) sessions delivered through videoconferencing (VC) during the COVID-19 pandemic. Exploratory factor analyses were conducted to examine factor structure of supervision practice and satisfaction resulting in a three-factor model for supervision practice (i.e., supervision activities, supervisor proficiency, and clinician evaluation processes) and supervision satisfaction (i.e., satisfaction with supervision content, satisfaction with perceived level of support, and dissatisfaction with supervisory relationship). Supervision hours and individual and group meeting frequency were significant predictors of supervision practice, while supervision practice significantly predicted supervision satisfaction. Open-ended comments provided suggestions for improving supervision sessions and supervisor behavior in each delivery format. These findings provide a preliminary foundation of correlational evidence supporting the importance of specific supervision practices and how they predict clinician satisfaction, which can help prevent burnout and turnover.

 
 
Symposium #383
CE Offered: BACB
Diversity submission Developing Professional Qualifications and Training for European Behavior Analysts
Sunday, May 28, 2023
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Convention Center 401/402
Area: TBA/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Grant Gautreaux (Nicholls State University)
CE Instructor: Grant Gautreaux, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Ensuring quality of behavior analytic services internationally is crucial for the maintenance and development of the professional field, and thus for the wellbeing of all individuals served. This symposium will highlight various aspects of the current situation in Europe, where there is a lack of professional recognition of behavior analysts, and practice is often unregulated. A collaborative project between universities in six European countries will be presented, followed by specific examples from the Czech Republic and Italy. Challenges and efforts to support behavior analysts within the European context will be described.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): e-learning, Europe, higher education, qualifications
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students or any other individuals who are interested in an international, European perspective of the development of qualifications, training and credentials for behavior analysts.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Describe the main contents of the EuroBA (European Behaviour Analyst) project. (2) Describe the development of professional qualifications and training for behavior analysts in the Czech Republic. (3) Describe the benefits of international qualification standards that could be adapted to national credentialing systems.
 
Diversity submission Supporting European Behavior Analysts by Developing Professional Qualifications and Training: An Overview
DAG STRÖMBERG (Stockholm University)
Abstract: Following the Behavior Analyst Certification Board's decision to change its requirements for certification, a three-year (2020-2023) Erasmus+ project was initiated, involving researchers from universities in six European countries: Czech Republic, Greece, Italy, Netherlands, Sweden and the UK (Northern Ireland). The objectives of the current project are to ensure transparency and recognition of skills and qualifications for behavior analysts in Europe, to improve future support of persons with special needs, as well as mobility and employability of professionals. In practice, this includes developing professional standards and competency profiles for entry-level and masters-level European behavior analysts, referenced to the European Qualifications Framework, and developing a mulitingual entry-level online course; an updated version of Simple Steps Autism. Furthermore, a professional advisory group consisting of behavior analysts from another sixteen European countries has been created. This presentation will provide an overview of the contents and the current status of this collaborative international project.
 
Diversity submission 

Developing Professional Qualifications and Training in Behavior Analysis: The Case of Czech Republic

SHERI KINGSDORF (Masaryk University)
Abstract:

Prior to 2016 applied behavior analysis (ABA) was relatively unknown in the Czech Republic. However, the region’s ABA community has grown exponentially over the last six years. This growth may be attributed to the work of families and professionals linked to the region’s autistic community. Unfortunately, this progress has not been without challenges. Along the way, there have been numerous vocal opponents in the fields of medicine, psychology, and other health professions that serve those with autism. Despite pushback from professionals fearful of losing their stake in the world of autism services, the headstrong ABA community has managed to: establish ABA professional organizations, hold ABA conferences, train various professionals in ABA, and pass laws surrounding the profession and its practice. This presentation shares the efforts of the region in developing professional qualifications and training, hoping that the experiences and actionable points here can help similar nations.

 
Diversity submission 

Professional Skills and Their Development: Differences in Profiles, Education, and Legal Context

PAOLO MODERATO (IULM & IESCUM), Nanni Presti (Kore University)
Abstract:

While the certification and credentialing system has a perfectly reasonable legal profile in US and Canada, it has not in other countries, Italy and other European countries among them. Educational pathways and accreditation to each state professional system can vary and take different form according to each National Qualification Framework . For example, in Italy practicing ABA intervention is within the scope of the profession of licensed psychologist or other healthcare personnel (speech therapist, neurodevelopmental technicians, etc.) when practiced within the Italian National Health Service or in centers subsidized by it. ABA interventions, if practiced in this scheme by other professionals, violate the law. In other terms, a credentialing system founded on rules and context of one country cannot be implemented in others. Based on the assumptions that behavioral principles are general, but professional and educational practices are context based, we will discuss the benefit of an international effort to offer a cross-country common platform based on: a. As broad as possible definition of BA professional competencies b. Acknowledge each country to act within the context of their university and professional systems. c. Assist those countries who, because of contingent needs, are not able to implement b.

 
 
Panel #241
CE Offered: PSY/BACB — 
Ethics
Diversity submission Applications of Diversity and Inclusion Strategies to Decrease the Disparities in Access to Autism Services
Sunday, May 28, 2023
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 4C/D
Area: AUT/CSS; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Alyssa Kavner (she/they), M.A.
Chair: Paula Pompa-Craven (Easterseals Southern California)
NAA GARRIDO (Galena Autism and Behavioral Services)
FATOU NJIE-JALLOW (New England Center for Children)
ALYSSA KAVNER (SHE/THEY) (Easterseals Southern California)
Abstract:

Autism is prevalent in all racial, ethnic, and socioeconomic groups, with 1 in 44 children aged 8 years or older receiving an autism diagnosis, per the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention’s (CDC)’s Autism and Developmental Disabilities Monitoring (ADDM) Network. However, minority groups are less likely than their white counterparts to be diagnosed with autism or as having speech delays. There are also disparities in the age that some minority children are diagnosed with autism, as well as the reported quality of care received. Studies found inequalities specific to autism diagnosis and treatment due to race, ethnicity, and socioeconomic status that limit accessibility of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) interventions for Black, Indigenous, and People of Color (BIPOC) and low-income families (Lauer, 2013; Magaña, et al. 2012; Smith et al., 2020). The panel discussion will start with an overview of disparities in access to healthcare, funding, and access to services and three organizations will discuss initiatives aimed at reducing disparities in service access. The panelists will then answer questions discussing organizational resources for building a DEI (Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion) department, staff and client resources aimed at increasing service access, and recruitment strategies aimed at increasing the diversity of service providers.

Instruction Level: Advanced
Target Audience:

BCBAs, BCBA-Ds, and Professional Psychologists should have experience in implementing programs in their own organizations, engaging with their communities, and using measurement tools to indicate organizational outcomes.

Learning Objectives: 1. Describe the disparities in accessing treatment for autism services in BIPOC and low-income families and discover specific resources aimed at reducing those inequalities; 2. Identify strategies and resources needed to implement a Diversity and Inclusion program within their own organization; 3. Identify goals related to training, recruitment, outreach and partnerships aimed at reducing the inequalities for accessing and increasing the quality of treatment.
Keyword(s): Access, Autism, Diversity, Inclusion
 
 
Paper Session #257
CE Offered: BACB
Disability-Affirming Supervision: Future Directions in Applied Behavior Analytic Supervision
Sunday, May 28, 2023
6:00 PM–6:25 PM
Convention Center 406/407
Area: TBA
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Chair: Grace Ecko Jojo (Simmons University)
CE Instructor: Grace Ecko Jojo, M.S.
 

Disability-Affirming Supervision: Future Directions in Applied Behavior Analytic Supervision

Domain: Service Delivery
GRACE ECKO JOJO (Simmons University)
 
Abstract:

The field of Applied Behavior Analysis has been undergoing a shift towards increasing diversity, multiculturalism, and cultural humility in the past few years. A collective call to action was sent in 2019 in a special issue of Behavior Analysis in Practice, calling for increased diversity and representation within the field, from the institutional level down to practitioners and researchers. Articles, discussions, and reports have been published on increased attention to cultural humility towards clients and stakeholders, as well as practitioners. Little attention has been provided, however, to the diversity of Behavior Analysis Certification Board supervisees. Disability of supervisees has not yet been addressed in the field, and as practitioners and supervisors, it is critical to have the necessary knowledge and skills to be able to train and shape the behavior of supervisees with disabilities. The present paper reviews the literature, research, and best practices from the field of psychology; recommendations and examples of tools are provided to create a disability-affirming environment in the field of Applied Behavior Analysis.

 
 
 
Symposium #258
CE Offered: BACB
Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention: Intensity and Quality Is Strongly Related to Improvements in a Broad Range of Outcome Measures
Sunday, May 28, 2023
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 3C
Area: AUT/CSS; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Sigmund Eldevik (Oslo Metropolitan University)
Discussant: Jane S. Howard (Therapeutic Pathways/Trumpet Behavioral Health)
CE Instructor: Sigmund Eldevik, Ph.D.
Abstract:

We will present data following two years of Behavioral Intervention from two sites in Norway and following 6-12 months of Behavioral Intervention from a newly started center in the UK. A broad range of outcome data will be presented and related to the recently published frameworks for evaluating the effects of intervention for children with autism. We will also explore if a dose-response relationship between intervention hours and outcome can be found on a broader set of outcome measures and discuss pros and cons of different models of service delivery.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Behavioral Intervention
Target Audience:

Anyone implementing EIBI

Learning Objectives: describe broader measures of outcome describe expected outcome of EIBI explain the importance of quality and intensity of intercention
 

Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention (EIBI) Provided in Local Mainstream Preschools in Norway; Higher Intensity and Quality Gives Better Outcome

SIGMUND ELDEVIK (Oslo Metropolitan University), Roy Tonnesen (Fagteam Autsime, Pedagogisk Psykologisk Tjeneste), Kristine Berg Titlestad (Høyskolen Vestlandet), Hege Aarlie (Høyskolen Vestlandet), Silje Nikolaisen (Centre for Early Intervention, Oslo), Christine Lie (Centre for Early Intervention, Oslo)
Abstract:

We will present outcome data following two years of EIBI from two EIBI sites in Norway, Oslo and Bergen. The participants were placed in a higher intensity group (n=22), a lower intensity group (n=33) and a treatment as usual group (n=10). We will report outcome on a wide variety of measures; autism severity measured with the Childhood Autism Rating Scale, adaptive behavior measured with the Vineland Adaptive Behavior Scales, aberrant behaviors measured by the Aberrant Behavior Checklist and preferences measured with the Socially Mediated and Automatic Reinforcers Questionnaire. Effects will be discussed in terms of a dose-response relationship, validity, and recently proposed frameworks for measuring outcome of EIBI.

 

Preliminary Outcomes of Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention (EIBI) Provided in a Centre-Based Model in London, United Kingdom (UK); Adopting A Broader Framework for Evaluating Outcome

SIGMUND ELDEVIK (Oslo Metropolitan University), Sasha Zerkalova (First Bridge Centre, London, UK), Mikaela Green (First Bridge Centre, London, UK)
Abstract:

The centre-based model of service delivery developed over the last 2 years at the First Bridge Centre in London will be presented. Possible pros and cons of centre-based provision compared to other models of service delivery will be discussed. A wide range of outcome data from the centre will be presented. Outcome after 6 months on skill acquisition, autism severity and an increased preferences for social stimuli will the presented for 12 children enrolled at the centre. Outcome at 12 months on adaptive behaviors, autism severity and problems behaviors will be presented for 8 children and compared to the published outcome of other EIBI provision models and suggested benchmarks.

 
 
Paper Session #259
Conceptual Issues in Behavioral Health and Medicine
Sunday, May 28, 2023
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
Hyatt Regency, Capitol Ballroom 1-3
Area: CBM
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Chair: Brady J. Phelps (South Dakota State University-Emeritus faculty)
 
Conceptualizing Healthy Eating as a Series of Choice Responses: Implications for Research and Treatment
Domain: Theory
SHARLET D. RAFACZ (Western Michigan University)
 
Abstract: Healthy eating has important well-being and financial implications for our society. It is critical that the field of behavior analysis conduct more research in this area so that effective interventions may be developed. One barrier to addressing healthy eating may be conceptual. Far from being a single response, eating is comprised of a series of choice responses. These selection, preparation, and consumption responses form a temporally delayed behavioral chain. In this presentation I will discuss the implications of approaching eating, and healthy eating in particular, as choice behavior. Factors that influence the decision to eat healthy or not will be reviewed and examples of research in this area presented. The idea that healthy eating is a series of responses that form a behavioral chain will then be elaborated on. This conceptualization has implications for how interventions are designed and their effects measured. Finally, I will discuss what the research both within and outside of behavior analysis tells us about the most effective approaches to improving healthy eating across settings and populations.
 

Arriving at Some Common Sense About Dissociative Identity Disorder

Domain: Theory
BRADY J. PHELPS (South Dakota State University-Emeritus faculty)
 
Abstract:

This paper reviews the two competing models of the behaviors given the diagnostic label of dissociative identity disorder or DID, the post-trauma model (PTM) and the sociocognitive model. The sociocognitive model or the SCM, is translatable into behavior analytic contingencies. An argument is made that this disorder can be conceptualized as being changes in verbal and non-verbal behavior, as controlled by social contingencies of positive and negative reinforcement. A review of the literature on the topic of self and personality is presented from the relevant behavior analytic literature, as well as a behavioral case study of an individual with the relevant behaviors of DID. Finally, a discussion of the verbal behavior operants that are altered and atypical in the behavioral repertoire of an individual with behaviors given the label of dissociative identity disorder. The proposal is made that DID primarily consists of changes in the verbal behaviors of tacting, intraverbals and the prosody of speech, which can be conceptualized as being akin to a descriptive autoclitic.

 
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #260
CE Offered: BACB
Diversity submission Fostering Sustainable Behavior: An Introduction to Community-Based Social Marketing
Sunday, May 28, 2023
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
Convention Center Four Seasons Ballroom 2/3
Area: CSS; Domain: Theory
Chair: Sarah M. Richling (Auburn University)
CE Instructor: Douglas McKenzie-Mohr, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: DOUGLAS MCKENZIE-MOHR (McKenzie-Mohr & Associates)
Abstract: This presentation provides a comprehensive introduction to community-based social marketing and how it is being applied worldwide to foster sustainable behaviors. Those who attend the workshop will learn the five steps of community-based social marketing (selecting behaviors, identifying barriers, developing strategies, conducting pilots, and broad-scale implementation) and be exposed to case studies illustrating its use.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Behavioral scientists with an interest in applying knowledge from the field to the fostering of sustainable behaviors

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) understand the contribution behavioral sciences can make to sustainability; (2) Understand the community-based social marketing framework; (3) understand how to select which behaviors to target
 
DOUGLAS MCKENZIE-MOHR (McKenzie-Mohr & Associates)
For over three decades Dr. Doug McKenzie-Mohr has been working to incorporate scientific knowledge on behavior change into the design and delivery of community programs. He is the founder of community-based social marketing and the author/co-author of three books on the topic. One of these books, “Fostering Sustainable Behavior,” has been recommended by Time Magazine and become requisite reading for those who deliver programs to promote behaviors that protect the environment and foster public health and safety. His work has been featured in the New York Times and he is the recipient of the American Psychological Association’s inaugural award for innovation in environmental psychology and the World Social Marketing conference’s inaugural award for contributions to the field of social marketing. More than 75,000 program managers have attended workshops on community-based social marketing that he has delivered internationally.
 
 
Panel #261
CE Offered: BACB
Constructional Approaches to Organizational Management
Sunday, May 28, 2023
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
Hyatt Regency, Mineral Hall A-C
Area: OBM/CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Joe Hacker, M.A.
Chair: Ian Burruss (Connecticut)
JOANNE K. ROBBINS (Morningside Academy & PEER International)
JOE HACKER (Attain ABA)
LISA CLIFTON-BUMPASS (Constructional Approach)
Abstract:

This panel will discuss the design of constructional interventions and management strategies informed by a nonlinear contingency analysis (NCA). Typically, organizational issues are addressed without considering the contingencies that are responsible for them. Emphasis is often on pinpointing the behaviors and arranging work conditions and resources, antecedents, consequences, or all such that desired performance is increased or undesired performance decreased. Several models have been demonstrated at least temporally effective. Often overlooked, however, is that the disturbing or otherwise undesirable behavior targeted for change may make perfect sense given the available alternative contingencies. Superimposing other contingencies on unanalyzed, and unchanged contingencies may result in the reversion to previous patterns when performance improvement interventions are removed. At other times new programs need to be introduced and innovation encouraged where contingencies supporting that effort may be absent. Constructional approaches ask, “What needs to be established, the absence of which is the problem?” The panelists will answer questions posed by the chair and audience, and discuss how they have been able to change organizational behavior across cultures and continents, and achieve meaningful behavior change within their organizations through the use of NCA and the constructional approach. Panelist have experience in large scale autism service delivery systems, international educational partnerships, and zoos.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Target audience should have familiarity with organizational systems.

Learning Objectives: 1. Describe methods to change organizational behavior across cultures and continents. 2. Describe methods to achieve meaningful behavior change within their organizations through the use of NCA and the constructional approach. 3. Determine what needs to be established, the absence of which is the problem.
 
 
Invited Paper Session #262
CE Offered: BACB — 
Supervision
Establishing Pivotal Professional Skills in the Course of Supervision
Sunday, May 28, 2023
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
Convention Center 401/402
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Kerri L. Milyko (CentralReach)
CE Instructor: Linda LeBlanc, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: LINDA LEBLANC (LeBlanc Behavioral Consulting LLC)
Abstract:

A pivotal skill is one that, when acquired, produces beneficial changes across a wide range of other skills as an ancillary effect. For a practicing behavior analyst, organization and time management skills, problem solving skills, and interpersonal skills moderate many other repertoires in both work (e.g., academic success, clinical effectiveness, productivity) and personal life (e.g., household management, money management) and are pivotal to success as a clinician and supervisor. However, at least some behavior analysts become certified without explicit training in these skills and refinement of these repertoires. When these skills are weak, the transition to full time employment can be stressful and the risk of poor performance or burnout is increased. This presentation will review strategies for establishing core professional effectiveness skills in the course of supervision.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

BCBA Supervisors

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify at least 3 pivotal professional skills; (2) identify 5 steps of a structured problem solving approach; (3) identify the effects of perspective taking on various professional behaviors.
 
LINDA LEBLANC (LeBlanc Behavioral Consulting LLC)
Linda A. LeBlanc, Ph.D., BCBA-D, Licensed Psychologist is the President of LeBlanc Behavioral Consulting and the past Editor in Chief of the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis. Her 25 year career has included academic positions at Claremont McKenna College, Western Michigan University and Auburn University as well leadership positions in human services organizations. She established LeBlanc Behavioral Consulting in 2017 and consults to technology companies, universities, and behavior analytic human service organizations. Her professional interests include behavioral treatments, supervision and mentoring, and ethics. She is a Fellow of ABAI and is the 2016 recipient of the APA Nathan H. Azrin Award for Distinguished Contribution in Applied Behavior Analysis.
 
 
Panel #263
CE Offered: BACB
Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI) Accreditation: Program Coordinators’ Experiences
Sunday, May 28, 2023
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
Convention Center 403/404
Area: TBA; Domain: Translational
CE Instructor: Jenna Mrljak, Ph.D.
Chair: Jenna Mrljak (Association for Behavior Analysis International)
RAYMOND G. MILTENBERGER (University of South Florida)
CHERYL A. YOUNG-PELTON (Montana State University in Billings)
SUSAN D. FLYNN (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract:

ABAI’s accreditation system has been around for decades with more programs seeking accreditation over the past few years than ever before. As interest and the need for accreditation grows, we invite you to learn about the process and experiences from the perspective of a few program coordinators. The panelists’ programs represent a range of accreditation experiences. This session is designed for program coordinators and those interested in recognition and accreditation

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

The audience should have basic knowledge about higher education, coursework requirements, and curriculum development, and a general interest in learning about accreditation.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1) describe the purpose of accreditation, and 2) describe the main components of the accreditation process.
Keyword(s): Accreditation, Higher Education, VCS
 
 
Business Meeting #266
Behavior Analysis and the Arts
Sunday, May 28, 2023
7:00 PM–8:00 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 2A
Chair: Abigail B. Calkin (Calkin Consulting Center)
Presenting Authors:

Behavior Analysis and the Arts meets this year to discuss the possibility and planning of another major arts event for the 50th ABAI anniversary at 2024 Philadelphia convention.

Keyword(s): All arts
 
 
Business Meeting #267
Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior Special Interest Group
Sunday, May 28, 2023
7:00 PM–8:00 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 4E/F
Chair: Catherine Williams (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Presenting Authors:

This will be the business meeting for the Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior Special Interest Group (EAHB SIG). The mission of the EAHB SIG is to promote the experimental analysis of behavior with human subjects as a means of addressing important fundamental questions about human problems and human nature. In recent years, the energies of EAHB SIG members have focused on three continuing projects: (1) The EAHB SIG Distinguished Contributions Award: This award is designed to recognize substantive and sustained contributions to the EAHB literature. The award is presented at the annual convention. (2) The Student Paper Competition: The competition is designed to promote and recognize scholarly activity in the Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior. Students are encouraged to submit original research that has not been reviewed elsewhere. Participants receive high quality reviews from experts in their respective areas of research. (3) The Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior Bulletin: The SIG also maintains an online journal (ISSN 1938-7237) for the publication of empirical articles, technical reports, and other types of articles of interest to researchers engaged in the experimental analysis of human behavior.

Keyword(s): EAHB, Human Behavior, Human Operant
 
 
Business Meeting #268
Behavior Analysis Programs in Higher Education (Accreditation, Tiered Model, and Verified Course Sequence (VCS))
Sunday, May 28, 2023
7:00 PM–8:00 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 4C/D
Chair: Jenna Mrljak (Association for Behavior Analysis International)
Presenting Authors:

This is an open meeting to disseminate information about the Tiered Model of Education to new and established behavior analysis training programs.

Keyword(s): Accreditation, Higher Education, VCS
 
 
Business Meeting #269
Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI) Licensing Committee Business Meeting
Sunday, May 28, 2023
7:00 PM–8:00 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 3A
Chair: Gordon Bourland (Trinity Behavioral Associates)
Presenting Authors:

Information regarding the mission, composition, activities , and plans of the ABAI Licensing Committee. Supporting data will be presented.

 
 
Business Meeting #270
Clinical Special Interest Group (SIG)
Sunday, May 28, 2023
7:00 PM–8:00 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 3B
Chair: Thomas J. Waltz (Eastern Michigan University)
Presenting Authors:

This is the special interest group for those who have an interest in clinical applications of behavior analysis. Clinical behavior analysts work in both research and applied settings using functional analysis and behavioral principles to address to address just about any situation that may involve psychological distress. This is our annual meeting to discuss how to promote our work at ABAI and beyond. Members have the opportunity to network and discuss their areas of interest and work, training opportunities, research projects, conceptual struggles and developments, and plan activities for the next year. The Clinical SIG provides a social network for practitioners and researchers working in the field of mental health within ABAI. Everyone is welcome to attend and share in this exciting area of behavior analysis.

Keyword(s): clinical, mental health, practice, therapy
 
 
Business Meeting #271
History of Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group
Sunday, May 28, 2023
7:00 PM–8:00 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 2B
Chair: Edward K. Morris (University of Kansas)
Presenting Authors:

The purpose of this meeting is to review, vote on, and thereby establish the SIG’s by-laws, given its aim, mission, objectives, and purview. Its aim is to advance behavior analysis nationally and internationally through its history and historiography. Its mission is to cultivate and nurture, enrich and improve, and disseminate the field’s history and historiography. Its objectives are to enhance (a) teaching: course content and pedagogy; (b) research: presentations, publications, and workshops; and (c) service: leadership, governance, and communications. Its purview is the field’s long past, short history, and recent origins. It audience includes behavior analysts, other scientists and humanists, and the public at large. The by-laws will establish positions, policies, and procedures for the SIG’s governance and the succession of its governance (e.g., an Executive Council, Treasurer, Secretary) and for its committees and their succession (e.g., an awards program, bibliographies, communications, syllabus bank; identifying and creating archives; membership and website committees). These will be developed and vetted, in part, on the HoBA ListServ prior to the meeting. To become a member of the ListSev and part of the process, contact Pat Williams at WilliamsP@uhd.edu. SIG members interested in election to its governance and service on its committees should attend (or inform the SIG president prior to the meeting of their interests).

Keyword(s): History
 
 
Business Meeting #274
Behavior Analysis for Sustainable Societies (BASS)
Sunday, May 28, 2023
7:00 PM–8:00 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 2C
Presenting Authors:

The behavior analysis for sustainable societies (BASS) special interest group was formed to advance applications of behavior analysis to environmental issues that contribute to the development of solutions to climate change, pollution, overconsumption of resources, and imbalances in environmental sustainability. Objectives include to (a) encourage and support research that promotes the application of behavior analysis to green/environmental issues, (b) collaborate with environmental scientists, environmental groups, and other SIGs within ABAI who have an interest in addressing behavior change and sustainability/environmental issues, (c) disseminate research and practices that support solutions to environmental issues through the application of behavioral interventions, (d) develop curriculum, textbooks, and additional educational resources that address sustainability and the application of behavior analysis, (e) compile resources for individuals interested in behavior change and environmental issues, and (f) develop an information base of current effective practices/initiatives, government policies, and employment for behavior analysts interested in behavior change and environmental issues. The business meeting is open to anyone interested in sustainability and environmental issues

 
 
Business Meeting #275
Illinois Association for Behavior Analysis Annual Business Meeting
Sunday, May 28, 2023
7:00 PM–8:00 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 1E/F
Chair: Nasiah Cirincione-Ulezi (Nasiah Cirincione-Ulezi)
Presenting Authors:

Illinois Association for Behavior Analysis Annual Business Meeting

 
 
Business Meeting #278
Rehabilitation and Independent Living Special Interest Group Business Meeting
Sunday, May 28, 2023
7:00 PM–8:00 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 1C/D
Chair: Megan R. Heinicke (California State University, Sacramento)
Presenting Authors:

The Rehabilitation and Independent Living (R.a.I.L.) Special Interest Group has continued to support the need for expanding the impact of behavior analysis in the field of rehabilitation, neurorehabilitation, and related areas. Through presentations at the ABAI conference and SIG business meeting, the R.a.I.L. SIG helps to maintain dissemination, communication, and collaboration of information that has proven to be of interest to its members. Visit the page to check it out and join/like, the URL is http://www.facebook.com/pages/ABA-Rehab-Special-Interest-Group/118243448217580. Rehabilitation, and specifically neurorehabilitation, professionals face unique behavior challenges with the population they serve. When individuals have experienced a disruption in neurological function whether from a traumatic brain injury (i.e., impact and/or inertial injuries), non-traumatic brain injury (e.g., stroke, anoxia/hypoxia) or other neurological conditions, it is not uncommon for difficult behaviors and unique skills deficits to emerge. Most allied health professionals, including physical therapists, speech and language pathologists, occupational therapists and nurses, do not focus on behavior remediation; however, in collaboration with behavior analysts, such professionals can have a significant role in positive behavior change. Issues related to training, student development, and research have been and will be reviewed at the SIG meeting. We welcome participants from all treatment disciplines and behavior analysts that currently work in the field of rehabilitation or have interests in populations outside of autism.

 
 
Business Meeting #279
Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior Business Meeting
Sunday, May 28, 2023
7:00 PM–8:00 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 4A/B
Chair: Mark Galizio (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Presenting Authors:

Report of JEAB activities and issues. Q&A

 
 
Reunion #280
Florida State University Reunion: Dr. Jon Bailey and Dr. Al Murphy's Retirement
Sunday, May 28, 2023
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom B
Chair: Jon S. Bailey (Florida State University)

Students, alumni and friends of the FSU Behavior Analysis program are all welcome at this celebration for Dr. Jon Bailey and Dr. Al Murphy who will be retiring from FSU (but not behavior analysis!) this year.

 
 
Special Event #280A
Friends of SABA Reception
Sunday, May 28, 2023
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Hyatt Regency, Silver Room
Chair: Carol Pilgrim (University of North Carolina Wilmington)

ABAI members who donated to the Society for the Advancement of Behavior Analysis (SABA) in 2022 and 2023 are invited to a reception in honor of their contributions and commitment to the field. We are grateful for the generosity of those who support the activities of ABAI and SABA.

 
 
Reunion #281
Western Michigan University Reunion
Sunday, May 28, 2023
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom A
Chair: Jonathan C. Baker (Western Michigan University)

Alums, current students and faculty, and friends of the Western Michigan University Psychology Department are invited to attend this reunion. Please join us for light refreshments, music, and fellowship. We'd love to see you there!

Keyword(s): Behavior Analysis, Western Michigan
 
 
Reunion #282
Mexican Society for Behavior Analysis
Sunday, May 28, 2023
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom D
Chair: Rosalinda Arroyo (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México)

Members of the Mexican Society for Behavior Analysis and other students and professional engaged in the dissemination of the behavior analysis in Mexico are invited to assist a special meeting in the context of the 49th convention with the purpose of sharing their experiences and to build new research and professional endeavors in preparation for our annual meeting.

Keyword(s): Dissemination, Mexico, SMAC
 
 
Reunion #283
Behavior Analysis Program at the University of Nevada, Reno
Sunday, May 28, 2023
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Hyatt Regency, Granite A-C
Chair: Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno)

This year marks the 32nd Anniversary of the Behavior Analysis Program at UNR. We are looking forward to celebrating the distinguished careers of our faculty members, and programmatic accomplishments with our colleagues and students at ABAI 2022: • Our on-campus Program has Conferred over 80 Ph.D. degrees. • Our On-Campus Masters program has conferred over 100 Masters degrees. • Our Satellite Masters program has conferred over 100 Off-campus Masters degrees in multiple national and in international locations. • Since its accreditation in 2016, our undergraduate specialization in Behavior Analysis has provided training to over 200 undergraduate students.

Keyword(s): Celebration, Distinguished Careers
 
 
Reunion #284
Florida Institute of Technology Reunion
Sunday, May 28, 2023
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom H
Chair: David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology)

Students, faculty, alumni, and friends of the School of Behavior Analysis at the Florida Institute of Technology are invited to reunite with old friends and meet new ones .

Keyword(s): reunion
 
 
Reunion #285
Celebrating the Life and Legacy of David P. Jarmolowicz (1976-2022)
Sunday, May 28, 2023
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom G
Chair: Florence D. DiGennaro Reed (University of Kansas)

Please join the University of Kansas to share memories about Dr. David Jarmolowicz and his professional and personal contributions as a researcher, mentor, colleague, and friend. Audience members will have an opportunity to share their favorite reminiscences. Cash bar available.

 
 
Reunion #286
University of North Carolina Wilmington Reunion
Sunday, May 28, 2023
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom C
Chair: Katherine Ely Bruce (University of North Carolina Wilmington)

Students, faculty, alumni, and friends of the Behavior Analysis program at the University of North Carolina Wilmington are invited to reunite with old friends and meet new ones as we celebrate our MA and Ph.D. programs.

Keyword(s): Soaring Seahawks, UNCW, Wilmington
 
 
Reunion #287
University of Florida Reunion
Sunday, May 28, 2023
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Hyatt Regency, Capitol Foyer South
Chair: Ryan Higginbotham (University of Florida)
All members of the University of Florida Behavior Analysis community are invited to gather with old friends and make new ones while we celebrate with our fellow gators.
 
 
Reunion #288
University of South Florida Reunion
Sunday, May 28, 2023
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Hyatt Regency, Capitol Foyer North
Chair: Anthony Concepcion (University of South Florida)
The University of South Florida Applied Behavior Analysis program invites students, alumni, faculty, and friends to attend our reunion. This reception will provide our community and interested professionals with ample opportunity to connect and reminisce. Go Bulls! 🤘🏽
Keyword(s): Bulls, Reunion, South Florida, USF
 
 
Reunion #289
Southern Illinois University, Carbondale
Sunday, May 28, 2023
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom E
Chair: Lesley A. Shawler (Southern Illinois University)

Students, faculty, alumni, and friends of the Behavior Analysis program at Southern Illinois University, Carbondale (SIUC) are invited to reunite with old friends and meet new ones as we celebrate decades of excellence and achievement in behavior analysis at SIUC.

 
 
Reunion #290
University of Cincinnati Reunion
Sunday, May 28, 2023
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Hyatt Regency, Mineral Foyer 1
Chair: Dacia McCoy (University of Cincinnati)
The Behavior Analysis Program at the University of Cincinnati is hosting a reunion. This is an informal time for all students, faculty, alumni, family, and friends of the program to mingle and network. Enjoy connecting with friends and meeting new ones!
Keyword(s): Cincinnati, Cincinnati Reunion
 
 
Reunion #291
Brock University: Department of Applied Disability Studies
Sunday, May 28, 2023
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Foyer 3
Chair: Rosemary A. Condillac (Brock University)
Students, alumni, friends, and faculty of the Department of Applied Disability Studies at Brock University are invited to reunite with friends and colleagues and to meet new members of our community as we celebrate over 15 years of scholarly activity, achievements, and growth.
Keyword(s): Brock University
 
 
Reunion #292
Endicott College, Institute for Applied Behavioral Science
Sunday, May 28, 2023
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom F
Chair: Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College)

Students, faculty, alumni, and friends of the Department of the Endicott College, Institute for Applied Behavioral Science are invited to reunite with old friends and meet new ones as we celebrate more than three decades of excellence and achievement in behavior analysis at ABAI, Denver.

 
 
Reunion #293
University of North Texas Department of Behavior Analysis
Sunday, May 28, 2023
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Hyatt Regency, Mineral Hall A-C
Chair: Micah Hope (University of North Texas and Endicott College)

Students, faculty, alumni, and friends of the Department of Behavior Analysis at the University of North Texas (UNT) are invited to reunite with old friends and meet new ones as we celebrate more than three decades of excellence and achievement in behavior analysis at UNT.

 
 
Reunion #294
Baylor University Reunion
Sunday, May 28, 2023
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Hyatt Regency, Mineral Foyer 2
Chair: Tonya Nichole Davis (Baylor University)
Baylor University alumni, current students, faculty and friends are welcome to attend the reunion. Join us for light refreshments and a celebration of behavior analysis at Baylor University. We are excited to see you!
Keyword(s): alumni, Baylor University, behavior anlalysis, reunion
 
 
Reunion #294A
Columbia University Teachers College and CABAS®
Sunday, May 28, 2023
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Hyatt Regency, Quartz AB
Chair: R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences)

This event is a social gathering for current students and graduates of the programs in Teaching as Applied Behavior Analysis of Teachers College and Columbia University Graduate School of Arts and Sciences, as well as CABAS® professionals and friends from around the world.

 
 
Reunion #295
Simmons Department of Behavior Analysis
Sunday, May 28, 2023
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Foyer 1
Chair: Gretchen A. Dittrich (Simmons University)

The Simmons Department of Behavior Analysis welcomes all past, present, and future Simmons students to join our social gathering at ABAI!

Keyword(s): graduate programs, social gathering, student reunion
 

BACK TO THE TOP

 

Back to Top
ValidatorError
  
{"isActive":false}